RK051802 - 2 Assignments

profileLG_HNDUK
JusticeandPunishment.zip

Justice and Punishment/Module Booklet/Criminal Justice Act 2003.docx

Criminal Justice Act 2003

The new Act - received Royal Assent on 20 November - contains many new and radical changes to the way courts and police operate.

The Act makes fundamental changes to pre-trial processes, including reforms to police and criminal evidence, bail, charging and disclosure. It will revolutionise criminal trial processes, by making changes to rules of evidence,  double jeopardy , juries and appeals. It will put sense into sentencing, through comprehensive reform of the sentencing framework. It will also introduce provisions to address drug-related offending.

Some provisions will have immediate affect others will be phased in.

The Act’s key provisions will:

Strengthen the police in their fight against crime, terrorism and organised crime:

· PACE: Changes to the Police and Criminal Evidence Act including:

· extending stop and search powers to include items intended to cause criminal - damage;

· enable immediate bail from the scene of arrest (‘street bail’);

· extend the time for which someone may be detained from 24 to 36 hours for any indictable offence;

· enable continued detention to be authorised by telephone;

· extend the powers of the police to take and retain fingerprints and DNA samples from those in police detention having been arrested for a recordable offence; and

· make possession of Cannabis an arrestable offence.

· BAIL: Introducing a presumption against bail for defendants charged with an imprisonable offence who are brought back to court having failed to appear or commit an offence while out on bail; restrictions on bail for those who test positive for a specified Class A drug and refuse to undertake assessment and relevant follow-up treatment; extending prosecution right of appeal against bail.

· DRUG TESTING: Extend drug testing and treatment provision so that even more offenders can tackle their addiction and cut drug related crime.

· TERRORISM: Extending the maximum possible period of detention without charge under the Terrorism Act from seven to 14 days, when agreed by a court.

· ID FRAUD: Making passport and driving licence fraud arrestable offences; and increasing to two years the maximum penalty for making a fraudulent application for a driving licence.

Make system more efficient, modern and joined up:

· CONDITIONAL CAUTIONS: Allowing for cautions to be administered by the police subject to conditions aimed at rehabilitation and reparation. Offenders who fail to comply with the conditions would be liable to be prosecuted for the original offence.

· CHARGING: CPS to determine charging in all but the most minor cases resulting in more accurate charging, better prepared cases and earlier guilty pleas.

· ALLOCATION: Enabling cases to be dealt with quickly and at the level of court most appropriate to their seriousness.

· LIVE LINKS: Will enable any witness to give evidence using live links in the interests of efficient or effective administration of justice. This is part of a wider programme to help witnesses to give their evidence in criminal proceedings.

· JURY SERVICE: Anyone summoned to do jury service will be required to do it unless they can show "good reason" to have their summons deferred or excused. This will enhance jury trial by ensuring juries better reflect all sections of society.

Make trials a search for the truth:

· DISCLOSURE: Improve defence and prosecution disclosure with increased incentives and sanctions to ensure compliance.

· PROSECUTION APPEALS: Gives the prosecution the right of appeal against judicial rulings which effectively terminate the prosecution before the jury decides.

· DOUBLE JEOPARDY: Allow for retrial following an acquittal in serious cases where new and compelling evidence comes to light.

· BAD CHARACTER and HEARSAY: An inclusionary approach to evidence, removing artificial barriers to the truth by trusting juries with the widest range of evidence possible to enable them to reach a just verdict.

Protect communities:

· JUDGE ALONE TRIAL: Allow for judge alone trial in a limited number of cases involving threats and intimidation of juries to ensure no-one is above the law and can evade justice.

· Paved the way for judge-alone trial in a small number of exceptionally long, complex serious fraud cases.

· MURDER – Giving Parliament a role in setting the framework for sentences for murder, providing clarity to the public and offenders and ensuring life means life for the most heinous crimes

· DANGEROUS OFFENDERS: A new scheme for the sentencing of dangerous offenders, those who continue to pose a risk to the public may be kept in prison for an indeterminate period.

· GUN CRIME: New five year mandatory minimum custodial sentence for unauthorised possession of a prohibited firearm to help tackle gun crime.

· DANGEROUS DRIVERS: Increase the maximum penalty for causing death by dangerous driving from 10 to 14 years; causing death by careless driving whilst under the influence of drink or drugs from 10 to 14 years and aggravated vehicle taking resulting in death from five to14 years.

· PERSISTENT OFFENDERS: Ensure persistent offenders receive progressively more severe sentences.

· HATE CRIME: extend the current statutory duty on sentencers to increase sentences for offences aggravated by the victim’s race and religion, so that it also includes offences aggravated by hostility towards the victim because of their sexual orientation or disability.

Put the sense back into sentencing and rehabilitate offenders:

· PURPOSES OF SENTENCING: For the first time enshrine the purposes and principles of sentencing into statute: to protect the public, punish the offender, reduce and deter crime and reform and rehabilitate the offender.

· SENTENCING GUIDELINES COUNCIL: Establish a new Sentencing Guidelines Council which will set out comprehensive guidelines for the full range of criminal offences to help remove uncertainty and disparity in sentencing and give representatives of the police, prisons, probation and victims a voice in sentencing for the first time.

· MAGISTRATES’ SENTENCING POWERS: Extend Magistrates’ sentencing power from six to12 months. This will allow magistrates to make full use of the new sentence of custody plus, as well as being able to pass a sentence of 12 months imprisonment for one offence.

· GENERIC COMMUNITY SENTENCES: Create a single community sentence under which the different community orders would be available. The generic community sentence will allow sentencers a greater degree of flexibility in putting together tough community sentences that will be tailored to the needs of offenders.

· CUSTODY PLUS: The Act transforms the structure of short prison sentences so that they will be more effective at addressing the needs of offenders. The new custodial sentences of less than 12 months will consist of a short ‘custodial period’ of between two weeks and three months followed by a ‘licence period’ of at least 6 months.

· INTERMITTENT CUSTODY: A new sentence should reduce re-offending by enabling offenders to serve their custodial period in blocks of a few days at a time, thus allowing them to maintain ties with the community such as work, education or childcare whilst serving a custodial sentence.

· CUSTODY MINUS: A new suspended sentence that will be much more demanding than the existing suspended sentences and more widely available. An offender will have requirements to fulfil in the community, just like in a community sentence. If an offender breaches the requirements the presumption will be that the suspended prison sentence is activated.

· SENTENCES OVER 12 MONTHS: For those serving sentences over 12 months (apart from dangerous offenders) release to be automatic at the half-way point but offenders would remain on licence until the end of their sentence, thus serving it in full.

Miscellaneous provisions:

· PARENTING ORDERS: Extending the use of Parenting Orders to allow a parenting order to be made with a referral order, enabling courts to involve parents more with young offenders at an earlier stage in their offending behaviour.

· INDIVIDUAL SUPPORT ORDERS: The Individual Support Order will provide support for juveniles with Anti Social Behaviour Orders to tackle their anti-social behaviour. It will be a civil order, which provides assistance for the young person concerned to address the underlying causes of their anti-social behaviour.

· OUTRAGING PUBLIC DECENCY: Amends the Magistrates' Court Act 1980 to add the offence at common law of outraging public decency to the list, in Schedule 1, of offences triable either way.

· MAPPA: Extend and strengthen the existing duty placed on responsible authorities (Local Probation Board and Chief Officer of Police for each area and the Prison Service) to establish and keep under review arrangements for assessing and managing the risks posed by sexual and violent offenders in the community.

· FOREIGN NATIONAL PRISONERS: Early removal scheme for this group of prisoners. Eligible prisoners will be deported up to a maximum of 135 days early depending on sentence length.

· TRAFFICKING ENDANGERED SPECIES: Provide for the maximum penalty for certain wildlife trade offences to be increased from two to five years imprisonment, throughout the UK. This will send a clear message to those people who cynically exploit the world’s endangered species, that their activities will not be tolerated.

Justice and Punishment/Module Booklet/FOLLOW !!!.PDF

Justice and Punishment/Module Booklet/Public Services - Justice Punishment 14 assignments.docx

HNC/HND Public Services – Assignment 3 Front Sheet

Learner name

Assessor name

Lynn Wilkinson

Date issued

Completion date

Submitted on

March 27th Febuary 2018

March 27th 2018

Qualification

Unit number and title

HNC/HND Public Services

Level 4 – 15 Credits

Unit 14: Justice & Punishment

Assignment title

Assignment 3: Understand the ethical dilemmas surrounding sentencing

In this assessment you will have opportunities to provide evidence against the following criteria. Indicate the page numbers where the evidence can be found.

Criteria reference

To achieve the criteria the evidence must show that the student is able to:

Task no.

Evidence

3.1

Analyse the key issues that arise from the implementation of current sentencing legislation

1

Unit 14 page 73

3.2

Analyse the impact of sentencing on criminal justice

1

Unit 14 page 73

3.3

Evaluate the objectives of punishment in a modern society

1

Unit 14 page 73

3.4

Explain the relationship between sentencing trends and public confidence

1

Unit 14 page 73

3.5

Explain how costs of prosecution and sentencing impact on available resources

1

Unit 14 page 73

Assessment Criteria / Grade Descriptor Coverage

1.1

1.2

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

3.1

3.2

3.3

3.4

3.5

M1

M2

M3

D1

D2

D3

ASS3

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Assignment brief

Qualification

HNC/HND Public Services – level 4 : 15 Credits

Unit number and title

Unit 14 : Justice and Punishment

Start date

13th March 2018

Deadline

13th April 2018 @ 12:00

Assessor name

Lynn Wilkinson

Assignment title

Assignment 3: Understand the ethical dilemmas surrounding sentencing

The purpose of this assignment is to:

Enable you to understand how legislation and organisational policies can support the protection of individuals through sentencing, punishments. Costs and a balance between sentencing supporting victims and public confidence in the judicial system. Note! This is a full research and autonomous assignment and must be supported with valid and relevant information, and uploaded to Turnitin.

Scenario

For promotion to a managerial position within Public Services, you have been asked to produce a study of the ethical dilemmas surrounding sentencing. Then present it to your manager in essay format. (Include case studies, legislation, policies or guidelines describe the perspectives on punishment in a modern society. A written report or findings of your research 2000 words and 8 references)

To pass this assignment you must include:

Sentencing policies: sentencing guidelines for judges and magistrates; issues of seriousness and severity; current policies and legislation relating to sentencing.

Perspectives on punishment: goals/objectives; effectiveness; justification; deterrence; reform; prevention; retribution; impact on victims of crime; restorative justice.

Sentencing trends: current trends; public confidence; risk management.

Costs: available resources including physical, human, financial; costs of prosecution; sentencing; costs of imprisonment; other sentences including tagging.

Particular groups and their possible issues: criminal justice and gender issues; racial issues;

Mentally disordered defendants; vulnerable people, young offenders; victims and witness.

Assignment Pass

Outcomes/Criteria

Possible Evidence

3.1

Analyse the key issues that arise from the implementation of current sentencing legislation

Sentencing guidelines, current sentencing policy, and legislation, for magistrates and judges seriousness and severity and legislation relevant to sentencing

3.2

Analyse the impact of sentencing on criminal justice

Effectiveness, justification, deterrence, reform prevention et al. The impact on victims of crime. Restorative justice and retribution. (4 R’s)

3.3

Evaluate the objectives of punishment in a modern society

Current trends, public confidence; risk management strategies. Costs: available resources including physical, human, financial; costs of prosecution; sentencing; costs of imprisonment; other sentences including tagging or custody.

3.4

Explain the relationship between sentencing trends and public confidence

Explain the relationship between recourses management physical, human and financial costs and other sentencing

3.5

Explain how costs of prosecution and sentencing impact on available resources

Look at particular groups and their issues, gender race mentally disordered defendants and vulnerable people victims and young people.

Grade Descriptors - Merit

M3

Identify and apply strategies to find appropriate solutions. Present and communicate appropriate findings

Present the appropriate findings in a coherent and logical development of principles and concepts of the judicial system for your intended audience. Complex information has been synthesised and processed and the ranges of sources of information have been justified. There is timely submission of the assignment. Autonomy has been demonstrated.

Grade Descriptors - Distinction

D3

Use critical reflection to evaluate own work and justify valid conclusions, take responsibilities for managing and organising activities, demonstrate convergent and lateral creative thinking.

Conclusions have been arrived at through a synthesis of ideas and have been justified. The validity of results has been evaluated using a range of research as defined in the criteria.

Assessor's comments

Qualification

HNC/HND Public Services

Assessor name

Lynn Wilkinson

Unit number and title

14 : Justice and Punishment

Learner name

Assignment title

Assignment 3: Understand the ethical dilemmas surrounding sentencing

Grading criteria

Achieved?

3.1 Analyse the key issues that arise from the implementation of current sentencing legislation

3.2 Analyse the impact of sentencing on criminal justice

3.3 Evaluate the objectives of punishment in a modern society

3.4 Explain the relationship between sentencing trends and public confidence

3.5 Explain how costs of prosecution and sentencing impact on available resources

Learner feedback

Assessor feedback

Action plan

Assessor signature

Learner signature

Learner declaration

I certify that the work submitted for this assignment is my own and research sources are fully acknowledged.

Learner signature: Date:

Justice and Punishment/Module Booklet/SOW unit 14 2018.doc

Scheme of Work Module 14

Aspects of the Justice and Punishment

Incorporation of ECM Outcomes and Promotion of Equality of Opportunity

ECM Outcome

Course Content Area

Scheme of Work Module 14 image1.jpg

Course Code

Start date

DEC 12th 2018

End date

Qualification Aim

Subject Code

BTEC Nat Dip

Course/Unit Title

UNIFORMED PUBLIC SERVICES

MODULE 14

Aspects of the legal system & the law making process

Course Leader

Geoff Lowdons

Level

4

Day(s)

Start time

End time

Venue

Any

Trainer

Wilkinson

Delivery Type

(group/1:1)

Incorporation of Every Learner Matters Outcomes and Promotion of Equality of Opportunity

Week No

and/or

Date(s)

2018

Topic/Contents

In this unit the student will focus on crime and disorder and its effects on victims and society

Learner Outcomes Knowledge of crime and disorder legislation

Know the effects of criminal behaviour on communities

Understand the approaches to crime reduction, disorder and anti-social

behaviour

Understanding of victim support

Lesson Stage

Course Content Area

image2.wmf

Lessons

1 & 2

W2

The Criminal Legislation

ECM:Team working & make a positive contribution

Module 14 page 252

Case study Criminal Justice Act, Police Reform Act.

Module 14 Page 254

Lesson Plan ‘1&2’

The Unit will start with a general introduction of what is expected of the learners throughout the period. Give a definition of the term “thinking about the law” and that the law is not static and does not stay the same forever, the law is dynamic and changes in response to the needs of the public and government of the time. This is important as ideas and morals change with time and the way we live.

Structure of the courts.

www.justice.gov.uk

We will examine the structure of the courts in England & Wales. Northern Ireland and Scotland have a different system that will be outlined in later lessons. Although the courts of England and Wales are normally split into criminal and civil courts in real terms there are many crossovers between them.

· County Court

· Magistrates Court

· Crown Court

· High Court

· Court of Appeal

· The Supreme Court

· The European Court of Justice

Civil procedure is used when one person or organisation decides that they have been wronged by another person or organisation. It does not deal with criminal matters where the state has been wronged. Civil claims are about compensation for a wrong that has been committed. The plaintiff sues the defendant for an amount of money to correct the breach of law.

Function and jurisdiction of the courts

Claims are usually started in the court that they likely to be tried, but! This depends on two issues:

1. The size and nature of the claim

2. The complexity of the legal issues

Smaller claims are heard in the County Court and larger ones in the High Court. REMEMBER:

Civil law exists to resolve disputes between companies or individuals.

Civil law has its own courts.

Civil law has many divisions

The main purpose of civil law is financial redress

1. Give useful websites

· Justice Ministry

www.justice.gov.uk/ Sentencing & Laws

· UK Government website Sentence Guide

www. sentencing council.org.uk/

www.ukresilience.info/index

· Various news reports and research library

www.news.bbc.co.uk

2. Sentencing of young offenders

3. Child Curfew Scheme

4. Truancy orders

Hand out page 203 The courts of the UK

Civil procedure

Key terms: Plaintiff, sue, defendant.

Note here that “Offences against the state” are treated more harshly.

£5000 or less Small claims court (County)

£5000 - £25000 County Court

£25000- £50000 High or County

£50000 + High Court

image3.wmf

image4.wmf

Lessons3

The Small Claims Court

The County Court

The High Court

ECM: link to loss of earnings and & stay safe

Learner outcomes

ICT research methods

Module 14 page 204

You must understand that the small claims court is part of the County Court. The small claims court deals with cases below £5000. The most common cases are injury, faulty goods and personal disputes such as property boundaries. The first action is to prepare a claim form and lodge it within 14 days so that the defendant can form a defence. At this point they may:

1. Pay the claim

2. Pay at a later date

3. Defend the claim

4. Nothing

If there is a nil response the court may rule in the favour of the plaintiff most cases are dealt with within thirty minutes. Both parties are entitled to talk or have a representative present to talk for them. This is usually a Solicitor.

The County Court

County Courts deal with low level civil matters (County Courts Act 1846)There are around 250 County Courts in England and Wales and they are presided over by a Circuit Judge who sits alone to make judgements. It has jurisdiction over matters of TORT, recovery of land, partnerships, trust and inheritance. The County Court has a fast track procedure and this is used for low cost cases. The County Court also has an Arbitration role where the judge takes on the role of Arbiter.

The High Court

The High Court is based in London at the Royal Courts of Justice but also sits at district registries around the country. The High Court has three divisions.

a. The Queen’s Bench

b. Chancery

c. Family

Procedure in the Crown Court is more formal than the other courts. The summons is termed a writ, which is drafted by a barrister then it is served on a defendant. The defendant has 14 days to reply.

The Court of First Instance

This is a court that has jurisdiction over a specific offence, for murder it would be the Crown Court, for a minor offence the court of first instance would be the magistrate’s court.

Assignment research and media coverage of various incidents

Discussions to follow

Experience of tutors and students

Fees vary on the amount of the claim

Assignment 1.

Criminal Legislation, Sentencing & and Its impact on Society.

See table 14.2 page 205

Key terms: Tort Law, Trust Circuit Judge, Solicitor, Jurisdiction

Case Study: A case of bad workmanship (For and Against) Class discussion.

Key terms: Writ, Barrister, Served

image5.jpg

Activity: Which Court?

See table 14.3 page 207 Criticism of civil procedure

Criminal Court Structure

The Youth Court

Youth Courts.

Magistrates deal with the majority of cases of people under the age of 18, but only if they are tried with an adult. Young people can also be tried by the Crown Court but this is for serious cases such as murder and rape. The Youth Court can send offenders to the Crown Court. Normal youth justice is dealt with by a panel of three magistrates one would normally be a female. The youth court is not open to the public.

Magistrates Court

There are 400 magistrates’ courts in the UK and they deal with 98% of all criminal cases. They also deal with family matters such as adoption, custody and maintenance. They also issue Warrants and Summonses and bail applications. They also grant licences for the sale of alcohol and other Triable offences and also committal for trial. 90% of people plead guilty which simplifies and speeds up justice.

Crown Court

The Crown Court was established by the Courts Act 1971. There are 77 court centres around the UK; there is in fact only one Crown Court (The Old Bailey). The Crown Court deals with the following areas of work:

a. Criminal trials of indictable offences

b. Appeals against magistrates

c. Sentencing from magistrates courts

d. High court civil matters

European Court of Justice

The European Court is a court of 27 judges and 8 advocate generals who are appointed from the countries of the EU. The EU court has no influence on the British legal system.

The Courts of Appeal

The court of appeal has two divisions civil and criminal, the court has two main functions:

1. To put right incorrect or unjust decisions made by the courts below them

2. To promote consistent development of the law.

Case study: Arrested for Assault: page 208

Key terms: Bench, warrant, summons, Summary jurisdiction, Triable eather way offences, indictable offences.

Magistrates: : Justice of the Peace Act 1361

Category

Offence

Class 1

Murder, treason, spying

(High Court Judge)

Class 2

Manslaughter, Rape High or Circuit Judge

Class 3

A wide variety of offences High, circuit, or recorder judge

Class 4

Robbery, assault GBH etc: Circuit judge or recorder

Handouts page 210 and 211 EU courts.

The Supreme Court of the UK

The Roles of personnel of the courts

The Legal Profession

Barristers

Queen’s Counsel (QC)

Prosecutors

The CPS

The Supreme Court

The supreme court is the final court of appeal in the UK and is responsible for all cases in the UK. The Supreme Court replaces the House of Lords as the highest court in the land since October 2009. This is an appeal court completely separate from the government.

The Legal Profession

In these lessons we will look at the work of people who work in the courts and who deal directly with the public.

Solicitors

Solicitors work alone or with other solicitors their roles include:

A. Pre-trial work

B. Accident claims

C. Conveyance and contracts

D. Wills

E. Representation in court

F. Divorce and family matters

There are around 80000 solicitors in the UK and they are regulated by the Law Society. Solicitors undergo a three year training program and then they can act as Advocates in the Crown Court.

Barristers

There are around 9500 barristers in the UK each works for himself or for a law firm. Their training last anything from 3 to 5 years they are then invited to join an Inn of Court which are based in London these are:

· Middle Temple

· Inner Temple

· Gray’s Inn

· Lincoln’s Inn

There are two ranks of barrister:

· Queen’s Counsel (QC)

These are senior and qualified barristers who take on the more complicated cases. They have 10 years of experience and have been appointed a QC from within their ranks, there are few women or ethnic minority QC but this is changing. Becoming a QC is called ‘taking silk’

· Juniors

Less experienced barristers who help the QC with cases.

Prosecutors

The role of the Crown Prosecution Service.

The code for crown prosecutors means that the CPS has a code of practice they have to abide by.

The evidential test. The prosecutor must decide if there is sufficient evidence for the case to continue to convict the offender. The public interest test.

There are other prosecutors such as the Environment Agencies HSE and HMCR. There are other options Plea bargaining and private prosecutions that are open to defendants.

Assignment 1

See assessment activity 14:1 page 262

Issue assignment one.

Activity : Becoming a barrister page 214

Activity: The Public Interest test

Key Terms: Right of Audience

*

Assignment one Presentations

30min allocation to teams for assignment review

Secondary Assessor and Assessment observation sheets

image6.png

image7.wmf

image8.wmf

The Judiciary

ECM: Prevention of accidents, Stay safe and make a positive contribution

Judges

Judges have a very important role in the court system, because they are legal experts on points of law

See: table 148 the types of judges handout

image9.wmf

Lessons

9

The Fear of crime

W16

ECM: Make a positive contribution through team exercises

Working on the previous lesson we will look at why people are frightened of crime.

1. We live in a high crime area

2. We have already been victims of crime

3. We are poorly informed or policed

4. Our estate is in disrepair

5. There’s nothing to do!!

The collective cost of crime. Crime occurs in all society, there may be some differences in certain areas and regions. This can be looked at in different ways.

Anticipation of crime, as a consequence of crime, as a response to crime.

Physical injury and Psychological impacts

Discussion and research

One issue of crime is that 5% of people carry weapons.

5% of people carry attack alarms

30% of young people travel in groups.

40% of people avoid walking near people who look threatening.

Look at the collective cost of crime page 264

(Simmonds 2002-3) Hough (1995)

image10.wmf

Lessons

11

Approaches to reduce crime, disorder and anti-social behaviour

ECM: Perceptions and commitment

This lesson explains the approaches to reduce crime through intelligence and priority policing

Crime occurs in all areas of society. While it may differ from region to region, each police authority must define its own policies for crime reduction and the recording of crime (Crime statistics) they can the channel resources to tackle any volume crime in their area this can be achieved by, Intelligence led policing, identification of crime trends, targeting offenders and priority crime, police crime solving initiatives, these are split into levels of crime:

1. Local crime and anti-social behaviour

2. Regional criminal activities

3. Serious organised crime

The targeting of prolific and priority offenders

Police use informants, surveillance and intelligence to detect repeat crimes; this enables officers to target offenders as a result of the intelligence gathered.

Creating problem-solving policing:

1. Level 1 Local crime and anti-social behaviour

2. Level 2 Regional crime which requires additional resources.

3. Level 3 Serious organised crime.

Key words : Trends

Repeat Crime

Activity:” Cracking down on offenders”

Page 266 activity 1

Working in groups talk about ANPR, do you think it is good technology? Research this and other examples of intelligence led policing in the Swindon area and then present your findings to the group.

Key Terms Intelligence, Crime trends

ANPR – Automatic Number Plate Recognition

Activity: Cracking down on offenders

(page 266) Group work

Safer communities and multi-agency partnership

Criminal Justice Agencies

Public Interest

Youth Offending Teams

Probation Service

Criminal Justice Agencies

Public Interest

Crime has a high cost and effect on society and the emphasis must be preventing crime as well as combating it. There are many crime initiatives and they are changed at time to reflect the government and police priorities. THE CRIME AND DISORDER ACT 1998. Established crime and disorder partnerships that reflect local priorities and needs. These were sometimes not thought through and caused disaffection in some communities. Some key points established were:

1. Neighbourhood watch (Key principles page 268)

2. PCSO

3. Community Wardens

4. Crime and disorder reduction Partnerships

5. Community safety partnerships

6. Third sector organisations (NACRO)

Look at the work of NACRO

The Criminal Justice Agencies:

1. Police

2. Prison (See CAT: A, B, C, D)

3. Courts (Criminal & Civil)

4. Crown Prosecution Service

The evidence test. The CPS is responsible for :

· Advising the police

· Case reviews

· Deciding whether to charge the suspect

· Preparation of Case Files for court

· Presenting the case in the Crown or Magistrates Court

1. The Probation Service

2. Statutory Licence Supervision

3. Post Custody Licence

See figure 14.2 page 267.

Discussion point LONDON RIOTS 2011

Activity: Community support page 268

Working in pairs

Key Term: NACRO

Case Study: Saneka finds Help. (Group work)

page 269

Courts structure page 271 handout.

Activity: The Court System (page 272)

Short presentation (six groups)

Activity: Class discussion “The public interest test”

Key Terms:

Statutory Licence Supervision

Post Custody Licence

Activity: Probation Hostels (group work page 273)

Public Services Support to Victims of Crime

Crime affects individuals in different ways, affecting groups, and communities. The effects may be emotional and financial and this makes all types of people victims of crime.

A. Businesses

B. Communities

C. Minority Groups (See page 275 illustration)

D. Vulnerable members of the community

E. Individuals (repeat victimisation)

Look at the (Rivers Case and the repeated crime against their handicapped daughter)

Activity: How is a business a victim of crime? Page 274 working in pairs

Activity : Communities and Crime

NOTE!! Look at race crime, hate crime and link to London 2011 and other Racist inspired crime.

The role of public services to support victims of crime.

image12.wmf

Functional Skills (ICT)

Self Management Skills

Understanding how crime can impact on everyday life is important to the public services. By understanding crime and why some sections of the community are vulnerable we can offer support and help when they become victims of crime.

A. The Police Service

B. Social Services

C. Probation Services

D. Local Authorities

E. Education Services

F. Third Sector Organisations

Some agencies are bound by codes of practice:

1. Victim Support

2. Witness Service

3. Multi-agency partners

Codes of Practice and The Witness Charter (Page 279)

Minimising attendance, court visits prior to the trial, information sharing and emotional support.

FINAL ASSESEMENT

Key Facts:

A. Shelter for Abused Families

B. The Samaritans

C. Help the aged

D. Survive

E. Rape Crisis

Activity: Individually identify five more Third sector organisations who could support victims of crime

Activity: Produce a map of crime reduction measures that a community could undertake (Pairs)

Case Study: page 279

(Helen discovers she’s a witness)

Week No

and/or

Date(s)

2011-2014

Topic/Contents

(Summary of topics and content to be covered during the session)

Learner Outcomes

Skills Focus

(Team working, Literacy, Numeracy)

Equality of Opportunity

Every Learner Matters Outcomes

Assessment of Learning

Work set for self-directed study

Bibliography References

Amendments Date Name

BTEC Level 3 UPS Book 2011

Criminal deviance and theories

The Crown Prosecution Service 2011

Support to victims

Crime and its effects on society

See grading criteria

Level 3

There is the opportunity to explore ethnicity and diversity issues throughout this module. In some areas it is examined in detail (see race hate crime)

Ass per the activity column on this SOW and as directed by the tutor

See BTEC edexcel 2011 specs.

ISBN 9781846907197

Week No

and/or

Date(s)

2008-2009

Topic/Contents

(Summary of topics and content to be covered during the session)

Learner Outcomes

Skills Focus

(ICT, Literacy, Numeracy)

Equality of Opportunity

Every Learner Matters Outcomes

Assessment of Learning

Work set for self-directed study

Bibliography References

8

9

11

11

14

13

14

14

16

17

18

19

20

Week No

and/or

Date(s)

2008-2009

Topic/Contents

(Summary of topics and content to be covered during the session)

Learner Outcomes

Skills Focus

(ICT, Literacy, Numeracy)

Equality of Opportunity

Every Learner Matters Outcomes

Assessment of Learning

Work set for self-directed study

Bibliography References

21

14

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

Lynn Wilkinson UPS Module14 September 2018

Justice and Punishment/Module Booklet/Unit 14 Handbook 2018.docx

Lynn Wilkinson HNC 2018

http://t0.gstatic.com/images?q=tbn:ANd9GcS3bKtKoM8d5GJb337l9gaYjbCqyJjpBMhoxR4acZXvy9BYw0Tq http://t0.gstatic.com/images?q=tbn:ANd9GcS3bKtKoM8d5GJb337l9gaYjbCqyJjpBMhoxR4acZXvy9BYw0Tq

http://t0.gstatic.com/images?q=tbn:ANd9GcS3bKtKoM8d5GJb337l9gaYjbCqyJjpBMhoxR4acZXvy9BYw0Tq

HNC Uniformed Public Services

(Level 4)

Year one MODULE HANDBOOK

UNIT 14: Justice and Punishment

http://t2.gstatic.com/images?q=tbn:ANd9GcRE7NzqvISAjIebj0gUMHcLaZBGoyRatWJ8td7dG_RXxsvA5pBkJg

Lynn Wilkinson 2018

If we take liberties with justice, there won't be either liberty or justice in the long run. (Anonymous)

[email protected]

MODULE HANDBOOK Handbook

Unit 14: Justice and Punishment

Unit code: R/502/9490

QCF level: 4

Credit value: 15

Your course is: HNC/D Public Services

Your Unit Leader is: Lynn Wilkinson

Your lecture room is: 206

Your lecture times are: 09:00 – 12:00 & 13:00 – 17:00 Tuesday.

His office is: DGHE 206

His telephone number is: 01793 732830

His email address is: [email protected]

Aims of the Module

Aim

The aim of this unit is to develop learners’ understanding of the criminal justice system in the UK and to evaluate the effectiveness of the criminal justice system.

Synopsis of Unit Content

This unit gives learners an opportunity to develop an understanding of the criminal justice system in terms of the composition and roles of the judiciary and magistracy. It enables learners to explore the principle of judicial independence and potential conflict between with the judiciary and the state and executive because of that independence

.

The unit also covers how the agencies of the criminal justice system operate and how defendants are dealt with by the system. Learners will explore the ethical issues involved with sentencing and punishment. Learners will be required to consider the aims and costs of punishment in modern society. Learners will also have the opportunity to evaluate the effectiveness of the criminal justice system in terms of different stages of dealing with offenders as well as evaluating any deterrent effect on re-offending.

Teaching Methods

This unit can be delivered in a variety of ways. Case studies, student-centred learning and direct

consultation with relevant areas of public services can all be used to enhance the delivery.

Visits to, for example, magistrate’s courts and Crown courts are an effective way of helping

learners to understand how processes and procedures are put into practice.

Visiting speakers can also be used to forge links with the public services and to widen participation in the learning process

Learning Outcomes

On completion of this Unit the student will be able to:

1. Understand sources the composition and roles of the judicial system

2. Understand how the judicial system is used for justice and punishment

3. Understand the ethical dilemmas surrounding sentencing

Assessment Requirements

Evidence could be in the form of written or oral assignments.

Evidence is likely to be produced at learning outcome level although opportunities exist for covering one or more outcomes in an assignment. Evidence could be in the form of:

• assignments – written reports or accounts of findings and the research conducted

• research into the legislation, policies and guidelines involved in dealing with offenders

• case studies – covering the ethical issues surrounding sentencing.

Concise Indicative Reading List

Reading Lists will be updated annually.

Books

Booth J A – Ethics in the Criminal Justice System (Jones and Bartlett Publishers, 2008) ISBN

9780763755232

Edwards A. and Savage J – Sentencing Handbook: Sentencing Guidelines in the Criminal Courts (The Law Society, 2009) ISBN 9781853285691

Joyce P – Criminal Justice: An Introduction to Crime and the Criminal Justice System (Willan, 2006)

ISBN 9781843921820

Websites

Particular reference should be made to the Government internet site www.direct.gov.uk, which offers a great deal of information and advice concerning justice and punishment. Websites that support the development of this unit include those of public service associations and employers.

The following may be useful:

www.apa.police.uk Association of Police Authorities

www.coi.gov.uk Central Office of Information

www.ccrc.gov.uk Criminal Cases Review Commission

www.crb.gov.uk Criminal Records Bureau

www.cps.gov.uk Crown Prosecution Service

www.forensic.gov.uk Forensic Science Service

www.courtservice.gov.uk Her Majesty's Courts Service

www.hmprisonservice.gov.uk Her Majesty’s Prison Service

www.drugs.gov.uk Home Office: Illegal Drugs Strategy

www.lawcom.gov.uk Law Commission for England and Wales

www.opsi.gov.uk UK Legislation online .

Journals

Journal of Social Policy

Public Administration

Public Administration Review Public Management Review Public Policy

Public Performance and Management Review

Websites

Audit Commission: http://www.audit-commission.gov.uk/ Cabinet Office: http://www.cabinetoffice.gov.uk/ Department of Health: http://www.dh.gov.uk/

e-government unit: http://www.cabinetoffice.gov.uk/e-government Healthcare Commission: http://www.healthcarecommission.org.uk/ National Assembly for Wales: http://www.wales.gov.uk

National Audit Office: http://www.nao.org.uk/ NHS UK: http://www.nhs.uk/

Welsh Office: http://www.walesoffice.gov.uk/ Electronic Databases

Economic and Social Data Service: www.esds.ac.uk

Eurostat Datashop UK: http://www.eustatistics.gov.uk/

intute: social sciences research database: www.intute.ac.uk/socialsciences

Other Sources

Government and other publications e.g. Audit Commission, Improvement and Development Agency, Healthcare Commission, Healthcare Inspectorate Wales, Wales Audit Office.

Key Skills delivered by this Module

D1, D2, D4, D5, D6

Expectations of students

We expect you to attend all lectures and seminars and should inform your tutor by e-mail if for any reason this is impossible. You will be expected to contribute actively to all seminars.

In all your assessments evidence of wider critical reading will be looked for. You are provided with set reading that will be discussed in the seminars. This reading is selected to be a starting point to the issues and topics. There is also an expectation that you will use non-contact time to read widely, not only from the books listed in the reading list for this module, but also articles and periodicals in the Library. Make yourself conversant with key textbooks and relevant journals and websites. Remember that this reading will be useful in other modules across the degree course.

You are expected to present your own words, your own analysis and your own argument. All assessed work will normally be submitted electronically, and is checked via the online Turnitin system for evidence of plagiarism. Plagiarism involves the copying of someone else’s work and passing it off as if it were your own. Students should be in no doubt that plagiarism is CHEATING, and is a very serious offence in higher education.  Plagiarism will result in a penalty even when it is unintended or unwitting. Full information of the university policy and penalties related to unfair practices is in the Education Studies student handbook.

All assignments should be submitted on the due date unless there are exceptional extenuating circumstances where a week’s extension will be agreed with the authority of the course leader only. Late submissions without an agreed extension; will be capped at 40% - pass only.

All assignments should be submitted by 9.30am on the deadline (unless module tutors agree otherwise for example at the start of their lesson that day). Assignments submitted after 9.30am are to be submitted in person to the Module Tutor or handed in at reception marked clearly with the module leader's name. Assignments left at reception are done so at the students own risk. It is the responsibility of the student for the security and back up of all academic work.

All assignments are to be submitted electronically via the VLE 'turn-it-in' system, on the day of submission. If you have any difficulties with this please speak with your tutor/module leader.

Presentation of Assignments

· Word Process your submitted work

· Number all pages

· Include a clearly displayed word count (direct quotes are included within your word count)

· Add student number and college name on all pages

· Every assignment must also be submitted via the dropbox on the VLE

· Your Reference list should include all and only the texts you have quoted from and made reference to in your writing

· You may include Web sites but only choose those that have academic credibility.

· Where appropriate full consideration needs to be given to ethical issues as stated in the student handbook.

· Include an Assignment Front Sheet at the front of your assignment

· Annotate any photographs or multi-media evidence

· Ensure that you keep a full copy of all submitted work

Unfair Practice

You are expected to present your own words, your own analysis and your own argument. All assessed work will normally be submitted electronically, and is checked via the online Turnitin system for evidence of plagiarism. Plagiarism involves the copying of someone else’s work and passing it off as if it were your own. Students should be in no doubt that plagiarism is CHEATING, and is a very serious offence in higher education.  Plagiarism will result in a penalty even when it is unintended or unwitting. Full information of the college policy and penalties related to unfair practices is in the student handbook.

Student Portal

Information about modules, timetables and marks can be accessed via the student portal.

How to Reference

For guidance on Harvard referencing, essay writing and presentation skills refer to the main Student handbook.

Ethical Issues

It is essential that you follow ethical guidelines in all your assessed work, for both taught and work-based assessment. You must obtain the permission for all documentation, including photographs and video footage you intend to use from the parents/carers, child/ren (where appropriate) and the setting.

All participants must be fully informed of the detail and extent of the study, including who will see it. This will include tutors in college, internal moderators within the college and the External Examiner. The written text will be sent to the VLE electronically. All participants must have access to the work at any time and can withdraw if they are not willing to continue. Whilst it is now common practice for settings to take photographs of children and staff routinely, including video footage, No photographs should be sent electronically at any stage and your letter of informed consent should include this. You will be required to provide evidence of informed consent in the appendices of the assignments. You also need to consider how you will protect the confidentiality of your data and its safe storage.

THE HNC/HND PUBLIC SERVICES

Wk

Date

Programme of lectures

1

Introduction to Module

Unit 14 justice and Punishment

HNC/HND Tutors

2

Judiciary: structure; social composition; processes of appointment; legal standing; authority; role; influence on policy; accountability; powers; guidelines

Magistracy: structure; social composition; processes of appointment; legal standing; authority; role; influence on policy; accountability; powers; guidelines

LYNN WILKINSON

3

Relationships: between judges and magistrates; relationship between judiciary and government; government policies; role of the executive; role of parliament; principle of judicial impartiality; impact of government policies on judicial impartiality

LYNN WILKINSON

4

Introduction of assessment / assignment.

Understand how the judicial system is used for justice and punishment

System: processes; structure; composition; personnel; inter-relationships

Justice: current policies; methodology used to combat crime; roles and responsibilities; fast tracking; repeat offending.

LYNN WILKINSON

Court system for magistrates’ courts, Crown courts, the Supreme Court including structure, features, sentencing; diversionary schemes and community alternatives; consequential deterrent effect on re-offending; role of probation service; role of prison

Perspectives on punishment: goals/objectives; effectiveness; justification; deterrence; reform; prevention; retribution; impact on victims of crime; restorative justice

impact on

5

Prosecution of defendants: strategies of criminal justice agencies including the police, courts, legal system, probation, prison service; Crown Prosecution Service (remit, focus, roles,responsibilities); service; role of witnesses in prosecution of defendants

LYNN WILKINSON

UNIT 14 Justice and Punishment

5

Understand the ethical dilemmas surrounding sentencing

Sentencing policies: sentencing guidelines for judges and magistrates; issues of seriousness and severity; current policies and legislation relating to sentencing

Sentencing trends: current trends; public confidence; risk management

LYNN WILKINSON

6

Court Visits and discussion (Magistrates Court)

LYNN WILKINSON

7

Particular groups and their possible issues: criminal justice and gender issues; racial issues; mentally disordered defendants; vulnerable people, young offenders; victims and witness.

LYNN WILKINSON

HALF – TERM reading week / assignment completion

8

Court Visits and discussion (Crown Court)

LYNN WILKINSON

9

Costs: available resources including physical, human, financial; costs of prosecution; sentencing; costs of imprisonment; other sentences including tagging

LYNN WILKINSON

10

Tutorial and assignment preparation proposals

LYNN WILKINSON

11

Undertaking research: Legislation, policies and guidelines in dealing with offenders

LYNN WILKINSON

12

Development Plan revision and submission

LYNN WILKINSON

13

Recap of learning outcomes and criteria.

LYNN WILKINSON

14

Submission of assignments

LYNN WILKINSON

Assignment Completion

LYNN WILKINSON

15

Tutorial week

LYNN WILKINSON

16

Final Submission and of assignments

LYNN WILKINSON

17

READING WEEK

PREPARATION FOR UNITS IN NEXT SEMESTER

.

Assignment front sheet example

Learner name

Assessor name

Date issued

Completion date

Submitted on

Qualification

Unit number and title

Assignment title

In this assessment you will have opportunities to provide evidence against the following criteria. Indicate the page numbers where the evidence can be found.

Criteria reference

To achieve the criteria the evidence must show that the student is able to:

Task no.

Page numbers

Learner declaration

I certify that the work submitted for this assignment is my own and research sources are fully acknowledged.

Learner signature: Date:

Assignment brief example

Unit number and title

Qualification

Start date

Deadline

Assessor

Assignment title

The purpose of this assignment is to:

Scenario

Task 1

Task 2

Task 3

Sources of information

This brief has been verified as being fit for purpose

Assessor

Signature

Date

Internal verifier

Signature

Date

Summary of grades

In order to achieve a pass in a unit all learning outcomes and associated assessment criteria have been met

In order to achieve a merit in a unit pass requirements achieved + all merit grade descriptors achieved

In order to achieve a distinction in a unit pass and merit requirements achieved + all distinction grade descriptors achieved

Calculation of the qualification grade

Pass qualification grade

Learners who achieve the minimum eligible credit value specified by the rule of combination will

achieve the qualification at pass grade (see section Rules of combination for the Edexcel BTEC

Levels 4 and 5 Higher National qualifications).

Qualification grades above pass grade

Learners will be awarded a merit or distinction qualification grade by the aggregation of points

gained through the successful achievement of individual units. The graded section of both

the HNC and the HND is based on the learner’s best performance in units at the level

or above of the qualification to the value of 75 credits.

The number of points available is dependent on the unit grade achieved and the credit size of the

unit (as shown in the ‘Points available per credit at specified unit grades’ table below).

Points available per credit at specified unit grades

Points per credit

Pass Merit Distinction

0 1 2

Qualification grades

Edexcel BTEC Level 4 HNC

Points range Grade

0-74 Pass P

75-149 Merit M

150 Distinction D

National Occupational Standards

Mapping against the level 3 NOS in Uniformed Public Services

The grid below maps the knowledge covered in the 3 and 4 NVQ in Active Leisure and Learning against the underpinning knowledge of the QCF Edexcel BTEC Higher Nationals in Public Services and in Public Services and Exercise Sciences.

NVQ unit titles

HNC/D titles

Level 3 NOS in

Level 3 NOS in

Level 3 NOS

Level 3 NOS in

Level 3 NOS in

Level 4 NOS in

Level 3 NOS in

Level 3

Unit 1: UPS Level 4

Grade descriptors

Pass grade

A pass grade is achieved by meeting all the requirements defined in the assessment criteria for

pass for each unit.

Learning outcomes

On successful completion of

this unit a learner will:

Assessment criteria for pass

The learner can:

LO1

Understand the composition and

roles of the judicial system

1.1 describe the appointment procedures for judges and

magistrates

1.2 evaluate the implications of the appointment process for judicial independence

1.3 explain the accountability of the judiciary and magistracy with respect to justice and punishment

1.4 evaluate the principle of judicial impartiality

LO2

Understand how the judicial system is used for justice and punishment.

2.1 describe the processes required to prosecute a

defendant

2.2 explain the role of the criminal justice agencies

2.3 evaluate the effectiveness of alternative methods of

dealing with offenders

LO3

Understand the ethical dilemmas surrounding sentencing

1.1 analyse the key issues that arise from the

implementation of current sentencing legislation

3.2 analyse the impact of sentencing legislation on criminal justice

3.3 evaluate the objectives of punishment in a modern

society

3.4 explain the relationship between sentencing trends and public confidence

3.5 explain how the costs of prosecution and sentencing

impact on available resources.

Merit grade

Merit descriptors

Exemplar indicative characteristics

Centres can identify and use other relevant

characteristics. This is NOT a tick list.

In order to achieve a merit

the learner must:

The learner’s evidence shows, for example:

identify and apply

strategies to find

appropriate solutions

· effective judgements have been made

· complex problems with more than one variable have been explored

· an effective approach to study and research has been applied

select/design and apply

appropriate

methods/techniques

· relevant theories and techniques have been applied

· a range of methods and techniques have been applied

· a range of sources of information has been used

· the selection of methods and techniques/sources has been justified

· the design of methods/techniques has been justified

· complex information/data has been synthesized and processed

· appropriate learning methods/techniques have been applied

present and

communicate

appropriate findings

· the appropriate structure and approach has been used

· coherent, logical development of principles/concepts for the intended audience

· a range of methods of presentation have been used, technical language has been accurately used and work has been produced to deadlines

· communication has taken place in familiar and unfamiliar contexts

· the communication is appropriate for familiar and unfamiliar audiences and appropriate media have been used.

Distinction grade

Distinction descriptors

Exemplar indicative characteristics

Centres can identify and use other relevant

characteristics. This is NOT a tick list.

In order to achieve a

distinction the learner

must:

The learner’s evidence shows, for example:

use critical reflection to

evaluate own work and

justify valid conclusions

· conclusions have been arrived at through synthesis of ideas and have been justified

· the validity of results has been evaluated using defined criteria

· self-criticism of approach has taken place

· realistic improvements have been proposed against defined characteristics for success

take responsibility for

managing and organising

activities

· autonomy/independence has been demonstrated

· substantial activities, assessments, projects or investigations have been planned, managed , organized and handed in to deadlines

· activities have been managed

· the unforeseen has been accommodated

· the importance of interdependence has been recognized and achieved

demonstrate

convergent/lateral/

creative thinking

· ideas have been generated and decisions taken

· self-evaluation has taken place

· convergent and lateral thinking have been applied

· problems have been solved

· innovation and creative thought have been applied

· receptiveness to new ideas is evident

· effective thinking has taken place in unfamiliar contexts.

Justice and Punishment/Support/Accountability.docx

The principles of judicial accountability

Ways in which judges are restrained and which together, ensure that judges are accountable for their actions.

We have already discussed the peculiar constitutional position of the judiciary and the conventions that protect their independence. In this section we look at the numerous ways in which judges are restrained and which together, ensure that judges are accountable for their actions.

We must first ask what it means to say someone is accountable for their actions. In many areas accountability means that, just like football managers, an individual who fails to perform satisfactorily in their job should be sacked or should resign. Some people have called this form of accountability, ‘sacrificial accountability’, meaning that the only solution is for the individual concerned to no longer continue in their role.

In the case of the judiciary, however, safeguards are needed to ensure that Judges are free to make their judicial decisions without fear or favour and thus to preserve their independence. For example, if a politician or senior judge felt able to sack a particular judge, or remove him or her from a case, simply because they did not like the decision reached, the principle of judicial independence would be greatly undermined and there could be no possibility of a fair trial. It could also lead judges to make decisions they felt might be more acceptable to whoever had the right to decide whether they should continue serving as judges or be promoted. If, for instance, the permanent or continued appointment of a part-time temporary judge was in some way determined by one of the parties to the case, there would be a real risk that independent and impartial judicial decision-making could be subverted by self-interest. Prior to 2000 this was the position in Scotland in respect of temporary criminal court judges, or sheriffs, who were appointed for a fixed period of twelve months and the renewal of their appointment was effectively at the discretion of the Lord Advocate, a government minister who is the head of the prosecuting authority In other words there might well be a risk that such judges could improperly favour the prosecuting authority with an eye to securing a permanent appointment. The Scottish Courts recognised this in 1999 in Starrs v Ruxton [2000] SCCR 136

This risk is perhaps best demonstrated – albeit as an extreme example – in dictatorships where judges are often appointed specifically because of their loyalty to the regime, and will almost always make decisions in favour of it, regardless of the interests of the individual, the facts and the law. The independence and transparency of the appointments process in England and Wales rebuts any suggestion that such factors could be relevant to the appointment of judicial office holders in this jurisdiction.

We have stated that judges who commit a criminal offence may be subject to an investigation by the Office for Judicial Complaints and may be subject to a disciplinary sanction in accordance with the relevant statutory provisions. Apart from this, however, it is clear that judges are not subject to this ‘sacrificial accountability’. However, they are subject to a different form of accountability, which has been referred to as ‘explanatory accountability’. Put simply this form of accountability means that individuals can be asked to give an account as to why they have behaved in a particular way. The judiciary is subject to this form of accountability in a multitude of ways. Taken together, these ensure a considerable degree of accountability.

The following pages set out briefly some elements of this form of accountability. A more detailed overview is contained in the Judicial Executive Board’s paper, The Accountability of Judiciary.

Further reading:

· Judges on Trial (A study of the appointment and accountability of the English Judiciary), a book by Shimon Shetreet (North Holland, 1976)

· Independence, Accountability and the Judiciary, a collection of essays edited by Canivet, Andeanas and Fairgrieve (BIICL, 2006)

There is also material on accountability in the lectures, articles and books listed at the end of the section on independence

When examining explanatory accountability it is important to distinguish between theinstitutional accountability of the judiciary and the accountability of individual judges. Both are explored in further on subsequent pages.

Related...

Information...

· The Accountability of Judiciary (PDF 168kb)

External link...

· Starrs v Ruxton [2000] SCCR 136

 

Justice and Punishment/Support/accountable Judges.docx

The principles of judicial accountability

Ways in which judges are restrained and which together, ensure that judges are accountable for their actions.

We have already discussed the peculiar constitutional position of the judiciary and the conventions that protect their independence. In this section we look at the numerous ways in which judges are restrained and which together, ensure that judges are accountable for their actions.

We must first ask what it means to say someone is accountable for their actions. In many areas accountability means that, just like football managers, an individual who fails to perform satisfactorily in their job should be sacked or should resign. Some people have called this form of accountability, ‘sacrificial accountability’, meaning that the only solution is for the individual concerned to no longer continue in their role.

In the case of the judiciary, however, safeguards are needed to ensure that Judges are free to make their judicial decisions without fear or favour and thus to preserve their independence. For example, if a politician or senior judge felt able to sack a particular judge, or remove him or her from a case, simply because they did not like the decision reached, the principle of judicial independence would be greatly undermined and there could be no possibility of a fair trial. It could also lead judges to make decisions they felt might be more acceptable to whoever had the right to decide whether they should continue serving as judges or be promoted. If, for instance, the permanent or continued appointment of a part-time temporary judge was in some way determined by one of the parties to the case, there would be a real risk that independent and impartial judicial decision-making could be subverted by self-interest. Prior to 2000 this was the position in Scotland in respect of temporary criminal court judges, or sheriffs, who were appointed for a fixed period of twelve months and the renewal of their appointment was effectively at the discretion of the Lord Advocate, a government minister who is the head of the prosecuting authority In other words there might well be a risk that such judges could improperly favour the prosecuting authority with an eye to securing a permanent appointment. The Scottish Courts recognised this in 1999 in Starrs v Ruxton [2000] SCCR 136

This risk is perhaps best demonstrated – albeit as an extreme example – in dictatorships where judges are often appointed specifically because of their loyalty to the regime, and will almost always make decisions in favour of it, regardless of the interests of the individual, the facts and the law. The independence and transparency of the appointments process in England and Wales rebuts any suggestion that such factors could be relevant to the appointment of judicial office holders in this jurisdiction.

We have stated that judges who commit a criminal offence may be subject to an investigation by the Office for Judicial Complaints and may be subject to a disciplinary sanction in accordance with the relevant statutory provisions. Apart from this, however, it is clear that judges are not subject to this ‘sacrificial accountability’. However, they are subject to a different form of accountability, which has been referred to as ‘explanatory accountability’. Put simply this form of accountability means that individuals can be asked to give an account as to why they have behaved in a particular way. The judiciary is subject to this form of accountability in a multitude of ways. Taken together, these ensure a considerable degree of accountability.

The following pages set out briefly some elements of this form of accountability. A more detailed overview is contained in the Judicial Executive Board’s paper, The Accountability of Judiciary.

Further reading:

· Judges on Trial (A study of the appointment and accountability of the English Judiciary), a book by Shimon Shetreet (North Holland, 1976)

· Independence, Accountability and the Judiciary, a collection of essays edited by Canivet, Andeanas and Fairgrieve (BIICL, 2006)

Justice and Punishment/Support/Bangalore Principles.pptx

The Bangalore Principles of Judicial Conduct

2013

Lynn Wilkinson

Principles

Universal Declaration of Human Rights

International Convention on Civil and Political Rights

UN Principles on the Independence of the Judiciary

Independence

Judicial independence is a pre-requisite to the rule of law and a fundamental guarantee of a fair trial

Impartiality

Impartiality is essential to the proper discharge of judicial office, both process and decision

Integrity

Integrity is essential to the proper discharge of the judicial office

Propriety

Propriety and the appearance of propriety are essential to the performance of all of the activities of a judge

See handbook notes:

6

Equality

Ensuring equality of treatment to all before the courts is essential to the due performance of the judicial office

See handbook notes:

7

Competence and Diligence

Competence and diligence are prerequisites to the due performance of judicial office

See handbook notes:

8

Definitions Defined in these principles

“Court Staff”

“Judge”

“Judge’s Family”

“Judge’s Spouse”

See handbook notes:

9

Justice and Punishment/Support/Being a Magistrate.pdf

SERVING AS A MAGISTRATE

- a detailed guide to the role of JP

81095_Covers_Ver4 27/7/07 08:33 Page 2

81095_Covers_Ver1 17/7/07 07:47 Page 3

01

This booklet gives detailed information to help you decide whether the magistracy is right for you.

1. Your role.........................................02

2. Conditions of service.....................07

3. Your credentials.............................08

4. Your training...................................12

5. Your selection.................................16

6. Your questions...............................18

7. Your colleagues..............................22

8. Becoming a Magistrate DVD.........Inside back cover

81095_Text_Ver1 17/7/07 08:05 Page 01

1. YOUR ROLE

02

Magistrates’ courts are the first tier within our justice system. They comprise:

˚ The Adult Court – for criminal cases involving people over 18. ˚ The Youth Court – for cases involving young people aged from 10-17. ˚ The Family Proceedings Court – where some family disputes are settled. ˚ The Civil Court – for civil cases and other matters like enforcingCouncil Tax or dealing with some licensing appeals.

Defendants who are found guilty in magistrates’ courts can appeal against the verdict or sentence to a more senior court. The prosecution has a more limited right to appeal, too, but only if the magistrates have made an error of law. In practice, less than 3% of decisions in the magistrates’ courts are ever appealed.

Individual magistrates do not hear cases on their own. They usually sit as one of a bench of three magistrates, together with a qualified Legal Adviser who is there to advise on points of law and procedure.

What is a magistrate? The office of magistrate (also known as Justice of the Peace or JP) has existed in England and Wales for hundreds of years. People holding the office perform an essential public service by dispensing justice within the criminal justice system and hearing a range of non-criminal cases. Today, there are about 28,000 magistrates in England and Wales and they all give their time and expertise voluntarily.

81095_Text_Ver1 17/7/07 20:32 Page 02

03

CRIMINAL CASES Everyone charged with a criminal offence is presumed innocent unless proved guilty, and is entitled to a fair and public hearing within a reasonable time. Magistrates, just like other judges, have to make sure this happens in their courts.

Less serious crimes All criminal cases start in the magistrates’ courts, and 97 percent are concluded there, including sentencing. These include all ‘summary’ offences – such as most motoring offences, less serious assaults and many public order offences – which can be dealt with only in the magistrates’ courts. For these crimes, you will set the timetable, decide bail, hear the evidence, decide whether the accused is guilty or innocent and, if guilty, decide on the most appropriate sentence. Other cases can be dealt with in either the magistrates’ courts or by a judge and jury in the Crown Court. These are known as ‘either way’ offences

and include theft, more serious assaults and most drugs offences.

Serious crimes The most serious crimes, including murder, rape and robbery, all commence in the magistrates’ court, but must be dealt with in the Crown Court. Your role is to send such cases to be heard in the Crown Court.

You also have to decide what should happen to the defendant during the preparation of the case, and particularly whether he or she should be released on bail. Usually, the defendant will be bailed to attend at the next hearing date. You may, however, impose conditions on that bail, such as requiring that a financial guarantee (called a surety or security) be provided, or requiring the defendant to live at a particular address, including bail hostels. For the most serious cases, you can keep a defendant in prison during this period.

81095_Text_Ver1 17/7/07 20:32 Page 03

04

Sentencing When sentencing, you will consider any aggravating factors and listen to any mitigating factors. You will know the range of sentences from your training, information in court and your Legal Adviser. You then decide which sentence has the greatest chance of rehabilitating the offender and preventing them from committing further offences. Where appropriate, you will also determine whether they should be required to make any reparation to the people they have affected.

For adult offenders, you can choose from a wide range of sentences, including:

˚ An absolute discharge – usually for a firstoffence when you believe a further offence is very unlikely. The offence, however, remains on the record.

˚ A conditional discharge – when a convictionfor another offence committed up to three years before will mean the person can be sentenced for both offences.

˚ A community sentence. ˚ Fines up to £5,000 – these are probablythe most used sentence. ˚ Compensation up to £5,000 – tocompensate a victim for loss, injury

or suffering.

˚ A prison sentence.

Youth Courts Most criminal cases involving young people aged 10 to 17 are dealt with in the Youth Court. The main aim of the Youth Court is to prevent offending and re-offending by young people. If you sit in the Youth Court you will receive specialist training and have a different range of sentences available. The Youth Court also has three magistrates and ideally this should include both men and women.

81095_Text_Ver1 17/7/07 08:05 Page 04

05

A TYPICAL TRIAL Magistrates’ courts start between 9.30am and 10.30am and you need to be there 30 minutes beforehand. You usually sit as a bench of three, so when you arrive you find out who your two colleagues will be for the day. The court Chairman – an experienced senior magistrate – sits in the middle and is the person who addresses and controls the court. The two other magistrates – called wingers – sit on either side, but all three have equal decision making responsibility. The Legal Adviser, who’s there to tell you the status of the case (for example, whether this is a first hearing and whether everyone is ready) and help with any points of law and procedure, usually sits just in front of the three magistrates.

The prosecution is the first to put its case. This is normally presented by the Crown Prosecution Service (CPS). When the prosecution has finished, it is the turn of the defence lawyer to address the court. Not all defendants are legally represented, however, so the defendant could be presenting their own case.

At the end of the trial, you leave the courtroom to consider your decision

and to record the reasons for it. The verdict is then read out in court, followed by the past record, if any, of the defendant. The defendant’s personal circumstances, and anything else that might be useful in deciding what sentence should be imposed, are also heard at this point. You then leave the courtroom again to decide on the next step. This might be to request a report to be prepared, or you may be able to proceed directly to sentencing.

Throughout the trial, your task is to listen carefully to all that is said in court and to make appropriate decisions as part of a team. You have to think about all the evidence given, decide what is relevant and, if different stories are told, whom you believe in an unbiased manner. When someone has pleaded or been found guilty, you have to think about how to deal with the offender and consider:

˚ The punishment of offenders. ˚ The reduction of crime. ˚ The reform and rehabilitation of offenders. ˚ The protection of the public. ˚ The making of reparation by offenders to those affected by their offences.

81095_Text_Ver1 17/7/07 08:05 Page 05

06

FAMILY AND OTHER CIVIL CASES

Family Proceedings Courts Some magistrates are specially trained to deal with family cases. These are usually either when a young person is at risk of serious harm, or when there is a family dispute concerning children, often when parents have split up. Again, ideally there should always be one man and one woman on the bench.

Licensing Courts Licensing Committees, made up of magistrates, used to be responsible for granting or refusing licences to people who want to sell alcohol to the public. This responsibility is now held by local authorities, but magistrates hold an appeal function so that where a decision is taken by a local authority, an applicant may appeal to local magistrates. Magistrates still form the Betting and Gaming Committees which continue to have the power to grant licences to run a betting shop.

Collecting fines Magistrates’ courts deal with people who fail to pay their fines and other financial penalties.

Collecting Council Tax Magistrates’ courts deal with unpaid Council Tax.

81095_Text_Ver1 17/7/07 08:05 Page 06

07

2. CONDITIONS OF SERVICE

Time commitment As a magistrate, you are required to sit for at least 26 half-day court sittings each year. A ‘half-day’ sitting typically lasts from 10am to 1pm or 2pm to 5pm, though you need to be there half-an-hour before to prepare. On some benches, sittings are organised on a full-day basis. You receive your schedule for sittings well in advance, but it is possible to rearrange sittings in an emergency. In addition, you will need to be available for training (see YOUR TRAINING on page 12).

You will also be expected to play a part in the life of your bench, attend bench meetings where possible, and you may undertake work out of court as a member of committees.

There is no minimum length of time for which a magistrate should be prepared to serve. However, the initial training/appraisal period usually lasts for one year to 18 months.

Please make sure you are certain that you can meet the required time commitment before applying to become a magistrate.

EMPLOYMENT If you are employed, you must establish with your employer that you will be allowed to

take reasonable time off work to undertake the duties of a magistrate. Under Section 50 of the Employment Rights Act 1996, an employer is required to do this. If you are employed, the application pack will contain a DVD, Employing a Magistrate, which you can pass to your employer. This sets out the many benefits to employers of employing a magistrate. Further information is set out in the leaflet for employers.

ALLOWANCES As a magistrate, you are not paid for carrying out your duties. You can, however, claim allowances (within specified limits) for travel, subsistence and financial loss, such as loss of earnings.

81095_Text_Ver1 17/7/07 08:05 Page 07

08

AGE REQUIREMENT You must at least 18 years old to apply. Magistrates retire from the bench at the age of 70 and the Lord Chancellor normally expects a period of five years’ service before retirement. He will not generally appoint anyone who is aged over 65.

FORMAL QUALIFICATIONS You don’t need any formal or academic qualifications. Nor do you need any previous legal training or experience. A legally qualified Legal Adviser will be in court to advise on relevant aspects of the law, and you are provided with structures to assist you in your decision making, together with guidelines for sentencing.

3. YOUR CREDENTIALS

Magistrates come from a whole range of backgrounds and occupations. They are men and women with sound judgement and personal integrity. They know their local community well, are able to listen to all sides of an argument and can contribute to fair and reasonable decisions. They are also reliable and prepared to give up their time to perform this vital role. Some find this easier than others, but many people in full time employment also serve as magistrates. Their employers are obliged by law to give them reasonable time off for their duties, and many also agree to pay their staff for at least a proportion of the time they spend on the bench.

81095_Text_Ver1 17/7/07 08:05 Page 08

09

ESSENTIAL QUALITIES There are, however, six key qualities which are regarded as vital if you are to perform successfully in the role of a magistrate. It doesn’t matter how or where you developed these qualities. It could be through your current or previous employment, involvement in community or voluntary activities, public appointments, leisure activities, family life or academic study. The most important thing is that you can demonstrate these in the selection process and, if appointed, apply them to the role. They are:

˚ Good character: to have personal integrityand enjoy the respect and trust of others. ˚ Understanding and communication:to be able to understand documents,

identify relevant facts, follow evidence and communicate effectively.

˚ Social awareness: to appreciate andaccept the rule of law. ˚ Maturity and sound temperament: to have an awareness and understanding

of people and a sense of fairness.

˚ Sound judgement: to be able to thinklogically, weigh arguments and reach a sound decision.

˚ Commitment and reliability: to becommitted to serving the community, willing to undergo training and to be in sufficiently good health to undertake your duties on a regular basis.

HEALTH AND DISABILITY We will not be able to select you if your health prevents you from carrying out a magistrate’s range of duties. However, applications are welcomed from people with a disability who are able to carry out their duties either unassisted, or with the benefit of certain reasonable adjustments made to court premises or working/sitting arrangements in accordance with section 6 of the Disability Discrimination Act 1995.

NATIONALITY British nationality is not a requirement, but all candidates must be willing to take the Oath of Allegiance. The Lord Chancellor will not appoint candidates who are in the process of seeking asylum.

81095_Text_Ver1 17/7/07 08:05 Page 09

10

OCCUPATION Subject to the Lord Chancellor’s discretion, there are a number of offices or occupations that will act as a bar to you being appointed as a magistrate. This is because they could give cause for concern about your perceived impartiality on the bench. So, for example, you will not normally be eligible if:

˚ You are a member of the Police Service. ˚ You are a member of, or have been selected(formally or informally) as a prospective

candidate for election to, any Parliament or Assembly.

There are also other occupations that could present a possible conflict of interest if you were selected as a magistrate – it isn’t possible to list them all. Similar concerns apply to the occupation of your spouse, your partner or a close relative. That is why the application form asks for details about these people (see the application form’s guidance notes for more information). This information won’t necessarily disqualify you, but it will need to be taken into account.

81095_Text_Ver1 17/7/07 08:05 Page 10

11

BANKRUPTCY If you are an undischarged bankrupt, you will not be appointed as a magistrate because it is unlikely you would command the confidence of the public. If you have been declared bankrupt in the past, but are now solvent, we will need to consider:

˚ The circumstances surrounding your bankruptcy. ˚ When it was declared. ˚ The extent to which creditors were paid(particularly if they were local). ˚ Whether there is likely to be any adversereaction if you are appointed.

CONVICTIONS, ORDERS AND MOTORING OFFENCES When considering candidates who have been subject to any order of a court (civil or criminal), various factors, including the nature and seriousness of the offence, will be considered before an appointment is made. Magistrates deal with motoring offences, and while minor motoring offences are not usually an issue, serious motoring offences, or persistent offending, might disqualify you. If you’ve had your licence suspended for less than 12 months in the past five years, or for 12 months or more in the past 10 years, you would generally not be recommended.

81095_Text_Ver1 17/7/07 08:05 Page 11

12

4. YOUR TRAINING

The importance of the magistrate’s role is reflected in the mandatory training programme you undergo to prepare you. It is prescribed by the Lord Chancellor and will be delivered locally by your Justices’ Clerk or a member of his or her team.

The training will help you develop all the knowledge and skills you need to become an effective and confident magistrate. It is based on a competence framework and includes:

˚ Reading and distance learning exercisesthat cover the role and responsibilities of a magistrate.

˚ Induction and core training before you sit in court. This will normally be for the equivalent of three days (18 hours) and may be delivered: over a long weekend; in a series of short evening sessions over

several weeks; over three separate week days; or as a residential course. For more details about how this training is delivered in your area, contact the Justices’ Clerk at your local magistrates’ court.

˚ A minimum of three court observations. ˚ A visit to a prison establishment, a youngoffender institution and a probation

service facility.

˚ Consolidation training. You will receive thisafter about a year. It will normally be for the equivalent of two days (12 hours) and, like the core training, may be delivered in a variety of ways (see above).

81095_Text_Ver1 17/7/07 08:05 Page 12

13

As well as training in law and procedure, you will also focus on developing the skills you need, such as:

˚ structured decision-making ˚ communicating ˚ listening ˚ awareness of community needs ˚ respect and lack of bias or prejudice ˚ problem solving ˚ team work

During your induction and core training, you will be in a group with other new magistrates recruited at the same time as you. The group’s size will depend on the numbers recruited in your area. The training will be delivered using a variety of methods, which may include pre-course reading, small group work, use of case studies, role play, formal tutor input, group discussion, computer-based training and CCTV.

81095_Text_Ver1 17/7/07 08:05 Page 13

14

MENTORING The training scheme recognises that the most effective way to develop as a magistrate is to learn from the experience of sitting in court. To assist this process, all new magistrates are provided with a mentor – an experienced magistrate who has been specially trained to take on the role. Your mentor will advise, support, and guide you, especially during the first few months of your service as a magistrate. During your first year you will have six formal sittings attended by your mentor, each of which is followed by an opportunity to discuss the day’s business with your mentor. You will reflect on how you have applied the knowledge and skills you developed during your induction and core training and, using the competence framework, consider whether or not you have any further training and development needs.

APPRAISAL After you have been sitting for about a year you will be ready for your first appraisal. This takes place during a normal sitting and is conducted by an appraiser who is an experienced magistrate specially trained for the role. Following the sitting, you and your appraiser use the competence

framework for magistrates to assess your performance and identify if you have any outstanding training needs.

All magistrates are appraised every three years in each of the judicial roles they undertake in the magistrates’ court.

81095_Text_Ver1 17/7/07 08:05 Page 14

15

UPDATE TRAINING The law and procedures that affect the magistrates’ court change from time to time and you will be expected to keep up to date. When there are major changes in legislation, you will be provided with written material or formal training to help you learn and apply the new law.

CONTINUATION TRAINING In addition to the update training, you are required to attend continuation training every three years prior to your appraisal. Continuation training will focus on magistrates’ key skills, making judicial

decisions and working as an effective member of a team.

ADDITIONAL TRAINING If you wish to become a court Chairman, or to work in the Youth Court or Family Proceedings Court, there is extra training to prepare you for these roles because you need to achieve additional competences.

We recognise that magistrates are volunteers and that your time is valuable, so every effort is made to provide all training at times and places convenient for the bench.

81095_Text_Ver1 17/7/07 08:05 Page 15

16

5. YOUR SELECTION Before making an application, you must visit a magistrates’ court to observe what happens when it is sitting in general session, and be prepared to discuss the experience and your views on it at interview. Your local court will advise when it’s best to attend and in which courtrooms to observe – a list of courts is included in the application pack, or you can find it on the ‘Apply page’ at www.magistrates.gov.uk.

If you are employed, you must also establish with your employer that you will be allowed to take reasonable time off work (under Section 50 of the Employment Rights Act 1996) to undertake the duties of a magistrate. It really is vital to have the support of your employer to become a magistrate.

Magistrates in England and Wales are appointed by the Secretary of State and Lord Chancellor on behalf of, and in the name of, The Queen. Candidates are recommended to the Secretary of State and Lord Chancellor for appointment by local Advisory Committees. These consist of local people, including some magistrates. In making their recommendations, Advisory Committees not only consider the personal suitability of candidates, but also the number of vacancies and the need to ensure that the composition of each bench broadly reflects the diversity of the community it serves.

81095_Text_Ver1 17/7/07 08:05 Page 16

17

THE OATH If you are appointed, you will be required to swear or affirm that you “will be faithful and bear true allegiance to Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth the Second, her heirs and successors, according to law” and that you “will well and truly serve our Sovereign Lady Queen Elizabeth the Second in the office of Justice of the Peace, and will do right to all manner of people after the laws and usages of this realm without fear or favour, affection or ill will”.

REFERENCES You need to provide details of three referees, one of whom should be your employer (if applicable). Referees must not be anyone (such as a solicitor, police officer or probation office) who is likely to appear before the court to which you might be appointed.

EQUAL OPPORTUNITIES Equality of opportunity will be afforded to all candidates regardless of age, disability, gender, marital status, sexual orientation, racial group, community background, religion or whether or not they have dependents. One of the Lord Chancellor’s objectives is, in fact, to attract a broad range of candidates with differing backgrounds and experience. Applications are therefore encouraged from all sections of the community.

The selection process to join the magistracy is necessarily rigorous. It consists of the following stages:

˚ First, you need to complete an application form. There is one in the pocket at the back of this booklet, or you can download a form from our web site, www.magistrates.gov.uk. This can be printed off and mailed, or you can attach it to an email.

˚ Your application form is first sifted tocheck you are eligible to apply. ˚ Then, if you are eligible, you will be invitedto a first interview. ˚ If you are successful at the first interview,you will be invited to a second interview

where you will discuss some practical examples of the sort of cases magistrates deal with.

˚ We then make background verificationchecks to look into any conflicts of interest and exceptional circumstances.

˚ Finally, the view of the AdvisoryCommittee is placed before the Lord Chancellor who will make the appointments.

We will notify you by post following each stage of the selection process. We will also notify you by post – within 10 days – of the final decision being made.

81095_Text_Ver1 17/7/07 08:05 Page 17

18

6. YOUR QUESTIONS

What exactly do magistrates do? Magistrates, also known as Justices of the Peace, carry out their duties locally and deal with almost 97 percent of criminal cases. They consider the evidence in each contested case and reach a verdict. When a defendant is found guilty, or pleads guilty, they decide on the most appropriate sentence.

What type of cases will I be dealing with? You will be dealing with the less serious criminal cases, such as theft, criminal damage, assaults, public disorder and motoring offences. When sitting in the Family Proceedings Court, you will deal with a range of issues affecting families and children. In the Youth Court you will deal with criminal cases against 10-17 year olds. And, if you join the licensing committee, you will be dealing with licensing applications from betting shops and gaming clubs.

Will I sit on my own? No. You normally sit as one of a ‘bench’ of three magistrates, including one who has been trained to take the ‘Court Chairman’ role. The ‘Court Chairman’ speaks for the bench and helps to guide it through its business. There is also always a legally qualified Legal Adviser to advise on law and procedure.

What sort of people become magistrates? Magistrates come from a wide range of backgrounds and occupations. They are people with personal integrity and a good knowledge of their local community. They also have the ability to listen to all sides of an argument and contribute to fair and reasonable decisions. They must, of course, be reliable and have time to give to this important task.

81095_Text_Ver1 17/7/07 08:05 Page 18

19

Do I need formal qualifications, or a knowledge of the law? No. Formal or academic qualifications are not required. Nor is knowledge of the law, because each bench sits with a qualified legal adviser who is there to advise on relevant aspects of the law. Sentencing guidelines are also provided.

Do I get any training? Yes. You are given a programme of practical training that prepares you to sit in court. This is compulsory and involves talks and discussions and practical exercises, observing in court and visits to prison establishments.

Is being a magistrate time consuming? You are required to sit for a minimum of 26 half-days each year and to be available for full day sittings, although the average magistrate sits for about 35 half-days a year. Arrangements for sittings are worked out well in advance on a rota basis and it is usually possible to make changes in an emergency. Training and meetings are an additional commitment. If you have more time to spare, you can volunteer, when sufficiently experienced, for extra sittings or you can train to join the Family or Youth Panels or the Betting and Gaming Committees.

How are magistrates selected and appointed? Magistrates are appointed by the Lord Chancellor and Secretary of State for Justice, on the advice of local Advisory Committees. If you’re interested in being appointed, you first need to complete an application form. The Advisory Committee may then invite you to a first interview and, if successful, a second interview to discuss the duties of a magistrate, your views on crime and punishment, and what qualities you might bring to the magistracy. Remember that not everyone who applies will be interviewed, and not everyone who is interviewed will be appointed.

81095_Text_Ver3 23/7/07 13:37 Page 19

20

How do you ensure benches represent their local community? Benches should, as far as possible, reflect the communities they serve. Each year, the Advisory Committees look at the needs of their benches, not only in terms of the numbers required, but also to maintain a balance of gender, ethnic origin, location, occupation, industry, age, disability and social background.

Are there any restrictions on who may apply? Yes. Candidates should live or work near to the bench to which they apply to be appointed. Very few people are automatically disqualified, but an undischarged bankrupt may not be appointed, nor anyone who has been convicted of a serious offence. Minor motoring offences will not normally disqualify you. Work for court associated organisations (such as the police, probation or prison service) or a relationship with someone working for them, will need special consideration to avoid any conflict of interest arising, and may debar you from appointment.

What are the age limits? Normally, only people between 18 and 65 years of age are considered. Magistrates must retire from the bench at the age of 70.

Do I get paid? No. Magistrates give up their time for the vital task of administering justice on a voluntary basis. However, many employers allow time off with pay for magistrates. If you do suffer loss of earnings, you may claim a loss allowance at a set rate. You can also claim allowances for travel and subsistence.

81095_Text_Ver1 17/7/07 08:05 Page 20

21

How long does the appointment process take? Depending on when you apply, the appointment process from your application to beginning your duties can take between 6-12 months. You will be kept informed of the progress of your application throughout this time.

How do I find out more about the application process? There is a leaflet in this application pack listing the phone number of your local Advisory Committee who will be able to help. The list is also available online at www.magistrates.gov.uk under ‘useful links’.

81095_Text_Ver1 17/7/07 08:05 Page 21

22

7. YOUR COLLEAGUES

What do magistrates themselves think of the experience of serving on the bench? Here five serving magistrates share their thoughts.

“ Every year I get 18 full days with pay to sit in court. If I need more days, I work a few extra hours at other times or, occasionally, I use one of my annual leave days. My manager is very flexible. At work I manage people and, in a sense, manage customers, so serving on the bench really fits with my job role. I’m also a mentor – both at work and for other magistrates – so the two roles really complement each other.”

Manjit Buttar Group Station Manager, London Underground

81095_Text_Ver1 17/7/07 08:05 Page 22

23

“ I tend to make myself available two to three times a month, including weekends. When we’re considering sentencing, we work within very strict guidelines. What we tend to do is rehearse the sentence we’re going to give with our Clerk to see whether it will cause any difficulty. If I were a defendant myself, I’d like to know I’m being tried and sentenced by someone with a degree of common sense and who can relate to my situation. I consider myself fortunate because I’ve been given the privilege of representing the common person in the judicial system.”

Alika Gupta Programme Leader, Qualifications and Curriculum Authority

“ Before I joined the bench I suppose my impression of magistrates was coloured by the misconceptions that everybody shares – of the country squire, the privileged middle-aged gentleman. But as soon as I joined I realised there is a very interesting range of people of all ages and all backgrounds. It has taught me an awful lot. I get to consider a range of people and events that I don’t normally come across. Everyone brings a different set of problems into court, and you have to keep an eye on the human aspects behind the offending behaviour.”

Geoff Pinney Laboratory Manager, Royal Berkshire Hospital

81095_Text_Ver1 17/7/07 08:05 Page 23

24

“ Serving as a magistrate is totally different from what people expect. You’re mixing with very like-minded people, and you don’t need a legal background – just a lot of common sense. Serving certainly makes you face and confront your prejudices. I know I’ve become much more tolerant of people – I now tend to look at their problems, rather than just being judgmental about them.”

Jenny Kerr Self-employed Conference Organiser and Event Planner

“ I became a magistrate in 1990. I saw an advertisement saying that more younger black magistrates were needed. I think they wanted a bit more cultural input when deliberating about young people of ethnic origins. And, yes, I do enjoy it. I get a sense of satisfaction from serving the local community and from adjudicating and ensuring that people in society are being treated fairly for the way they live.”

Grantley Yearwood Aircraft Technician, British Airways

81095_Text_Ver1 17/7/07 08:05 Page 24

www.magistrates.gov.uk

MAGAPPBOOKLET

81095_Covers_Ver1 17/7/07 07:47 Page 1

Justice and Punishment/Support/CB From Waitonga to Belfast child cases 2013.ppt

From Child to Offender
a Historical Problem

Lynn Wilkinson.

Cessare Beccaria 1955

  • In order that any punishment should not be an act of violence by one person, or by many, against a private citizen it is essential that punishment should be public, prompt, necessary, the minimum possible under the circumstances, proportionate to the crimes and established by law

11th June 1800 punishment

  • Mary West (and her mother)
  • Charge of theft
  • 14, unrepresented and convicted
  • Sentenced to be hanged
  • Commuted to transportation
  • British System of reform
  • French concept Penal reform and colonisation.

Does Detention work?

  • It may be necessary
  • It may be expected
  • It may prevent
  • It may deter
  • It may be the minimum required
  • Public, prompt (?), established by law
  • It should be civilised and humane
  • Human Rights Act

London 1884 and 1886

  • “there are a number of children running the streets of London…without control of their parents. If the Government does not take them in hand…they will become…members of a criminal class.
  • “there is a definite relationship between the increase in the number of children on the streets and the increase in juvenile crime.”
  • Headlines are from Times 1884 and 1886 (Dr Gabrielle Maxwell)
  • Anyone who has read Dickens, whether Oliver Twist or Bleak House and Jo, the crossing sweeper.

Age of Criminal responsibility

  • Wide disparity e.g. Portugal = 16; England and Northern Ireland = 10; Scotland = 8
  • UNCROC does not specify a minimum age but the UN Committee has criticised jurisdictions in which minimum age is 12 or below
  • Cultural norms; complex questions of maturation and development involved;
  • doli incapax, the rebuttable presumption that children are criminally incapable has gone in NI.
  • Legitimate area for debate.

Two competing themes (punishment)

  • 1. The desire, and need, for longer sentences in prison for children.
  • 2. The desire to try and find effective, and less expensive, alternatives to custody.
  • Examples of first, authoritarian, desire:
  • Examples of second, liberal, desire:
  • Alternatives that might be regarded as authoritarian but not involving custody:

Children In Conflict with the Law

  • “Givens”:
  • Specialist legislation for child offenders.
  • A separate Children/youth court
  • Specialist protections e.g. restrictions on arrest, identification.
  • Specialist should always deal with children whether they are police, social workers, advocates.

Eight Key Questions when children come into contact with the law

At what age should children be held liable for their actions in court?

To what extent should child offending be considered as raising care and protection issues?

Do all children who break the law need to be charged and brought to court?

Should the state’s power here be (partially) transferred to families, victims and communities?

Eight questions:

5. Should children actively participate in formal criminal processes?

6. Should a child ever be transferred to the adult criminal court for trial/sentence?

7. Are we consistent with best international practice and is our response “evidence based”?

8. What use should be made of detention centres/prison for young offenders?

Welfare v Crime

  • How do you identify and assess what is more a welfare issue?
  • Who does this?
  • In this context where sits the age of criminal responsibility and who exactly assesses what welfare issues exist and how these issues are causative of crime.

Restorative Justice?

Restorative Justice seeks to balance the concerns of the victim and the community with the need to re-integrate the offender into society. It seeks to assist the recovery of the victim and enable all parties with a stake in the criminal justice process to participate usefully in it.

Evaluation

  • 53% of referrals related to offences of intermediate seriousness against the person and against property.
  • 23% were for serious offences and 21% for minor.
  • Concerns about process of court referral and consent.
  • Average age 16

Results 2012

  • Apologies expressed 87%. Almost unanimous in those where there was an identified victim.
  • Shame 77%. Remorse 92%.
  • Contributory factors like substance abuse, family problems and peer pressure discussed at most conferences.
  • After the conference 81% of offenders felt better and 48% of victims. This is now 90% October 2012
  • 92% of offenders and 78% of victims felt the conference had helped them realise the harm they did.
  • The vast majority of both victims (88%) and offenders would recommend a harsher sentencing.

Two opposing views

  • David Bowes: Restorative Justice: The Evidence. Justice of the Peace 168, 13th November 2004.
  • Hoyle, Young and Hill. Proceed with Caution: An Evaluation of Thames Valley Police in Restorative Cautioning. Joseph Rowntree Foundation 2002.

Lord Clyde

  • It is unfortunate that the name “restorative justice” is liable to be misunderstood. It is certainly desirable that efforts be made to achieve a greater understanding on the part of the public about the substance and the advantages of restorative justice….the schemes provide an opportunity for engagement with the community and should not be seen as a threat for the whole system. It would be unfortunate if the present opportunity for dialogue was missed and the whole range of possible methods for dealing with problems at a community level in a manner which is consistent with and which supplements the work of the statutory agencies was lost to United Kingdom.

Conclusion

  • Less use of courts
  • Every juvenile case gets a conference
  • Evaluation is essential. It seems that early suggestions are that re-offending rates have certainly not increased.
  • Satisfaction expressed is high.
  • Early intervention helps in most case where families are co-operative.

Justice and Punishment/Support/Constitutional Reform Act 2005.docx

Constitutional Reform Act 2005

The Constitutional Reform Act 2005

http://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/thumb/1/1a/Royal_Coat_of_Arms_of_the_United_Kingdom_%28HM_Government%29.svg/140px-Royal_Coat_of_Arms_of_the_United_Kingdom_%28HM_Government%29.svg.png

Parliament of the United Kingdom

An Act to make provision for modifying the office of Lord Chancellor, and to make provision relating to the functions of that office; to establish a Supreme Court of the United Kingdom, and to abolish the appellate jurisdiction of the House of Lords; to make provision about the jurisdiction of the Judicial Committee of the Privy Council and the judicial functions of the President of the Council; to make other provision about the judiciary, their appointment and discipline; and for connected purposes.

The Constitutional Reform Act 2005 (c. 4) is an act of the Parliament of the United Kingdom . It provided for a Supreme Court of the United Kingdom to take over the existing role of the Law Lords as well as some powers of the Judicial Committee of the Privy Council , and removed the functions of Speaker of the House of Lords and Head of the Judiciary of England and Wales from the office of Lord Chancellor .

Contents

· 1 Background

· 2 Legislative history

· 3 Changes resulting from the act

· 3.1 Supreme Court

· 3.2 Appointment of Judges

· 4 References

· 5 External links

Background

The office of Lord Chancellor was reformed to remove the ability of the holder to act as both a government minister and a judge. This arrangement ran contrary to the idea of separation of powers . The reform was motivated by concerns that the historical admixture of legislative, judicial, and executive power might not conform with the requirements of Article 6 (paragraph 1) of the European Convention on Human Rights , because a judicial officer, having legislative or executive power, is likely not to be considered sufficiently impartial to provide a fair trial.

Legislative history

The bill was originally introduced in the House of Lords on 24 February 2004 and proposed the following changes:

· Abolition of the office of "Lord High Chancellor of Great Britain", generally known as the Lord Chancellor .

· Setting up of a " Supreme Court of the United Kingdom " and moving the Law Lords out of the House of Lords to this new court.

· Other measures relating to the judiciary, including changes to the position of the Lord Chief Justice and changes to the Judicial Committee of the Privy Council .

The bill caused much controversy and the Lords made amendments to it. The final act kept the post of Lord Chancellor, though its role in relation to the judiciary is greatly reduced and the office holder is no longer automatically Speaker of the House of Lords because of the Government's announced intention to appoint Lord Chancellors from the House of Commons . Other measures remained generally the same as stated above.

The newly created Cabinet position of Secretary of State for Constitutional Affairs (originally created to wholly replace the Lord Chancellor's executive function) continued, although the holder of that Cabinet post—renamed Secretary of State for Justice in 2007—currently also holds the office of Lord Chancellor. The Lord Chancellor remains the custodian of the Great Seal (the bill as originally written put this into commission).

The bill was approved by both Houses on 21 March 2005, and received Royal Assent on 24 March.

Changes resulting from the act

The act contains provisions which reform two institutions and one former office of the United Kingdom. The document is divided into three parts: the first concerns the reform of the office of Lord Chancellor, the second creates and sets the framework for a Supreme Court, and the third regulates the appointment of judges.

Supreme Court

The establishment of a Supreme Court is the main subject of the act and it had consequences for the House of Lords and the office of Lord Chancellor. The sections contained in Part 3 prescribe that the Supreme Court be composed of 12 judges (s. 23) and that the first judges be the current twelve Lords of Appeal in Ordinary (s. 24). The following sections (ss. 26-31) set out the rules for the appointment of future members of the Court. By default, Justices of the Supreme Court are appointed for life. On a death, or deselection approved by both houses, its selection commission consisting of the President and Deputy President of the Supreme Court (schedule 8) proposes one name to the Lord Chancellor who may reject a name only once per vacancy (since amended to Secretary of State for Justice ), having a single veto. Sections 32 to 37 are entitled Terms of Appointment and deal with issues such as tenure, salaries and allowances, resignation and retirement, and pensions. Section 40 additionally sets out that the new Court will assume the jurisdiction of the House of Lords and the jurisdiction in matters of devolution of the Privy Council .

The following sections deal with practical matters such as procedures, staff, and resources of the new Court and the fees of the judges. The Chief Executive of the Supreme Court must prepare an annual report on the work and it must be presented to both Houses of Parliament (s. 51).

Although the Appellate Committee of the House of Lords is abolished, the 2005-06 serving Law Lords kept their judicial office in the new Supreme Court. Newly appointed members of the Court take no peerage, instead bearing the formal title Justice of the Supreme Court. Under the act such judges also have a courtesy title of Lord or Lady, for the expressed purpose of ensuring there is no perceived hierarchy among the JSCs. The Lord Chief Justice replaces the Lord Chancellor as head of the English judiciary.

The new Supreme Court sits in a separate building from the Houses of Parliament where the mentioned predecessor judicial committee (of the House of Lords) formerly acted as the UK's final court of appeal. After a lengthy survey of suitable sites, including Somerset House, Parliament and the former Lord Chancellor's Department agreed to the Court's installation in Middlesex Guildhall in Parliament Square, formerly a Crown Court building. Architect Lord Foster was chosen to design the necessary alterations. The building reopened as the Supreme Court on 1 October 2009.

Appointment of Judges

The third part of the act is about the appointment of judges. In 1991 the Law Society had criticized the old system (the Queen appointing judges on the advice of the Lord Chancellor), emphasizing its defects and recommending the establishment of an independent body responsible for appointing judges. The Constitutional Reform Act realized the hopes of the Law Society. Section 61 prescribed the creation of the Judicial Appointments Commission, responsible for the appointment of judges for English and Welsh courts. Following sections regulate the structure and the procedures of the Commission.

Justice and Punishment/Support/Court structure.pdf

The structure of the courts

UK Supreme Court

Appeal only, on points of law

Justices of the Supreme Court

Court of Appeal

Appeal only, on points of law to either the Criminal or Civil Divisions:

Lord Chief Justice, Heads of Division and Court of Appeal Judges

High Court

Chancery, Queen’s Bench and Family Divisions. All three divisions hear appeals from other courts, as well as “first

instance” cases.

High Court and Deputy High Court Judges

Crown Court

Jury trial for all indictable and some either-way criminal offences. Appeals against conviction

and sentence from the magistrates’ court.

Circuit judges, Recorders and juries

Magistrates’ Court

Trial for most criminal offences. Some civil and family matters.

Magistrates, District Judges (Magistrates’ Courts), Deputy DJ (MC)s

Upper Tribunal

Appeals from the First-tier Tribunal

Upper Tribunal Judges

County Court

Trial for most civil cases.

Circuit judges, Recorders, District Judges, Deputy District Judges

First-tier

Appeals from executive agency decisions.

Tribunal judges and members

Employment Appeal Tribunal

Appeals from the Employment Tribunals

Employment Appeal Judges and members

Employment Tribunal (England &Wales; Scotland)

Claims about matters to do with employment

Employment Judges and members

There are a number of other tribunals outside of this structure (for example, School Exclusion Panels) - their supporting legislation explains their individual appeal routes.

Justice and Punishment/Support/Crimbo Document 2014.pdf

1 Implementing the community trigger

The Anti-social Behaviour, Crime and Policing Act 2014 Implementing the community trigger

Guidance

2 Implementing the community trigger

Contents

Foreword 4

Introduction 5

Setting up local review procedures 6

Relevant bodies 7

Defining ‘anti-social behaviour’ 8

Setting the case review threshold 8

Qualifying complaints 10

Hate incidents 11

Establishing a point of contact 12

Setting timescales 12

Data-sharing 13

Publishing procedures 14

Approaching case reviews 15

Receiving and reviewing case review requests 15

Assessing risk and vulnerability 16

Communicating whether or not to proceed 17

Case reviews 18

3 Implementing the community trigger

Outcomes and escalation 20

Review outcomes 20

Escalation and appeal 20

Persistent or vexatious complaints 21

Communication 22

Raising awareness 22

Contact with the victim 23

Reporting on local activity 24

Further information and support 26

Appendix 1: Boston Borough Council pilot online trigger application template 27

Appendix 2: Avon and Somerset online trigger application form 28

Appendix 3: Process map used during the Manchester pilots 29

Appendix 4: Process map used in Avon and Somerset 30

4 Implementing the community trigger

Foreword

Despite major advances in policy and practice over the past 15 years, anti-social behaviour (ASB) continues to be highlighted by residents as one of the key issues blighting the lives of communities. As a result, councils, police forces and police and crime commissioners continue to identify ASB as a priority.

Left untreated, ASB can have a devastating impact on communities and individuals. Tragic cases have demonstrated the need for agencies to share information better and better understand vulnerability when dealing with victims of ASB.

The Anti-social Behaviour, Crime and Policing Act 2014 seeks to place victims at the heart of local responses to ASB and, through the introduction of ASB case reviews (known as the ‘community trigger’), provides another mechanism to help deliver a safety net for the most vulnerable.

Local councils and their partners already play a key role in tackling local ASB and work hard to support those affected by it. The community trigger will offer an opportunity to review those responses where problems continue, to make sure they have done all they can to intervene and take further action where needed.

What’s more, for the first time victims will have the power to scrutinise local bodies’ collective responses to ASB, rather than challenging individual agencies in turn.

A number of areas piloted the community trigger during recent Home Office trials, and many others are well on their way to putting their processes in place ready for implementation in October 2014. This guidance looks to build on their experiences and suggest issues for local areas to consider as they develop and introduce their own procedures.

It remains to be seen to what extent the trigger will be used by local residents once case reviews become live. However the outcomes from the pilots suggest that they have been a positive experience for those involved whilst helping to ensure that opportunities to support vulnerable victims are not missed.

Cllr Anita Lower Anti-social Behaviour Champion, LGA Safer and Stronger Communities Board

5 Implementing the community trigger

Introduction

The Anti-social Behaviour, Crime and Policing Act 2014 will mean significant changes to the way local authorities respond to anti- social behaviour (ASB), introducing new tools and powers to replace existing provisions, including the introduction of ASB case reviews, also known as the ‘community trigger’.

The trigger introduces a right for victims, or victims’ representatives, to ask local agencies to review how they have responded to previous ASB complaints and consider what further action might be taken where the behaviour persists.

The aim is to offer a ‘safety net’ for vulnerable victims and to help avoid individuals being passed between agencies without resolution.

The community trigger will become fully operational on 20 October 2014. Certain parts of the Act came into force on 13 May 2014, which have enabled agencies to begin putting their local community trigger procedures in place.1

Formal Home Office trialling of the trigger took place from June 2012, initially in Manchester, Brighton and Hove, West Lindsey with Boston, and Richmond upon Thames, with other trials following since. Many other areas have begun to consider how they will introduce the trigger locally.

1 The ‘Anti-social Behaviour, Crime and Policing Act 2014 (Commencement No. 2, Transitional and Transitional Provisions) Order 2014’ brought the provisions in sections 104(2)(a), (3), (5) and s105 into effect.

The legislation recognises that anti-social behaviour, and how agencies respond to it, provides different challenges in different areas. While the Act therefore provides a framework for implementing the new arrangements, much of the detail is for the ‘relevant bodies’ under the Act and other agencies to agree locally.

This guidance seeks to set out the statutory requirements for the relevant bodies and explore how local partners might implement the trigger in their own areas.

6 Implementing the community trigger

Setting up local review procedures

The new provisions included in the Anti-social Behaviour, Crime and Policing Act 2014 are aimed at focussing responses to anti-social behaviour (ASB) on the needs of victims. ASB case reviews, or the ‘community trigger’, are presented as an opportunity for victims (both individuals and those acting on behalf of a group) to challenge local responses to ASB, giving them the power to demand a review of these responses where certain criteria have been met.

This is intended to encourage a collaborative problem-solving approach amongst bodies dealing with persistent cases of ASB in order to identify whether any further action can be taken.

The Act sets out the statutory framework for ASB case reviews, but the ‘relevant bodies’ (as defined in the Act – see below), will need to work together to agree local processes and procedures and ensure they meet the needs of their communities. Essentially, however, the process will include:

• an ASB case review request, received from the victim or someone acting on their behalf

• a decision taken as to whether or not the request meets local review criteria, including a trigger threshold test

• if the threshold is met, information is shared and a review of the case is undertaken, with recommendations for further action where appropriate

• outcomes are communicated with the complainant(s) involved

• where necessary, the case is escalated, or the complainant appeals.

The community trigger should sit alongside existing processes and practices for responding to ASB and managing risk and vulnerability. Experience from the pilots shows that it is easy to make the trigger processes complicated to operate.

Keeping processes clear, simple and easy to use will not only help the relevant bodies to navigate through reviews and follow-up issues more easily, but also help victims to understand the process and likely outcomes.

Procedures should be kept flexible to allow thresholds to be reviewed and amended to reflect changing local needs and operational experiences; under Schedule 4 of the Act (Part 1, s4) the trigger procedures must include a process for reviewing the effectiveness of these procedures and how they might be revised. Local areas can therefore be assured that should initial processes present problems, these can be addressed later on.

In Brighton and Hove the initial trigger threshold was set very low. After reviewing their experiences during the pilots it was agreed that this was too ambitious and the threshold was changed.

7 Implementing the community trigger

Relevant bodies Effective multi-agency working is key to tackling ASB and developing joint local plans for implementing the trigger will be dependent on, and strengthen, those relationships. The Act sets out a number of ‘relevant bodies’ which must be involved in the trigger process, including:

• setting up and operating the local trigger

• agreeing the local threshold

• reviewing trigger activations

• agreeing review actions where necessary

• reporting on the local use of the trigger.

It is worth noting that ‘relevant bodies’ are distinct from the responsible authorities as set out in the Crime and Disorder Act 1998; responsibility for the community trigger therefore does not sit with community safety partnerships (CSPs) per se. Early involvement of all relevant partners in establishing local procedures can help to secure their engagement and assist with developing processes that are both realistic and workable across all organisations.

Under s105 of the Act, the relevant bodies which must be involved are defined as:

• the relevant district or unitary council in England, or the county or county borough council in Wales

• the police

• the Clinical Commissioning Group (CCG) in England, or the Local Health Board (LHB) in Wales

• local registered social housing providers who are co-opted onto this group.

The role of the police and crime commissioner is referenced under Schedule 4 of the Act (see below).

Under the Act, housing providers are defined as private registered providers of social housing that:

• in England, grant tenancies of dwelling houses in that area, or manage a house or property in that area

• in Wales, a body registered as a social landlord under section 3 of the Housing Act 1996 that grants tenancies of dwelling houses in that area, or manages a house or property in that area.

Councils, the police and CCGs/LHBs will need to be proactive to ensure that social housing providers are involved. The involvement, or ‘co-option’, of providers into the relevant bodies is expanded on under Schedule 4 of the Act. Social housing providers will play a central part in the community trigger: they must be consulted when making and revising review procedures; must be consulted about and cooperate with case reviews; and will have an important role to play in sharing information on cases and receiving complaints or trigger requests.

The Act does not specify which local housing providers should be co-opted into the procedures; larger housing providers may be able to develop and review the trigger procedures on behalf of the local sector, or there may be an established working group or housing organisation which can carry out this role. Smaller housing providers may need to be involved only in case reviews concerning one of their tenants. However, even housing providers who only have a few properties in an area, and may be involved in very few community triggers, should be fully informed of the local processes and how to activate the trigger when appropriate.

8 Implementing the community trigger

Schedule 4, Part 1 s1(1) requires local bodies to consult with their police and crime commissioner (PCC) (or, in London, the Mayor’s Office for Policing and Crime) when making or revising their review procedures. The extent and nature of this process is not however prescribed in the legislation and may therefore be agreed locally. In many cases, PCCs have already indicated a preference for a consistent threshold to be applied across the force area.

The relevant bodies across city regions, force areas, or the county may alternatively wish to work together to identify a consistent threshold, for example covering the whole of their area. Schedule 4 of the Act (Part 4) allows for different authorities to establish joint review procedures covering two or more areas; in Avon and Somerset consistent processes have been agreed across the entire force area, while West Yorkshire has agreed a common local threshold. The Act also allows for additional flexibility under Schedule 4 s9, so that different procedures, or arrangements with social housing providers, are in place in different parts of an area.

Defining ‘anti-social behaviour’ For the purposes of the community trigger, anti-social behaviour is defined under s105(4) of the Act as “behaviour causing harassment, alarm or distress to members or any member of the public”. It is useful to note that this is a higher threshold for ASB than is set out elsewhere in the Act, for example regarding the use of injunctions (s2(1)) and does not therefore necessarily include behaviour which is regarded as a nuisance or annoyance.

Partner agencies involved in case reviews will need to be clear about what constitutes ASB in this context; this may need to be addressed specifically in local processes or staff community trigger training as often interpretations can vary across organisations. Similarly, it may be useful to highlight this when raising awareness about the trigger amongst residents.

When deciding whether the threshold is met however, agencies should also consider the cumulative effect of the incidents and consider the harm or potential harm caused to the victim (see also Approaching case reviews).

Setting the case review threshold Each area will be responsible for setting a local review threshold; trigger requests that meet this threshold must qualify for a case review. The threshold must comply with the statutory requirements as set out in the Act, but beyond this, local agencies will be able to agree their own baseline.

Manchester trigger request

The complainant was invited to enact the trigger following another family member contacting the ASB team on their behalf to request a review of action taken by their housing provider.

The ASB team spoke to the complainant who enacted the trigger using the online form, alleging three incidents within the last six months relating to loud parties.

A review meeting was held at which it was decided that the trigger did not meet the threshold as this was deemed to be behaviour causing nuisance and annoyance rather than likely to cause harassment, alarm or distress.

Following the review, the complainant was updated regarding the course of action taken by the housing provider and what further action may be taken if the nuisance were to continue.

9 Implementing the community trigger

Under section 104(4) of the Act, the community trigger threshold for a case review must be regarded as met where:

• an application for an ASB case review is made, and

• at least three qualifying complaints (see definition below) have been made about the anti-social behaviour to which the application relates (or, if a different number is specified in local review procedures, at least that number).

The purpose of section 104(4) is to set a maximum threshold for the trigger. This is a simple test that a case review has been requested and at least three qualifying complaints (see below) have been made. It is important to note that the adequacy of any response to these complaints cannot be used to determine whether or not this threshold has been reached.2

Where the threshold in s104(4) is not met, section 104(5) of the Act provides the relevant bodies with the flexibility to decide if they want to activate the trigger nonetheless. In making this decision the relevant bodies may take account of:

• the persistence of the anti-social behaviour about which the original complaint was made

• the harm caused, or the potential for harm to be caused, by that behaviour

• the adequacy of the response to that behaviour.

The ability to take into account the adequacy of the response to the ASB means that even where there have been fewer than three complaints, relevant bodies can consider whether no, inadequate or incomplete action has been taken, and if this should be a relevant factor in determining whether the case should be reviewed in these circumstances.

2 It should be noted therefore that several of the thresholds used in the original community trigger pilots were different from the legislative requirements as now enacted.

Where this is the case, procedures should clarify whether ‘no action’ applies simply where no or insufficient action was taken by one or more agencies, or refers to the victim’s perception of events, where perhaps the more significant issue is around communicating effectively with the victim concerned about what has been done.

Although there are statutory requirements for the trigger threshold, relevant bodies may still wish to consider consulting their communities to help determine an appropriate threshold for their area, perhaps through existing community or tenants’ groups, or through community safety surveys or consultations.

This will also assist with assessing whether or not agencies have a true picture of local ASB victims and help gauge local ASB tolerance levels.

During trials in Kirklees and Leeds, examples of ‘no action’ included:

• The reported problems were not acknowledged – ie no-one contacted the complainant to advise what action would be taken.

• The reported problems were not appropriately investigated.

• The complainant’s vulnerability and/ or the potential for harm was not considered and this affected potential service delivery.

• Information was not shared between partners and this affected potential service delivery.

10 Implementing the community trigger

Qualifying complaints The definition of ‘qualifying complaints’ is set out in s104(11) of the Act. This sets a default position, but the relevant bodies can vary the timescales in relation to circumstances where there are two or more complaints in their local review procedures, as long they do not lower the standard set out in s104(11) which is that:

• the complaint is made within one month from when the anti-social behaviour is alleged to have occurred

• the trigger request is made within six months from the when the complaint is made.

Unless the review procedures therefore specify different time periods then the three qualifying complaints that activate the trigger must be made within six months from when the complaint is made (although this could be seven months from when the first incident of anti-social behaviour happens, given the gap of a month allowed between the time the behaviour occurs and reporting it).

It is up to the relevant bodies when establishing their review procedures to specify different time periods in which a trigger request can be made or how long after an incident of anti-social behaviour a complaint has to be made. In the West Lindsey and Boston pilot they extended the time period, requiring the complainant to have made three qualifying complaints in 12 months.

Relevant bodies will undoubtedly want to consider what would best suit their communities if they choose to set a different period of time in which a request for a review must be made than in the legislation, and balancing that against their own resources to deal with the differing number of complaints they may receive.

ASB case reviews can be requested by an ASB victim, or a third party acting on their behalf (such as a carer, guardian, family member, MP or councillor), but the written consent of the victim(s) should be obtained in all cases and before any information is disclosed to the third party.

The victim could be an individual, a business or a community group and the trigger can be used by someone of any age. Relevant bodies may therefore wish to consider how they will handle activations by young people where the behaviour concerned may have occurred in a school context or online.

Complaints, along with the request to use the trigger, may have been made to a single agency, or to several, and there is no requirement that they need to be in writing.

Local areas may therefore wish to consider how complaints are documented and shared across agencies concerned in order to link separate reports together (see also Data- sharing, below); although there is no statutory requirement to proactively identify when the threshold has been met, once a review request has been received, the relevant bodies will need to establish whether or not the required number of qualifying complaints have been made.

Outside of the relevant bodies, it is up to local areas to determine whether or not complaints made to other bodies exercising public functions should also count; this might include parish councils, schools and hospitals.

Under s104(12), if a person makes two or more complaints about anti-social behaviour within the specified timescales, local areas have the flexibility to decide which complaint is, or which complaints are, qualifying complaints. This is to allow scope for local review procedures to set rules on the approach to take where the complaints essentially relate to the same behaviour and how that situation is to be defined.

In this context it should be noted that there is no legislative requirement that qualifying complaints need to be from the same individual, relate to the same specific incident, the same type of behaviour or the same perpetrator(s).

11 Implementing the community trigger

It is therefore important that when drafting local procedures, the relevant bodies consider which of these factors will need to be consistent when determining whether or not separate complaints can be linked together meaningfully in order to meet the trigger threshold.

It is recommended that the procedures clarify whether or not anonymous complaints can count towards meeting the threshold requirements. Several pilot areas have not regarded anonymous complaints as valid as they have felt that working with the specific victim(s) involved is an integral part of the trigger process.

In West Lindsey, an anonymous trigger request was acted upon due to concerns about the risk of potential harm to the victim. However, it was acknowledged that this made processes difficult because it was impossible to document concerns in the same way and communicate outcomes to the complainant.

It may also be worth considering how to respond to related incidents of ASB that take place across different authority boundaries. Neighbouring authorities may wish to agree whether and how these incidents taken together could meet the trigger threshold.

Hate incidents Although the trigger is intended specifically for tackling anti-social behaviour, it is recognised that ASB can often be linked to, or motivated by, hate. Areas may therefore wish to include hate incidents explicitly within their community trigger processes and therefore their threshold definition. Pilot areas adopting this approach used a lower threshold for hate incidents than other episodes of ASB, reflecting concerns that hate crimes may often be underreported and are highly likely to have a significant impact on the victim concerned.

“A decision was made early on to include hate incidents. Communities affected by hate incidents have appreciated the inclusion in the process and this has had a positive impact on trust and confidence.” Brighton and Hove pilot

Where hate incidents are not included in the trigger process, local agencies should ensure that their trigger procedures dovetail with other provisions for responding to hate- related reports. Hate incidents or crimes must be properly recorded and areas may wish to consider different case strategies for dealing with these.

In the Boston pilot the trigger processes explicitly stated there must be three separate reports of “the same incidence of behaviour”.

Manchester trigger request

A caller was invited to use the community trigger after contacting the ASB team. The complainant had reported three incidents of ASB to the police and their housing provider within the previous six months, alleging racist abuse and threats to kill.

Various meetings were held to review the case, which was complicated by a long history and police intervention involving both parties being the victim and perpetrator at times. An action plan was agreed and confirmed in writing to the complainant, including:

• a police review of crimes reported during a specified period to reconsider whether independent evidence was available to support a criminal charge

• police to share any evidence obtained, allowing the housing provider to consider whether civil proceedings would be possible

• a follow-up meeting to review progress after four weeks

• working with the complainant to be rehoused out of the area.

12 Implementing the community trigger

Establishing a point of contact Section 104(3) of the Act states that there must be an established point of contact (SPOC) for requesting a review, and that the nominated contact passes on applications to all relevant bodies as part of the review process. Although there is no statutory definition of the nature of this role, local areas may consider that it would be best filled by a single individual in one of the relevant bodies who can receive requests and coordinate the initial stages of the review process on behalf of all partners. It may also be useful to identify contacts within each of the relevant bodies with whom the SPOC can liaise as the review process unfolds, for example regarding data-sharing and coordinating review panel meetings.

All partners who may encounter trigger requests, which can include a wide range of front-line workers, call-handlers and elected members, will need to know who the point of contact is and how they can be contacted. These details should also be easily available to members of the public and it should be ensured that all partners advertise the same contact details to avoid duplication (see also Communication section below).

Some large areas may feel that the SPOC role is too big for a single person alone and the function may instead be shared across a team, however identifying a contact in each partner agency will still be useful for the purposes of effective information-sharing. Further, it will be important to agree who should hold information about each trigger request itself and log all activity regarding that review.

Setting timescales Areas should consider agreeing timescales for dealing with case reviews consistently. This might include:

• how quickly initial responses are made to the complainant

• within what time the case is evaluated to determine whether or not the threshold has been met

• how quickly case reviews should proceed

• when and how quickly complainants should be informed on review progress and outcomes

• if and when review outcomes are followed- up and/or escalated.

(see also Outcomes and escalation and Communication sections).

In Richmond, both the Richmond Housing Partnership (RHP) and the CSP act as ‘gateways’ to the community trigger, who will then forward reports to the single point of contact (SPOC) within one working day. The online form is designed to gather information about the case history, the victim’s vulnerability and what support has been provided. This then produces a risk matrix score to help assess the impact of the ASB on the victim.

After the trigger is activated an acknowledgement letter is sent to the complainant within two working days and sets out the timeframes for the trigger process.

Once a trigger request is received by the SPOC, the trigger panel, consisting of representatives from each of the agencies involved, will consider whether the report meets the trigger threshold (with a minimum of two of the three key partners required to agree).

Agencies have 10 working days to research relevant case information and to meet as a panel to identify ways forward.

Once the review meeting has taken place, the outcomes must be confirmed to the victim within one working day. The victim can then either agree to the actions proposed or ask for the case to be escalated.

Actions agreed as part of a case review are monitored by the borough’s ASB panel, held on a monthly basis and comprising representatives from the RHP, environmental health, health services, the police, Victim Support, social services and the troubled families team.

13 Implementing the community trigger

It is important that timescales are realistic and practical to help manage the expectations of complainants, that these are clear in the published procedures and are communicated to victims. Agreed timetables may need to dovetail with meeting structures if, for example, case reviews are to be undertaken as part of existing meetings.

Some trial areas used very tight timescales for responding to victims; here it was felt that if the initial response to the ASB had been insufficient, the relevant bodies were keen to try and address this as quickly as possible.

Setting procedural timescales for implementing new actions to deal with problem behaviour may be difficult as establishing some of these, such as a mediation process, may take a long time; instead, these can be reflected on an individual basis in any recommendations or action plans drawn up as part of each specific case review.

Some force areas are considering adopting a consistent approach for contacting victims initially within a specific timeframe; beyond this local areas will have more flexibility around timeframes for other aspects of the process.

Data-sharing Data-sharing will be an important aspect of managing reviews and implementing effective outcomes. Areas will need to ensure that the provisions in the Act regarding data-sharing, alongside local information-sharing protocols (ISPs), will be sufficient for their needs – particularly concerning arrangements with housing providers who are often not included in standard ISPs.

Under Schedule 4 s7 of the Act, the relevant bodies are required to share relevant information for case reviews where they hold it (subject to the usual requirements of data protection legislation3). Requests made to other agencies for information may also be granted if that agency agrees.

For local housing providers, including both those co-opted into the group of relevant bodies and those who are not, information requested in connection with the exercise of the case review must be provided.

Beyond these agreements, it is worth exploring the extent to which all relevant bodies have compatible record management software, how consistently ASB is recorded and information shared, and whether staff will require training on any new software they may need to use.

Similarly, areas will need to ensure that information can easily be collated across agencies to determine both whether or not the trigger threshold has been met and what action was taken in response. Several of the trigger trial areas used shared IT systems which assisted with information sharing across agencies.

As noted previously, the written consent of the victim requesting the case review should be secured before any information about them is shared either with other agencies or with a third party requesting the review on their behalf.

3 The Act does not therefore require or authorise the disclosure of information that would be in contravention of the Data Protection Act 1998 or prohibited by Part 1 of the Regulation of Investigatory Powers Act 2000.

During the Boston pilot, there were difficulties in obtaining some information from one agency involved because of fears about how that might be used as part of a formal complaints process. One of the recommendations from the pilot was that a specific ISP may be needed to help remove barriers and increase transparency.

Following the trials in Avon and Somerset it was agreed that five weeks would provide a realistic timeframe from when the trigger was activated until the victim was informed about the review outcomes.

14 Implementing the community trigger

Publishing procedures Once agreed, local agencies are required to publish their procedures under s104(2)(b) of the Act (one relevant body can publish these on behalf of all the relevant bodies if preferred). It may be useful to include the following documents:

• definitions

• process map

• timescales

• application forms and information on the trigger for potential complainants

• template letters for correspondence with complainants

• template for recording review outcomes/ action plans

• terms of reference for review panels

• confidentiality agreements and information sharing protocols.

Relevant bodies might also find it useful to run a table-top exercise once procedures have been drafted to help test the process.

15 Implementing the community trigger

Approaching case reviews

Case reviews are intended to provide an opportunity to assess what action has been taken in response to previous complaints and, where the problem behaviour persists, bring agencies together to identify a more joined- up, problem-solving response for the victim concerned. Beyond meeting the statutory requirements for the trigger threshold, the legislation does not prescribe how case review requests should be assessed, what reviews should look like or how they should run, so this will largely be for local areas to agree.

“The community trigger helped agencies to collectively look at the problem from the victim’s perspective and find a solution which may not otherwise have been tried.” West Lindsey and Boston pilot

Receiving and reviewing case review requests Effective communication and awareness- raising amongst residents and staff from partner agencies should help ensure that trigger requests are channelled to the relevant individual point(s) of contact. Formally making a request should be possible through a variety of means, including by telephone, post or online application; areas should consider how to make this process as accessible as possible to all members of their local communities.

This should include proactively offering victims the opportunity to report and record incidents in their first language and offering assistance with completing application forms.

Areas may wish to develop reporting templates for trigger applications, either for completion by the victim or their representative, or a member of staff where the request is made by telephone.

This is an opportunity to collect as much information as possible about the incidents of ASB, when and to whom they were reported, their impact and about the victim themselves.

The impact and precise nature of the incidents are even more important where the local trigger also incorporates hate incidents.

At this point it may also be worth capturing the victim’s consent to collect and share information about them in order to proceed with their trigger application.

Some pilot areas agreed to allow case review requests to be channelled via the 101 switchboard. This was then forwarded to the central SPOC in the same way as other requests.

16 Implementing the community trigger

Examples of reporting templates are attached at appendices 1 and 2. Examples of online application forms can be found at:

Richmond: https://richmond.firmstep.com/popup.aspx/ RenderForm/?F.Name=e2JedpzUvSt

Brighton & Hove: ww3.brighton-hove.gov.uk/index. cfm?request=c1265494&node=22096

Avon & Somerset: www.avonandsomerset.police.uk/advice/ neighbourhood-community/anti-social- behaviour/anti-social-behaviour-community- trigger/community-trigger-application-anti- social-behaviour/

Common templates should be shared across partners to ensure a consistent public message and approach.

Determining whether or not the requirements of the local threshold have been met is likely to require initial investigation of the information provided by the complainant. However this does not need to be a formal process; a simple scoping exercise should be sufficient and using established points of contact in each partner agency will assist with this.

Local areas should agree who should decide whether or not the threshold has been met in each case; for example whether this decision can be made by an individual, and who that should be, or through a range of agency representatives.

The former offers simplicity and uses less resources, but the latter may offer greater transparency, share responsibility and provide different perspectives. Procedures might also cover how senior that person(s) should be and whether or not the original organisation(s) managing the case should be excluded from this process.

Assessing risk and vulnerability A case review request provides an appropriate opportunity to formally undertake an assessment of risk and vulnerability. At this point, local areas may wish to agree to review a case which does not meet the published threshold, to help address particular concerns. Agencies should consider the potential cumulative effect of ongoing ASB on the victim rather than simply assessing each separate incident in isolation. Further, the victim’s perspective should also be considered when deciding whether or not the definition of ASB in the context of the community trigger (causing harassment, alarm or distress to the victim) has been met.

During the trials in Avon and Somerset agency officers noted that often victims of ASB struggled to recall or were mistaken about when incidents had occurred or been reported. This meant that more time was needed than had been anticipated to check information provided by the victim against agencies’ own records, sometimes requiring prolonged contact with the victim and agencies involved to establish this. The reporting form encourages applicants to include as much information as possible and this is followed up with a telephone call to the victim to clarify the details.

In West Lindsey, either the police ASB coordinator or the council’s community action officer review the trigger request to determine whether or not the threshold had been met. Once the case details are available, it is then allocated to the agency which had had most involvement in the case. All triggers are jointly investigated by the two officers above to add a degree of independence.

17 Implementing the community trigger

Assessing and responding to vulnerability should fit with existing procedures for managing risk across all partners. This might include a risk assessment matrix for each complainant, or embedding risk assessments into the initial ASB complaints process, which can then be reviewed as part of the trigger.

Implementing the trigger may also provide an opportunity to assess the extent to which risk assessments are consistent and complementary across agencies and how these will fit with case reviews.

Communicating whether or not to proceed The decision as to whether or not the threshold has been met (and thus, if a case review will be undertaken) will need to be communicated to the victim under s104(6) of the Act, in accordance with the agreed local timescales.

Complainants should also be informed of their right to appeal if they wish. Where the trigger threshold has not been met, processes should also make it clear what happens next. Other actions might be considered here, for example referring the case to an appropriate agency for additional follow-up.

Areas should consider including an audit process in their procedures to scrutinise decisions about whether or not the threshold has been met to help ensure decisions are consistent.

The community trigger is not a complaints process and is not intended to replace organisations’ own complaints procedures.

West Lindsey trigger request

A complaint was made about an ongoing nuisance linked to children playing ball games and roller skating in the resident’s road. While the incidents appeared to be minor, and were the subject of an ongoing response by the police, there were concerns about the complainant’s behaviour and the impact these incidents may be having. The case was subsequently reviewed at an Anti-social behaviour risk assessment conference (ASBRAC) and an action plan was then agreed with the victim.

In Brighton and Hove firm working relationships have been established with senior managers across partner agencies, who work in a management group to coordinate the process. Case review requests are received and reviewed using the following method:

• trigger activations are received by a senior caseworker and senior ASB coordinator who decide whether or not the threshold has been met

• the complainant is contacted within one working day and the process is explained, including contacting the victim again with a full response within five working days

• where the trigger threshold has been met, a lead agency is allocated, which reviews the case and responds to the complainant

• vulnerable victims are risk assessed and responded to where appropriate, overseen by the Multi-Agency Risk Assessment and Tasking meeting (MARAT).

During the Richmond pilot cases were reviewed even where the trigger threshold was not met to ensure no issues were missed; actions were agreed by the trigger panel for monitoring and victim support purposes.

18 Implementing the community trigger

It should be clear to victims of anti-social behaviour that they will still have the opportunity to complain to organisations such as the Ombudsman or Independent Police Complaints Commission if they are unhappy about the service they have received from an individual officer or agency. Similarly, case reviews cannot be used to review decisions made by the Crown Prosecution Service; these instances should be referred to the CPS complaints process (see also Escalation and appeal, below).

Case reviews It is important to remember that the purpose of reviews is to achieve a better outcome for the victim concerned, particularly where they are vulnerable, and ultimately should lead to service improvement for local residents. Reviews may provide challenge between partners but are not intended to apportion blame or provide formal accountability.

Case reviews should not be confused with case panels. The panel is simply a term given to the representative(s) from relevant bodies who will be responsible for reviewing the case (see below). However the format for case reviews may vary; reviews may be undertaken during a formal meeting of appropriate partners; this might include using existing meeting structures to hear reviews, such as ASB case panels or ASBRACs4 (Anti-social behaviour risk assessment conferences), or mean convening specific case review meetings when the trigger is activated.

4 ASBRACs are based on a similar victim-focussed model to MARACs (Multi-Agency Risk Assessment Conferences), for supporting victims of domestic abuse; ASBRACs are being increasingly used to support victims of anti-social behaviour.

However, a review may not necessarily require a formal case ‘panel’ meeting and in some instances, particularly where arranging a meeting is difficult within the set timescales, less formal arrangements may be regarded as sufficient. Following the trials in Avon and Somerset for instance, the format for consultation amongst the relevant bodies is now regarded as less important, and telephone conferencing and even email correspondence have both been used alongside more formal meetings.

Attendance at review meetings by statutory partners might not be required on all occasions; it may make more sense for them to attend only where their agency is relevant to the case and they have related information. Additional members may also be invited depending on the circumstances of that particular case; where the perpetrator is under 18 for instance, the youth offending team should be invited.

Approaches to conducting the case review have varied across pilot areas:

• In the Brighton and Hove pilot the agency which had most contact with the victim was appointed as the lead agency for reviewing the case, working with other partners as appropriate.

• In Boston, where one agency had had most contact with the victim, a lead was appointed from another organisation to review previous responses and consider further interventions, offering an independent perspective.

• In Richmond the trigger panel comprised members from all agencies involved in that particular case. Where appropriate, health, mental health and other services will also be invited to attend.

• In Manchester the Council’s ASB lead, chief inspector from the police partnerships team and a senior manager from the housing provider would meet, along with other service representatives where appropriate.

During trials in Avon and Somerset, three trigger applications were received regarding incidents in the same location. Each request met the trigger criteria individually, but local bodies agreed that the applications should be combined and investigated jointly.

19 Implementing the community trigger

Engagement with other services such as children and adult social care, health services (including mental health), drug misuse are also likely to be important to ensure that victims are offered the most effective interventions available.

“We found that the community trigger strengthens existing partnership links. It has also helped to identify areas where partnership working could be improved; in particular they are developing stronger links with health and mental health agencies.” West Lindsey pilot

Areas may also wish to consider how the victim is represented during reviews and/ or during review meetings, and whether someone should attend on their behalf. This might be achieved, for example, by securing representation from a victim’s group. The role of elected members might also be considered here.

Local areas may also wish to consider using independent representatives to provide additional challenge and objectivity; this may be particularly pertinent where, for example, a case is referred to the panel which involves personnel historically associated with that case.

Some areas are exploring the use of ‘peer reviews’, where the case history is reviewed perhaps by an independent team from a neighbouring borough with whom reciprocal arrangements have been agreed. Alternatively this arrangement might form part of the appeals process.

London Borough of Richmond upon Thames use a ‘Tenants’ Champion’ to help advocate on behalf of the victim. The Champion, an elected member whose role is to support tenants and leaseholders who rent or lease their properties from a registered housing provider, can refer cases to the trigger panel and provide an oversight role on the panel for those cases.

As noted above, the community trigger is not a complaints process. However, in Avon and Somerset there were some concerns amongst police officers about whether information passed on to the trigger case review panel could be used against individuals as part of a disciplinary process. Avon and Somerset found it useful to engage with the Police Federation and Professional Standards Department to agree assurances that nothing used during the trigger review could form part of a formal disciplinary hearing.

20 Implementing the community trigger

Outcomes and escalation

Review outcomes Case reviews are likely to result either in the relevant bodies being satisfied that responses to the original complaints were appropriate and sufficient, or with recommendations for further action. Local procedures should be clear who should sign-off the outcome/ response; this may simply be those who attended the meeting (if held), or an individual (for example in Manchester, this will be undertaken by the chair of the CSP). Under s104(8) of the Act, the review applicant must be informed of the outcomes and any recommendations made.

Ideally the recommendations/action plan will include timescales and identify individuals responsible for undertaking these. There should also be opportunities agreed to review progress; in Avon and Somerset agencies will review a case again after three months to ensure that no further action or response is required.

Outcomes may also include recommendations about service provision more generally. Procedures should note how any wider issues are recorded, escalated and resolved and provide a mechanism for checking on progress to ensure these are followed up.

“The trigger has led to the identification of gaps in the services of some agencies.” Brighton and Hove pilot

Under s104(7) of the Act, public bodies, or individuals working in them, are required to have regard to any recommendations made in exercising their public functions.

Although this means they are not required to act on those recommendations, they should acknowledge and consider them and may be challenged by other agencies should they decide not to act as suggested. Recommendations cannot however include actions for the CPS, as this is an independent body.

Escalation and appeal Schedule 4 of the Act (Part 1, s3) states that review procedures must include provision for a process where applicants are dissatisfied either with the way their trigger application was dealt with, or how the case review has been carried out. There are no further statutory provisions on the nature of this appeal process, or to whom appeals can be made; local procedures should therefore cover how and where complaints are escalated.

In Manchester a ‘learning log’ is produced after each trigger review to capture any wider learning from that case. This then informs multi-agency training sessions to consider how to respond to ASB across partners.

21 Implementing the community trigger

Examples from trial areas include referring the matter to the head of service, the CSP chair, a panel from neighbouring boroughs, a senior police officer or the police and crime commissioner. This might form part of a wider accountability framework for the trigger panel.

Some reviews may identify broader issues in how cases are managed more generally, for example around working with specific agencies. Local areas may wish to formalise procedures for escalating these issues, perhaps to other forums such as the CSP or CCG, in their trigger processes.

The appeals process could also dovetail with more formal complaints procedures where this is appropriate, such as referring an issue to the Ombudsman or the Independent Police Complaints Commission.

Persistent or vexatious complaints Some concerns have been raised about the potential for persistent complainants to abuse the trigger process, diverting resources away from those most in need. While this does not appear to have been a feature of the pilots, case review requests that are deemed to be vexatious can be rejected in accordance with local procedures.

Some areas will already have procedures in place for dealing with persistent complaints. In the context of the trigger, partner agencies should review their existing vexatious complaints policies to ensure that these are appropriate here and agreed across all relevant bodies.

However, managing the expectations of complainants and potential complainants and informing them of action taken in response to their concerns are key to helping prevent persistent calls.

It is possible that even after a case review there may be successive requests to activate the trigger from the same complainant; agencies may wish to consider drafting their procedures such that a ‘new set’ of incidents has to be reported in accordance with the local threshold before a subsequent case review must be scheduled.

22 Implementing the community trigger

Communication

Raising awareness Section 104(3) of the Act states that the local procedures must set out how to apply for a case review and the relevant point of contact. This involves not only raising awareness amongst potential victims, but also includes elected members who will receive many complaints directly from their residents; staff across all partner agencies; and amongst all local professionals working with vulnerable people.

Outcomes from all the pilot areas have suggested that internal communication and clarification around using the trigger are crucial. Many frontline workers recognise that their clients suffer ASB but often do not make referrals to ASB teams.

Within this context it is worth noting again that the trigger can be activated not only by the victim themselves, but by a carer, friends or family or by a professional acting on their behalf.

Relevant bodies may wish to publicise their trigger procedures using a variety of means, including partner websites, social media, launch events, poster and leaflet campaigns, staff briefings, local and national press, and public meetings/events. Coordinating publicity campaigns across bodies can help to maximise its impact.

Thought should be given as to how best to brand marketing materials; for instance, including logos from all the relevant bodies can help avoid the misconception that victims are reporting events to a single agency.

Campaign materials should be tailored where possible for specific community groups; for example using social media may be particularly appropriate for targeting young victims of ASB.

It should be clear what the local trigger threshold is, including how ASB is defined in the trigger context, and how to make a case review request, including a phone number, email address and postal address. Some areas, such as Swale, are working with their PCC to raise awareness across the force area.

For staff, awareness-raising might also include training sessions and developing scripts for customer service call-handlers. Communications should be coordinated between partner agencies and easy to access, with consistent messages used throughout.

In particular, points of contact and their contact details should be consistent to avoid duplication between agencies. Raising awareness will need to be an on-going process and local areas may wish to include this in broader media strategies to ensure that this continues.

“Customers with active cases were signposted inappropriately by well-meaning colleagues in customer services who misunderstood the criteria.” Leeds pilot

23 Implementing the community trigger

Although s104(1) of the Act places the onus on the victim or their representatives to make a review request, agencies should not necessarily assume victims are aware of their right to apply; if a case appears to meet the local threshold, agencies may wish to proactively offer victims the opportunity to use it.

During the West Lindsey trials for instance, a complainant was not aware of the community trigger, but it was clear the threshold had been met. The complainant was demonstrating signs of distress and as a result the case was dealt with as a trigger report and reviewed accordingly.

Threshold levels and the potential outcomes from trigger reviews should also be clearly communicated to avoid confusion and help manage public expectations. Outcomes from the pilots suggested that victims’ understanding of what the trigger could achieve was mixed. Effective communication can help avoid instances where victims feel dissatisfied with the outcomes of the trigger process.

“The investigating officer highlighted that managing expectations is key in the process, so that victims understand exactly what can be achieved…” Boston pilot

“Managing expectations is very important. Residents often think that agencies haven’t done enough because tenants haven’t been evicted, even where the problem behaviour has stopped. Our job is not to evict tenants but to respond to the ASB.” Manchester pilot

Contact with the victim Ongoing and constructive communication with complainants is crucial and can help provide transparency. Often dissatisfaction with the outcome of a complaint of anti- social behaviour is simply the result of poor communication about what action was taken in response. Evaluations from several of the pilots found that victims valued the increased levels of contact with agencies that the trigger process provided, even where ultimately no further action was taken.

“The most significant outcome of the trial has been to improve communication with residents who feel that they had not received a good service and to identify gaps in service provision.” Brighton and Hove trial

Local procedures should clarify whether one agency will be responsible for communicating with all victims, or whether this will be assigned to a lead agency depending on the circumstances of that case.

This may be particularly important where a complainant feels they have not received a good service from a particular organisation in the past.

In Brighton and Hove caseworkers promote the trigger as part of their general service offer for ASB and hate incidents. The trigger is also embedded in their online reporting processes so that victims reporting incidents online are alerted if the trigger threshold has been met and are invited to activate it.

“This makes the trigger part of normal business and advertises it directly to those who meet the criteria.”

24 Implementing the community trigger

The legislation sets out a number of points throughout the process at which case review applicants must be updated:

• under s104(6) of the Act, the applicant must be informed whether or not their application meets the threshold for review (see also Approaching case reviews, above)

• under s104(8) complainants must be informed of case review outcomes and any recommendations made as a result (see also Outcomes and escalation, above).

Areas may also wish to consider offering the victim a choice in their initial assessment; this might include, for instance a personal visit, where appropriate. In several pilot areas complainants are invited to meet directly with agency staff to talk through their concerns face-to-face. It was found that communicating directly with minority groups in particular helped to build confidence and trust with these communities and encourage both the reporting and resolving of incidents.

Reporting on local activity Under s104(9) of the Act, the relevant bodies must publish information on the following for their locality:

• the number of case review applications made during that period

• how many times the threshold was not met

• the number of case reviews carried out

• how many case reviews resulted in recommendations being made.

This may be done by one agency on behalf of all other agencies in the local area and might also comment on the effectiveness of procedures in place.

Some areas plan to use this evaluation process to explore additional questions, such as why the trigger was not activated by victims despite meeting the review threshold.

How frequently this information is published can be determined by local procedures (for example, as part of the community safety partnership’s annual review) but this must be at least every 12 months. Any data published must not include information that could identify the victims involved.

Brighton and Hove trigger request

Two separate reports were received about a family in an ongoing case being managed by the Council’s housing department. The housing ASB manager undertook an immediate quick-time review of the case and met with both residents within five days to explain the plans in place to address the issue. Both residents were satisfied with the response.

During trials in Swale, all complainants in cases that did not meet the threshold criteria were contacted to set out the reasons why and given follow-up advice including signposting to other agencies or departments who might provide further assistance.

25 Implementing the community trigger

26 Implementing the community trigger

Further information and support

Anti-social Behaviour, Crime and Policing Act 2014 www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/2014/12/contents/enacted/data.htm

Anti-social Behaviour, Crime and Policing Act 2014: Reform of anti-social behaviour powers – Statutory guidance for frontline professionals www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/352562/ASB_Guidance_ v8_July2014_final__2_.pdf

Evaluation report from the Home Office pilots www.gov.uk/government/publications/empowering-communities-protecting-victims-summary- report-on-the-community-trigger-trials

Putting victims first – more effective responses to anti-social behaviour www.gov.uk/government/publications/putting-victims-first-more-effective-responses-to-anti- social-behaviour

Fact sheets, explanatory notes and impact assessments www.gov.uk/government/collections/anti-social-behaviour-crime-and-police-bill

Presentations from three LGA community trigger workshops held in summer 2014:

York: www.local.gov.uk/past-event-presentations/-/journal_content/56/10180/6254746/ARTICLE

London: www.local.gov.uk/web/guest/past-event-presentations/-/journal_ content/56/10180/6309338/ARTICLE

Birmingham: www.local.gov.uk/web/guest/past-event-presentations/-/journal_ content/56/10180/6366349/ARTICLE

Home Office community trigger pilot areas:

Brighton & Hove: www.brighton-hove.gov.uk

Manchester: www.manchester.gov.uk/info/200030/crime_antisocial_behaviour_and_ nuisance/5654/community_trigger

Richmond: www.richmond.gov.uk/community_trigger

West Lindsey: www.west-lindsey.gov.uk

Boston: www.boston.gov.uk

The College of Policing’s Anti-social behaviour: Your powers e-learning package:

http://asb1.ncalt.com/01/engine.html

27 Implementing the community trigger

Appendix 1 Boston Borough Council pilot online trigger application template

28 Implementing the community trigger

Appendix 2 Avon and Somerset online trigger application form

29 Implementing the community trigger

Appendix 3 Process map used during the Manchester pilots

Gateway to community trigger

Digital portal via website, letter,

telephone

ASB Services Lead SPOC

Acknowledgement sent to complainant

Greater Manchester Police

Information requested

Sign off from Assistant Chief

Executive, Neighbourhoods (acting as Chair of CSP for the trial)

Response to trigger

Registered Housing Providers

Information requested

10 Working Days (responses from agencies could require longer in complex cases)

1 Working Day

5 Working Days

5 Working Days

Review of previous actions

and propose response/ solutions

Resolution

Escalation if appropriate

(to Chair of CSP, acting as PCC for

the trial)

Manchester City Council

Information requested

Partners Information requested

30 Implementing the community trigger

Appendix 4 Process map used in Avon and Somerset

Community Trigger Process

Vi ct

im o

f A SB

AS C

SP O

C Pa

rt ne

r A ge

nc ie

s Co

m m

un ity

T rig

ge r P

an el

DAY 35 - 90DAY 25 - 35DAY 1 DAY 10 – 25 Day 7 - 9DAY 4 - 6DAY 3DAY 2

Contact victim and

acknowledge successful

activation of trigger

Update SPOC if not

at panel meeting

Request to activate

Community Trigger

Received from Victim of ASB

Provide information

to SPOC where

appropriate

Decision / Action letter written and signed off by CSP

chair sent to Victim

Victim happy? NO

Victim able to make

complaint to relevant agency

Notify Partner Agencies of

trigger application and request information (pro-forma)

Panel Meeting

Meets CT criteria?

Receive information

from partner

agencies

Contact victim to

advise trigger not activated

NO

YES

Contact partners

confirming successful

trigger activation

Further actions (if

appropriate) carried out by relevant

agencies

YES

Review in 3 months

Retained for

analysis

Arrange panel

meeting

Send letter to victim to

acknowledge request

Telephone victim and

obtain further

information

Agree on necessary

further actions

Conduct leading to disciplinary procedure identified?

NO

YES

Refer to appropriate disciplinary department

Victim updated by nominated

member of panel of trigger process

being stopped

Victim applies to activate trigger

Create crime related incident

(CRI) to case manage trigger

application

Local Government Association Local Government House Smith Square London SW1P 3HZ

Telephone 020 7664 3000 Fax 020 7664 3030 Email [email protected] www.local.gov.uk

For a copy in Braille, larger print or audio, please contact us on 020 7664 3000. We consider requests on an individual basis. L14-541

© Local Government Association, September 2014

Justice and Punishment/Support/Death Pen.docx

Introduction to capital punishment

HNC 2013 Module 14

Capital punishment is the practice of executing someone as punishment for a specific crime after a proper legal trial.

It can only be used by a state, so when non-state organisations speak of having 'executed' a person they have actually committed a murder.

It is usually only used as a punishment for particularly serious types of murder, but in some countries treason, types of fraud, adultery and rape are capital crimes.

The phrase 'capital punishment' comes from the Latin word for the head. A 'corporal' punishment, such as flogging, takes its name from the Latin word for the body.

Capital punishment is used in many countries around the world. According to Amnesty International as at May 2012, 141 countries have abolished the death penalty either in law on in practice. Source: Amnesty

In 2008, there was a growing reluctance among those countries that do retain the death penalty to use it in practice. In 2008, only 25 out of 59 countries that retain the death penalty carried out executions.

Amnesty International, March 2009

China executes the most people per year overall, with an estimated figure of 1,718 in 2008. Amnesty International also states that in 2008 Iran executed at least 346 people, the USA 111, Saudi Arabia 102 and Pakistan 36.

Details of which countries are abolitionist and which are receptionist can be found on the Amnesty website.

In China, at least 1,718 people were executed and at least 7,003 people were known to have been sentenced to death in 2008. These figures represent minimum estimates - real figures are undoubtedly higher. However, the continued refusal by the Chinese authorities to release public information on the use of the death penalty means that in China the death penalty remains shrouded in secrecy.

Amnesty International, March 2009

There is now steadily increasing support for abolishing capital punishment.

On 18 December 2008, the United Nations adopted resolution 63/168, which is a reaffirmation of its call for a moratorium on the use of the death penalty (62/149) passed in December the previous year. The resolution calls for states to freeze executions with a view to eventual abolition.

The World Coalition against the Death Penalty was created in Rome in 2002, and 10th October 2006 was World Day against the Death Penalty.

Retribution

First a reminder of the basic argument behind retribution and punishment:

· all guilty people deserve to be punished

· only guilty people deserve to be punished

· guilty people deserve to be punished in proportion to the severity of their crime

This argument states that real justice requires people to suffer for their wrongdoing, and to suffer in a way appropriate for the crime. Each criminal should get what their crime deserves and in the case of a murderer what their crime deserves is death.

The measure of punishment in a given case must depend upon the atrocity of the crime, the conduct of the criminal and the defenceless and unprotected state of the victim.

Imposition of appropriate punishment is the manner in which the courts respond to the society's cry for justice against the criminals.

Justice demands that courts should impose punishment befitting the crime so that the courts reflect public abhorrence of the crime.

Justices A.S. Anand and N.P. Singh, Supreme Court of India, in the case of Dhananjoy Chatterjee

Many people find that this argument fits with their inherent sense of justice.

It's often supported with the argument "An eye for an eye". But to argue like that demonstrates a complete misunderstanding of what that Old Testament phrase actually means. In fact the Old Testament meaning of "an eye for an eye" is that only the guilty should be punished, and they should punished neither too leniently or too severely.

The arguments against retribution

· Capital punishment is vengeance rather than retribution and, as such, is a morally dubious concept

· The anticipatory suffering of the criminal, who may be kept on death row for many years, makes the punishment more severe than just depriving the criminal of life

· That's certainly true in the USA, but delay is not an inherent feature of capital punishment; some countries execute people within days of sentencing them to death

Some people are prepared to argue against retribution as a concept, even when applied fairly.

Deterrence

Capital punishment is often justified with the argument that by executing convicted murderers, we will deter would-be murderers from killing people.

The arguments against deterrence

· The statistical evidence doesn't confirm that deterrence works (but it doesn't show that deterrence doesn't work either)

· Some of those executed may not have been capable of being deterred because of mental illness or defect

· Some capital crimes are committed in such an emotional state that the perpetrator did not think about the possible consequences

· No-one knows whether the death penalty deters more than life imprisonment

Deterrence is most effective when the punishment happens soon after the crime - to make an analogy, a child learns not to put their finger in the fire, because the consequence is instant pain.

The more the legal process distances the punishment from the crime - either in time, or certainty - the less effective a deterrent the punishment will probably be.

Cardinal Avery Dulles has pointed out another problem with the deterrence argument.

Executions, especially where they are painful, humiliating, and public, may create a sense of horror that would prevent others from being tempted to commit similar crimes...

...In our day death is usually administered in private by relatively painless means, such as injections of drugs, and to that extent it may be less effective as a deterrent. Sociological evidence on the deterrent effect of the death penalty as currently practiced is ambiguous, conflicting, and far from probative.

Avery Cardinal Dulles, Catholicism and Capital Punishment, First Things 2001

Some proponents of capital punishment argue that capital punishment is beneficial even if it has no deterrent effect.

If we execute murderers and there is in fact no deterrent effect, we have killed a bunch of murderers. If we fail to execute murderers, and doing so would in fact have deterred other murders, we have allowed the killing of a bunch of innocent victims. I would much rather risk the former. This, to me, is not a tough call.

John McAdams: Marquette University, Department of Political Science

Rehabilitation

Of course capital punishment doesn't rehabilitate the prisoner and return them to society. But there are many examples of persons condemned to death taking the opportunity of the time before execution to repent, express remorse, and very often experience profound spiritual rehabilitation.

Thomas Aquinas noted that by accepting the punishment of death, the offender was able to expiate his evil deeds and so escape punishment in the next life.

This is not an argument in favour of capital punishment, but it demonstrates that the death penalty can lead to some forms of rehabilitation.

Prevention of re-offending

It is undeniable that those who are executed cannot commit further crimes.

Many people don't think that this is sufficient justification for taking human life, and argue that there are other ways to ensure the offenders do not re-offend, such as imprisonment for life without possibility of parole.

Although there have been cases of persons escaping from prison and killing again, these are extremely rare.

But some people don't believe that life imprisonment without parole protects society adequately. The offender may no longer be a danger to the public, but he remains a danger to prison staff and other inmates. Execution would remove that danger.

Closure and vindication

It is often argued that the death penalty provides closure for victims' families.

This is a rather flimsy argument, because every family reacts differently. As some families do not feel that another death will provide closure, the argument doesn't provide a justification for capital punishment as a whole.

Incentive to help police

Plea bargaining is used in most countries. It's the process through which a criminal gets a reduced sentence in exchange for providing help to the police.

Where the possible sentence is death, the prisoner has the strongest possible incentive to try to get their sentence reduced, even to life imprisonment without possibility of parole, and it's argued that capital punishment therefore gives a useful tool to the police.

This is a very feeble justification for capital punishment, and is rather similar to arguments that torture is justified because it would be a useful police tool.

A Japanese argument

This is a rather quirky argument, and not normally put forward.

Japan uses the death penalty sparingly, executing approximately 3 prisoners per year.

A unique justification for keeping capital punishment has been put forward by some Japanese psychologists who argue that it has an important psychological part to play in the life of the Japanese, who live under severe stress and pressure in the workplace.

The argument goes that the death penalty reinforces the belief that bad things happen to those who deserve it. This reinforces the contrary belief; that good things will happen to those who are 'good'.

In this way, the existence of capital punishment provides a psychological release from conformity and overwork by reinforcing the hope that there will be a reward in due time.

Oddly, this argument seems to be backed up by Japanese public opinion. Those who are in favour currently comprise 81% of the population, or that is the official statistic. Nonetheless there is also a small but increasingly vociferous abolitionist movement in Japan.

From an ethical point of view this is the totally consequentialist argument that if executing a few people will lead to an aggregate increase in happiness then that is a good thing.

Retribution

First a reminder of the basic argument behind retribution and punishment:

· all guilty people deserve to be punished

· only guilty people deserve to be punished

· guilty people deserve to be punished in proportion to the severity of their crime

This argument states that real justice requires people to suffer for their wrongdoing, and to suffer in a way appropriate for the crime. Each criminal should get what their crime deserves and in the case of a murderer what their crime deserves is death.

The measure of punishment in a given case must depend upon the atrocity of the crime, the conduct of the criminal and the defenceless and unprotected state of the victim.

Imposition of appropriate punishment is the manner in which the courts respond to the society's cry for justice against the criminals.

Justice demands that courts should impose punishment befitting the crime so that the courts reflect public abhorrence of the crime.

Justices A.S. Anand and N.P. Singh, Supreme Court of India, in the case of Dhananjoy Chatterjee

Many people find that this argument fits with their inherent sense of justice.

It's often supported with the argument "An eye for an eye". But to argue like that demonstrates a complete misunderstanding of what that Old Testament phrase actually means. In fact the Old Testament meaning of "an eye for an eye" is that only the guilty should be punished, and they should punished neither too leniently or too severely.

The arguments against retribution

· Capital punishment is vengeance rather than retribution and, as such, is a morally dubious concept

· The anticipatory suffering of the criminal, who may be kept on death row for many years, makes the punishment more severe than just depriving the criminal of life

· That's certainly true in the USA, but delay is not an inherent feature of capital punishment; some countries execute people within days of sentencing them to death

Some people are prepared to argue against retribution as a concept, even when applied fairly.

Deterrence

Capital punishment is often justified with the argument that by executing convicted murderers, we will deter would-be murderers from killing people.

The arguments against deterrence

· The statistical evidence doesn't confirm that deterrence works (but it doesn't show that deterrence doesn't work either)

· Some of those executed may not have been capable of being deterred because of mental illness or defect

· Some capital crimes are committed in such an emotional state that the perpetrator did not think about the possible consequences

· No-one knows whether the death penalty deters more than life imprisonment

Deterrence is most effective when the punishment happens soon after the crime - to make an analogy, a child learns not to put their finger in the fire, because the consequence is instant pain.

The more the legal process distances the punishment from the crime - either in time, or certainty - the less effective a deterrent the punishment will probably be.

Cardinal Avery Dulles has pointed out another problem with the deterrence argument.

Executions, especially where they are painful, humiliating, and public, may create a sense of horror that would prevent others from being tempted to commit similar crimes...

...In our day death is usually administered in private by relatively painless means, such as injections of drugs, and to that extent it may be less effective as a deterrent. Sociological evidence on the deterrent effect of the death penalty as currently practiced is ambiguous, conflicting, and far from probative.

Avery Cardinal Dulles, Catholicism and Capital Punishment, First Things 2001

Some proponents of capital punishment argue that capital punishment is beneficial even if it has no deterrent effect.

If we execute murderers and there is in fact no deterrent effect, we have killed a bunch of murderers. If we fail to execute murderers, and doing so would in fact have deterred other murders, we have allowed the killing of a bunch of innocent victims. I would much rather risk the former. This, to me, is not a tough call.

John McAdams: Marquette University, Department of Political Science

Rehabilitation

Of course capital punishment doesn't rehabilitate the prisoner and return them to society. But there are many examples of persons condemned to death taking the opportunity of the time before execution to repent, express remorse, and very often experience profound spiritual rehabilitation.

Thomas Aquinas noted that by accepting the punishment of death, the offender was able to expiate his evil deeds and so escape punishment in the next life.

This is not an argument in favour of capital punishment, but it demonstrates that the death penalty can lead to some forms of rehabilitation.

Prevention of re-offending

It is undeniable that those who are executed cannot commit further crimes.

Many people don't think that this is sufficient justification for taking human life, and argue that there are other ways to ensure the offenders do not re-offend, such as imprisonment for life without possibility of parole.

Although there have been cases of persons escaping from prison and killing again, these are extremely rare.

But some people don't believe that life imprisonment without parole protects society adequately. The offender may no longer be a danger to the public, but he remains a danger to prison staff and other inmates. Execution would remove that danger.

Closure and vindication

It is often argued that the death penalty provides closure for victims' families.

This is a rather flimsy argument, because every family reacts differently. As some families do not feel that another death will provide closure, the argument doesn't provide a justification for capital punishment as a whole.

Incentive to help police

Plea bargaining is used in most countries. It's the process through which a criminal gets a reduced sentence in exchange for providing help to the police.

Where the possible sentence is death, the prisoner has the strongest possible incentive to try to get their sentence reduced, even to life imprisonment without possibility of parole, and it's argued that capital punishment therefore gives a useful tool to the police.

This is a very feeble justification for capital punishment, and is rather similar to arguments that torture is justified because it would be a useful police tool.

A Japanese argument

This is a rather quirky argument, and not normally put forward.

Japan uses the death penalty sparingly, executing approximately 3 prisoners per year.

A unique justification for keeping capital punishment has been put forward by some Japanese psychologists who argue that it has an important psychological part to play in the life of the Japanese, who live under severe stress and pressure in the workplace.

The argument goes that the death penalty reinforces the belief that bad things happen to those who deserve it. This reinforces the contrary belief; that good things will happen to those who are 'good'.

In this way, the existence of capital punishment provides a psychological release from conformity and overwork by reinforcing the hope that there will be a reward in due time.

Oddly, this argument seems to be backed up by Japanese public opinion. Those who are in favour currently comprise 81% of the population, or that is the official statistic. Nonetheless there is also a small but increasingly vociferous abolitionist movement in Japan.

From an ethical point of view this is the totally consequentialist argument that if executing a few people will lead to an aggregate increase in happiness then that is a good thing.

Value of human life

Everyone thinks human life is valuable. Some of those against capital punishment believe that human life is so valuable that even the worst murderers should not be deprived of the value of their lives.

They believe that the value of the offender's life cannot be destroyed by the offender's bad conduct - even if they have killed someone.

Some abolitionists don't go that far. They say that life should be preserved unless there is a very good reason not to, and that the those who are in favour of capital punishment are the ones who have to justify their position.

Right to live

Everyone has an inalienable human right to life, even those who commit murder; sentencing a person to death and executing them violates that right.

This is very similar to the 'value of life' argument, but approached from the perspective of human rights.

The counter-argument is that a person can, by their actions, forfeit human rights, and that murderers forfeit their right to life.

Another example will make this clear - a person forfeits their right to life if they start a murderous attack and the only way the victim can save their own life is by killing the attacker.

The medieval philosopher and theologian Thomas Aquinas made this point very clearly:

Therefore if any man is dangerous to the community and is subverting it by some sin, the treatment to be commended is his execution in order to preserve the common good... Therefore to kill a man who retains his natural worthiness is intrinsically evil, although it may be justifiable to kill a sinner just as it is to kill a beast, for, as Aristotle points out, an evil man is worse than a beast and more harmful.

Thomas Aquinas, Summa theologiae

Aquinas is saying that certain contexts change a bad act (killing) into a good act (killing to repair the violation of justice done by the person killed, and killing a person who has forfeited their natural worthiness by killing).

Execution of the innocent

The most common and most cogent argument against capital punishment is that sooner or later, innocent people will get killed, because of mistakes or flaws in the justice system.

Witnesses, (where they are part of the process), prosecutors and jurors can all make mistakes. When this is coupled with flaws in the system it is inevitable that innocent people will be convicted of crimes. Where capital punishment is used such mistakes cannot be put right.

The death penalty legitimizes an irreversible act of violence by the state and will inevitably claim innocent victims. As long as human justice remains fallible, the risk of executing the innocent can never be eliminated

Amnesty International

There is ample evidence that such mistakes are possible: in the USA, 130 people sentenced to death have been found innocent since 1973 and released from death row. Source: Amnesty

The average time on death row before these exonerations was 11 years. Source: Death Penalty Information Center

Things were made worse in the USA when the Supreme Court refused to hold explicitly that the execution of a defendant in the face of significant evidence of innocence would be unconstitutional [Herrera v. Collins, 560 U.S. 390 (1993)]. However many US lawyers believe that in practice the court would not permit an execution in a case demonstrating persuasive evidence of "actual innocence".

The continuous threat of execution makes the ordeal of those wrongly convicted particularly horrible.

Retribution is wrong

Many people believe that retribution is morally flawed and problematic in concept and practice.

We cannot teach that killing is wrong by killing.

U.S. Catholic Conference

To take a life when a life has been lost is revenge, it is not justice.

Attributed to Archbishop Desmond Tutu

Vengeance

The main argument that retribution is immoral is that it is just a sanitised form of vengeance. Scenes of howling mobs attacking prison vans containing those accused of murder on their way to and from court, or chanting aggressively outside prisons when an offender is being executed, suggest that vengeance remains a major ingredient in the public popularity of capital punishment.

But just retribution, designed to re-establish justice, can easily be distinguished from vengeance and vindictiveness.

In any case, is vengeance necessarily a bad thing?

The Victorian legal philosopher James Fitzjames Stephens thought vengeance was an acceptable justification for punishment. Punishment, he thought, should be inflicted:

for the sake of ratifying the feeling of hatred-call it revenge, resentment, or what you will-which the contemplation of such [offensive] conduct excites in healthily constituted minds.

Sir James Fitzjames Stephens, Liberty, Equality, Fraternity

Retribution and the innocent

But the issue of the execution of innocent persons is also a problem for the retribution argument - if there is a serious risk of executing the innocent then one of the key principles of retribution - that people should get what they deserve (and therefore only what they deserve) - is violated by the current implementation of capital punishment in the USA, and any other country where errors have taken place.

Uniqueness of the death penalty

It's argued that retribution is used in a unique way in the case of the death penalty. Crimes other than murder do not receive a punishment that mimics the crime - for example rapists are not punished by sexual assault, and people guilty of assault are not ceremonially beaten up.

Camus and Dostoevsky argued that the retribution in the case of the death penalty was not fair, because the anticipatory suffering of the criminal before execution would probably outweigh the anticipatory suffering of the victim of their crime.

Others argue that the retribution argument is flawed because the death penalty delivers a 'double punishment'; that of the execution and the preceding wait, and this is a mismatch to the crime.

Many offenders are kept 'waiting' on death row for a very long time; in the USA the average wait is 10 years. Source: Death Penalty Information Center

In Japan, the accused are only informed of their execution moments before it is scheduled. The result of this is that each day of their life is lived as if it was their last.

Capital punishment is not operated retributively

Some lawyers argue that capital punishment is not really used as retribution for murder, or even consistently for a particular kind of murder.

They argue that, in the USA at least, only a small minority of murderers are actually executed, and that imposition of capital punishment on a "capriciously selected random handful" of offenders does not amount to a consistent programme of retribution.

Since capital punishment is not operated retributively, it is inappropriate to use retribution to justify capital punishment.

This argument would have no value in a society that applied the death penalty consistently for particular types of murder.

Capital punishment is not retribution enough

Some people who believe in the notion of retribution are against capital punishment because they feel the death penalty provides insufficient retribution. They argue that life imprisonment without possibility of parole causes much more suffering to the offender than a painless death after a short period of imprisonment.

Another example is the planner of a suicide bombing - execution might make that person a martyr, and therefore would be a lesser retribution than life imprisonment.

Failure to deter

The death penalty doesn't seem to deter people from committing serious violent crimes. The thing that deters is the likelihood of being caught and punished.

The general consensus among social scientists is that the deterrent effect of the death penalty is at best unproven.

In 1988 a survey was conducted for the UN to determine the relation between the death penalty and homicide rates. This was then updated in 1996. It concluded:

...research has failed to provide scientific proof that executions have a greater deterrent effect than life imprisonment. Such proof is unlikely to be forthcoming. The evidence as a whole still gives no positive support to the deterrent hypothesis.

The key to real and true deterrence is to increase the likelihood of detection, arrest and conviction.

The death penalty is a harsh punishment, but it is not harsh on crime.

Amnesty International

NB: It's actually impossible to test the deterrent effect of a punishment in a rigorous way, as to do so would require knowing how many murders would have been committed in a particular state if the law had been different during the same time period.

Deterrence is a morally flawed concept

Even if capital punishment did act as a deterrent, is it acceptable for someone to pay for the predicted future crimes of others?

Some people argue that one may as well punish innocent people; it will have the same effect.

This isn't true - if people are randomly picked up off the street and punished as scapegoats the only consequence is likely to be that the public will be frightened to go out.

To make a scapegoat scheme effective it would be necessary to go through the appearance of a legitimate legal process and to present evidence which convinced the public that the person being punished deserved their punishment.

While some societies have operated their legal systems on the basis of fictional evidence and confessions extracted by torture, the ethical objections to such a system are sufficient to render the argument in the second paragraph pointless.

Brutalising society

Brutalising individuals

Statistics show that the death penalty leads to a brutalisation of society and an increase in murder rate. In the USA, more murders take place in states where capital punishment is allowed. In 2010, the murder rate in states where the death penalty has been abolished was 4.01 per cent per 100,000 people. In states where the death penalty is used, the figure was 5.00 per cent. These calculations are based on figures from the FBI. The gap between death penalty states and non-death penalty states rose considerably from 4 per cent difference in 1990 to 25 per cent in 2010. Source: FBI Uniform Crime Report, from Death Penalty Information Center

Disturbed individuals may be angered and thus more likely to commit murder.

It is also linked to increased number of police officers murdered.

Brutalising the state

Capital punishment may brutalise society in a different and even more fundamental way, one that has implications for the state's relationship with all citizens.

...the state's power deliberately to destroy innocuous (though guilty) life is a manifestation of the hidden wish that the state be allowed to do anything it pleases with life.

George Kateb, The Inner Ocean 1992

Brutalising the law

Capital punishment is said to produce an unacceptable link between the law and violence.

But in many ways the law is inevitably linked with violence - it punishes violent crimes, and it uses punishments that 'violently' restrict human freedoms. And philosophically the law is always involved with violence in that its function includes preserving an ordered society from violent events.

Nonetheless, a strong case can be made that legal violence is clearly different from criminal violence, and that when it is used, it is used in a way that everyone can see is fair and logical.

Capital punishment 'lowers the tone' of society

Civilised societies do not tolerate torture, even if it can be shown that torture may deter, or produce other good effects.

In the same way many people feel that the death penalty is an inappropriate for a modern civilised society to respond to even the most dreadful crimes.

The murder that is depicted as a horrible crime is repeated in cold blood, remorselessly

Beccaria, C. de, Traité des Délits et des Peines, 1764

Because most countries - but not all - do not execute people publicly, capital punishment is not a degrading public spectacle. But it is still a media circus, receiving great publicity, so that the public are well aware of what is being done on their behalf.

However this media circus takes over the spectacle of public execution in teaching the public lessons about justice, retribution, and personal responsibility for one's own actions.

Expense

In the USA capital punishment costs a great deal.

For example, the cost of convicting and executing Timothy McVeigh for the Oklahoma City Bombing was over $13 million.

In New York and New Jersey, the high costs of capital punishment were one factor in those states' decisions to abandon the death penalty. New York spent about $170 million over 9 years and had no executions. New Jersey spent $253 million over a 25-year period and also had no executions. Source: Death Penalty Information Center

In countries with a less costly and lengthy appeals procedure, capital punishment seems like a much cheaper option than long-term imprisonment.

Counter-arguments

Those in favour of capital punishment counter with these two arguments:

· It is a fallacy that capital punishment costs more than life without parole

· Justice cannot be thought of in financial terms

People not responsible for their acts

This is not an argument against capital punishment itself, but against applying it wrongly.

Some countries, including the USA, have executed people proven to be insane.

It's generally accepted that people should not be punished for their actions unless they have a guilty mind - which requires them to know what they are doing and that it's wrong.

Therefore people who are insane should not be convicted, let alone executed. This doesn't prevent insane people who have done terrible things being confined in secure mental institutions, but this is done for public safety, not to punish the insane person.

To put it more formally: it is wrong to impose capital punishment on those who have at best a marginal capacity for deliberation and for moral agency.

A more difficult moral problem arises in the case of offenders who were sane at the time of their crime and trial but who develop signs of insanity before execution.

Applied unfairly

There has been much concern in the USA that flaws in the judicial system make capital punishment unfair.

One US Supreme Court Justice (who had originally supported the death penalty) eventually came to the conclusion that capital punishment was bound to damage the cause of justice:

The death penalty remains fraught with arbitrariness, discrimination, caprice, and mistake ... Experience has taught us that the constitutional goal of eliminating arbitrariness and discrimination from the administration of death ... can never be achieved without compromising an equally essential component of fundamental fairness - individualized sentencing.

Justice Harry Blackmun, United States Supreme Court, 1994

Jurors

Jurors in many US death penalty cases must be 'death eligible'. This means the prospective juror must be willing to convict the accused knowing that a sentence of death is a possibility.

This results in a jury biased in favour of the death penalty, since no one who opposes the death penalty is likely to be accepted as a juror.

Lawyers

There's much concern in the USA that the legal system doesn't always provide poor accused people with good lawyers.

Out of all offenders who are sentenced to death, three quarters of those who are allocated a legal aid lawyer can expect execution, a figure that drops to a quarter if the defendant could afford to pay for a lawyer.

Cruel, inhumane, degrading

Regardless of the moral status of capital punishment, some argue that all ways of executing people cause so much suffering to the condemned person that they amount to torture and are wrong.

Many methods of execution are quite obviously likely to cause enormous suffering, such as execution by lethal gas, electrocution or strangulation.

Other methods have been abandoned because they were thought to be barbaric, or because they forced the executioner to be too 'hands-on'. These include firing squads and beheading.

Lethal injection

Many countries that use capital punishment have now adopted lethal injection, because it's thought to be less cruel for the offender and less brutalising for the executioner.

Those against capital punishment believe this method has serious moral flaws and should be abandoned.

The first flaw is that it requires medical personnel being directly involved in killing (rather than just checking that the execution has terminated life). This is a fundamental contravention of medical ethics.

The second flaw is that research in April 2005 showed that lethal injection is not nearly as 'humane' as had been thought. Post mortem findings indicated that levels of anaesthetic found in offenders were consistent with wakefulness and the ability to experience pain.

Unnecessary

This is really more of a political argument than an ethical one. It's based on the political principle that a state should fulfil its obligations in the least invasive, harmful and restrictive way possible.

· The state does have an obligation to punish crime, as a means to preserve an orderly and contented society, but it should do so in the least harmful way possible

· Capital punishment is the most harmful punishment available, so the state should only use it if no less harmful punishment is suitable

· Other punishments will always enable the state to fulfil its objective of punishing crime appropriately

· Therefore the state should not use capital punishment

Most people will not want to argue with clauses 1 and 2, so this structure does have the benefit of focussing attention on the real point of contention - the usefulness of non-capital punishments in the case of murder.

One way of settling the issue is to see whether states that don't use capital punishment have been able to find other punishments that enable the state to punish murderers in such a ways as to preserve an orderly and contented society. If such states exist then capital punishment is unnecessary and should be abolished as overly harmful.

Free will

The idea that we must be punished for any act of wrongdoing, whatever its nature, relies upon a belief in human free will and a person's ability to be responsible for their own actions.

If one does not believe in free will, the question of whether it is moral to carry out any kind of punishment (and conversely reward) arises.

Arthur Koestler and Clarence Darrow argued that human beings never act freely and thus should not be punished for even the most horrific crimes.

The latter went on to argue for the abolition of punishment altogether, an idea which most people would find problematic.

Buddhism and capital punishment

Because Buddhism exists in many forms, under many organisations, there is no unified Buddhist policy on capital punishment.

In terms of doctrine the death penalty is clearly inconsistent with Buddhist teaching. Buddhists place great emphasis on non-violence and compassion for all life. The First Precept requires individuals to abstain from injuring or killing any living creature.

The Buddha did not explicitly speak about capital punishment, but his teachings show no sympathy for physical punishment, no matter how bad the crime.

An action, even if it brings benefit to oneself, cannot be considered a good action if it causes physical and mental pain to another being.

The Buddha

If a person foolishly does me wrong, I will return to him the protection of my boundless love. The more evil that comes from him, the more good will go from me.

The Buddha

Buddhism and punishment

Buddhism believes fundamentally in the cycle of birth and re-birth (Samsara) and teaches that if capital punishment is administered it will have compromising effects on the souls of both offender and the punisher in future incarnations.

As far as punishment in this world is concerned, Buddhism has strong views:

· inhumane treatment of an offender does not solve their misdeeds or those of humanity in general - the best approach to an offender is reformatory rather than punitive

· punishment should only be to the extent to which the offender needs to make amends, and his rehabilitation into society should be of paramount importance

· punishing an offender with excessive cruelty will injure not just the offender's mind, but also the mind of the person doing the punishing

· it is impossible to administer severe punishment with composure and compassion

· if the crime is particularly serious, the person may be banished from the community or country

Buddhist countries and capital punishment

Despite these teachings several countries with substantial Buddhist populations retain the death penalty, and some of them, for example Thailand, continue to use it.

These are no states that have Buddhism as their official religion.

Alarid and Wang (see below) suggest that this apparent paradox partly stems from the difference between popular and monastic Buddhism. The majority of lay Buddhists in these countries follow Buddhist practices and are entirely sincere in their commitment, but "the genuine study of Buddhism, its rituals, and carryover to daily life is superficial for most Buddhist followers."

Other reasons Buddhist countries retain the death penalty are:

· belief by politicians that capital punishment is necessary for retribution, cultural customs, or for deterrence value

· a long tradition of capital punishment in a particular country

· keeping order in society is seen as more important than Buddha's teaching

· reaction to long periods of political unrest or economic instability

Reference: Material in this sub-section is largely taken from Mercy and Punishment: Buddhism and the Death Penalty; Alarid and Wang

Lynn Wilkinson 2013 Page 2

Justice and Punishment/Support/Ethical and vunrable Punishments documment (Must read).docx

Short-term prisoner reoffending 'costs economy £10bn'

Prison bars

Prisoners serving less than a year have the highest reoffending rate

Reoffending by thousands of criminals serving short prison terms in England and Wales costs the taxpayer up to £10bn a year, a report has said.

The National Audit Office found many prisoners were spending all day in their cells rather than being engaged in training and rehabilitation.

It added there was also "little evidence" the risk of short-sentence prisoners reoffending had been reduced.

The government said it would take the report's recommendations forward.

Of all those in jail, prisoners serving less than a year have the highest reoffending rates and the most convictions, an average of 16.

Around 60,000 prisoners are jailed for less than 12 months each year, costing taxpayers £300m.

They are mostly convicted of theft and minor violent crimes and at any one time make up nearly one in 10 of prisoners in England and Wales; the prison population is currently about 82,000.

Value for money

Most spend as few as 45 days inside, and are released automatically at the halfway point of their sentence.

But in that time they are not given "appropriate assistance" to help them turn around their lives, the report said.

The NAO found that activities for this group of offenders were "inadequate". About half were not involved in work or courses and spent almost all day in their cells.

The report concludes that short jail terms do not offer value for money. A six-week spell in prison costs £4,500 - £300 more than a highly intensive two-year community order involving unpaid work and rehabilitation schemes.

http://newsimg.bbc.co.uk/shared/img/o.gif

http://newsimg.bbc.co.uk/nol/shared/img/v3/start_quote_rb.gif The revolving door of prison and crime costs the taxpayer billions and does little or nothing to reduce offending http://newsimg.bbc.co.uk/nol/shared/img/v3/end_quote_rb.gif

Juliet Lyon Prison Reform Trust

http://newsimg.bbc.co.uk/nol/shared/img/v3/inline_dashed_line.gif

And overall, with 60% of short-sentenced prisoners committing another crime within a year of getting out, the social and economic cost to the country was between £7bn and £10bn a year.

But John Thornhill, chairman of the Magistrates Association, argued that alternatives to custodial sentences were often simply not available.

He told BBC Radio 5 live: "In my area of Merseyside we have a programme called Intensive Alternative To Custody. Magistrates like using that particular order... but [it] is not available across the country.

"It's only available in six areas and we're told that once the pilot scheme's finished that alternative will not be there."

The president of the Prison Governors Association, Paul Tidball, says magistrates had been criticised for being "so free" with the use of short-term sentences, which did not work.

'Too short'

He told Radio 5 live: "I've heard the Magistrates Association in the past... saying prisons should do more with them [prisoners] while they have them.

"But if you've only got someone for six weeks, there's a limit to what can be done."

He added resources should be concentrated on those at greatest risk of reoffending, and said there should be better investment in communities in the first place to prevent crime.

http://newsimg.bbc.co.uk/shared/img/o.gif

http://newsimg.bbc.co.uk/nol/shared/img/v3/start_quote_rb.gif I'd just get out and carry on from where I left off, playing catch-up, go out, committing crime straight away http://newsimg.bbc.co.uk/nol/shared/img/v3/end_quote_rb.gif

Craig Morrison, former prisoner

Former inmate Craig Morrison called for earlier intervention by therapists and more robust community sentences to tackle problems such as drugs.

He said he spent his short stints in jail scrubbing floors and in the gym.

"It was too short a time to do anything rehabilitative with me. You know, I'd just get out and carry on from where I left off, playing catch-up, go out, committing crime straight away," he told Radio 5 live.

"It sounds messed up but I was quite comfortable where I was. I was brought up in care since 12 and I accepted that was my lot in life.

"I had a moment of clarity - unfortunately it was years down the line. I had to go through years of therapy to realise how messed up my life was."

Overcrowding

The auditors praised the efforts of the National Offender Management Service (NOMS), which runs prisons and probation, in keeping inmates safe - despite overcrowding.

Former Metropolitan Police Commissioner Sir Ian Blair said it was important prisoners who breached bail or committed offences on bail knew they would be sent back inside.

He supported putting more minor offenders to work in the community on "not very pleasant" tasks that had "an element" of rehabilitation, to free more space in jails.

"It certainly doesn't need to be a chain gang, it can be just a high-glow jacket that shows that this is community punishment taking place," he said.

Amyas Morse, head of the NAO, said achieving NOMS' goal of reducing reoffending by short-sentenced prisoners was "challenging" because so many prisoners spent so few weeks inside.

"However, it is reasonable to expect progress towards that goal. More coherent plans for prisoners, tailored to reducing their risk of reoffending, would be a good first step," he said.

Phil Wheatley, director general of the NOMS, said he welcomed the report and would take the recommendations forwards.

'Damning indictment'

Juliet Lyon, director of the Prison Reform Trust, said: "The revolving door of prison and crime costs the taxpayer billions and does little or nothing to reduce offending.

"The evidence is clear that community penalties, treatment for addicts, mental healthcare and sorting out housing and employment all work better than a short prison sentence."

Jon Collins, of the Criminal Justice Alliance, said rather than spending money on a "futile attempt" to make short sentences work, the government should focus on keeping people out of jail to free up space and resources to better rehabilitate those who needed to be inside.

The Tories said the report was a "damning indictment of Labour's prison failure" and pledged to introduce a "rehabilitation revolution".

he real cost of prison

By Kevin Marsh, from insidetime issue May 2009

In 1993, the UK prison population was 51,880. Today it is over 92,400. This trend is set to continue: the government has recently announced an extra £3.8bn to create 20,000 more prison places

In the UK it is estimated that each new prison place costs £119,000 and that the annual average cost for each prisoner exceeds £40,000. Such huge public expenditure should not be spent without question. But where value for money models are widely applied in other state services like healthcare, they have rarely been used to test the value of the criminal justice sector.

An economic approach to assessing the value for money of prison would involve comparing the cost of prison against its benefits. The latter comprise four different effects: the reduced offending as a consequence of incarcerating offenders, rehabilitating offenders, deterring offending, and the value of the sense of justice associated with punishing offenders.

It is reasonable to presume that prison costs more than community-based alternatives. Does this extra cost represent good value for money? Is this higher cost justified by the effect of prison in reducing offending, as well as the possibility that a greater sense of justice may be associated with punitive sentences?

These are the questions Matrix Knowledge Group sought to address in a number of recent pieces of research.

The first of these, The Economic Case For and Against Prison, compared the cost of prison against its rehabilitative and incapacitation effects on re-offending. Using data from the US and the UK from 1996, we measured the net benefit of alternatives to prison. The result? Alternatives to prison seem to deliver a better return on public money.

Residential drug treatment programmes, for example, offer a £200,000 net benefit over prison over the lifetime of an offender. This is because drug treatment programmes are cheaper to run than incarceration systems and because they deliver lower re-offending rates. Similarly, using surveillance instead of cells saves the taxpayer £45,000 per convict.

This research could be used to argue that we simply have to reduce the cost of prison per prisoner to make it deliver value for money. If we cut corners and McDonald's-ise our cells, wouldn't prisons then deliver value for money? Our research suggests not. Investing more in prisons per head actually delivers increased savings in the long run. Because of associated reductions in re-offending rates, prisons which include educational and vocational programmes save society £70,000 for each inmate whilst prison with drug treatment saves £110,000.

The Economic Case For and Against Prison focused on two of the four effects of prison – the reduction in offending associated with incapacitating and rehabilitating offenders. Focusing on just these effects, the research suggests that prison does not represent good value for money. However, this analysis excludes the deterrent effect and justice value associated with prison. Would prison be considered value for money if these effects were included in the analysis?

In a recent article I published in the Howard Journal, in collaboration with Chris Fox of Manchester Metropolitan University and Carol Hedderman of Leicester University, searched the existing evidence base to attempt to answer these questions. The deterrent effect of prison has been the subject of a number of research studies.

However, the findings of these studies are inconclusive. Some studies identify a deterrent effect, while other studies fail to identify an effect. To some extent these differences rest on complicated statistical matters.

However, the jury is still out regarding whether prison has a deterrent effect. Our review only identified one study that could be used to estimate the economic value of the justice associated with a prison sentence. Daniel Nagin, an economist in the US, assessed people’s willingness to pay to fund the provision of two sentence types that produced exactly the same offending outcomes: a two year prison sentence for drug using offenders, and a one year prison sentence with a rehabilitative treatment programme for drug using offenders. He found that people attached a greater value to the rehabilitative programme than the more punitive sentence.

One interpretation of this result is that people value punitive less than rehabilitation. However, much more research is required before this conclusion can be made with any certainty.

The debate for and against prisons has historically focused on the moral, political and social arguments for sentencing. But public money is scarce; we need to make sure that the benefits of our prisons outweigh their costs. Whatever penal policy we decide to pursue, ignoring the economic dimension to this argument is something we can no longer afford to do. The current research suggests that prison is not an efficient use of public resources.

However, further work is required to fill the gaps in the evidence base and to determine in which circumstances and for which offenders prison is and is not value for money.

Kevin Marsh is Head of Economic Evaluation at Matrix Knowledge Group

GLOUCESTER PRISON NOT SAFE SAYS INSPECTORS – Vulnerable prisoners targetted for attack

Nov 21

Posted by prisonsorguk

http://converseprisonnews.files.wordpress.com/2012/11/gloucester.jpg?w=300&h=168

Inspectors who visited a prison in Gloucestershire where concerns had been raised before found that it seemed to have “stood still”, they said in a report published.

Gloucester Prison has many problems to address, said Nick Hardwick, Chief Inspector of Prisons, as he introduced the report of an unannounced inspection.

Inspectors were concerned during their visit in July to find that the environment for vulnerable prisoners at the Category B local prison was poor, and there was evidence that they experienced abuse and intimidation from other prisoners.

Segregated prisoners were not continually supervised, though this was mitigated by low numbers and generally brief stays, while the accommodation was among the poorest in the prison system, and prisoners did not have enough time out of their cells.

There was not enough for prisoners to do and inspectors found well over half of the population locked up during the working day.

Mr Hardwick said in his introduction to the report: “Gloucester is one of the older establishments in the prison system, with a poor infrastructure and situated in a cramped inner-city location.”

He said there were relatively few incidents of recorded violence, despite underdeveloped structures to confront anti-social behaviour, and the incidence of self-harm was similarly low, though there had been two self-inflicted deaths since the last inspection.

But he added: “The treatment of vulnerable prisoners remained a significant concern. The environment where they lived was poor and their regime very limited, and there was evidence that they experienced abuse and intimidation from other prisoners.

“The experience for vulnerable prisoners who had to be held on mainstream locations, if numbers required it, was even worse.

“The treatment of segregated prisoners was similarly concerning – this high-risk group were not even continually supervised, although this was mitigated by low numbers and generally brief stays.”

Why we protect vulnerable prisoners

5th January, 2012 Indigo Jo

Yesterday the two men convicted of murdering the black teenager, Stephen Lawrence, when they were teenagers were jailed “at Her Majesty’s pleasure” (effectively a life sentence), one for a minimum of fourteen years and the other for a minimum of 15, and the story has received extensive newspaper coverage, understandably given its significance in the history of British race relations — it uncovered a systematic racism in the London police and led to the abolition, nine years later, of the “double jeopardy” law which prevented anyone being tried twice for the same crime (the law still exists in the USA although people are sometimes tried on other charges). On two different talk radio stations this morning (Nick Ferrari on LBC and Vanessa Feltz on BBC London), I heard discussion of the “vulnerable prisoner” status the two men would be given, which would result in them being held in segregation (along with sex offenders) to prevent them being attacked by other prisoners. Feltz even invited listeners to discuss whether the use of taxpayers’ money to protect these two was justifiable.

I was shocked that a radio presenter is even asking whether protecting someone from being raped, murdered or otherwise physically harmed is “worth the money”. Mind you, the BBC did air a pre-recorded joke about the possibility of George Michael being raped when he was sent to prison last year (and when I complained, I was told they had to consider everyone’s tastes). One reason they protect vulnerable prisoners is that it is a simple matter of preventing crime, and attacks by self-righteous lags on unpopular prisoners is just as much crime as the act that prompted the victims’ imprisonment. It is not supposed to be a perk of being imprisoned for some crimes (like holding up terrified bank workers or householders with a sawn-off shotgun, for example) that you get to victimise those guilty of lower-class offences.

But another reason is that some people who are sent to prison for sex murders, acts of terrorism and the like are in fact innocent, and it is well-known that some of them have faced the same treatment some members of the public would like to see meted out to Norris and Dobson. These include people like Stephan Kiszko and Stephen Downing, both of whom were now known to be innocent but at the time were believed to be every bit as guilty as Norris and Dobson are. Even prisoners with developmental delay have faced extreme abuse from other prisoners, with one such young woman (featured in an inside-prison TV programme a few years ago) committing suicide because of it.

Of course, some might argue that if we still had the death penalty, we would not need to house men like these at all (although when we did have it, it did not apply to people who were the age Norris and Dobson were at the time of Stephen Lawrence’s murder). However, we would also have put to death people like Kiszko, Downing, the Guildford Four and others who had been framed by unscrupulous police and are now known to be innocent. If we allowed other prisoners to murder the unpopular inmates, prison would become tantamount to the death penalty. I question whether the protection afforded by segregation is significantly more costly than keeping in someone in prison in general: the safety is mostly afforded by spending more time alone under lock and key, and it must be a pretty lonely existence. While it is to be expected that someone might suggest that their protection is not worth the money on a radio phone-in, it is quite unacceptable for the presenter to be suggesting it to their listeners.

Gay prisoners

“A system that punishes gay men twice” The Prison Service’s much-vaunted ‘diversity drive’ has done little to improve the situation of gay prisoners. GT discovers what it’s like for men who are inside and out… By Sally Howard, additional research by Xav Judd The determined handwriting, serried in obedient lines on the tissue-thin, prison-issue paper, belies prisoner VB5461’s broiling anger: “Through GALIPS [HMP’s Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual & Transgender Staff Support Network] the Prison Service cites itself as a Stonewall diversity champion for its commitment to prison officers and other staff,” he writes. “Well the Prison Service may well be supportive of its LGBT staff; but gay prisoners like me see little of this support. The system systematically fails the very people it is supposed to ‘care’ for.” Simon Parks* is a 33-year-old inmate serving a four-year sentence at HMP Stafford, an unlovely, windowless monolith typical of 18th century British gaols. Parks has been aware of his sexuality since the age of 12, but it was only in the seemingly unsympathetic setting of prison that he decided to come out. Reeling from sentencing, Parks was ‘padded-up’ with another gay prisoner who was struggling with the conflict between his own sexuality and the unfettered homophobia of the testosterone-fuelled prison world. “On our first evening in the cell we came out to each other,” he says. “I had never told anyone that I was gay; it felt liberating.” However Parks’ initial exhilaration was short-lived. He goes on to describe his everyday life as one of the handful of out gay men at HMP Stafford: “You have to realise that being in prison is like being in a playground 24 hours a day. If you’re open about your sexuality you become a target. Like all bullies the world over, the bullying is underhand and difficult to challenge. Not one day passes when a comment isn’t made – wood is thrown at me in the workshops, new inmates are told I’m ‘the prison queer’ and most prisoners refuse to use the shower when I’m there because a rumour has been spread that I try to molest men.” However what smarts most, claims Parks, are the jibes from prison staff: “One officer in particular likes to make out he’s ‘one of the lads’ with the thuggish prisoners, and often comes out with disparaging remarks. I’m in VPU [Vulnerable Prisoners’ Unit, otherwise known as Rule 45], so the Racial Equality Officer is on my wing and, as a diversity team member, she should stand my corner. But when I complained to her, she told me that I should keep quiet about my sexuality as it would ‘cause problems’ on the wing. Naturally when I make a complaint to the governor it gets passed straight to her and she does nothing.” The Gay Times regularly receives from gay prisoners that suggest Parks is not unique in his sense of isolation. Many are simple requests for magazines or pen friends (see below for details of our launching Prison Pen-friend scheme), but some read like a cry for help from a bleak mountain. Truly bathetic tales such as that of HMP Nottingham prisoner Tony Bidmead (printed on page one), whose story makes any reader’s heart clench with pity: “I am a very lonely person. I won’t be able to see my partner for another two and a half years, I’ve got no one and I’m basically stuck on one landing. I would like to go to the gym but I’m scared to go as other cons would say I’ve only gone down to willy watch. I’m fed up being called Faggot…Puff…Queer [and] made to feel like an animal and not a human being”. Uli Lenart, of London’s Gay’s the Word independent lesbian and gay bookshop, often finds himself in written correspondence with prison inmates such as Tony Bidmead (change surname if you’re blanking it out). “The gay men who contact me for books via mail order often end up spilling their hearts out to me,” he says. “They feel overwhelmingly alone and often they just want confirmation that there are other men out there who are like them. For many of these men I’m their only contact with gay culture in the outside world. As a gay man I feel it’s my duty to do as much as I can for them, but wonder why official support is so conspicuously absent.” Likewise Parks’ frustration with a system blind to his obvious dis-ease prompted him to reach further in search of support. “I wrote to Stonewall, who tried to reassure me they take the treatment of gay prisoners seriously,” he says in later correspondence, “but a number of letters asking for general information about support to prisoners went unanswered. GALIPs have also been patchy in their responses [GT unsuccessfully attempted to reach a GALIPs representative for comment, despite several attempts]. There is a gay prisoner support group run by prisoners, Real Voices, but I also found them difficult to make contact with. Small prisoner support groups are usually disbanded when the prisoner who sets them up is released, or moved on.” For Park, the most bile-inducing snub came when he attempted to communicate his complaints to the Offender Policy and Rights Unit: “I asked them what their policies were towards gay prisoners and was told: ‘The offender policy and rights unit has a responsibility for gay prisoners, but unfortunately no policy document has yet been formulated specifically to cover this group of prisoners…’” Parks continues: “It’s nice to know that forty years after homosexuality was legalised the Prison Service has come so far!” Elsewhere the Prison Service’s institutional disregard of its responsibility to gay prisoners has darker implications. In a 1997 study, HIV infection rates amongst prisoners were found to be 15 times that of the British population as a whole and hepatitis infections 20 times as prevalent. The report, of course, is outdated, a fact that frustrates those working in AIDS prevention, who have been campaigning for a repeat study for several years. “The government won’t collect data in prisons,” says Sheonaidh Johnston of The National AIDS Trust. “They say that the money is better spent elsewhere and their approach is to estimate numbers of infections based on the number of intravenous drug users. Of course drug users are high risk, but this wholly ignores the existence of gay men.” The issue that most exercises The National AIDS Trust – and the sexually active prisoners who are in correspondence with GT – is condom distribution. “Homophobia and fear of attack mean many men may not want to identify themselves as gay in prison,” says Deborah Jack, Chief Executive of The National AIDS Trust. “Having to go to healthcare, ask for a condom and face questions about your sex life stops some men from getting condoms when they need them. The Department of Health and the Prison Service must do more to ensure men in prison can access condoms privately and discreetly, and protect themselves and their partners.” Prisoners’ stories substantiate the complaint that – where condoms are provided – inmates face the ignominy of questioning and insensitive procedure: “A notice went up in May 2005 that prisoners could request condoms,” says Simon Parks. “It took two letters, many months and an HIV scare on my wing to get hold of any. I was eventually given two condoms with two plastic bags for their disposal. I was told I’d have to return the used condoms in the disposal bag, as the policy was two-for-two and that all applications for condoms would be recorded on my medical file. No lubricants were issued. It’s demeaning. Obviously most guys who aren’t out won’t ask for condoms for fear of being found out.”** “Gay men are a reality and, by pussyfooting around the realities of life, the Prison Service gets mired in admin rather than action,” says Juliet Lyon of the Prison Reform Trust, are also campaigning for greater clarity in policies towards gay prisoners (can you check they want this latter fact referred to Jo?). “One of the main talking points in prisons at the moment is whether prisons are public or private space for the purpose of the national smoking ban; the debate being around whether determining them private space to allow prisoners to smoke has ramifications in the Prison Service condoning gay sex. Frankly, these are not the issues we should be wasting time with.” In Lyon’s mind, the Prison Service’s policies are wilfully myopic: “There’s an ignorance and a lack of resources. Transsexuals, for example, are often held in men’s prisons long on their way to becoming women. Life is not straightforward, but the mechanisms of prison try to make it so – artificially.” This monolinear thinking often results in gay guys being advised to go under Rule 45 protection in Vulnerable Prisoners’ Units (largely peopled by sex offenders and former gang members). But in a 2007 press release Mark Clark, a former prisoner at HMP Wayland who set up the Real Voices support group for gay prisoners, warns against seeing VPU as a panacea. “Although the safety this affords allows prisoners to be themselves, it does nothing to combat the bigotry. Only integration and a zero-tolerance stance on any form of bullying will begin to break down barriers. Just because prisoners gay, they’re not ergo vulnerable… Recognising homosexuality in prison is one thing, but providing equal rights, privileges and opportunities seems beyond the grasp of the current so-called system.” A point echoed by Simon Parks as he signs off the last of his letters written on Her Majesty’s pleasure: “The Prison Service does have equal opportunities policies and is evidently proud that GALIPs is a Stonewall diversity champion but, when it comes to the Prison Service, to quote George Orwell, “all animals are equal but some animals are more equal than others”.’ Woefully out of touch with the realities of 21st century society the Prison Service, indubitably, punishes gay men twice. The Gay Times adds its voice to the rallying cry for the Prison Service to acknowledge, and act upon, its responsibility to gay prisoners. Nathan’s story, HMP Hull “I seem to spend most of my life in prison. When I’m out I break the law and my license conditions and find myself here again. My early family life was unstable, brought up in foster homes around Lincoln and was sexually and physically abused before this by my biological father. But I can’t use my upbringing as an excuse for the mistakes I’ve made in life. Part of my re-offending could be my sexuality – because I’m gay and I like being around all the men in here. Of course there is eye candy here, but I do feel isolated and lonely. I would welcome any letters from Gay Times readers as I want to stop my present self-destructive way of life.” Roger’s story, HMP Lewes “I served a two-month sentence. Eight months were spent in Lewes, a prehistoric prison built in 1853, with a single mattress and pillow on the floor between two of us and a loo in our cell where we sat to eat. It was squalid. The average age of vulnerable prisoners was much older so I didn’t stand out as being old, just for being middle class and gay. The worst thing for me was worrying about those on the out. I was a carer at the time for my 85-year-old mother and worried how she’d cope. For a few months I shared a prison cell with a first-time prisoner from the same sort of background and he had no problem with my sexuality. By the time he was released I had identified, meaning I’d found an ally in another prisoner, a Mister Big. There was a lot of banter against the openly gay guys. The officers were quite keen for one screaming poof called Zsa Zsa to share a cell with another young gay apprentice and they would camp around the whole time. Apart from that, the showers were known to be ‘out of sight out of mind’. There were a couple of rent boys but I didn’t go near them and they weren’t to my taste. The worst part for me was the lack of access to gay magazines; as a vulnerable prisoner I couldn’t have any sent in, although straight men had their cells decorated with lads’ magazine pictures. You could have a newspaper, but that had to be checked. I would recommend to any gay man when he enters prison to ask to be put on the Vulnerable Prisoners’ Wing. It has its limitations but, for an out guy, being in the main nick is living hell.”

Sentencing

Youth Crime and Youth Justice:

Public Opinion in England and Wales

By Mike Hough and Julian V. Roberts

________________________________________________________________

This report describes and discusses findings from the first survey to systematically explore public opinion about youth crime and justice in Britain. The survey, conducted in 2003, explored public knowledge of important questions pertaining to youth crime and justice, as well as attitudes to the sentencing of young offenders. Particular emphasis was placed upon public reaction to restorative sentencing. Wherever possible, these findings are placed in international context through comparisons with surveys of the public in other jurisdictions.

_________________________________________________________________________

• People were ill-informed about youth crime trends. For example 75% of those polled believed that the number of young offenders had increased in the previous two years – when numbers coming to police attention were actually falling.

• People also knew little about youth justice. Only a quarter had heard of youth offending teams (YOTs) and one in eight knew what these teams do.

• Ratings of the youth justice system were negative. Only 11% of the sample thought that the system did a good job, and 71% thought it too soft on young offenders.

• When confronted with specific cases, however, many people supported restorative or rehabilitative approaches to young offenders.

• For example, just over half the sample (52%) said that a community penalty with reparation was an acceptable sentence for a violent 16-year-old robber with three previous convictions. Such an offender would now receive a custodial sentence.

• Public support for custody as a sanction fell when even a few details about the offender’s life were presented to respondents.

• People’s dissatisfaction with the youth justice system reflects their lack of knowledge and their belief that sentencing practices are too lenient.

Youth Crime and Youth Justice

The study

The youth justice system in England and Wales was radically overhauled in 1998. Remarkably little is known about how the public regards either youth crime or the youth crime system, however. This report presents findings from the first national, representative survey of public attitudes towards these issues. The aim of the study was to take stock of public knowledge and opinion after the first four years of the new youth justice system and to assess:

• Levels of public confidence in youth justice

• Levels of public knowledge and understanding about the youth justice system

• The relationship between knowledge about, and confidence in youth justice

• Whether people find current youth sentencing practice broadly acceptable.

Misperceptions about youth crime

Many misperceptions exist with respect to youth crime in England and Wales. Most people believe that the number of young offenders has increased since 2001, although statistical trends suggest that this is true for only a very limited number of offences.

Most people also over-estimate the proportion of all crime for which young offenders are responsible, and the proportion of youth crime involving violence. They also over-estimate the proportion of young offenders who will be re-convicted of a criminal offence.

Best ways of reducing crime

When asked about the most effective way to reduce crime, people distinguish between crime by young and adult offenders. Making sentences harsher was seen as the most effective way to reduce adult crime. Increasing discipline in schools was identified by the largest proportion of the sample as being the most effective way of reducing youth crime.

Rating the system

Most respondents rated youth courts as doing a poor job. Only 11% rated youth courts as doing a good job. 71% also thought that sentences imposed on young offenders are too lenient. This finding is consistent with survey data in other countries.

Purposes of the youth justice system

The public distinguishes between the purpose of sentencing adults and juveniles. Rehabilitation was seen as more important for juveniles than adult offenders.

The public also distinguishes between the purpose of prison for young and adult offenders. Education and job training were seen as being more relevant to juvenile than to adult prisons. Punishment was seen as more important for adult prisons than for juvenile institutions.

Over three-quarters of the sample acknowledged that they had not heard anything about Youth Offending Teams (YOTs).

2 Youth Crime and Youth Justice

Sentencing preferences

There was a considerable gap between the sentences that respondents wanted to see imposed on young offenders and the sentences that they assumed would be imposed. Generally speaking, expected sentences were less harsh than favoured punishments. For three different offenders described in scenarios, respondents favoured custody at a much higher rate than they assumed would actually be imposed in youth courts.

When respondents were given descriptions of cases in which to impose sentence, there was significantly less support for custody as a sanction when the young offender had made some restorative steps such as writing a letter of apology and promising to make compensation to the victim.

When asked about alternatives to imprisonment, significant proportions of respondents found alternatives to be satisfactory substitutes for imprisonment. This result is also consistent with research in other countries. When respondents were informed about the costs of custody, they were significantly less likely to favour imprisoning the offender.

Conclusions

The survey revealed that the public have a more pessimistic view of youth crime than is justified by the official crime statistics. As well, although only one specific youth justice reform was the subject of an awareness question, it seems likely that the public knows little about the structure of youth justice in Britain. An important criminal justice priority is therefore to promote awareness of the system, and of the true scope of the youth crime problem. The public gives poor ratings to the youth courts in Britain in large measure because they believe that the sentences imposed on young offenders are too lenient. Increasing public awareness of the youth crime problem (as well as the youth court response), may well promote public confidence in youth justice.

The study found strong support for alternatives to imprisonment. Significant proportions of respondents found community alternatives to be acceptable as a sanction instead of imprisonment. As well, it was clear that when the young offender makes restorative steps, public support for custody declines. Taken together, the findings of the survey demonstrate strong public support for restorative considerations at sentencing.

How should criminal policy in the area of youth justice aim to synthesise these somewhat conflicting images of public opinion? We have shown that opinion about youth crime is demonstrably misinformed on several dimensions. We would argue that this misinformation is systematic, and results in large part from inaccurate media representations of youth crime. This is of little comfort to politicians, who are well aware that the electorate bring to the ballot box not only their knowledge and experience, but their misperceptions and prejudices.

The dissatisfaction that people express with youth justice is real, whether or not it is

3 Youth Crime and Youth Justice

grounded in the realities of current sentencing practice. There has to be some response to these public views. There is a pressing need to improve the quality of information available to the public about crime and justice – and this obviously includes youth crime and youth justice. We do not underestimate the seriousness of problems. Those best placed to inform the public – government researchers and statisticians – have increasingly less credibility in a world that equates Government with “spin”. This puts a particular obligation on reform groups, on academic criminologists and on the youth justice system itself to address public misperceptions. Our findings suggest that the key to doing this is to ensure that people do not lose sight of the essential humanity of young people who have behaved very badly.

Media representations of youth crime focus on violent crimes, and report specific examples of the worst kinds of juvenile offenders. But these are not the cases that appear in youth courts on a daily basis. The public need to be reminded that behind the headlines about “feral rat boys”, there is a large number of young people who have become involved in the criminal justice system as a result of a wide variety of factors, not all of which are under their control.

Finally, there is clearly potential for building on public support for new approaches to sentencing young offenders, including reparation. Like sentencers, the public wants offenders to apologize, to express remorse, to feel remorse and to translate this emotion into some form of practical reparation for the crime victim. The practicalities of putting viable reparative schemes into effect are challenging, but the potential of such schemes is obvious.

References

The full report, Youth crime and youth justice: Public opinion in England and Wales, by Mike Hough and Julian V. Roberts, is published by The Policy Press. Copies are available from:

Mike Hough is Professor of Criminal Policy and Director of the Institute for Criminal Policy Research, School of Law, King's College London. Julian V. Roberts is Professor of Criminology and University Research Chair at the University of Ottawa.

About the survey

The Office of National Statistics (ONS) Omnibus Survey is conducted on a monthly basis. Clients in government departments, universities and private sector organizations purchase blocks of questions posed during a face-to-face interview conducted by professionally trained interviewers that typically lasts for less than an hour. This research made use of the survey conducted in April 2003, purchasing a block of around 30 questions that took around 15 minutes to complete. The questions were asked of 1,692 people aged 16 or over across England and Wales. The response rate for the April 2003 administration was 67%, comparable to the response rates of previous sweeps of the survey.

4

Lynn Wilkinson 2013

Justice and Punishment/Support/Ethical and vunrable Punishments.docx

Short-term prisoner reoffending 'costs economy £10bn'

Prison bars

Prisoners serving less than a year have the highest reoffending rate

Reoffending by thousands of criminals serving short prison terms in England and Wales costs the taxpayer up to £10bn a year, a report has said.

The National Audit Office found many prisoners were spending all day in their cells rather than being engaged in training and rehabilitation.

It added there was also "little evidence" the risk of short-sentence prisoners reoffending had been reduced.

The government said it would take the report's recommendations forward.

Of all those in jail, prisoners serving less than a year have the highest reoffending rates and the most convictions, an average of 16.

Around 60,000 prisoners are jailed for less than 12 months each year, costing taxpayers £300m.

They are mostly convicted of theft and minor violent crimes and at any one time make up nearly one in 10 of prisoners in England and Wales; the prison population is currently about 82,000.

Value for money

Most spend as few as 45 days inside, and are released automatically at the halfway point of their sentence.

But in that time they are not given "appropriate assistance" to help them turn around their lives, the report said.

The NAO found that activities for this group of offenders were "inadequate". About half were not involved in work or courses and spent almost all day in their cells.

The report concludes that short jail terms do not offer value for money. A six-week spell in prison costs £4,500 - £300 more than a highly intensive two-year community order involving unpaid work and rehabilitation schemes.

http://newsimg.bbc.co.uk/shared/img/o.gif

http://newsimg.bbc.co.uk/nol/shared/img/v3/start_quote_rb.gif The revolving door of prison and crime costs the taxpayer billions and does little or nothing to reduce offending http://newsimg.bbc.co.uk/nol/shared/img/v3/end_quote_rb.gif

Juliet Lyon Prison Reform Trust

http://newsimg.bbc.co.uk/nol/shared/img/v3/inline_dashed_line.gif

And overall, with 60% of short-sentenced prisoners committing another crime within a year of getting out, the social and economic cost to the country was between £7bn and £10bn a year.

But John Thornhill, chairman of the Magistrates Association, argued that alternatives to custodial sentences were often simply not available.

He told BBC Radio 5 live: "In my area of Merseyside we have a programme called Intensive Alternative To Custody. Magistrates like using that particular order... but [it] is not available across the country.

"It's only available in six areas and we're told that once the pilot scheme's finished that alternative will not be there."

The president of the Prison Governors Association, Paul Tidball, says magistrates had been criticised for being "so free" with the use of short-term sentences, which did not work.

'Too short'

He told Radio 5 live: "I've heard the Magistrates Association in the past... saying prisons should do more with them [prisoners] while they have them.

"But if you've only got someone for six weeks, there's a limit to what can be done."

He added resources should be concentrated on those at greatest risk of reoffending, and said there should be better investment in communities in the first place to prevent crime.

http://newsimg.bbc.co.uk/shared/img/o.gif

http://newsimg.bbc.co.uk/nol/shared/img/v3/start_quote_rb.gif I'd just get out and carry on from where I left off, playing catch-up, go out, committing crime straight away http://newsimg.bbc.co.uk/nol/shared/img/v3/end_quote_rb.gif

Craig Morrison, former prisoner

Former inmate Craig Morrison called for earlier intervention by therapists and more robust community sentences to tackle problems such as drugs.

He said he spent his short stints in jail scrubbing floors and in the gym.

"It was too short a time to do anything rehabilitative with me. You know, I'd just get out and carry on from where I left off, playing catch-up, go out, committing crime straight away," he told Radio 5 live.

"It sounds messed up but I was quite comfortable where I was. I was brought up in care since 12 and I accepted that was my lot in life.

"I had a moment of clarity - unfortunately it was years down the line. I had to go through years of therapy to realise how messed up my life was."

Overcrowding

The auditors praised the efforts of the National Offender Management Service (NOMS), which runs prisons and probation, in keeping inmates safe - despite overcrowding.

Former Metropolitan Police Commissioner Sir Ian Blair said it was important prisoners who breached bail or committed offences on bail knew they would be sent back inside.

He supported putting more minor offenders to work in the community on "not very pleasant" tasks that had "an element" of rehabilitation, to free more space in jails.

"It certainly doesn't need to be a chain gang, it can be just a high-glow jacket that shows that this is community punishment taking place," he said.

Amyas Morse, head of the NAO, said achieving NOMS' goal of reducing reoffending by short-sentenced prisoners was "challenging" because so many prisoners spent so few weeks inside.

"However, it is reasonable to expect progress towards that goal. More coherent plans for prisoners, tailored to reducing their risk of reoffending, would be a good first step," he said.

Phil Wheatley, director general of the NOMS, said he welcomed the report and would take the recommendations forwards.

'Damning indictment'

Juliet Lyon, director of the Prison Reform Trust, said: "The revolving door of prison and crime costs the taxpayer billions and does little or nothing to reduce offending.

"The evidence is clear that community penalties, treatment for addicts, mental healthcare and sorting out housing and employment all work better than a short prison sentence."

Jon Collins, of the Criminal Justice Alliance, said rather than spending money on a "futile attempt" to make short sentences work, the government should focus on keeping people out of jail to free up space and resources to better rehabilitate those who needed to be inside.

The Tories said the report was a "damning indictment of Labour's prison failure" and pledged to introduce a "rehabilitation revolution".

he real cost of prison

By Kevin Marsh, from insidetime issue May 2009

In 1993, the UK prison population was 51,880. Today it is over 92,400. This trend is set to continue: the government has recently announced an extra £3.8bn to create 20,000 more prison places

In the UK it is estimated that each new prison place costs £119,000 and that the annual average cost for each prisoner exceeds £40,000. Such huge public expenditure should not be spent without question. But where value for money models are widely applied in other state services like healthcare, they have rarely been used to test the value of the criminal justice sector.

An economic approach to assessing the value for money of prison would involve comparing the cost of prison against its benefits. The latter comprise four different effects: the reduced offending as a consequence of incarcerating offenders, rehabilitating offenders, deterring offending, and the value of the sense of justice associated with punishing offenders.

It is reasonable to presume that prison costs more than community-based alternatives. Does this extra cost represent good value for money? Is this higher cost justified by the effect of prison in reducing offending, as well as the possibility that a greater sense of justice may be associated with punitive sentences?

These are the questions Matrix Knowledge Group sought to address in a number of recent pieces of research.

The first of these, The Economic Case For and Against Prison, compared the cost of prison against its rehabilitative and incapacitation effects on re-offending. Using data from the US and the UK from 1996, we measured the net benefit of alternatives to prison. The result? Alternatives to prison seem to deliver a better return on public money.

Residential drug treatment programmes, for example, offer a £200,000 net benefit over prison over the lifetime of an offender. This is because drug treatment programmes are cheaper to run than incarceration systems and because they deliver lower re-offending rates. Similarly, using surveillance instead of cells saves the taxpayer £45,000 per convict.

This research could be used to argue that we simply have to reduce the cost of prison per prisoner to make it deliver value for money. If we cut corners and McDonald's-ise our cells, wouldn't prisons then deliver value for money? Our research suggests not. Investing more in prisons per head actually delivers increased savings in the long run. Because of associated reductions in re-offending rates, prisons which include educational and vocational programmes save society £70,000 for each inmate whilst prison with drug treatment saves £110,000.

The Economic Case For and Against Prison focused on two of the four effects of prison – the reduction in offending associated with incapacitating and rehabilitating offenders. Focusing on just these effects, the research suggests that prison does not represent good value for money. However, this analysis excludes the deterrent effect and justice value associated with prison. Would prison be considered value for money if these effects were included in the analysis?

In a recent article I published in the Howard Journal, in collaboration with Chris Fox of Manchester Metropolitan University and Carol Hedderman of Leicester University, searched the existing evidence base to attempt to answer these questions. The deterrent effect of prison has been the subject of a number of research studies.

However, the findings of these studies are inconclusive. Some studies identify a deterrent effect, while other studies fail to identify an effect. To some extent these differences rest on complicated statistical matters.

However, the jury is still out regarding whether prison has a deterrent effect. Our review only identified one study that could be used to estimate the economic value of the justice associated with a prison sentence. Daniel Nagin, an economist in the US, assessed people’s willingness to pay to fund the provision of two sentence types that produced exactly the same offending outcomes: a two year prison sentence for drug using offenders, and a one year prison sentence with a rehabilitative treatment programme for drug using offenders. He found that people attached a greater value to the rehabilitative programme than the more punitive sentence.

One interpretation of this result is that people value punitive less than rehabilitation. However, much more research is required before this conclusion can be made with any certainty.

The debate for and against prisons has historically focused on the moral, political and social arguments for sentencing. But public money is scarce; we need to make sure that the benefits of our prisons outweigh their costs. Whatever penal policy we decide to pursue, ignoring the economic dimension to this argument is something we can no longer afford to do. The current research suggests that prison is not an efficient use of public resources.

However, further work is required to fill the gaps in the evidence base and to determine in which circumstances and for which offenders prison is and is not value for money.

Kevin Marsh is Head of Economic Evaluation at Matrix Knowledge Group

GLOUCESTER PRISON NOT SAFE SAYS INSPECTORS – Vulnerable prisoners targetted for attack

Nov 21

Posted by prisonsorguk

http://converseprisonnews.files.wordpress.com/2012/11/gloucester.jpg?w=300&h=168

Inspectors who visited a prison in Gloucestershire where concerns had been raised before found that it seemed to have “stood still”, they said in a report published.

Gloucester Prison has many problems to address, said Nick Hardwick, Chief Inspector of Prisons, as he introduced the report of an unannounced inspection.

Inspectors were concerned during their visit in July to find that the environment for vulnerable prisoners at the Category B local prison was poor, and there was evidence that they experienced abuse and intimidation from other prisoners.

Segregated prisoners were not continually supervised, though this was mitigated by low numbers and generally brief stays, while the accommodation was among the poorest in the prison system, and prisoners did not have enough time out of their cells.

There was not enough for prisoners to do and inspectors found well over half of the population locked up during the working day.

Mr Hardwick said in his introduction to the report: “Gloucester is one of the older establishments in the prison system, with a poor infrastructure and situated in a cramped inner-city location.”

He said there were relatively few incidents of recorded violence, despite underdeveloped structures to confront anti-social behaviour, and the incidence of self-harm was similarly low, though there had been two self-inflicted deaths since the last inspection.

But he added: “The treatment of vulnerable prisoners remained a significant concern. The environment where they lived was poor and their regime very limited, and there was evidence that they experienced abuse and intimidation from other prisoners.

“The experience for vulnerable prisoners who had to be held on mainstream locations, if numbers required it, was even worse.

“The treatment of segregated prisoners was similarly concerning – this high-risk group were not even continually supervised, although this was mitigated by low numbers and generally brief stays.”

Why we protect vulnerable prisoners

5th January, 2012 Indigo Jo

Yesterday the two men convicted of murdering the black teenager, Stephen Lawrence, when they were teenagers were jailed “at Her Majesty’s pleasure” (effectively a life sentence), one for a minimum of fourteen years and the other for a minimum of 15, and the story has received extensive newspaper coverage, understandably given its significance in the history of British race relations — it uncovered a systematic racism in the London police and led to the abolition, nine years later, of the “double jeopardy” law which prevented anyone being tried twice for the same crime (the law still exists in the USA although people are sometimes tried on other charges). On two different talk radio stations this morning (Nick Ferrari on LBC and Vanessa Feltz on BBC London), I heard discussion of the “vulnerable prisoner” status the two men would be given, which would result in them being held in segregation (along with sex offenders) to prevent them being attacked by other prisoners. Feltz even invited listeners to discuss whether the use of taxpayers’ money to protect these two was justifiable.

I was shocked that a radio presenter is even asking whether protecting someone from being raped, murdered or otherwise physically harmed is “worth the money”. Mind you, the BBC did air a pre-recorded joke about the possibility of George Michael being raped when he was sent to prison last year (and when I complained, I was told they had to consider everyone’s tastes). One reason they protect vulnerable prisoners is that it is a simple matter of preventing crime, and attacks by self-righteous lags on unpopular prisoners is just as much crime as the act that prompted the victims’ imprisonment. It is not supposed to be a perk of being imprisoned for some crimes (like holding up terrified bank workers or householders with a sawn-off shotgun, for example) that you get to victimise those guilty of lower-class offences.

But another reason is that some people who are sent to prison for sex murders, acts of terrorism and the like are in fact innocent, and it is well-known that some of them have faced the same treatment some members of the public would like to see meted out to Norris and Dobson. These include people like Stephan Kiszko and Stephen Downing, both of whom were now known to be innocent but at the time were believed to be every bit as guilty as Norris and Dobson are. Even prisoners with developmental delay have faced extreme abuse from other prisoners, with one such young woman (featured in an inside-prison TV programme a few years ago) committing suicide because of it.

Of course, some might argue that if we still had the death penalty, we would not need to house men like these at all (although when we did have it, it did not apply to people who were the age Norris and Dobson were at the time of Stephen Lawrence’s murder). However, we would also have put to death people like Kiszko, Downing, the Guildford Four and others who had been framed by unscrupulous police and are now known to be innocent. If we allowed other prisoners to murder the unpopular inmates, prison would become tantamount to the death penalty. I question whether the protection afforded by segregation is significantly more costly than keeping in someone in prison in general: the safety is mostly afforded by spending more time alone under lock and key, and it must be a pretty lonely existence. While it is to be expected that someone might suggest that their protection is not worth the money on a radio phone-in, it is quite unacceptable for the presenter to be suggesting it to their listeners.

Gay prisoners

“A system that punishes gay men twice” The Prison Service’s much-vaunted ‘diversity drive’ has done little to improve the situation of gay prisoners. GT discovers what it’s like for men who are inside and out… By Sally Howard, additional research by Xav Judd The determined handwriting, serried in obedient lines on the tissue-thin, prison-issue paper, belies prisoner VB5461’s broiling anger: “Through GALIPS [HMP’s Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual & Transgender Staff Support Network] the Prison Service cites itself as a Stonewall diversity champion for its commitment to prison officers and other staff,” he writes. “Well the Prison Service may well be supportive of its LGBT staff; but gay prisoners like me see little of this support. The system systematically fails the very people it is supposed to ‘care’ for.” Simon Parks* is a 33-year-old inmate serving a four-year sentence at HMP Stafford, an unlovely, windowless monolith typical of 18th century British gaols. Parks has been aware of his sexuality since the age of 12, but it was only in the seemingly unsympathetic setting of prison that he decided to come out. Reeling from sentencing, Parks was ‘padded-up’ with another gay prisoner who was struggling with the conflict between his own sexuality and the unfettered homophobia of the testosterone-fuelled prison world. “On our first evening in the cell we came out to each other,” he says. “I had never told anyone that I was gay; it felt liberating.” However Parks’ initial exhilaration was short-lived. He goes on to describe his everyday life as one of the handful of out gay men at HMP Stafford: “You have to realise that being in prison is like being in a playground 24 hours a day. If you’re open about your sexuality you become a target. Like all bullies the world over, the bullying is underhand and difficult to challenge. Not one day passes when a comment isn’t made – wood is thrown at me in the workshops, new inmates are told I’m ‘the prison queer’ and most prisoners refuse to use the shower when I’m there because a rumour has been spread that I try to molest men.” However what smarts most, claims Parks, are the jibes from prison staff: “One officer in particular likes to make out he’s ‘one of the lads’ with the thuggish prisoners, and often comes out with disparaging remarks. I’m in VPU [Vulnerable Prisoners’ Unit, otherwise known as Rule 45], so the Racial Equality Officer is on my wing and, as a diversity team member, she should stand my corner. But when I complained to her, she told me that I should keep quiet about my sexuality as it would ‘cause problems’ on the wing. Naturally when I make a complaint to the governor it gets passed straight to her and she does nothing.” The Gay Times regularly receives from gay prisoners that suggest Parks is not unique in his sense of isolation. Many are simple requests for magazines or pen friends (see below for details of our launching Prison Pen-friend scheme), but some read like a cry for help from a bleak mountain. Truly bathetic tales such as that of HMP Nottingham prisoner Tony Bidmead (printed on page one), whose story makes any reader’s heart clench with pity: “I am a very lonely person. I won’t be able to see my partner for another two and a half years, I’ve got no one and I’m basically stuck on one landing. I would like to go to the gym but I’m scared to go as other cons would say I’ve only gone down to willy watch. I’m fed up being called Faggot…Puff…Queer [and] made to feel like an animal and not a human being”. Uli Lenart, of London’s Gay’s the Word independent lesbian and gay bookshop, often finds himself in written correspondence with prison inmates such as Tony Bidmead (change surname if you’re blanking it out). “The gay men who contact me for books via mail order often end up spilling their hearts out to me,” he says. “They feel overwhelmingly alone and often they just want confirmation that there are other men out there who are like them. For many of these men I’m their only contact with gay culture in the outside world. As a gay man I feel it’s my duty to do as much as I can for them, but wonder why official support is so conspicuously absent.” Likewise Parks’ frustration with a system blind to his obvious dis-ease prompted him to reach further in search of support. “I wrote to Stonewall, who tried to reassure me they take the treatment of gay prisoners seriously,” he says in later correspondence, “but a number of letters asking for general information about support to prisoners went unanswered. GALIPs have also been patchy in their responses [GT unsuccessfully attempted to reach a GALIPs representative for comment, despite several attempts]. There is a gay prisoner support group run by prisoners, Real Voices, but I also found them difficult to make contact with. Small prisoner support groups are usually disbanded when the prisoner who sets them up is released, or moved on.” For Park, the most bile-inducing snub came when he attempted to communicate his complaints to the Offender Policy and Rights Unit: “I asked them what their policies were towards gay prisoners and was told: ‘The offender policy and rights unit has a responsibility for gay prisoners, but unfortunately no policy document has yet been formulated specifically to cover this group of prisoners…’” Parks continues: “It’s nice to know that forty years after homosexuality was legalised the Prison Service has come so far!” Elsewhere the Prison Service’s institutional disregard of its responsibility to gay prisoners has darker implications. In a 1997 study, HIV infection rates amongst prisoners were found to be 15 times that of the British population as a whole and hepatitis infections 20 times as prevalent. The report, of course, is outdated, a fact that frustrates those working in AIDS prevention, who have been campaigning for a repeat study for several years. “The government won’t collect data in prisons,” says Sheonaidh Johnston of The National AIDS Trust. “They say that the money is better spent elsewhere and their approach is to estimate numbers of infections based on the number of intravenous drug users. Of course drug users are high risk, but this wholly ignores the existence of gay men.” The issue that most exercises The National AIDS Trust – and the sexually active prisoners who are in correspondence with GT – is condom distribution. “Homophobia and fear of attack mean many men may not want to identify themselves as gay in prison,” says Deborah Jack, Chief Executive of The National AIDS Trust. “Having to go to healthcare, ask for a condom and face questions about your sex life stops some men from getting condoms when they need them. The Department of Health and the Prison Service must do more to ensure men in prison can access condoms privately and discreetly, and protect themselves and their partners.” Prisoners’ stories substantiate the complaint that – where condoms are provided – inmates face the ignominy of questioning and insensitive procedure: “A notice went up in May 2005 that prisoners could request condoms,” says Simon Parks. “It took two letters, many months and an HIV scare on my wing to get hold of any. I was eventually given two condoms with two plastic bags for their disposal. I was told I’d have to return the used condoms in the disposal bag, as the policy was two-for-two and that all applications for condoms would be recorded on my medical file. No lubricants were issued. It’s demeaning. Obviously most guys who aren’t out won’t ask for condoms for fear of being found out.”** “Gay men are a reality and, by pussyfooting around the realities of life, the Prison Service gets mired in admin rather than action,” says Juliet Lyon of the Prison Reform Trust, are also campaigning for greater clarity in policies towards gay prisoners (can you check they want this latter fact referred to Jo?). “One of the main talking points in prisons at the moment is whether prisons are public or private space for the purpose of the national smoking ban; the debate being around whether determining them private space to allow prisoners to smoke has ramifications in the Prison Service condoning gay sex. Frankly, these are not the issues we should be wasting time with.” In Lyon’s mind, the Prison Service’s policies are wilfully myopic: “There’s an ignorance and a lack of resources. Transsexuals, for example, are often held in men’s prisons long on their way to becoming women. Life is not straightforward, but the mechanisms of prison try to make it so – artificially.” This monolinear thinking often results in gay guys being advised to go under Rule 45 protection in Vulnerable Prisoners’ Units (largely peopled by sex offenders and former gang members). But in a 2007 press release Mark Clark, a former prisoner at HMP Wayland who set up the Real Voices support group for gay prisoners, warns against seeing VPU as a panacea. “Although the safety this affords allows prisoners to be themselves, it does nothing to combat the bigotry. Only integration and a zero-tolerance stance on any form of bullying will begin to break down barriers. Just because prisoners gay, they’re not ergo vulnerable… Recognising homosexuality in prison is one thing, but providing equal rights, privileges and opportunities seems beyond the grasp of the current so-called system.” A point echoed by Simon Parks as he signs off the last of his letters written on Her Majesty’s pleasure: “The Prison Service does have equal opportunities policies and is evidently proud that GALIPs is a Stonewall diversity champion but, when it comes to the Prison Service, to quote George Orwell, “all animals are equal but some animals are more equal than others”.’ Woefully out of touch with the realities of 21st century society the Prison Service, indubitably, punishes gay men twice. The Gay Times adds its voice to the rallying cry for the Prison Service to acknowledge, and act upon, its responsibility to gay prisoners. Nathan’s story, HMP Hull “I seem to spend most of my life in prison. When I’m out I break the law and my license conditions and find myself here again. My early family life was unstable, brought up in foster homes around Lincoln and was sexually and physically abused before this by my biological father. But I can’t use my upbringing as an excuse for the mistakes I’ve made in life. Part of my re-offending could be my sexuality – because I’m gay and I like being around all the men in here. Of course there is eye candy here, but I do feel isolated and lonely. I would welcome any letters from Gay Times readers as I want to stop my present self-destructive way of life.” Roger’s story, HMP Lewes “I served a two-month sentence. Eight months were spent in Lewes, a prehistoric prison built in 1853, with a single mattress and pillow on the floor between two of us and a loo in our cell where we sat to eat. It was squalid. The average age of vulnerable prisoners was much older so I didn’t stand out as being old, just for being middle class and gay. The worst thing for me was worrying about those on the out. I was a carer at the time for my 85-year-old mother and worried how she’d cope. For a few months I shared a prison cell with a first-time prisoner from the same sort of background and he had no problem with my sexuality. By the time he was released I had identified, meaning I’d found an ally in another prisoner, a Mister Big. There was a lot of banter against the openly gay guys. The officers were quite keen for one screaming poof called Zsa Zsa to share a cell with another young gay apprentice and they would camp around the whole time. Apart from that, the showers were known to be ‘out of sight out of mind’. There were a couple of rent boys but I didn’t go near them and they weren’t to my taste. The worst part for me was the lack of access to gay magazines; as a vulnerable prisoner I couldn’t have any sent in, although straight men had their cells decorated with lads’ magazine pictures. You could have a newspaper, but that had to be checked. I would recommend to any gay man when he enters prison to ask to be put on the Vulnerable Prisoners’ Wing. It has its limitations but, for an out guy, being in the main nick is living hell.”

Lynn Wilkinson 2013

Justice and Punishment/Support/History of the Judicary.docx

Top of Form

History of the judiciary

When you see a judge or magistrate sitting in court, you are actually looking at the result of 1,000 years of legal evolution.

· An ancient system

· A real ordeal

· Fighting for freedom?

· The earliest judges

· Seeds of change

· The first professional judges and magistrates

· Growth of independence

· The first magistrates’ courts

· Problems with politics

· Moving away from politics

· A risky business

· A new independence…

· When common law failed

· Changes to the system

· The Judicature Act 1873 and after

· The Crown Court is created

· …But still not separate

· Bibliography

An ancient system

When you see a judge or magistrate sitting in court, you are actually looking at the result of 1,000 years of legal evolution.

It’s doubtful that anyone asked to design a justice system would choose to copy the English and Welsh model. It’s contradictory in places, and rather confusing. However, the judiciary is still changing and evolving to meet the needs of our society, and despite its oddities it is widely regarded as one of the best and most independent in the world.

A real ordeal

Justice for the Anglo-Saxons and even after the Norman invasion of 1066 was a combination of local and royal government. Local courts were presided over by a lord or one of his stewards. The King’s court – the Curia Regis – was, initially at least, presided over by the King himself.

Today, going on trial in an English and Welsh court is not exactly a comfortable experience. But it’s far better than trial by ordeal, used until almost the end of the 12th century to determine guilt or innocence in criminal cases.

Under this system, the accused would be forced to pick up a red hot bar of iron, pluck a stone out of a cauldron of boiling water, or something equally painful and dangerous.

If their hand had begun to heal after three days they were considered to have God on their side, thus proving their innocence. The number of ‘not guilty’ verdicts recorded by this system is not known.

Another, extremely popular ‘ordeal’ involved water; the accused would be tied up and thrown into a lake or other body of water. If innocent, he or she would sink.

There were two problems with this method, which was often used to try suspected witches: the accused was tied right thumb to left toe, left thumb to right toe, which made it almost impossible to sink; and opinion is divided as to whether those who did sink were fished out afterwards.

William II (1087-1100) eventually banned trial by ordeal – reportedly because 50 men accused of killing his deer had passed the test – and it was condemned by the Church in 1216.

Fighting for freedom?

Criminal and civil disputes could also be decided by trial by combat, with a win held to prove either innocence or the right to whatever property was being disputed. Either side could employ their own champions, so the system wasn’t perhaps as fair as it might be.

Trial by combat gradually fell into disuse for civil cases, although it wasn’t until someone involved in a dispute in 1818 tried to insist on it that it was realised this was still, technically, an option. Trial by combat was quickly banned, forcing litigants to rely on more conventional routes.

The earliest judges

During this period judges gradually gained independence from the monarch and the government. The very first judges, back in the 12th century, were court officials who had particular experience in advising the King on the settlement of disputes. From that group evolved the justices in eyre, who possessed a mixed administrative and judicial jurisdiction.

The justices in eyre were not, to put it mildly, popular. In fact, they came to be regarded as instruments of oppression.

The seeds of the modern justice system were sown by Henry II (1154-1189), who established a jury of 12 local knights to settle disputes over the ownership of land. When Henry came to the throne, there were just 18 judges in the country – compared to more than 40,000 today.

In 1178, Henry II first chose five members of his personal household – two clergy and three lay - "to hear all the complaints of the realm and to do right”.

This, supervised by the King and “wise men” of the realm, was the origin of the Court of Common Pleas.

Eventually, a new permanent court, the Court of the King’s Bench, evolved, and judicial proceedings before the King came to be seen as separate from proceedings before the King’s Council.

Seeds of change

In 1166, Henry issued a Declaration at the Assize of Clarendon (an assize was an early form of the King´s Council; the term later became the name for a sitting of a court).

The Assize of Clarendon ordered the remaining non-King's Bench judges to travel the country – which was divided into different circuits – deciding cases.

To do this, they would use the laws made by the judges in Westminster, a change that meant many local customs were replaced by new national laws. These national laws applied to everyone and so were common to all. Even today, we know them as the ‘common law’.

The system of judges sitting in London while others travelled round the country became known as the ‘assizes system’. Incredibly, it survived until 1971.

Changes evolved slowly; even in the middle of the 14th century, under Edward III, there could be close collaboration between the Court of King’s Bench and the King’s Council. A third common law court of justice, the Court of Exchequer, eventually emerged as the financial business of the Royal Household was split off to a specialist group of officials.

The first professional judges and magistrates

Martin de Pateshull, Archdeacon of Norfolk and Dean of St Paul’s, became a Justice of the bench in 1217. By the time he died in 1229 he was known as one of the finest lawyers in England; even 60 years after his death, his judgments were being searched for precedents.

Like Martin, many judges of this era were members of the clergy – although this did not necessarily mean they were parish priests, performing services, weddings and christenings. In an era when the church was rich and the King poor, joining the clergy was often just seen as a sensible means of support.

By the middle of the 13th century, knights had begun to join clerics on the bench. The first professional judges were appointed from the order of serjents-at-law. These were advocates who practised in the Court of Common Pleas. Lawrence de Brok, a serjeant, became a judge in 1268, starting the tradition, which lasted until 1875, of serjeants being the group from which judges were chosen.

This was important, because it meant that the judiciary now had real professional experience of the law before moving on to the bench.

Over the years, serjeants were overtaken in popularity by barristers and solicitors, and even today, these are the groups from which the judiciary is appointed.

Growth of independence

During this era bribes and payments were common, but even so, in the middle of the 13th century the judiciary was openly accused of corruption.

In 1346, judges were obliged to swear that "they would in no way accept gift or reward from any party in litigation before them or give advice to any man, great or small, in any action to which the King was a party himself".

Judicial salaries were also increased, possibly to make them less dependent on other forms of income.

This didn’t always help: in 1350 the Chief Justice of the King’s Bench, William de Thorpe, was sentenced to death for bribery (he was later pardoned, but demoted).

The first magistrates’ courts

Meanwhile, a new type of court began to evolve – that which we now recognise as the magistrates’ court. Magistrates' courts hark back to the Anglo-Saxon moot court and the manorial court, but their official birth came in 1285, during the reign of Edward I, when ‘good and lawful men’ were commissioned to keep the King’s peace.

From that point, and continuing today, Justices of the Peace have undertaken the majority of the judicial work carried out in England and Wales (today, about 95 per cent of criminal cases are dealt with by magistrates).

Until the introduction of our modern system of councils in the 19th century, JPs also governed the country at a local level.

Problems with politics

The 14th century saw members of the judiciary still involved in politics to some extent – for example, for ten years, Edward III’s Chancellors were common-law judges.

In 1387, six judges advised Richard II that a parliamentary commission set up to limit his own powers was ‘invalid and traitorous’. They were all impeached, convicted and sentenced to death, although only one was actually executed; the rest were banished to Ireland.

Unsurprisingly, for two centuries after this the judiciary kept almost entirely away from politics.

Moving away from politics

During the turbulent 15th century – the Wars of the Roses – judges stood apart from both Royalists and parliamentarians, and were largely unaffected by the changes in government.

From 1540 onwards, Henry VIII had no judges in his Privy Council. His son Edward VI and daughter Mary I did include judges on their own Privy Councils, but Elizabeth I excluded them for 40 years.

In 1553, Mary I also removed three judges from office, but Elizabeth I made no changes on assuming the throne – although she did remove one later during her reign. The judiciary were becoming separate from the executive. Although it was generally accepted at this time that even the King was subject to the laws of the land, the Reformation added to the sovereign’s powers; the state had taken over the Church's privilege to define the laws of God, and had removed the influence of the Pope as the ultimate arbiter on Earth.

So the King remained principal law-maker, with the judges as interpreters of that law; a potentially uneasy relationship.

Meanwhile, by the Elizabethan and early Stuart periods, assize judges on the six circuits in England were mainly dealing with the most serious crimes not normally handled by the local Quarter Sessions, run by JPs.

They also took a role in local administration, although this was much reduced following the English Civil War.

A risky business

On the face of it, the judiciary was becoming steadily more independent: in 1642, Charles I was forced to agree to the appointment of judges "during good behaviour", and their salaries were raised from under £200 to £1,000 a year in 1645.

On the restoration of the monarchy in 1660, all judges – and there were just 12 at this point, four in each of the common law courts - remained in office.

But in 1668 the system of appointments "during pleasure" was reintroduced, and in the last 11 years of his reign Charles II sacked 11 of his judges. The next king, Charles’s brother James II, sacked 12 in just three years.

This was bound to affect the quality of the judiciary: judges knew very well their jobs were at risk if the sovereign did not like their judgments.

A new independence…

The day after the House of Commons resolved that James II had abdicated, a parliamentary committee drew up Heads of Grievances to be presented to the new King, William III.

This document contained, among other things, items on paying judges’ salaries out of public funds, and preventing judges being removed or suspended from office, “unless by due cause of law”. These grievances eventually appeared in much the same form in the Act of Settlement (1701) and have remained in place ever since.

When common law failed

Mirroring developments in the role and independence of judges were changes to the avenues of redress open to aggrieved parties. The common law system was an improvement on what had gone before, but it was still slow, highly technical – making procedural mistakes that could ruin a case all too likely – and vulnerable to corruption, especially when juries were used.

Fortunately, those who felt they had been failed by the common law system could still petition the King with their grievances.

Gradually, these cases were delegated to the King’s council, and eventually to one individual – the Lord Chancellor.

Because of this, the Lord Chancellor came to be known as the ‘King’s conscience’, and began to preside over his own court, the Court of Chancery. This dealt only with civil disputes, for example property and contract cases, and applied the law of equity – even-handedness or fairness.

By the time of Henry VIII, the Court of Chancery had become a rival to the common law courts.

But as the years went by, the Court of Chancery began to be known for the same problems it had been set up to combat: expense and delay. Also, the Lord Chancellor was free to give whatever ruling he liked in a Chancery court, unbound by the law – which made it almost impossible for lawyers to advise their clients correctly.

Changes to the system

It was not until 1830 that there was any change to the nearly 300-year-old assize courts. By the Law Terms Act of that year, the Court of Great Sessions was abolished and the Welsh counties and Chester were brought into the general circuit system. Shortly afterwards, the new Central Criminal Court was set up, unifying the administration of justice in London and surrounding areas.

In 1856, judges of the Central Criminal Court were also given the right to hear cases outside the court’s ordinary jurisdiction, to ensure a fair trial where local prejudice existed or when it could offer an early trial and so avoid the delay involved in waiting for the next assizes.

County courts, dealing with civil cases, were created under the County Courts Act 1846.

The Judicature Act 1873 and after

In 1873, Parliament passed the Judicature Act which merged common law and equity. Although one of the Divisions of the High Court is still called Chancery, all courts could now administer both equity and common law – with equity to reign supreme in any dispute.

The same Act established the High Court and the Court of Appeal and provided a right of appeal in civil cases to the Court of Appeal. Criminal appeal rights remained limited until the establishment of a Court of Criminal Appeal under the Criminal Appeal Act 1907.

The Court of Criminal Appeal sat for nearly 60 years, until its existence as a separate body was ended by the Criminal Appeal Act 1966. Its jurisdiction passed to the Court of Appeal.

The Crown Court is created

Crown Courts as we know them today were not actually established until 1956, and then only in Liverpool and Manchester. These courts also took over the quarter sessions work in their cities.

The Royal Commission on Assizes and Quarter Sessions, 1966-1969, led to the abolition of courts of assize and quarter sessions and the establishment of a new Crown Court to deal with business from both, under the terms of the Courts Act 1971.

…But still not separate

Hundreds of years of evolution may have resulted in an independent judiciary – but that doesn’t mean they were entirely separated from government. Chief Justice Lord Mansfield was in the Cabinet between 1757 and 1765, for example and more recently Lord Cave was Home Secretary for a couple of months at the end of the First World War when he was also a serving Lord of Appeal in Ordinary, or Law Lord.

And until 2006, the Lord Chancellor was part of the executive, the legislature and the judiciary. The Lord Chancellor’s role changed drastically on April 3 2006 as a result of the Constitutional Reform Act 2005. This latest major change to affect the judiciary has been described as the most significant since Magna Carta. The Act establishes the Lord Chief Justice as President of the Courts of England and Wales and Head of its Judiciary, a role previously performed by the Lord Chancellor. For the first time an express statutory duty is placed on the Lord Chancellor and other Ministers of the Crown to protect the independence of the judiciary. For the first time in its 1,000-year history, the judiciary is officially recognised as a fully independent branch of the government.

Bibliography

Geoffrey Rivlin, Understanding the Law, Oxford, 2004 Theodore FT Plucknett, A Concise History of the Common Law, Butterworth & Co, 1956 Judy Hodgson (ed), The English Legal Heritage, Oyez Publishing, 1979

Further reading

On 26 July 2007 the House of Lords’ Select Committee on the Constitution published a report, Relations between the executive, the judiciary and Parliament . The judiciary’s response was sent to the Committee on 18 October 2007.

Bottom of Form

Justice and Punishment/Support/Introduction to capital punishment 2018.docx

Introduction to capital punishment Debate 2018

HNC 2015 Module 14

Capital punishment is the practice of executing someone as punishment for a specific crime after a proper legal trial.

It can only be used by a state, so when non-state organisations speak of having 'executed' a person they have actually committed a murder.

It is usually only used as a punishment for particularly serious types of murder, but in some countries treason, types of fraud, adultery and rape are capital crimes.

The phrase 'capital punishment' comes from the Latin word for the head. A 'corporal' punishment, such as flogging, takes its name from the Latin word for the body.

Capital punishment is used in many countries around the world. According to Amnesty International as at May 2012, 141 countries have abolished the death penalty either in law on in practice. Source: Amnesty

In 2008, there was a growing reluctance among those countries that do retain the death penalty to use it in practice. In 2008, only 25 out of 59 countries that retain the death penalty carried out executions.

Amnesty International, March 2009

China executes the most people per year overall, with an estimated figure of 1,718 in 2008. Amnesty International also states that in 2008 Iran executed at least 346 people, the USA 111, Saudi Arabia 102 and Pakistan 36.

Details of which countries are abolitionist and which are receptionist can be found on the Amnesty website.

In China, at least 1,718 people were executed and at least 7,003 people were known to have been sentenced to death in 2008. These figures represent minimum estimates - real figures are undoubtedly higher. However, the continued refusal by the Chinese authorities to release public information on the use of the death penalty means that in China the death penalty remains shrouded in secrecy.

Amnesty International, March 2009

There is now steadily increasing support for abolishing capital punishment.

On 18 December 2008, the United Nations adopted resolution 63/168, which is a reaffirmation of its call for a moratorium on the use of the death penalty (62/149) passed in December the previous year. The resolution calls for states to freeze executions with a view to eventual abolition.

The World Coalition against the Death Penalty was created in Rome in 2002, and 10th October 2006 was World Day against the Death Penalty.

Retribution

First a reminder of the basic argument behind retribution and punishment:

· all guilty people deserve to be punished

· only guilty people deserve to be punished

· guilty people deserve to be punished in proportion to the severity of their crime

This argument states that real justice requires people to suffer for their wrongdoing, and to suffer in a way appropriate for the crime. Each criminal should get what their crime deserves and in the case of a murderer what their crime deserves is death.

The measure of punishment in a given case must depend upon the atrocity of the crime, the conduct of the criminal and the defenceless and unprotected state of the victim.

Imposition of appropriate punishment is the manner in which the courts respond to the society's cry for justice against the criminals.

Justice demands that courts should impose punishment befitting the crime so that the courts reflect public abhorrence of the crime.

Justices A.S. Anand and N.P. Singh, Supreme Court of India, in the case of Dhananjoy Chatterjee

Many people find that this argument fits with their inherent sense of justice.

It's often supported with the argument "An eye for an eye". But to argue like that demonstrates a complete misunderstanding of what that Old Testament phrase actually means. In fact the Old Testament meaning of "an eye for an eye" is that only the guilty should be punished, and they should punished neither too leniently or too severely.

The arguments against retribution

· Capital punishment is vengeance rather than retribution and, as such, is a morally dubious concept

· The anticipatory suffering of the criminal, who may be kept on death row for many years, makes the punishment more severe than just depriving the criminal of life

· That's certainly true in the USA, but delay is not an inherent feature of capital punishment; some countries execute people within days of sentencing them to death

Some people are prepared to argue against retribution as a concept, even when applied fairly.

Deterrence

Capital punishment is often justified with the argument that by executing convicted murderers, we will deter would-be murderers from killing people.

The arguments against deterrence

· The statistical evidence doesn't confirm that deterrence works (but it doesn't show that deterrence doesn't work either)

· Some of those executed may not have been capable of being deterred because of mental illness or defect

· Some capital crimes are committed in such an emotional state that the perpetrator did not think about the possible consequences

· No-one knows whether the death penalty deters more than life imprisonment

Deterrence is most effective when the punishment happens soon after the crime - to make an analogy, a child learns not to put their finger in the fire, because the consequence is instant pain.

The more the legal process distances the punishment from the crime - either in time, or certainty - the less effective a deterrent the punishment will probably be.

Cardinal Avery Dulles has pointed out another problem with the deterrence argument.

Executions, especially where they are painful, humiliating, and public, may create a sense of horror that would prevent others from being tempted to commit similar crimes...

...In our day death is usually administered in private by relatively painless means, such as injections of drugs, and to that extent it may be less effective as a deterrent. Sociological evidence on the deterrent effect of the death penalty as currently practiced is ambiguous, conflicting, and far from probative.

Avery Cardinal Dulles, Catholicism and Capital Punishment, First Things 2001

Some proponents of capital punishment argue that capital punishment is beneficial even if it has no deterrent effect.

If we execute murderers and there is in fact no deterrent effect, we have killed a bunch of murderers. If we fail to execute murderers, and doing so would in fact have deterred other murders, we have allowed the killing of a bunch of innocent victims. I would much rather risk the former. This, to me, is not a tough call.

John McAdams: Marquette University, Department of Political Science

Rehabilitation

Of course capital punishment doesn't rehabilitate the prisoner and return them to society. But there are many examples of persons condemned to death taking the opportunity of the time before execution to repent, express remorse, and very often experience profound spiritual rehabilitation.

Thomas Aquinas noted that by accepting the punishment of death, the offender was able to expiate his evil deeds and so escape punishment in the next life.

This is not an argument in favour of capital punishment, but it demonstrates that the death penalty can lead to some forms of rehabilitation.

Prevention of re-offending

It is undeniable that those who are executed cannot commit further crimes.

Many people don't think that this is sufficient justification for taking human life, and argue that there are other ways to ensure the offenders do not re-offend, such as imprisonment for life without possibility of parole.

Although there have been cases of persons escaping from prison and killing again, these are extremely rare.

But some people don't believe that life imprisonment without parole protects society adequately. The offender may no longer be a danger to the public, but he remains a danger to prison staff and other inmates. Execution would remove that danger.

Closure and vindication

It is often argued that the death penalty provides closure for victims' families.

This is a rather flimsy argument, because every family reacts differently. As some families do not feel that another death will provide closure, the argument doesn't provide a justification for capital punishment as a whole.

Incentive to help police

Plea bargaining is used in most countries. It's the process through which a criminal gets a reduced sentence in exchange for providing help to the police.

Where the possible sentence is death, the prisoner has the strongest possible incentive to try to get their sentence reduced, even to life imprisonment without possibility of parole, and it's argued that capital punishment therefore gives a useful tool to the police.

This is a very feeble justification for capital punishment, and is rather similar to arguments that torture is justified because it would be a useful police tool.

A Japanese argument

This is a rather quirky argument, and not normally put forward.

Japan uses the death penalty sparingly, executing approximately 3 prisoners per year.

A unique justification for keeping capital punishment has been put forward by some Japanese psychologists who argue that it has an important psychological part to play in the life of the Japanese, who live under severe stress and pressure in the workplace.

The argument goes that the death penalty reinforces the belief that bad things happen to those who deserve it. This reinforces the contrary belief; that good things will happen to those who are 'good'.

In this way, the existence of capital punishment provides a psychological release from conformity and overwork by reinforcing the hope that there will be a reward in due time.

Oddly, this argument seems to be backed up by Japanese public opinion. Those who are in favour currently comprise 81% of the population, or that is the official statistic. Nonetheless there is also a small but increasingly vociferous abolitionist movement in Japan.

From an ethical point of view this is the totally consequentialist argument that if executing a few people will lead to an aggregate increase in happiness then that is a good thing.

Retribution

First a reminder of the basic argument behind retribution and punishment:

· all guilty people deserve to be punished

· only guilty people deserve to be punished

· guilty people deserve to be punished in proportion to the severity of their crime

This argument states that real justice requires people to suffer for their wrongdoing, and to suffer in a way appropriate for the crime. Each criminal should get what their crime deserves and in the case of a murderer what their crime deserves is death.

The measure of punishment in a given case must depend upon the atrocity of the crime, the conduct of the criminal and the defenceless and unprotected state of the victim.

Imposition of appropriate punishment is the manner in which the courts respond to the society's cry for justice against the criminals.

Justice demands that courts should impose punishment befitting the crime so that the courts reflect public abhorrence of the crime.

Justices A.S. Anand and N.P. Singh, Supreme Court of India, in the case of Dhananjoy Chatterjee

Many people find that this argument fits with their inherent sense of justice.

It's often supported with the argument "An eye for an eye". But to argue like that demonstrates a complete misunderstanding of what that Old Testament phrase actually means. In fact the Old Testament meaning of "an eye for an eye" is that only the guilty should be punished, and they should punished neither too leniently or too severely.

The arguments against retribution

· Capital punishment is vengeance rather than retribution and, as such, is a morally dubious concept

· The anticipatory suffering of the criminal, who may be kept on death row for many years, makes the punishment more severe than just depriving the criminal of life

· That's certainly true in the USA, but delay is not an inherent feature of capital punishment; some countries execute people within days of sentencing them to death

Some people are prepared to argue against retribution as a concept, even when applied fairly.

Deterrence

Capital punishment is often justified with the argument that by executing convicted murderers, we will deter would-be murderers from killing people.

The arguments against deterrence

· The statistical evidence doesn't confirm that deterrence works (but it doesn't show that deterrence doesn't work either)

· Some of those executed may not have been capable of being deterred because of mental illness or defect

· Some capital crimes are committed in such an emotional state that the perpetrator did not think about the possible consequences

· No-one knows whether the death penalty deters more than life imprisonment

Deterrence is most effective when the punishment happens soon after the crime - to make an analogy, a child learns not to put their finger in the fire, because the consequence is instant pain.

The more the legal process distances the punishment from the crime - either in time, or certainty - the less effective a deterrent the punishment will probably be.

Cardinal Avery Dulles has pointed out another problem with the deterrence argument.

Executions, especially where they are painful, humiliating, and public, may create a sense of horror that would prevent others from being tempted to commit similar crimes...

...In our day death is usually administered in private by relatively painless means, such as injections of drugs, and to that extent it may be less effective as a deterrent. Sociological evidence on the deterrent effect of the death penalty as currently practiced is ambiguous, conflicting, and far from probative.

Avery Cardinal Dulles, Catholicism and Capital Punishment, First Things 2001

Some proponents of capital punishment argue that capital punishment is beneficial even if it has no deterrent effect.

If we execute murderers and there is in fact no deterrent effect, we have killed a bunch of murderers. If we fail to execute murderers, and doing so would in fact have deterred other murders, we have allowed the killing of a bunch of innocent victims. I would much rather risk the former. This, to me, is not a tough call.

John McAdams: Marquette University, Department of Political Science

Rehabilitation

Of course capital punishment doesn't rehabilitate the prisoner and return them to society. But there are many examples of persons condemned to death taking the opportunity of the time before execution to repent, express remorse, and very often experience profound spiritual rehabilitation.

Thomas Aquinas noted that by accepting the punishment of death, the offender was able to expiate his evil deeds and so escape punishment in the next life.

This is not an argument in favour of capital punishment, but it demonstrates that the death penalty can lead to some forms of rehabilitation.

Prevention of re-offending

It is undeniable that those who are executed cannot commit further crimes.

Many people don't think that this is sufficient justification for taking human life, and argue that there are other ways to ensure the offenders do not re-offend, such as imprisonment for life without possibility of parole.

Although there have been cases of persons escaping from prison and killing again, these are extremely rare.

But some people don't believe that life imprisonment without parole protects society adequately. The offender may no longer be a danger to the public, but he remains a danger to prison staff and other inmates. Execution would remove that danger.

Closure and vindication

It is often argued that the death penalty provides closure for victims' families.

This is a rather flimsy argument, because every family reacts differently. As some families do not feel that another death will provide closure, the argument doesn't provide a justification for capital punishment as a whole.

Incentive to help police

Plea bargaining is used in most countries. It's the process through which a criminal gets a reduced sentence in exchange for providing help to the police.

Where the possible sentence is death, the prisoner has the strongest possible incentive to try to get their sentence reduced, even to life imprisonment without possibility of parole, and it's argued that capital punishment therefore gives a useful tool to the police.

This is a very feeble justification for capital punishment, and is rather similar to arguments that torture is justified because it would be a useful police tool.

A Japanese argument

This is a rather quirky argument, and not normally put forward.

Japan uses the death penalty sparingly, executing approximately 3 prisoners per year.

A unique justification for keeping capital punishment has been put forward by some Japanese psychologists who argue that it has an important psychological part to play in the life of the Japanese, who live under severe stress and pressure in the workplace.

The argument goes that the death penalty reinforces the belief that bad things happen to those who deserve it. This reinforces the contrary belief; that good things will happen to those who are 'good'.

In this way, the existence of capital punishment provides a psychological release from conformity and overwork by reinforcing the hope that there will be a reward in due time.

Oddly, this argument seems to be backed up by Japanese public opinion. Those who are in favour currently comprise 81% of the population, or that is the official statistic. Nonetheless there is also a small but increasingly vociferous abolitionist movement in Japan.

From an ethical point of view this is the totally consequentialist argument that if executing a few people will lead to an aggregate increase in happiness then that is a good thing.

Value of human life

Everyone thinks human life is valuable. Some of those against capital punishment believe that human life is so valuable that even the worst murderers should not be deprived of the value of their lives.

They believe that the value of the offender's life cannot be destroyed by the offender's bad conduct - even if they have killed someone.

Some abolitionists don't go that far. They say that life should be preserved unless there is a very good reason not to, and that the those who are in favour of capital punishment are the ones who have to justify their position.

Right to live

Everyone has an inalienable human right to life, even those who commit murder; sentencing a person to death and executing them violates that right.

This is very similar to the 'value of life' argument, but approached from the perspective of human rights.

The counter-argument is that a person can, by their actions, forfeit human rights, and that murderers forfeit their right to life.

Another example will make this clear - a person forfeits their right to life if they start a murderous attack and the only way the victim can save their own life is by killing the attacker.

The medieval philosopher and theologian Thomas Aquinas made this point very clearly:

Therefore if any man is dangerous to the community and is subverting it by some sin, the treatment to be commended is his execution in order to preserve the common good... Therefore to kill a man who retains his natural worthiness is intrinsically evil, although it may be justifiable to kill a sinner just as it is to kill a beast, for, as Aristotle points out, an evil man is worse than a beast and more harmful.

Thomas Aquinas, Summa theologiae

Aquinas is saying that certain contexts change a bad act (killing) into a good act (killing to repair the violation of justice done by the person killed, and killing a person who has forfeited their natural worthiness by killing).

Execution of the innocent

The most common and most cogent argument against capital punishment is that sooner or later, innocent people will get killed, because of mistakes or flaws in the justice system.

Witnesses, (where they are part of the process), prosecutors and jurors can all make mistakes. When this is coupled with flaws in the system it is inevitable that innocent people will be convicted of crimes. Where capital punishment is used such mistakes cannot be put right.

The death penalty legitimizes an irreversible act of violence by the state and will inevitably claim innocent victims. As long as human justice remains fallible, the risk of executing the innocent can never be eliminated

Amnesty International

There is ample evidence that such mistakes are possible: in the USA, 130 people sentenced to death have been found innocent since 1973 and released from death row. Source: Amnesty

The average time on death row before these exonerations was 11 years. Source: Death Penalty Information Center

Things were made worse in the USA when the Supreme Court refused to hold explicitly that the execution of a defendant in the face of significant evidence of innocence would be unconstitutional [Herrera v. Collins, 560 U.S. 390 (1993)]. However many US lawyers believe that in practice the court would not permit an execution in a case demonstrating persuasive evidence of "actual innocence".

The continuous threat of execution makes the ordeal of those wrongly convicted particularly horrible.

Retribution is wrong

Many people believe that retribution is morally flawed and problematic in concept and practice.

We cannot teach that killing is wrong by killing.

U.S. Catholic Conference

To take a life when a life has been lost is revenge, it is not justice.

Attributed to Archbishop Desmond Tutu

Vengeance

The main argument that retribution is immoral is that it is just a sanitised form of vengeance. Scenes of howling mobs attacking prison vans containing those accused of murder on their way to and from court, or chanting aggressively outside prisons when an offender is being executed, suggest that vengeance remains a major ingredient in the public popularity of capital punishment.

But just retribution, designed to re-establish justice, can easily be distinguished from vengeance and vindictiveness.

In any case, is vengeance necessarily a bad thing?

The Victorian legal philosopher James Fitzjames Stephens thought vengeance was an acceptable justification for punishment. Punishment, he thought, should be inflicted:

for the sake of ratifying the feeling of hatred-call it revenge, resentment, or what you will-which the contemplation of such [offensive] conduct excites in healthily constituted minds.

Sir James Fitzjames Stephens, Liberty, Equality, Fraternity

Retribution and the innocent

But the issue of the execution of innocent persons is also a problem for the retribution argument - if there is a serious risk of executing the innocent then one of the key principles of retribution - that people should get what they deserve (and therefore only what they deserve) - is violated by the current implementation of capital punishment in the USA, and any other country where errors have taken place.

Uniqueness of the death penalty

It's argued that retribution is used in a unique way in the case of the death penalty. Crimes other than murder do not receive a punishment that mimics the crime - for example rapists are not punished by sexual assault, and people guilty of assault are not ceremonially beaten up.

Camus and Dostoevsky argued that the retribution in the case of the death penalty was not fair, because the anticipatory suffering of the criminal before execution would probably outweigh the anticipatory suffering of the victim of their crime.

Others argue that the retribution argument is flawed because the death penalty delivers a 'double punishment'; that of the execution and the preceding wait, and this is a mismatch to the crime.

Many offenders are kept 'waiting' on death row for a very long time; in the USA the average wait is 10 years. Source: Death Penalty Information Center

In Japan, the accused are only informed of their execution moments before it is scheduled. The result of this is that each day of their life is lived as if it was their last.

Capital punishment is not operated retributively

Some lawyers argue that capital punishment is not really used as retribution for murder, or even consistently for a particular kind of murder.

They argue that, in the USA at least, only a small minority of murderers are actually executed, and that imposition of capital punishment on a "capriciously selected random handful" of offenders does not amount to a consistent programme of retribution.

Since capital punishment is not operated retributively, it is inappropriate to use retribution to justify capital punishment.

This argument would have no value in a society that applied the death penalty consistently for particular types of murder.

Capital punishment is not retribution enough

Some people who believe in the notion of retribution are against capital punishment because they feel the death penalty provides insufficient retribution. They argue that life imprisonment without possibility of parole causes much more suffering to the offender than a painless death after a short period of imprisonment.

Another example is the planner of a suicide bombing - execution might make that person a martyr, and therefore would be a lesser retribution than life imprisonment.

Failure to deter

The death penalty doesn't seem to deter people from committing serious violent crimes. The thing that deters is the likelihood of being caught and punished.

The general consensus among social scientists is that the deterrent effect of the death penalty is at best unproven.

In 1988 a survey was conducted for the UN to determine the relation between the death penalty and homicide rates. This was then updated in 1996. It concluded:

...research has failed to provide scientific proof that executions have a greater deterrent effect than life imprisonment. Such proof is unlikely to be forthcoming. The evidence as a whole still gives no positive support to the deterrent hypothesis.

The key to real and true deterrence is to increase the likelihood of detection, arrest and conviction.

The death penalty is a harsh punishment, but it is not harsh on crime.

Amnesty International

NB: It's actually impossible to test the deterrent effect of a punishment in a rigorous way, as to do so would require knowing how many murders would have been committed in a particular state if the law had been different during the same time period.

Deterrence is a morally flawed concept

Even if capital punishment did act as a deterrent, is it acceptable for someone to pay for the predicted future crimes of others?

Some people argue that one may as well punish innocent people; it will have the same effect.

This isn't true - if people are randomly picked up off the street and punished as scapegoats the only consequence is likely to be that the public will be frightened to go out.

To make a scapegoat scheme effective it would be necessary to go through the appearance of a legitimate legal process and to present evidence which convinced the public that the person being punished deserved their punishment.

While some societies have operated their legal systems on the basis of fictional evidence and confessions extracted by torture, the ethical objections to such a system are sufficient to render the argument in the second paragraph pointless.

Brutalising society

Brutalising individuals

Statistics show that the death penalty leads to a brutalisation of society and an increase in murder rate. In the USA, more murders take place in states where capital punishment is allowed. In 2010, the murder rate in states where the death penalty has been abolished was 4.01 per cent per 100,000 people. In states where the death penalty is used, the figure was 5.00 per cent. These calculations are based on figures from the FBI. The gap between death penalty states and non-death penalty states rose considerably from 4 per cent difference in 1990 to 25 per cent in 2010. Source: FBI Uniform Crime Report, from Death Penalty Information Center

Disturbed individuals may be angered and thus more likely to commit murder.

It is also linked to increased number of police officers murdered.

Brutalising the state

Capital punishment may brutalise society in a different and even more fundamental way, one that has implications for the state's relationship with all citizens.

...the state's power deliberately to destroy innocuous (though guilty) life is a manifestation of the hidden wish that the state be allowed to do anything it pleases with life.

George Kateb, The Inner Ocean 1992

Brutalising the law

Capital punishment is said to produce an unacceptable link between the law and violence.

But in many ways the law is inevitably linked with violence - it punishes violent crimes, and it uses punishments that 'violently' restrict human freedoms. And philosophically the law is always involved with violence in that its function includes preserving an ordered society from violent events.

Nonetheless, a strong case can be made that legal violence is clearly different from criminal violence, and that when it is used, it is used in a way that everyone can see is fair and logical.

Capital punishment 'lowers the tone' of society

Civilised societies do not tolerate torture, even if it can be shown that torture may deter, or produce other good effects.

In the same way many people feel that the death penalty is an inappropriate for a modern civilised society to respond to even the most dreadful crimes.

The murder that is depicted as a horrible crime is repeated in cold blood, remorselessly

Beccaria, C. de, Traité des Délits et des Peines, 1764

Because most countries - but not all - do not execute people publicly, capital punishment is not a degrading public spectacle. But it is still a media circus, receiving great publicity, so that the public are well aware of what is being done on their behalf.

However this media circus takes over the spectacle of public execution in teaching the public lessons about justice, retribution, and personal responsibility for one's own actions.

Expense

In the USA capital punishment costs a great deal.

For example, the cost of convicting and executing Timothy McVeigh for the Oklahoma City Bombing was over $13 million.

In New York and New Jersey, the high costs of capital punishment were one factor in those states' decisions to abandon the death penalty. New York spent about $170 million over 9 years and had no executions. New Jersey spent $253 million over a 25-year period and also had no executions. Source: Death Penalty Information Center

In countries with a less costly and lengthy appeals procedure, capital punishment seems like a much cheaper option than long-term imprisonment.

Counter-arguments

Those in favour of capital punishment counter with these two arguments:

· It is a fallacy that capital punishment costs more than life without parole

· Justice cannot be thought of in financial terms

People not responsible for their acts

This is not an argument against capital punishment itself, but against applying it wrongly.

Some countries, including the USA, have executed people proven to be insane.

It's generally accepted that people should not be punished for their actions unless they have a guilty mind - which requires them to know what they are doing and that it's wrong.

Therefore people who are insane should not be convicted, let alone executed. This doesn't prevent insane people who have done terrible things being confined in secure mental institutions, but this is done for public safety, not to punish the insane person.

To put it more formally: it is wrong to impose capital punishment on those who have at best a marginal capacity for deliberation and for moral agency.

A more difficult moral problem arises in the case of offenders who were sane at the time of their crime and trial but who develop signs of insanity before execution.

Applied unfairly

There has been much concern in the USA that flaws in the judicial system make capital punishment unfair.

One US Supreme Court Justice (who had originally supported the death penalty) eventually came to the conclusion that capital punishment was bound to damage the cause of justice:

The death penalty remains fraught with arbitrariness, discrimination, caprice, and mistake ... Experience has taught us that the constitutional goal of eliminating arbitrariness and discrimination from the administration of death ... can never be achieved without compromising an equally essential component of fundamental fairness - individualized sentencing.

Justice Harry Blackmun, United States Supreme Court, 1994

Jurors

Jurors in many US death penalty cases must be 'death eligible'. This means the prospective juror must be willing to convict the accused knowing that a sentence of death is a possibility.

This results in a jury biased in favour of the death penalty, since no one who opposes the death penalty is likely to be accepted as a juror.

Lawyers

There's much concern in the USA that the legal system doesn't always provide poor accused people with good lawyers.

Out of all offenders who are sentenced to death, three quarters of those who are allocated a legal aid lawyer can expect execution, a figure that drops to a quarter if the defendant could afford to pay for a lawyer.

Cruel, inhumane, degrading

Regardless of the moral status of capital punishment, some argue that all ways of executing people cause so much suffering to the condemned person that they amount to torture and are wrong.

Many methods of execution are quite obviously likely to cause enormous suffering, such as execution by lethal gas, electrocution or strangulation.

Other methods have been abandoned because they were thought to be barbaric, or because they forced the executioner to be too 'hands-on'. These include firing squads and beheading.

Lethal injection

Many countries that use capital punishment have now adopted lethal injection, because it's thought to be less cruel for the offender and less brutalising for the executioner.

Those against capital punishment believe this method has serious moral flaws and should be abandoned.

The first flaw is that it requires medical personnel being directly involved in killing (rather than just checking that the execution has terminated life). This is a fundamental contravention of medical ethics.

The second flaw is that research in April 2005 showed that lethal injection is not nearly as 'humane' as had been thought. Post mortem findings indicated that levels of anaesthetic found in offenders were consistent with wakefulness and the ability to experience pain.

Unnecessary

This is really more of a political argument than an ethical one. It's based on the political principle that a state should fulfil its obligations in the least invasive, harmful and restrictive way possible.

· The state does have an obligation to punish crime, as a means to preserve an orderly and contented society, but it should do so in the least harmful way possible

· Capital punishment is the most harmful punishment available, so the state should only use it if no less harmful punishment is suitable

· Other punishments will always enable the state to fulfil its objective of punishing crime appropriately

· Therefore the state should not use capital punishment

Most people will not want to argue with clauses 1 and 2, so this structure does have the benefit of focussing attention on the real point of contention - the usefulness of non-capital punishments in the case of murder.

One way of settling the issue is to see whether states that don't use capital punishment have been able to find other punishments that enable the state to punish murderers in such a ways as to preserve an orderly and contented society. If such states exist then capital punishment is unnecessary and should be abolished as overly harmful.

Free will

The idea that we must be punished for any act of wrongdoing, whatever its nature, relies upon a belief in human free will and a person's ability to be responsible for their own actions.

If one does not believe in free will, the question of whether it is moral to carry out any kind of punishment (and conversely reward) arises.

Arthur Koestler and Clarence Darrow argued that human beings never act freely and thus should not be punished for even the most horrific crimes.

The latter went on to argue for the abolition of punishment altogether, an idea which most people would find problematic.

Buddhism and capital punishment

Because Buddhism exists in many forms, under many organisations, there is no unified Buddhist policy on capital punishment.

In terms of doctrine the death penalty is clearly inconsistent with Buddhist teaching. Buddhists place great emphasis on non-violence and compassion for all life. The First Precept requires individuals to abstain from injuring or killing any living creature.

The Buddha did not explicitly speak about capital punishment, but his teachings show no sympathy for physical punishment, no matter how bad the crime.

An action, even if it brings benefit to oneself, cannot be considered a good action if it causes physical and mental pain to another being.

The Buddha

If a person foolishly does me wrong, I will return to him the protection of my boundless love. The more evil that comes from him, the more good will go from me.

The Buddha

Buddhism and punishment

Buddhism believes fundamentally in the cycle of birth and re-birth (Samsara) and teaches that if capital punishment is administered it will have compromising effects on the souls of both offender and the punisher in future incarnations.

As far as punishment in this world is concerned, Buddhism has strong views:

· inhumane treatment of an offender does not solve their misdeeds or those of humanity in general - the best approach to an offender is reformatory rather than punitive

· punishment should only be to the extent to which the offender needs to make amends, and his rehabilitation into society should be of paramount importance

· punishing an offender with excessive cruelty will injure not just the offender's mind, but also the mind of the person doing the punishing

· it is impossible to administer severe punishment with composure and compassion

· if the crime is particularly serious, the person may be banished from the community or country

Buddhist countries and capital punishment

Despite these teachings several countries with substantial Buddhist populations retain the death penalty, and some of them, for example Thailand, continue to use it.

These are no states that have Buddhism as their official religion.

Alarid and Wang (see below) suggest that this apparent paradox partly stems from the difference between popular and monastic Buddhism. The majority of lay Buddhists in these countries follow Buddhist practices and are entirely sincere in their commitment, but "the genuine study of Buddhism, its rituals, and carryover to daily life is superficial for most Buddhist followers."

Other reasons Buddhist countries retain the death penalty are:

· belief by politicians that capital punishment is necessary for retribution, cultural customs, or for deterrence value

· a long tradition of capital punishment in a particular country

· keeping order in society is seen as more important than Buddha's teaching

· reaction to long periods of political unrest or economic instability

Reference: Material in this sub-section is largely taken from Mercy and Punishment: Buddhism and the Death Penalty; Alarid and Wang

The Debate question is:

A. What circumstances demand the death penalty?

B. Is Judicial Killing right?

C. Free Vote.

Lynn Wilkinson 2015 Page 1

Justice and Punishment/Support/Introduction to capital punishment.docx

Introduction to capital punishment Debate 2014

HNC 2014 Module 14

Capital punishment is the practice of executing someone as punishment for a specific crime after a proper legal trial.

It can only be used by a state, so when non-state organisations speak of having 'executed' a person they have actually committed a murder.

It is usually only used as a punishment for particularly serious types of murder, but in some countries treason, types of fraud, adultery and rape are capital crimes.

The phrase 'capital punishment' comes from the Latin word for the head. A 'corporal' punishment, such as flogging, takes its name from the Latin word for the body.

Capital punishment is used in many countries around the world. According to Amnesty International as at May 2012, 141 countries have abolished the death penalty either in law on in practice. Source: Amnesty

In 2008, there was a growing reluctance among those countries that do retain the death penalty to use it in practice. In 2008, only 25 out of 59 countries that retain the death penalty carried out executions.

Amnesty International, March 2009

China executes the most people per year overall, with an estimated figure of 1,718 in 2008. Amnesty International also states that in 2008 Iran executed at least 346 people, the USA 111, Saudi Arabia 102 and Pakistan 36.

Details of which countries are abolitionist and which are receptionist can be found on the Amnesty website.

In China, at least 1,718 people were executed and at least 7,003 people were known to have been sentenced to death in 2008. These figures represent minimum estimates - real figures are undoubtedly higher. However, the continued refusal by the Chinese authorities to release public information on the use of the death penalty means that in China the death penalty remains shrouded in secrecy.

Amnesty International, March 2009

There is now steadily increasing support for abolishing capital punishment.

On 18 December 2008, the United Nations adopted resolution 63/168, which is a reaffirmation of its call for a moratorium on the use of the death penalty (62/149) passed in December the previous year. The resolution calls for states to freeze executions with a view to eventual abolition.

The World Coalition against the Death Penalty was created in Rome in 2002, and 10th October 2006 was World Day against the Death Penalty.

Retribution

First a reminder of the basic argument behind retribution and punishment:

· all guilty people deserve to be punished

· only guilty people deserve to be punished

· guilty people deserve to be punished in proportion to the severity of their crime

This argument states that real justice requires people to suffer for their wrongdoing, and to suffer in a way appropriate for the crime. Each criminal should get what their crime deserves and in the case of a murderer what their crime deserves is death.

The measure of punishment in a given case must depend upon the atrocity of the crime, the conduct of the criminal and the defenceless and unprotected state of the victim.

Imposition of appropriate punishment is the manner in which the courts respond to the society's cry for justice against the criminals.

Justice demands that courts should impose punishment befitting the crime so that the courts reflect public abhorrence of the crime.

Justices A.S. Anand and N.P. Singh, Supreme Court of India, in the case of Dhananjoy Chatterjee

Many people find that this argument fits with their inherent sense of justice.

It's often supported with the argument "An eye for an eye". But to argue like that demonstrates a complete misunderstanding of what that Old Testament phrase actually means. In fact the Old Testament meaning of "an eye for an eye" is that only the guilty should be punished, and they should punished neither too leniently or too severely.

The arguments against retribution

· Capital punishment is vengeance rather than retribution and, as such, is a morally dubious concept

· The anticipatory suffering of the criminal, who may be kept on death row for many years, makes the punishment more severe than just depriving the criminal of life

· That's certainly true in the USA, but delay is not an inherent feature of capital punishment; some countries execute people within days of sentencing them to death

Some people are prepared to argue against retribution as a concept, even when applied fairly.

Deterrence

Capital punishment is often justified with the argument that by executing convicted murderers, we will deter would-be murderers from killing people.

The arguments against deterrence

· The statistical evidence doesn't confirm that deterrence works (but it doesn't show that deterrence doesn't work either)

· Some of those executed may not have been capable of being deterred because of mental illness or defect

· Some capital crimes are committed in such an emotional state that the perpetrator did not think about the possible consequences

· No-one knows whether the death penalty deters more than life imprisonment

Deterrence is most effective when the punishment happens soon after the crime - to make an analogy, a child learns not to put their finger in the fire, because the consequence is instant pain.

The more the legal process distances the punishment from the crime - either in time, or certainty - the less effective a deterrent the punishment will probably be.

Cardinal Avery Dulles has pointed out another problem with the deterrence argument.

Executions, especially where they are painful, humiliating, and public, may create a sense of horror that would prevent others from being tempted to commit similar crimes...

...In our day death is usually administered in private by relatively painless means, such as injections of drugs, and to that extent it may be less effective as a deterrent. Sociological evidence on the deterrent effect of the death penalty as currently practiced is ambiguous, conflicting, and far from probative.

Avery Cardinal Dulles, Catholicism and Capital Punishment, First Things 2001

Some proponents of capital punishment argue that capital punishment is beneficial even if it has no deterrent effect.

If we execute murderers and there is in fact no deterrent effect, we have killed a bunch of murderers. If we fail to execute murderers, and doing so would in fact have deterred other murders, we have allowed the killing of a bunch of innocent victims. I would much rather risk the former. This, to me, is not a tough call.

John McAdams: Marquette University, Department of Political Science

Rehabilitation

Of course capital punishment doesn't rehabilitate the prisoner and return them to society. But there are many examples of persons condemned to death taking the opportunity of the time before execution to repent, express remorse, and very often experience profound spiritual rehabilitation.

Thomas Aquinas noted that by accepting the punishment of death, the offender was able to expiate his evil deeds and so escape punishment in the next life.

This is not an argument in favour of capital punishment, but it demonstrates that the death penalty can lead to some forms of rehabilitation.

Prevention of re-offending

It is undeniable that those who are executed cannot commit further crimes.

Many people don't think that this is sufficient justification for taking human life, and argue that there are other ways to ensure the offenders do not re-offend, such as imprisonment for life without possibility of parole.

Although there have been cases of persons escaping from prison and killing again, these are extremely rare.

But some people don't believe that life imprisonment without parole protects society adequately. The offender may no longer be a danger to the public, but he remains a danger to prison staff and other inmates. Execution would remove that danger.

Closure and vindication

It is often argued that the death penalty provides closure for victims' families.

This is a rather flimsy argument, because every family reacts differently. As some families do not feel that another death will provide closure, the argument doesn't provide a justification for capital punishment as a whole.

Incentive to help police

Plea bargaining is used in most countries. It's the process through which a criminal gets a reduced sentence in exchange for providing help to the police.

Where the possible sentence is death, the prisoner has the strongest possible incentive to try to get their sentence reduced, even to life imprisonment without possibility of parole, and it's argued that capital punishment therefore gives a useful tool to the police.

This is a very feeble justification for capital punishment, and is rather similar to arguments that torture is justified because it would be a useful police tool.

A Japanese argument

This is a rather quirky argument, and not normally put forward.

Japan uses the death penalty sparingly, executing approximately 3 prisoners per year.

A unique justification for keeping capital punishment has been put forward by some Japanese psychologists who argue that it has an important psychological part to play in the life of the Japanese, who live under severe stress and pressure in the workplace.

The argument goes that the death penalty reinforces the belief that bad things happen to those who deserve it. This reinforces the contrary belief; that good things will happen to those who are 'good'.

In this way, the existence of capital punishment provides a psychological release from conformity and overwork by reinforcing the hope that there will be a reward in due time.

Oddly, this argument seems to be backed up by Japanese public opinion. Those who are in favour currently comprise 81% of the population, or that is the official statistic. Nonetheless there is also a small but increasingly vociferous abolitionist movement in Japan.

From an ethical point of view this is the totally consequentialist argument that if executing a few people will lead to an aggregate increase in happiness then that is a good thing.

Retribution

First a reminder of the basic argument behind retribution and punishment:

· all guilty people deserve to be punished

· only guilty people deserve to be punished

· guilty people deserve to be punished in proportion to the severity of their crime

This argument states that real justice requires people to suffer for their wrongdoing, and to suffer in a way appropriate for the crime. Each criminal should get what their crime deserves and in the case of a murderer what their crime deserves is death.

The measure of punishment in a given case must depend upon the atrocity of the crime, the conduct of the criminal and the defenceless and unprotected state of the victim.

Imposition of appropriate punishment is the manner in which the courts respond to the society's cry for justice against the criminals.

Justice demands that courts should impose punishment befitting the crime so that the courts reflect public abhorrence of the crime.

Justices A.S. Anand and N.P. Singh, Supreme Court of India, in the case of Dhananjoy Chatterjee

Many people find that this argument fits with their inherent sense of justice.

It's often supported with the argument "An eye for an eye". But to argue like that demonstrates a complete misunderstanding of what that Old Testament phrase actually means. In fact the Old Testament meaning of "an eye for an eye" is that only the guilty should be punished, and they should punished neither too leniently or too severely.

The arguments against retribution

· Capital punishment is vengeance rather than retribution and, as such, is a morally dubious concept

· The anticipatory suffering of the criminal, who may be kept on death row for many years, makes the punishment more severe than just depriving the criminal of life

· That's certainly true in the USA, but delay is not an inherent feature of capital punishment; some countries execute people within days of sentencing them to death

Some people are prepared to argue against retribution as a concept, even when applied fairly.

Deterrence

Capital punishment is often justified with the argument that by executing convicted murderers, we will deter would-be murderers from killing people.

The arguments against deterrence

· The statistical evidence doesn't confirm that deterrence works (but it doesn't show that deterrence doesn't work either)

· Some of those executed may not have been capable of being deterred because of mental illness or defect

· Some capital crimes are committed in such an emotional state that the perpetrator did not think about the possible consequences

· No-one knows whether the death penalty deters more than life imprisonment

Deterrence is most effective when the punishment happens soon after the crime - to make an analogy, a child learns not to put their finger in the fire, because the consequence is instant pain.

The more the legal process distances the punishment from the crime - either in time, or certainty - the less effective a deterrent the punishment will probably be.

Cardinal Avery Dulles has pointed out another problem with the deterrence argument.

Executions, especially where they are painful, humiliating, and public, may create a sense of horror that would prevent others from being tempted to commit similar crimes...

...In our day death is usually administered in private by relatively painless means, such as injections of drugs, and to that extent it may be less effective as a deterrent. Sociological evidence on the deterrent effect of the death penalty as currently practiced is ambiguous, conflicting, and far from probative.

Avery Cardinal Dulles, Catholicism and Capital Punishment, First Things 2001

Some proponents of capital punishment argue that capital punishment is beneficial even if it has no deterrent effect.

If we execute murderers and there is in fact no deterrent effect, we have killed a bunch of murderers. If we fail to execute murderers, and doing so would in fact have deterred other murders, we have allowed the killing of a bunch of innocent victims. I would much rather risk the former. This, to me, is not a tough call.

John McAdams: Marquette University, Department of Political Science

Rehabilitation

Of course capital punishment doesn't rehabilitate the prisoner and return them to society. But there are many examples of persons condemned to death taking the opportunity of the time before execution to repent, express remorse, and very often experience profound spiritual rehabilitation.

Thomas Aquinas noted that by accepting the punishment of death, the offender was able to expiate his evil deeds and so escape punishment in the next life.

This is not an argument in favour of capital punishment, but it demonstrates that the death penalty can lead to some forms of rehabilitation.

Prevention of re-offending

It is undeniable that those who are executed cannot commit further crimes.

Many people don't think that this is sufficient justification for taking human life, and argue that there are other ways to ensure the offenders do not re-offend, such as imprisonment for life without possibility of parole.

Although there have been cases of persons escaping from prison and killing again, these are extremely rare.

But some people don't believe that life imprisonment without parole protects society adequately. The offender may no longer be a danger to the public, but he remains a danger to prison staff and other inmates. Execution would remove that danger.

Closure and vindication

It is often argued that the death penalty provides closure for victims' families.

This is a rather flimsy argument, because every family reacts differently. As some families do not feel that another death will provide closure, the argument doesn't provide a justification for capital punishment as a whole.

Incentive to help police

Plea bargaining is used in most countries. It's the process through which a criminal gets a reduced sentence in exchange for providing help to the police.

Where the possible sentence is death, the prisoner has the strongest possible incentive to try to get their sentence reduced, even to life imprisonment without possibility of parole, and it's argued that capital punishment therefore gives a useful tool to the police.

This is a very feeble justification for capital punishment, and is rather similar to arguments that torture is justified because it would be a useful police tool.

A Japanese argument

This is a rather quirky argument, and not normally put forward.

Japan uses the death penalty sparingly, executing approximately 3 prisoners per year.

A unique justification for keeping capital punishment has been put forward by some Japanese psychologists who argue that it has an important psychological part to play in the life of the Japanese, who live under severe stress and pressure in the workplace.

The argument goes that the death penalty reinforces the belief that bad things happen to those who deserve it. This reinforces the contrary belief; that good things will happen to those who are 'good'.

In this way, the existence of capital punishment provides a psychological release from conformity and overwork by reinforcing the hope that there will be a reward in due time.

Oddly, this argument seems to be backed up by Japanese public opinion. Those who are in favour currently comprise 81% of the population, or that is the official statistic. Nonetheless there is also a small but increasingly vociferous abolitionist movement in Japan.

From an ethical point of view this is the totally consequentialist argument that if executing a few people will lead to an aggregate increase in happiness then that is a good thing.

Value of human life

Everyone thinks human life is valuable. Some of those against capital punishment believe that human life is so valuable that even the worst murderers should not be deprived of the value of their lives.

They believe that the value of the offender's life cannot be destroyed by the offender's bad conduct - even if they have killed someone.

Some abolitionists don't go that far. They say that life should be preserved unless there is a very good reason not to, and that the those who are in favour of capital punishment are the ones who have to justify their position.

Right to live

Everyone has an inalienable human right to life, even those who commit murder; sentencing a person to death and executing them violates that right.

This is very similar to the 'value of life' argument, but approached from the perspective of human rights.

The counter-argument is that a person can, by their actions, forfeit human rights, and that murderers forfeit their right to life.

Another example will make this clear - a person forfeits their right to life if they start a murderous attack and the only way the victim can save their own life is by killing the attacker.

The medieval philosopher and theologian Thomas Aquinas made this point very clearly:

Therefore if any man is dangerous to the community and is subverting it by some sin, the treatment to be commended is his execution in order to preserve the common good... Therefore to kill a man who retains his natural worthiness is intrinsically evil, although it may be justifiable to kill a sinner just as it is to kill a beast, for, as Aristotle points out, an evil man is worse than a beast and more harmful.

Thomas Aquinas, Summa theologiae

Aquinas is saying that certain contexts change a bad act (killing) into a good act (killing to repair the violation of justice done by the person killed, and killing a person who has forfeited their natural worthiness by killing).

Execution of the innocent

The most common and most cogent argument against capital punishment is that sooner or later, innocent people will get killed, because of mistakes or flaws in the justice system.

Witnesses, (where they are part of the process), prosecutors and jurors can all make mistakes. When this is coupled with flaws in the system it is inevitable that innocent people will be convicted of crimes. Where capital punishment is used such mistakes cannot be put right.

The death penalty legitimizes an irreversible act of violence by the state and will inevitably claim innocent victims. As long as human justice remains fallible, the risk of executing the innocent can never be eliminated

Amnesty International

There is ample evidence that such mistakes are possible: in the USA, 130 people sentenced to death have been found innocent since 1973 and released from death row. Source: Amnesty

The average time on death row before these exonerations was 11 years. Source: Death Penalty Information Center

Things were made worse in the USA when the Supreme Court refused to hold explicitly that the execution of a defendant in the face of significant evidence of innocence would be unconstitutional [Herrera v. Collins, 560 U.S. 390 (1993)]. However many US lawyers believe that in practice the court would not permit an execution in a case demonstrating persuasive evidence of "actual innocence".

The continuous threat of execution makes the ordeal of those wrongly convicted particularly horrible.

Retribution is wrong

Many people believe that retribution is morally flawed and problematic in concept and practice.

We cannot teach that killing is wrong by killing.

U.S. Catholic Conference

To take a life when a life has been lost is revenge, it is not justice.

Attributed to Archbishop Desmond Tutu

Vengeance

The main argument that retribution is immoral is that it is just a sanitised form of vengeance. Scenes of howling mobs attacking prison vans containing those accused of murder on their way to and from court, or chanting aggressively outside prisons when an offender is being executed, suggest that vengeance remains a major ingredient in the public popularity of capital punishment.

But just retribution, designed to re-establish justice, can easily be distinguished from vengeance and vindictiveness.

In any case, is vengeance necessarily a bad thing?

The Victorian legal philosopher James Fitzjames Stephens thought vengeance was an acceptable justification for punishment. Punishment, he thought, should be inflicted:

for the sake of ratifying the feeling of hatred-call it revenge, resentment, or what you will-which the contemplation of such [offensive] conduct excites in healthily constituted minds.

Sir James Fitzjames Stephens, Liberty, Equality, Fraternity

Retribution and the innocent

But the issue of the execution of innocent persons is also a problem for the retribution argument - if there is a serious risk of executing the innocent then one of the key principles of retribution - that people should get what they deserve (and therefore only what they deserve) - is violated by the current implementation of capital punishment in the USA, and any other country where errors have taken place.

Uniqueness of the death penalty

It's argued that retribution is used in a unique way in the case of the death penalty. Crimes other than murder do not receive a punishment that mimics the crime - for example rapists are not punished by sexual assault, and people guilty of assault are not ceremonially beaten up.

Camus and Dostoevsky argued that the retribution in the case of the death penalty was not fair, because the anticipatory suffering of the criminal before execution would probably outweigh the anticipatory suffering of the victim of their crime.

Others argue that the retribution argument is flawed because the death penalty delivers a 'double punishment'; that of the execution and the preceding wait, and this is a mismatch to the crime.

Many offenders are kept 'waiting' on death row for a very long time; in the USA the average wait is 10 years. Source: Death Penalty Information Center

In Japan, the accused are only informed of their execution moments before it is scheduled. The result of this is that each day of their life is lived as if it was their last.

Capital punishment is not operated retributively

Some lawyers argue that capital punishment is not really used as retribution for murder, or even consistently for a particular kind of murder.

They argue that, in the USA at least, only a small minority of murderers are actually executed, and that imposition of capital punishment on a "capriciously selected random handful" of offenders does not amount to a consistent programme of retribution.

Since capital punishment is not operated retributively, it is inappropriate to use retribution to justify capital punishment.

This argument would have no value in a society that applied the death penalty consistently for particular types of murder.

Capital punishment is not retribution enough

Some people who believe in the notion of retribution are against capital punishment because they feel the death penalty provides insufficient retribution. They argue that life imprisonment without possibility of parole causes much more suffering to the offender than a painless death after a short period of imprisonment.

Another example is the planner of a suicide bombing - execution might make that person a martyr, and therefore would be a lesser retribution than life imprisonment.

Failure to deter

The death penalty doesn't seem to deter people from committing serious violent crimes. The thing that deters is the likelihood of being caught and punished.

The general consensus among social scientists is that the deterrent effect of the death penalty is at best unproven.

In 1988 a survey was conducted for the UN to determine the relation between the death penalty and homicide rates. This was then updated in 1996. It concluded:

...research has failed to provide scientific proof that executions have a greater deterrent effect than life imprisonment. Such proof is unlikely to be forthcoming. The evidence as a whole still gives no positive support to the deterrent hypothesis.

The key to real and true deterrence is to increase the likelihood of detection, arrest and conviction.

The death penalty is a harsh punishment, but it is not harsh on crime.

Amnesty International

NB: It's actually impossible to test the deterrent effect of a punishment in a rigorous way, as to do so would require knowing how many murders would have been committed in a particular state if the law had been different during the same time period.

Deterrence is a morally flawed concept

Even if capital punishment did act as a deterrent, is it acceptable for someone to pay for the predicted future crimes of others?

Some people argue that one may as well punish innocent people; it will have the same effect.

This isn't true - if people are randomly picked up off the street and punished as scapegoats the only consequence is likely to be that the public will be frightened to go out.

To make a scapegoat scheme effective it would be necessary to go through the appearance of a legitimate legal process and to present evidence which convinced the public that the person being punished deserved their punishment.

While some societies have operated their legal systems on the basis of fictional evidence and confessions extracted by torture, the ethical objections to such a system are sufficient to render the argument in the second paragraph pointless.

Brutalising society

Brutalising individuals

Statistics show that the death penalty leads to a brutalisation of society and an increase in murder rate. In the USA, more murders take place in states where capital punishment is allowed. In 2010, the murder rate in states where the death penalty has been abolished was 4.01 per cent per 100,000 people. In states where the death penalty is used, the figure was 5.00 per cent. These calculations are based on figures from the FBI. The gap between death penalty states and non-death penalty states rose considerably from 4 per cent difference in 1990 to 25 per cent in 2010. Source: FBI Uniform Crime Report, from Death Penalty Information Center

Disturbed individuals may be angered and thus more likely to commit murder.

It is also linked to increased number of police officers murdered.

Brutalising the state

Capital punishment may brutalise society in a different and even more fundamental way, one that has implications for the state's relationship with all citizens.

...the state's power deliberately to destroy innocuous (though guilty) life is a manifestation of the hidden wish that the state be allowed to do anything it pleases with life.

George Kateb, The Inner Ocean 1992

Brutalising the law

Capital punishment is said to produce an unacceptable link between the law and violence.

But in many ways the law is inevitably linked with violence - it punishes violent crimes, and it uses punishments that 'violently' restrict human freedoms. And philosophically the law is always involved with violence in that its function includes preserving an ordered society from violent events.

Nonetheless, a strong case can be made that legal violence is clearly different from criminal violence, and that when it is used, it is used in a way that everyone can see is fair and logical.

Capital punishment 'lowers the tone' of society

Civilised societies do not tolerate torture, even if it can be shown that torture may deter, or produce other good effects.

In the same way many people feel that the death penalty is an inappropriate for a modern civilised society to respond to even the most dreadful crimes.

The murder that is depicted as a horrible crime is repeated in cold blood, remorselessly

Beccaria, C. de, Traité des Délits et des Peines, 1764

Because most countries - but not all - do not execute people publicly, capital punishment is not a degrading public spectacle. But it is still a media circus, receiving great publicity, so that the public are well aware of what is being done on their behalf.

However this media circus takes over the spectacle of public execution in teaching the public lessons about justice, retribution, and personal responsibility for one's own actions.

Expense

In the USA capital punishment costs a great deal.

For example, the cost of convicting and executing Timothy McVeigh for the Oklahoma City Bombing was over $13 million.

In New York and New Jersey, the high costs of capital punishment were one factor in those states' decisions to abandon the death penalty. New York spent about $170 million over 9 years and had no executions. New Jersey spent $253 million over a 25-year period and also had no executions. Source: Death Penalty Information Center

In countries with a less costly and lengthy appeals procedure, capital punishment seems like a much cheaper option than long-term imprisonment.

Counter-arguments

Those in favour of capital punishment counter with these two arguments:

· It is a fallacy that capital punishment costs more than life without parole

· Justice cannot be thought of in financial terms

People not responsible for their acts

This is not an argument against capital punishment itself, but against applying it wrongly.

Some countries, including the USA, have executed people proven to be insane.

It's generally accepted that people should not be punished for their actions unless they have a guilty mind - which requires them to know what they are doing and that it's wrong.

Therefore people who are insane should not be convicted, let alone executed. This doesn't prevent insane people who have done terrible things being confined in secure mental institutions, but this is done for public safety, not to punish the insane person.

To put it more formally: it is wrong to impose capital punishment on those who have at best a marginal capacity for deliberation and for moral agency.

A more difficult moral problem arises in the case of offenders who were sane at the time of their crime and trial but who develop signs of insanity before execution.

Applied unfairly

There has been much concern in the USA that flaws in the judicial system make capital punishment unfair.

One US Supreme Court Justice (who had originally supported the death penalty) eventually came to the conclusion that capital punishment was bound to damage the cause of justice:

The death penalty remains fraught with arbitrariness, discrimination, caprice, and mistake ... Experience has taught us that the constitutional goal of eliminating arbitrariness and discrimination from the administration of death ... can never be achieved without compromising an equally essential component of fundamental fairness - individualized sentencing.

Justice Harry Blackmun, United States Supreme Court, 1994

Jurors

Jurors in many US death penalty cases must be 'death eligible'. This means the prospective juror must be willing to convict the accused knowing that a sentence of death is a possibility.

This results in a jury biased in favour of the death penalty, since no one who opposes the death penalty is likely to be accepted as a juror.

Lawyers

There's much concern in the USA that the legal system doesn't always provide poor accused people with good lawyers.

Out of all offenders who are sentenced to death, three quarters of those who are allocated a legal aid lawyer can expect execution, a figure that drops to a quarter if the defendant could afford to pay for a lawyer.

Cruel, inhumane, degrading

Regardless of the moral status of capital punishment, some argue that all ways of executing people cause so much suffering to the condemned person that they amount to torture and are wrong.

Many methods of execution are quite obviously likely to cause enormous suffering, such as execution by lethal gas, electrocution or strangulation.

Other methods have been abandoned because they were thought to be barbaric, or because they forced the executioner to be too 'hands-on'. These include firing squads and beheading.

Lethal injection

Many countries that use capital punishment have now adopted lethal injection, because it's thought to be less cruel for the offender and less brutalising for the executioner.

Those against capital punishment believe this method has serious moral flaws and should be abandoned.

The first flaw is that it requires medical personnel being directly involved in killing (rather than just checking that the execution has terminated life). This is a fundamental contravention of medical ethics.

The second flaw is that research in April 2005 showed that lethal injection is not nearly as 'humane' as had been thought. Post mortem findings indicated that levels of anaesthetic found in offenders were consistent with wakefulness and the ability to experience pain.

Unnecessary

This is really more of a political argument than an ethical one. It's based on the political principle that a state should fulfil its obligations in the least invasive, harmful and restrictive way possible.

· The state does have an obligation to punish crime, as a means to preserve an orderly and contented society, but it should do so in the least harmful way possible

· Capital punishment is the most harmful punishment available, so the state should only use it if no less harmful punishment is suitable

· Other punishments will always enable the state to fulfil its objective of punishing crime appropriately

· Therefore the state should not use capital punishment

Most people will not want to argue with clauses 1 and 2, so this structure does have the benefit of focussing attention on the real point of contention - the usefulness of non-capital punishments in the case of murder.

One way of settling the issue is to see whether states that don't use capital punishment have been able to find other punishments that enable the state to punish murderers in such a ways as to preserve an orderly and contented society. If such states exist then capital punishment is unnecessary and should be abolished as overly harmful.

Free will

The idea that we must be punished for any act of wrongdoing, whatever its nature, relies upon a belief in human free will and a person's ability to be responsible for their own actions.

If one does not believe in free will, the question of whether it is moral to carry out any kind of punishment (and conversely reward) arises.

Arthur Koestler and Clarence Darrow argued that human beings never act freely and thus should not be punished for even the most horrific crimes.

The latter went on to argue for the abolition of punishment altogether, an idea which most people would find problematic.

Buddhism and capital punishment

Because Buddhism exists in many forms, under many organisations, there is no unified Buddhist policy on capital punishment.

In terms of doctrine the death penalty is clearly inconsistent with Buddhist teaching. Buddhists place great emphasis on non-violence and compassion for all life. The First Precept requires individuals to abstain from injuring or killing any living creature.

The Buddha did not explicitly speak about capital punishment, but his teachings show no sympathy for physical punishment, no matter how bad the crime.

An action, even if it brings benefit to oneself, cannot be considered a good action if it causes physical and mental pain to another being.

The Buddha

If a person foolishly does me wrong, I will return to him the protection of my boundless love. The more evil that comes from him, the more good will go from me.

The Buddha

Buddhism and punishment

Buddhism believes fundamentally in the cycle of birth and re-birth (Samsara) and teaches that if capital punishment is administered it will have compromising effects on the souls of both offender and the punisher in future incarnations.

As far as punishment in this world is concerned, Buddhism has strong views:

· inhumane treatment of an offender does not solve their misdeeds or those of humanity in general - the best approach to an offender is reformatory rather than punitive

· punishment should only be to the extent to which the offender needs to make amends, and his rehabilitation into society should be of paramount importance

· punishing an offender with excessive cruelty will injure not just the offender's mind, but also the mind of the person doing the punishing

· it is impossible to administer severe punishment with composure and compassion

· if the crime is particularly serious, the person may be banished from the community or country

Buddhist countries and capital punishment

Despite these teachings several countries with substantial Buddhist populations retain the death penalty, and some of them, for example Thailand, continue to use it.

These are no states that have Buddhism as their official religion.

Alarid and Wang (see below) suggest that this apparent paradox partly stems from the difference between popular and monastic Buddhism. The majority of lay Buddhists in these countries follow Buddhist practices and are entirely sincere in their commitment, but "the genuine study of Buddhism, its rituals, and carryover to daily life is superficial for most Buddhist followers."

Other reasons Buddhist countries retain the death penalty are:

· belief by politicians that capital punishment is necessary for retribution, cultural customs, or for deterrence value

· a long tradition of capital punishment in a particular country

· keeping order in society is seen as more important than Buddha's teaching

· reaction to long periods of political unrest or economic instability

Reference: Material in this sub-section is largely taken from Mercy and Punishment: Buddhism and the Death Penalty; Alarid and Wang

Lynn Wilkinson 2013 Page 1

Justice and Punishment/Support/Judges are still white.pdf

‘Judges  are  still  predominantly  elderly,  white,  Oxbridge  educated  men.’  Assess  the   view  that  citizens  should  be  concerned  about  the  composition  of  the  judiciary.  

  Written  by  Annabel  Burt  [January  2011]  

  Introduction:     The  statement  ‘Judges  are  still  predominantly  elderly,  white,  Oxbridge  educated  men’  is   very  true,  as  the  composition  of  the  judiciary  has  been  as  such  for  centuries,  dominated   by  male  judges  who  share  the  very  similar  characteristics  as  stated  above.  This  is  an   issue  that  should  be  considered  as  very  pressing  as  it  is  judges  that  create  law  for  us  to   abide  by  and  them  who  predominantly  make  judgements  in  court.  Is  it  not  correct  to  say   that  an  entirely  male  judiciary  would  not  be  slightly  prejudiced  towards  women  and  the   same  goes  for  race  and  age.  The  judiciary  should  be  representative  of  society  as  it  is   society  in  which  its  decisions  will  affect.  When  considering  social  status  it  is  vital  for  this   to  vary  amongst  the  judiciary  as  the  judiciary  need  to  have  wide  social  understanding  in   order  to  establish  the  purpose  of  law,  that  is  to  protect  the  public.  In  order  to  meet  the   needs  of  the  public  the  public  must  firstly  be  understood.  When  considering  education,   it  is  inevitable  that  the  judiciary  need  to  be  of  adequate  intelligence  as  the  law  is   extremely  complex  to  understand  and  adopt  and  therefore  if  not  understood  it  could   lead  to  unjust  decisions;  however  what  is  wrong  to  say  is  that  the  highest  levels  of   intelligence  come  from  just  Oxford  and  Cambridge  as  in  order  to  attend  such   universities  the  student  must  be  able  to  afford  the  fees.  Therefore  when  considering   education  it  is  also  very  coinciding  with  social  status  and  wealth.     Social  class  and  education:   The  link  between  social  class  and  the  judiciary  is  very  obvious,  as  the  judiciary  is   dominated  by  the  higher  class  however  whilst  this  brings  concerns  it  also  causes   thought  of  appreciation  for  the  level  of  education  that  the  higher  class  holds.  According   to  recent  research  70  per  cent  of  judges  were  privately  educated  and  78  per  cent  were   Oxford  and  Cambridge  graduates.  Is  that  good  or  bad?  The  law  is  extremely  complex   especially  when  interpreting  legislation  therefore  is  it  not  wise  to  have  a  highly   educated  judiciary  that  can  understand  and  interpret  the  law  appropriately.  Otherwise   we  may  find  a  very  unjust  system  with  cases  being  misunderstood.  However  there  is   alternatively  the  view  that  law  is  not  predominantly  intelligence  instead  it  takes  a  lot  of   social  understanding  therefore  it  is  wrong  to  have  just  the  higher  class  judging  cases  and   instead  this  should  be  balanced  and  reflect  society  much  more  suitably.  Criminals  will   then  be  judged  in  accordance  of  the  laws  purpose;  that  being  to  protect  the  public  which   inevitably  requires  intelligence  and  an  extended  social  understanding  when  meeting  the   needs  of  the  public.   According  to  an  article  issued  by  The  Times  online  ‘The  basic  argument  against   privileged  paths  to  judgeships  is  this.  Law  is  shaped  by  judges  and  affects  everyone.  So  who   gets  to  do  the  judging  is  important.  As  law  is  a  very  social  enterprise,  it  is  unfair  if  judges   come  from  just  a  few  leafy  avenues  in  any  given  town.’1  The  law  is  certainly  a  social   enterprise  and  it  is  correct  to  say  that  ‘Biologically,  brain  capacity  is  not  linked  to  post   codes’;  in  order  for  the  law  to  keep  pace  with  social  advances  and  the  modern  times,  it  is   inevitable  that  social  status  amongst  the  judiciary  needs  to  vary.     Gender:   Judges  make  law  and  the  decisions  they  make  often  reflect  who  they  are,  an  example  is   the  way  the  law  has  developed  to  apply  to  women,  it  was  only  until  1992  that  it  was  not   a  crime  for  a  man  to  rape  his  wife,  the  people  who  fabricated  this  rule  are  male  and  for                                                                                                                             1  http://business.timesonline.co.uk/tol/business/law/columnists/article2025618.ece  

centuries  were  all  male  judges  of  which  a  majority  regarded  women  as  inferior  human   beings.  A  judiciary  that  is  predominantly  male  certainly  poses  an  imbalance  of  society,   as  already  acknowledged  the  decisions  made  by  judges  inevitably  come  from  who  they   are  as  a  person  and  so  decisions  are  much  more  likely  to  be  prejudice  and   discriminatory.  ‘Judges  made  many  chauvinistic  rules  such  as  one  saying  wives  couldn’t   make  contracts  in  the  same  way  as  their  husbands,  and  one  that  said  women  were  not   legal  “persons”  entitled  to  become  officials  or  lawyers.  Judges  proclaimed  that  although   a  man  had  a  defence  to  murder  if  he  killed  another  man  whom  he  caught  having  sex  with   his  wife,  a  woman  didn’t  have  a  defence  if  she  killed  her  husband  after  catching  him  with   another  woman.’  Therefore  the  idea  that  the  law  has  leaned  towards  a  prejudiced  view   is  based  on  evidence  and  not  just  opinion,  in  order  for  the  law  to  develop  and  steer  away   from  such  rules  and  decisions  surely  it  is  wise  for  the  judiciary  to  be  much  more   representative  of  women.  

As  quoted  from  The  Independent  ‘The  system  for  appointing  judges  is  failing  women,   who  continue  to  be  under-­‐represented  among  all  ranks  of  the  judiciary,  research   indicates.’  Whilst  measures  have  been  implemented  to  try  and  support  the  appointment   for  more  women  amongst  the  judiciary  this  has  continued  to  fail,  it  has  been  successful   in  promoting  few  women  however  it  is  still  not  at  all  balanced.  Figures  taken  from  2002   show  that  just  6  out  of  100  high  court  judges  were  women  and  two  out  of  35  court  of   appeal  judges  in  comparison  to  figures  taken  from  2009  where  out  of  109  high  court   judges  only  15  were  women  and  3  out  of  38  appeal  court  judges.  Whilst  figures  have   improved  it  is  still  minimal  and  the  representation  of  women  is  still  rather  imbalanced.    

It  can  also  be  acknowledge  that  woman  hold  a  more  sympathetic  and  understanding   view,  along  with  good  decision  making;  when  considering  cases  involving  rape  victims   and  very  sensitive  issues  with  having  more  woman  judges  the  court  cases  may  be  less  of   an  ordeal  for  particular  witnesses  and  victims.  

Race:   When  considering  the  higher  ranks  of  judicial  office  the  representation  of  ethnic   minorities  is  extremely  limited.  The  composition  of  the  judiciary  is  predominantly   white;  when  looking  at  the  figures  from  2009  11  out  of  11  of  Supreme  Court  judges  were   white  10  of  which  were  male  and  therefore  leaving  one  female.  Accordingly  with  Lord   Justices  of  Appeal  that  stated  their  background  24  out  of  24  were  also  white.  As  you  look   lower  at  the  judicial  hierarchy  there  is  a  larger  influence  of  ethnic  background  however   still  this  remains  disproportionate.    People  may  raise  the  question  as  to  why  this  is   important,  but  it  is  very  relevant  as  again  it  should  reflect  the  ever  growing  society  in   which  we  live.  The  law  in  itself  is  provides  that  it  is  illegal  to  discriminate  or  be   prejudice  towards  race;  if  so  how  can  the  judiciary  be  solely  of  white  origin  surely  that   does  not  seem  to  make  sense.  Therefore  there  is  an  explanation  as  to  why  the   composition  of  the  bench  is  as  it  is  ‘The  judiciary  of  today  reflects  the  type  of  person   qualifying  as  a  solicitor  or  barrister  ten  or  perhaps  20  years  ago,  because  both  types  of   lawyer  must  gain  a  certain  level  of  experience  before  applying  to  join  the  judiciary’2.  

 However  according  to  judiciary’s  own  website  this  is  changing  as  Lord  Chief  Justice   explained  at  a  judicial  diversity  conference  in  2009    

                                                                                                                          2  http://www.judiciary.gov.uk/about-­‐the-­‐judiciary/judges-­‐magistrates-­‐and-­‐tribunal-­‐ judges/judges-­‐career-­‐paths/diversity-­‐gender-­‐age-­‐ethnicity  

“When  I  was  studying  to  become  a  barrister,  the  vast  majority  of  those  around  me  were   white  men.  There  were  a  very  few,  brave  women,  breaking  into  what  was  then  an   overwhelmingly  male  profession.  There  were  tiny  tiny  numbers  of  candidates  from   ethnic  minorities.  

 “Today  the  students  at  Bar  school  are  equally  divided  between  men  and  women  and   there  are  substantial  numbers  of  men  and  women  from  ethnic  minorities,  all  seeking  in   competition  with  one  another  to  make  their  ways  in  the  professions.  The  solicitors’   profession  now  is  much  the  same,  just  as  the  profile  of  those  becoming  solicitors  at  the   time  when  I  was  starting  at  the  Bar  was  very  similar.” “We  must  do  everything  we  can  to  achieve  wider  judicial  diversity.  We  must  make  sure   that  the  pool  of  eligible  candidates  for  consideration  for  judicial  appointment  is  as  wide   as  it  can  possibly  be,  and  that  all  eligible  candidates  at  least  consider  whether  to  seek  a   judicial  career.”  3   Therefore  if  such  drastic  changes  have  occurred  already  then  it  emphasises  how   important  the  matter  of  the  composition  of  the  judiciary  is. Age:    Considering  the  relevant  qualifications  needed  to  be  appointed  for  the  higher  judicial   positions  it  is  somewhat  understandable  that  the  judiciary  is  predominantly  middle   aged.  Many  Supreme  Court  judges  are  appointed  from  among  Lord  Justices  of  Appeal  or   can  also  be  appointed  from  among  practitioners  with  15  years  experience.  As  the   Supreme  Court  is  head  of  the  court  hierarchy  it  has  the  leading  decision  over  all  cases   and  other  court  decisions,  therefore  it  would  be  wise  that  the  judiciary  is  made  up  of  not   just  elderly  judges  but  those  from  different  ages  so  that  the  decisions  made  are  in  form   with  a  modern  society.  In  order  for  the  law  to  progress  with  the  times  it  is  vital  that   decisions  are  made  from  those  that  will  be  affected  by  it  in  the  future.  ‘The  composition   of  the  judiciary  will  change  slowly,  because  judges’  educational  background  lags  about   30  years  earlier  than  their  appointment  to  the  Bench.  So,  changes  in  access  to  legal   education  today  will  become  manifest  on  the  Bench  about  2037’  just  like  the  opinion  of   Gary  Slapper  due  to  the  education  needed  to  become  part  of  the  bench  it  is  inevitable   that  such  change  for  age  will  ever  occur,  however  it  is  time  that  tradition  moved  on  and   those  appointment  process  alter  so  that  younger  practitioners  can  make  the  higher   positions  of  the  judiciary  much  earlier  on.     Jury:   Alternatively  that  is  why  for  the  Crown  court  and  sometimes  the  Magistrates  court  in   criminal  cases  there  is  the  option  of  trial  by  jury.  The  jury  is  a  random  selection  of   twelve  people,  covering  all  ways  of  life;  including  sex,  age,  gender,  background  etc.   Therefore  the  jury  decides  the  verdict  and  so  makes  a  decision  that  is  much  more   representative  of  society  nevertheless  the  judiciary  is  very  dominant  in  the  process  of   law  making  and  so  that  also  needs  to  be  more  representative  of  society  rather  than  the   minority.     Plans  for  the  future:   As  the  issue  has  been  recognised  as  one  of  great  concern  the  Independent  Panel  on   Judicial  Diversity  was  commissioned  by  the  government  to  make  recommendations  on   how  to  increase  judicial  diversity.  Due  to  such  pressure  arising  from  citizens  and  the   affect  it  has  produced  on  decisions  that  have  already  been  made;  the  panel  reported  in   February  2010  making  53  recommendations.  Some  examples  are:                                                                                                                             3  http://www.judiciary.gov.uk/about-­‐the-­‐judiciary/judges-­‐magistrates-­‐and-­‐tribunal-­‐ judges/judges-­‐career-­‐paths/diversity-­‐gender-­‐age-­‐ethnicity  

1.  A  “fundamental  shift  of  approach”  the  concept  of  a  judicial  career,  which  could  span   roles  in  the  courts  and  tribunals  as  one  unified  judiciary.   5.  There  should  not  be  diversity  quotas  or  specific  targets  for  judicial  appointments.   9.  Judges  and  members  of  the  legal  profession  should  engage  with  schools  and  colleges   to  ensure  that  students  from  under-­‐represented  groups  understand  that  a  judicial   career  is  open  to  them.   17.  Law  firms  should  regard  part-­‐time  judicial  service  as  positive  for  their  practices  and   should  encourage  part-­‐time  service.   36.  There  should  be  a  staged  period  of  induction  where  the  appointed  person  has  little   or  no  experience  of  sitting  judicially  or  of  the  relevant  jurisdiction.   51.  It  should  be  assumed  that  all  posts  are  capable  of  being  delivered  through  some  form   of  flexible  working  arrangement,  with  exceptions  needing  to  be  justified.     Conclusion:     Therefore  it  must  be  satisfied  that  the  issue  regarding  the  composition  of  the  judiciary  is   one  that  citizens  have  been  and  should  be  concerned  about;  after  all  it  is  them  that  these   decisions  will  affect  and  so  they  must  make  a  stand.  When  considering  the  people  of   society  the  judiciary  needs  to  have  an  understanding  that  meets  their  needs,  yes  it  is   accepted  that  the  judiciary  must  be  equipped  intellectually  however  this  needs  to  be   accompanied  by  a  social  understanding.  Those  from  higher  status’  may  have  qualified   from  universities  such  as  Oxford  and  Cambridge  however  that  does  not  mean  to  say  that   they  are  most  intelligent  as  the  fees  for  such  places  are  significantly  high  and  so  restricts   many  from  other  social  backgrounds.  When  appreciating  aspects  such  as  gender  and   race,  if  the  composition  is  predominantly  white  and  male  it  is  inevitable  that  the   decisions  made  will  be  representative  of  them  as  a  person  and  therefore  is  not   representative  of  society  at  all.     http://www.judiciary.gov.uk/about-­‐the-­‐judiciary/judges-­‐magistrates-­‐and-­‐ tribunal-­‐judges/judges-­‐career-­‐paths/diversity-­‐gender-­‐age-­‐ethnicity     http://www.judiciary.gov.uk/publications-­‐and-­‐ reports/statistics/judges/minority-­‐ ethnic/?wbc_purpose=Basic&WBCMODE=PresentationUnpublished%2cPresentat ionUnpublished     http://www.independent.co.uk/news/uk/crime/reforms-­‐fail-­‐to-­‐increase-­‐ women-­‐in-­‐the-­‐judiciary-­‐646342.html     http://business.timesonline.co.uk/tol/business/law/columnists/article2025618. ece    

 

Justice and Punishment/Support/Judicary part 3.docx

Judiciary Part 3 Independence and Influence.

Judicial Background

Concern over the lack of judicial diversity in England and Wales extends to social background. Senior judges are still overwhelmingly privately educated with degrees from a select group of universities, and the position has changed little over 15 years. Of the current senior judiciary (High Court and above), 81% have Oxbridge degrees, 76% attended fee-paying schools, and half went to boarding schools. However, forthcoming research has found that no such educational bias operates in judicial appointments at the lowest level (Deputy District Judge).

Legal Profession (the Pool for Judicial Appointment)

The status of ethnic minorities and women within the legal profession as a whole is a crucially important issue for judicial diversity, as it is from this pool that candidates for judicial appointment are drawn.

In England and Wales, the proportion of women and ethnic minorities at the bar and in the solicitors’ profession is steadily increasing. However, inequalities continue to exist between white males and both women and ethnic minority solicitors in relation to pay, prestige jobs, and promotion.

In England and Wales, the partners at three of the five "magic circle" law firms and barristers at eight leading corporate and commercial chambers are still overwhelmingly privately educated and have degrees from the top 12 law faculties, a position that has changed little over 15 years.

Independence from whom and what?

It is vitally important in a democracy that individual judges and the judiciary as a whole are impartial and independent of all external pressures and of each other so that those who appear before them and the wider public can have confidence that their cases will be decided fairly and in accordance with the law. When carrying out their judicial function they must be free of any improper influence. Such influence could come from any number of sources. It could arise from improper pressure by the executive or the legislature, by individual litigants, particular pressure groups, the media, self-interest or other judges, in particular more senior judges.

Independence and the appearance of independence

As well as in fact being independent in this way, it is of vital importance that judges are seen to be both independent and impartial. Justice must not only be done - it must be seen to be done. It was for this reason that the House of Lords in the Pinochet case in 1999 held that a decision it had given had to be set aside and the appeal before it heard again by a panel of different Law Lords. It had come to light after the original decision that one of the Law Lords might have given an appearance that he was not independent and impartial because of a connection with a campaigning organisation which was involved in the case. In those circumstances, and even though there was no suggestion that the Law Lord was not in fact independent or impartial, the decision could not stand. Justice demanded that the appeal be heard again before a panel of Law Lords who had and gave the appearance to reasonable well-informed observers that they were independent and impartial.

The ways in which independence is protected and its limits

Whilst an independent and impartial judiciary is one of the cornerstones of a democracy, the practical ways in which this is given effect are often treated with suspicion. For example, judges are given immunity from prosecution for any acts they carry out in performance of their judicial function. They also benefit from immunity from being sued for defamation for the things they say about parties or witnesses in the course of hearing cases. These principles have led some people to suggest that Judges are somehow ‘above the law’.

However, it is not right to say that Judges are above the law. Judges are subject to the law in the same way as any other citizen. The Lord Chief Justice or Lord Chancellor may refer a judge to the Office for Judicial Complaints in order to establish whether it would be appropriate to remove them from office in circumstances where they have been found to have committed a criminal offence.

Judicial independence does, however, mean that judges must be free to exercise their judicial powers without interference from litigants, the State, the media or powerful individuals or entities, such as large companies. This is an important principle because judges often decide matters between the citizen and the state and between citizens and powerful entities. For example, it is clearly inappropriate for the judge in charge of a criminal trial against an individual citizen to be influenced by the state. It would be unacceptable for the judge to come under pressure to admit or not admit certain evidence, how to direct the jury, or to pass a particular sentence. Decisions must be made on the basis of the facts of the case and the law alone.

Judicial independence is important whether the judge is dealing with a civil or a criminal case. Individuals involved in any kind of case before the courts need to be sure that the judge dealing with their case cannot be influenced by an outside party or by the judge’s own personal interests, such as a fear of being sued for defamation by litigants about whom the judge is required in the course of proceedings or judgment to make adverse comment. This requirement that judges be free from any improper influence also underpins the duty placed on them to declare personal interests in any case before it starts, to ensure that there is neither any bias or partiality, or any appearance of such.

A practical example of the importance of judicial independence is where a high profile matter, which has generated a great deal of media interest comes before the court. Such matters range from the criminal trial of a person accused of a shocking murder, the divorce of celebrities, and challenges to the legality of government policy, for example the availability of a new and expensive drug to NHS patients. In the 24 hour media age in which we live, it stands to reason that the judge hearing the case will often be under intense scrutiny, with decisions open to intense debate. It is right that this is so. But it is important that decisions in the courts are made in accordance with the law and are not influenced by such external factors. It is also important however to observe one or two points which will have an impact on the outcome of the trial and our understanding of it:

1. In a Crown Court criminal trial in England and Wales:

· The judge does not decide guilt or innocence. That decision is made by the jury, which is made up of resident citizens and registered electors selected at random.

· If the jury decides that the defendant is guilty, it is then the task of the judge to pass sentence. In doing so the judge will have to take into account the sentencing scheme which has been enacted in legislation by Parliament, and the various sentencing guidelines which have been agreed and published by the Sentencing Guidelines Council. The Guidelines and the decisions of the Court of Appeal (Criminal Division) set out key considerations which must be taken into account by the judge when determining any sentence and provide a framework of appropriate sentences for the judge to apply. The judge is entitled to depart from the guidelines or a decision of the Court of Appeal (Criminal Division) only when the interests of justice require such a departure.

· Any sentence that is unduly harsh or in the case of more serious offences is unduly lenient may be corrected by the Court of Appeal, on an appeal by the convicted person or a reference to the Court of Appeal by the Attorney General.

2. In civil cases any errors by the trial judge may also be corrected by the Court of Appeal and

3. In cases raising important points of law, the decisions of the Court of Appeal may be appealed to the Supreme Court

4. It is important to recognise that, in both civil and criminal cases, what we read in the papers and see on the news will often only cover a fraction of what has been heard in court. This is not a criticism of journalists. They only have a certain amount of space or time to cover a particular story. It is worth bearing in mind that, for instance, in a criminal case there are often many mitigating or aggravating circumstances surrounding the offence and the offender. These will have had a direct bearing on the sentence handed down and are often difficult for the media to report in full. A good example of this is where a defendant pleads guilty to a crime. In such circumstances Parliament has directed that judges must significantly reduce the sentence.

The purpose of the above examples is not to suggest that judges never get it wrong, or that in criminal cases they have no say in the sentence handed down, but to give an idea of the factors they must consider when making decisions.

Further reading:

International resolutions

The protection of judicial independence has been the focus of international resolutions, the most prominent of which are:

1. The ‘United Nations Basic Principles on the Independence of the Judiciary and the role of lawyers’. These were endorsed by the UN General Assembly in 1985 and 1990

2. The ‘Bangalore Principles of Judicial Conduct’. They were endorsed in 2003 and set out a code of judicial conduct. They are intended to complement the UN’s Basic Principles on the Independence of the Judiciary and the role of lawyers. The first of its principles states that“Judicial independence is a prerequisite to the rule of law and a fundamental guarantee of a fair trial. A judge shall therefore uphold and exemplify judicial independence in both its individual and institutional aspects

Other bodies have endorsed judicial independence. For instance, in 1995, the group of Asian – Pacific Chief Justices adopted a common set of standards for the promotion and protection of their judicial institutions, which included judicial independence. These are known as the ‘Beijing Statement of Principles of the Independence of the Judiciary in the LAWASIA region

In 1998, a similar statement of principle (“the Latimer House Principles”) was also agreed by representatives from over 20 Commonwealth countries at a conference held at Latimer House, Buckinghamshire, UK.

Selected lectures, articles and books on judicial independence:

1. Judicial Independence - the 1996 Judicial Studies Board Lecture given by Lord Bingham, Lord Chief Justice

2. Judicial Independence - a lecture given by Lord Phillips, Lord Chief Justice at the Commonwealth Law Conference, Kenya, September 2007 Speech by Lord Phillips of Worth Matravers, Lord Chief Justice: Judicial Independence (PDF 86.2kb)

3. The Position of the Judiciaries of the United Kingdom in the Constitutional Changes - Lord Justice Thomas, Address to the Scottish Sheriff’s Association, 8 March 2008: Peebles Speech by Lord Justice Thomas: The Position of the Judiciaries of the United Kingdom in the Constitutional Changes (PDF 214.4kb)

4. Judicial Independence and Accountability: Pressures and Opportunities - a lecture given by Sir Jack Beatson FBA at Nottingham Trent University, April 2008 Speech by Mr Justice Beatson: Judicial Independence and Accountability - Pressures and Opportunities (PDF 266.6kb)

5. Judicial Independence – Its History in England and Wales, a lecture given by Sir Henry Brooke (former Lord Justice of Appeal and Vice – President of the Court of Appeal (Civil Division)) Judicial Independence – Its History in England and Wales

6. The Constitutional Position of the Judiciary - a monograph by John Sorabji, Legal Secretary to the Master of the Rolls

7. Chapter 9 of The Politics of the Judiciary, a book by John Griffith (Fontana 1981)

8. The Independence of the Judiciary – the view from the Lord Chancellor’s Office, a book by Robert Stevens (OUP, 1993)

9. The English Judges – Their Role in the Changing Constitution, a book by Robert Stevens, (Hart Publishing, 2002).

10. Independence, Accountability and the Judiciary, a collection of essays edited by Canivet, Andeanas and Fairgrieve (BIICL, 2006)

11. Judicial Independence and Parliaments, Dame Mary Arden DBE, in Ziegler, Baranger & Bradley, Constitutionalism and the Role of Parliaments (Hart Publishing, 2007)

The essence of the commitment to judicial independence can be found in the oath that all judges in England and Wales have to swear when they take up their office.

Historical background:

The fundamental concept of judicial independence came into being in England and Wales in 1701 with the enactment of the Act of Settlement. This statute formally recognised the principles of security of judicial tenure by establishing that High Court Judges and Lords Justice of Appeal hold office during good behaviour. Appropriate and formal mechanisms had to be in place before a judge could be removed.

Before 1701 senior judges held office at the sovereign’s pleasure and there are many examples of judges being removed from office for failing to decide cases in accordance with the wishes of the King or Queen. Since the Act of Settlement it has only been possible to remove a senior judge from office through an Address to the Queen agreed by both Houses of Parliament.

Lynn Wilkinson 2012 Page 1

Justice and Punishment/Support/Judicial appointments.docx

Judicial appointments

From April 2006, judicial appointments have been the responsibility of an independent Judicial Appointments Commission. This is an important constitutional change.

Before this appointments were made on the recommendation of the Lord Chancellor, who was a Government Minister. The Lord Chancellor’s Department made its own enquiries as to the most eligible candidates. It was considered that the appointment process was open to the criticism that a member of the government should not have the sole responsibility for appointing judges. It was also considered that judges were appointed in the image of existing judges rather than solely on merit from a pool of widely drawn eligible candidates.

Despite the criticisms levelled at it the former method of appointment in fact worked rather well. Candidates were selected on merit, there was no question of any political consideration being involved, and the Lord Chancellor usually acted on the advice of the senior judiciary, who were in a position to identify able practitioners. Selection was, however as critics pointed out, from a rather narrow pool and this did nothing for the diversity of the judiciary.

It was considered that, while judges should be appointed on merit, if we are to have a judiciary that has the confidence of citizens, it must fairly reflect all sections of society that are in a position to provide candidates of the requisite ability. The new system of selection seeks to encourage such candidates to come forward. All appointments are made by open competition. The Commission recommends candidates to the Lord Chancellor, who has a very limited power of veto. The Commission also has a specific statutory duty to “encourage diversity in the range of persons available for selection for appointments”. In this way it seeks to widen the pool of candidates who are then appointed on merit. There are judges on the Judicial Appointments Commission, but they are not in the majority, do not act in a representative capacity, and the Commission is chaired by a layperson.

Further reading

· The Judicial Appointments Commission

· Constitutional Reform: a new way of appointing judges - Department of Constitutional Affairs (Consultation Paper) (July 2003)

· Peach - An Independent Scrutiny of the Appointment Process of Judges and Queen’s Counsel in England and Wales (London, 1999)

· Brennan - The Selection of Judges for Commonwealth Courts (Canberra, 10 August 2007) (Senate Lecture Series)

· Malleson & Russell (ed), Appointing Judges in an Age of Judicial Power: Critical Perspectives from around the World, (University of Toronto Press) (2006)

· Malleson, The New Judiciary: The effects of expansion and activisim, (Ashgate) (1999)

Magistrates: selection and appointment

Magistrates, generally.

Magistrates are volunteers drawn from all walks of life, they are also called Justices of the Peace (JPs). They are not legally qualified but are given appropriate training to undertake their duties. They usually sit in panels of three and are advised on matters of law by legally qualified clerks. Over 95% of all criminal cases are dealt with by lay magistrates. They also decide many civil matters, particularly in relation to family work, hear licensing applications and deal with requests for warrants for arrest and search.  

Advisory Committees

Theis assisted in making appointments by local Advisory Committees which normally cover counties or metropolitan areas.

 

Each committee is chaired by the Lord Lieutenant or by a Circuit Judge. It is made up of magistrates and local people who are not magistrates in a proportion of 2:1. There are at about 90 Advisory Committees.

 

An Advisory Committee is responsible for interviewing applicants for the magistracy.

 

Qualifications of a magistrate

 

Key qualities

(1998 Directions)

 

To become a magistrate an applicant must be:

· Aged 18 (formerly 27) - 65

· In good health with satisfactory hearing

· Not a bankrupt

· Of good character

· Not associated with the administration of justice, for example police officers and

· Not have significant court orders against them (including serious motoring matters)

The applicant must possess the "six qualities"

1. Good character: personal integrity and the respect and trust of others

2. Understanding and communication: to be able to understand documents, identify relevant facts, follow evidence and communicate effectively

3. Social awareness: to appreciate and accept the rule of law

4. Maturity and sound temperament: an awareness and understanding of people and a sense of fairness

5. Sound judgement: to be able to think logically, weigh arguments and reach a sound decision

6. Commitment and reliability: committed to serving the community and making the necessary time commitment, willing to undergo training, and in sufficiently good health to undertake your duties on a regular basis

· British nationality is no longer a requirement

· A requirement that they live within 15 miles is no longer a requirement.

Young magistrates

Britain’s youngest magistrate was 20-year-old Annand Limbachia from Crawley. Her appointment was not been without controversy.

 

Blind

In November 1998 the first blind magistrate for over 50 years was appointed (but deaf persons are considered not eligible).

 

Application

Candidates usually apply to become magistrates, either in response to advertisements, or directly to the secretary of a local Advisory Committee or to the Department for Constitutional Affairs.

 

There follows at least two interviews before the local Advisory Committee, the interviewing committee being comprised of JP's, the Lord-Lieutenant (the Queen's representative in the county) and other lay people.

 

Appointment

Appointment depends on the basic qualifications, and also the needs of the bench in order that there is a balance of men/women, minority ethnics/ political affiliation etc.

 

Magistrates are appointed by the Lord Chancellor on behalf, and in the name of Her Majesty (except in the Duchy of Lancashire, where they are appointed by Chancellor of the Duchy)

 

Once appointment

· there are 30,400 Justices of the Peace

· once appointed a magistrate is assigned to a Local Justice Area but has national jurisdiction pursuant to the Courts Act 2003.

· There is a basic requirement that each magistrate must be available to sit 26 days and up to 35 half-day siftings a year.

· Some sittings will be whole days.

Removal from office

Removal from office by the 'Lord Chancellor and Secretary of State for Justice'

Magistrates are easily removed for misconduct or incompetence.

 

They retire from active duty at or before the age of 70.

 

Administration

Department for Constitutional Affairs

 

Her Majesty's Court Service

Magistrates are supervised by the Department for Constitutional affairs.

 

For good constitutional reasons appointment of magistrates is kept independent of the administration of the courts themselves. 

 

Which is why Magistrates' Courts are the responsibility of a separate body, Her Majesty's Court Service

 

Court Service website here .

Local Justice Areas

The term Local Justice Area (LJA) was introduced by the Courts Act 2003 until the implementation of that legislation they were known as Petty Sessions Areas.

The Justices who sit to hear court business within a LJA are collectively referred to as a "Bench" of Justices.

 

Since April 2001, England and Wales has been divided into 42 areas which are co-terminus (same boundaries) with the Local Justice Areas.

 

[Magistrates Courts were until April 2005 governed by their local Magistrates Courts Committee (MCC).]

 

Her Majesty's Court Service is responsible for magistrates courts

The last vestige of local responsibility for the administration of justice was removed by the abolition of Magistrates’ Courts Committees on 1 April 2005.

 

These committees had been established in 1949. As management bodies they had many critics and, at least until recent times, to many they seemed narrow and parochial in their outlook.

 

They were replaced by the new unified court administration as part of Her Majesty’s Court Service.

 

Machinery for local consultation and input into provision of courts is provided by Courts Boards.

 

Judicial Appointments Commission

The Judicial Appointments Commission will not assume responsibility for advising on the appointment of magistrates until it is ready to do so.

 

The cost of magistrates

Time off work; pay and allowances

There is a legal requirement to allow an employee time off to be a magistrate in the Employment Rights Act 1996 : It is up to the employer whether they pay the employee for the time they spend in court.

 

If a business cannot afford time off with pay, magistrates can claim a loss of earnings allowance at a set rate from the State.

 

They can also claim for travel and subsistence.

 

Justice and Punishment/Support/Judiciary - selection appointments, presentation (1).ppt

Impartiality of Judges

In the past senior judges were appointed by the PM and HM. Other judges were appointed by the Lord Chancellor drawn from the ranks of senior barristers known as QCs. Why was it decided to change this system? What replaced it?

Problems & changes
Constitutional Reform Act 2005

Nepotism - rewarding friends, relatives & beneficiaries

Judges not always chosen on professional merit but on political allegiance

CRA (2005) – Judicial Appointments Commission, proposes nominations and restricts ability of Lord Chancellor or govt. to reject them

Are judges out of touch?

To examine the typical background of UK judges

To analyse the neutrality of judges

 Aims

 Your task

  • Your teacher will give you a picture of a judge. Around the picture note the typical characteristics of UK judges.

Typical judge

  • Practised at the Bar
  • Professional, middle-class background
  • Public school educated
  • Oxbridge
  • Conservative
  • White, male & middle-aged
  • Out-of-touch
  • Ill-equipped for complex cases, e.g. human rights
  • Law lords average age 68.5 (2003)

Lord Phillips, current Lord Chief Justice

 Your task

  • Outline why the reputation of judges & security of tenure and list examples to suggest that judges are out of touch with modern society.

Out of touch

  • Lord Chief Justice Hewart: ‘Her Majesty’s judges are satisfied with the almost universal admiration in which they are held’
  • Lord Donaldson: ‘What is snogging?’
  • 2000, all Law Lords men, Oxbridge educated, from 3 colleges, 68.5 years old on average
  • 1701, Act of Settlement – tenure for life

 Discussion task

  • Imagine it is the Lord Mayor’s banquet and you have been asked to write a new speech for the Lord Chief Justice arguing the case for more women judges as well as members from ethnic minorities.

 Research

  • 1. What does research reveal about the backgrounds of British judges?
  • 2. explain why some people challenge the idea that judges are progressive (modern, in touch).
  • 3. explain why the process of selecting judges is so important

 Political & Right Wing Bias

  • 1. McIlkenny v Chief Constable of the West Midlands (1980) Lord Denning.
  • 2. R v Ponting (1985) Falklands War
  • 3. Thomas v NUM (South Wales Area)
  • 4. Attorney General v Guardian Newspaper

Background

  • 92% of Law Lords in HoL & 91% of judges in Courts of Appeal attended Oxbridge
  • Narrow educational background

Bingham - progressive judge

  • Elitist background: public school educated
  • Elderly: 68 at time of appointment
  • Conservative: endorsed imprisonment of Arab suspects without trial; rejected extradition of General Pinochet (alleged mass murderer, Chilean dictator)
  • No experience in human rights cases

Selection process

  • Selection process is too elitist: successful barristers favoured above other types of lawyers
  • Need for more female judges to restore confidence in judiciary – currently only one female Law Lord, Brenda Hale
  • Need to bring in more judges with experience in civil & human rights cases

 Your task

  • Read Watts, p.171-2 and complete the scales chart your teacher gives you recording examples or evidence where judges are impartial and occasions when people have suggested they have been biased in their judgements.

Impartial

  • Judges interpret but don’t make laws
  • Don’t comment on public policy (Kilmuir Guidelines, 1955)

Biased

  • Judicial activism – judges become involved in public policy, e.g. sentencing
  • No separation of powers, e.g. Solicitor General, member of Cabinet, Lords & Judiciary & advised Blair on legality of Iraq War
  • Hutton enquiry – report accused of being a ‘whitewash’

Case Studies

  • Labour movement sceptical of judicial impartiality: Taff Vale case, sequestrations of union funds
  • Criticism from individual commentators: judges willing to protect property rights over human rights or liberties (John Griffiths, ‘The Politics of the Judiciary’, 1997)
  • Unfavourable rulings against minorities

 Plenary

  • You are executives for an advertising firm. You have been asked to come up with a radio, TV or poster campaign to encourage a new generation of judges.
  • Your advert must explain what sort of judges the Judicial Appointments Commission wishes to recruit.
  • You may wish to come up with a catchy slogan or image.

Reading List & Questions

  • English Legal System (Elliot and Quinn 2012)
  • Pages 173- 177
  • The Auld Review (2001) page 271
  • Questions page 272 – 276 (magistrates)

Justice and Punishment/Support/Judiciary - selection appointments, presentation.ppt

Impartiality of Judges

In the past senior judges were appointed by the PM and HM. Other judges were appointed by the Lord Chancellor drawn from the ranks of senior barristers known as QCs. Why was it decided to change this system? What replaced it?

Problems & changes
Constitutional Reform Act 2005

Nepotism - rewarding friends, relatives & beneficiaries

Judges not always chosen on professional merit but on political allegiance

CRA (2005) – Judicial Appointments Commission, proposes nominations and restricts ability of Lord Chancellor or govt. to reject them

Are judges out of touch?

To examine the typical background of UK judges

To analyse the neutrality of judges

 Aims

 Your task

  • Your teacher will give you a picture of a judge. Around the picture note the typical characteristics of UK judges.

Typical judge

  • Practised at the Bar
  • Professional, middle-class background
  • Public school educated
  • Oxbridge
  • Conservative
  • White, male & middle-aged
  • Out-of-touch
  • Ill-equipped for complex cases, e.g. human rights
  • Law lords average age 68.5 (2003)

Lord Phillips, current Lord Chief Justice

 Your task

  • Outline why the reputation of judges & security of tenure and list examples to suggest that judges are out of touch with modern society.

Out of touch

  • Lord Chief Justice Hewart: ‘Her Majesty’s judges are satisfied with the almost universal admiration in which they are held’
  • Lord Donaldson: ‘What is snogging?’
  • 2000, all Law Lords men, Oxbridge educated, from 3 colleges, 68.5 years old on average
  • 1701, Act of Settlement – tenure for life

 Discussion task

  • Imagine it is the Lord Mayor’s banquet and you have been asked to write a new speech for the Lord Chief Justice arguing the case for more women judges as well as members from ethnic minorities.

 Research

  • 1. What does research reveal about the backgrounds of British judges?
  • 2. explain why some people challenge the idea that judges are progressive (modern, in touch).
  • 3. explain why the process of selecting judges is so important

 Political & Right Wing Bias

  • 1. McIlkenny v Chief Constable of the West Midlands (1980) Lord Denning.
  • 2. R v Ponting (1985) Falklands War
  • 3. Thomas v NUM (South Wales Area)
  • 4. Attorney General v Guardian Newspaper

Background

  • 92% of Law Lords in HoL & 91% of judges in Courts of Appeal attended Oxbridge
  • Narrow educational background

Bingham - progressive judge

  • Elitist background: public school educated
  • Elderly: 68 at time of appointment
  • Conservative: endorsed imprisonment of Arab suspects without trial; rejected extradition of General Pinochet (alleged mass murderer, Chilean dictator)
  • No experience in human rights cases

Selection process

  • Selection process is too elitist: successful barristers favoured above other types of lawyers
  • Need for more female judges to restore confidence in judiciary – currently only one female Law Lord, Brenda Hale
  • Need to bring in more judges with experience in civil & human rights cases

 Your task

  • Read Watts, p.171-2 and complete the scales chart your teacher gives you recording examples or evidence where judges are impartial and occasions when people have suggested they have been biased in their judgements.

Impartial

  • Judges interpret but don’t make laws
  • Don’t comment on public policy (Kilmuir Guidelines, 1955)

Biased

  • Judicial activism – judges become involved in public policy, e.g. sentencing
  • No separation of powers, e.g. Solicitor General, member of Cabinet, Lords & Judiciary & advised Blair on legality of Iraq War
  • Hutton enquiry – report accused of being a ‘whitewash’

Case Studies

  • Labour movement sceptical of judicial impartiality: Taff Vale case, sequestrations of union funds
  • Criticism from individual commentators: judges willing to protect property rights over human rights or liberties (John Griffiths, ‘The Politics of the Judiciary’, 1997)
  • Unfavourable rulings against minorities

 Plenary

  • You are executives for an advertising firm. You have been asked to come up with a radio, TV or poster campaign to encourage a new generation of judges.
  • Your advert must explain what sort of judges the Judicial Appointments Commission wishes to recruit.
  • You may wish to come up with a catchy slogan or image.

Reading List & Questions

  • English Legal System (Elliot and Quinn 2012)
  • Pages 173- 177
  • The Auld Review (2001) page 271
  • Questions page 272 – 276 (magistrates)

Justice and Punishment/Support/Justice and Punishment.docx

HNC/HND Public Services – Unit Assessment Opportunities

Learner name

Assessor name

Lynn Wilkinson

Date issued

Completion date

Submitted on

12th December 2012

March 22nd 2013

Qualification

Unit number and title

HNC/HND Public Services

Level 4 : 15 Credits

14 : Justice and Punishment

Assignment title

Justice and Punishment

In this assessment you will have opportunities to provide evidence against the following criteria. Indicate the page numbers where the evidence can be found.

Criteria reference

To achieve the criteria the evidence must show that the student is able to:

Task no.

Evidence

1.1

Describe the appointment procedures for judges and magistrates.

1

1.2

Evaluate the implications of the appointment process for judicial independence.

1

1.3

Explain the accountability of the judiciary and magistracy with respect to justice and punishment

1

1.4

Evaluate the principle of judicial impartiality.

1

2.1

Describe the process required to prosecute a defendant.

2

2.2

Explain the role of the criminal justice agencies.

3

2.3

Evaluate the effectiveness of alternative methods of dealing with offenders.

3

3.1

Analyse the key issues that arise from the implementation of current sentencing legislation

3

3.2

Analyse the impact of sentencing legislation on criminal justice.

3

3.3

Analyse the long term benefits for the public and employees of achieving fair treatment within public services.

3

3.4

Explain the relationship between sentencing trends and public confidence

3.5

Explain how the cost of prosecution and sentencing impact on available resources

1.1

1.2

1.3

1.4

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

3.1

3.2

M1

M2

M3

D1

D2

D3

ASS1

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

ASS2

Y

Y

Y

ASS3

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Scenario

Aim:

The aim of this unit is to develop learners’ understanding of the criminal justice system in the UK and to evaluate the effectiveness of the criminal justice system.

Unit abstract:

This unit gives learners an opportunity to develop an understanding of the criminal justice system in terms of the composition and roles of the judiciary and magistracy. It enables learners to

explore the principle of judicial independence and potential conflict between with the judiciary and the state and executive because of that independence. The unit also covers how the agencies of the criminal justice system operate and how defendants are dealt with by the system. Learners will explore the ethical issues involved with sentencing and

punishment. Learners will be required to consider the aims and costs of punishment in modern society.

Learners will also have the opportunity to evaluate the effectiveness of the criminal justice system in terms of different stages of dealing with offenders as well as evaluating any deterrent effect on re-offending.

.

Learning outcomes:

On successful completion of this unit a learner will:

LO1 Understand the composition and roles of the judicial system.

LO2 Understand how the judicial system is used for punishment and justice.

LO3 Understand the ethical dilemmas surrounding sentencing.

HNC/HND Public Services – Assignment 1 Front Sheet

Learner name

Assessor name

Lynn Wilkinson

Date issued

Completion date

Submitted on

Qualification

Unit number and title

HNC/HND Public Services

Level 4 : 15 Credits

3 : Justice and Punishment

Assignment title

Assignment 1: Understand the composition and roles of the judicial system

In this assessment you will have opportunities to provide evidence against the following criteria. Indicate the page numbers where the evidence can be found.

Criteria reference

To achieve the criteria the evidence must show that the student is able to:

Task no.

Evidence

1.1

Describe the appointment procedures for judges and magistrates.

1

1.2

Evaluate the implications of the appointment process for judicial independence

1

1.3

Explain the accountability of the judiciary and magistracy with respect to justice and punishment.

1

1.4

Evaluate the principle of judicial impartiality

1

1.1

1.2

1.3

1.4

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

3.1

3.2

M1

M2

M3

D1

D2

D3

ASS1

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Assignment brief

Qualification

HNC/HND Public Services Level 4 – 15 Credits

Unit number and title

14 : Justice and Punishment

Start date

Deadline

Assessor name

Lynn Wilkinson

Assignment title

Assignment 1: What are the roles and composition of the judicial system?

The purpose of this assignment is to:

Enable you to understand the composition and roles of the judiciary.

Scenario

You work for a Public Service and have been asked by your section manager to write a paper detaining the composition and roles of the judiciary? Your paper will be used as a discussion document for promotion exams in your public service’ and hold a discussion to highlight your points

Task 1

You will have to construct a discussion paper and when writing this document you should take the following into consideration:

1.1 An explanation of the judiciary its structure; who makes up the judiciary; how are judges appointed; what is their legal standing, authority and role. What influence do they have on policy? What are their powers, what guidelines are in place and who are they accountable to?

1.2 Evaluate the magistracy its structure; who makes up the judiciary; how are judges appointed; what is their legal standing, authority and role. What influence do they have on policy? What are their powers, what guidelines are in place and who are they accountable to?

Task 2

1.3 Explain the relationship between judges and magistrates. Write about the links between the judiciary and the government and governmental policies. Analyse the role of the executive and parliament.

1.4 Evaluate the principle of judicial impartiality and the impact of government policies on judicial impartiality.

Unit Content – to gain a PASS grade in this task the following content must be included:

Judiciary: structure; social composition; processes of appointment; legal standing; authority ;role influence on policy accountability; powers and guidelines.

Magistracy: structure; social composition; processes of appointment; legal standing; authority; role; influence on policy; accountability; powers; guidelines.

Relationships: between judges and magistrates; relationship between judiciary and government; government policies; role of the executive; role of parliament; principle of judicial impartiality; impact of government policies on judicial impartiality.

Assignment 1: Understand the roles and composition of the judicial system

Outcomes/Criteria

Possible Evidence

1.1

Judiciary: structure; social composition; processes of appointment; legal standing; authority; role; influence on policy; accountability; powers; guidelines

Written notes to include definitions of and structure of the judiciary, this could include the selection process any government selection procedures. The social makeup of judges, sentencing guidelines and who judges are accountable to?

1.2

Magistracy: structure; social composition; processes of appointment; legal standing; authority; role; influence on policy; accountability; powers; guidelines.

Written notes defining the appointment of magistrates their sentencing powers. The legal standing of magistrates and their influence in the community. The changing roles of magistrates and their social composition to reflect the communities they work in.

Links to previous notes sourced for 1.1.

1.3

Relationships: between judges and magistrates; relationship between judiciary and government; government policies; role of the executive; role of parliament

Written notes and research to show how magistrates and judges work together. Study notes on the current policies from government on relationships between government and the judiciary.

1.4

Principle of judicial impartiality; impact of government policies on judicial impartiality.

Case studies outlining judicial impartiality and cases where judges and magistrates have been influenced by government

Grade Descriptors - Merit

M2

Select/design and apply appropriate methods/techniques

A range of sources of information have been used to investigate the different types of prejudice and discrimination within the public services has been used and evidenced within your speech and bibliography. Timely submission of assesements.

M3

Present and communicate appropriate findings

The assignment is written in the appropriate structure and as a speech as requested showing an introduction and conclusion.

Grade Descriptors - Distinction

D2

Take responsibility for managing and organising activities

Cover all merit criteria.

Demonstrate autonomy/independence in your research of current case studies

Assessor's comments

Qualification

HNC/ HND Public Services

Level 4 – 15 Credits

Assessor name

Lynn Wilkinson

Unit number and title

14 : Justice and Punishment

Learner name

Assignment title

The composition and the roles of the judicial system

Grading criteria

Achieved?

1.1. An explanation of the judiciary its structure; who makes up the judiciary; how are judges appointed; what is their legal standing, authority and role. What influence do they have on policy? What are their powers, what guidelines are in place and who are they accountable to?

1.2. Analyse the magistracy its structure; who makes up the judiciary; how are judges appointed; what is their legal standing, authority and role. What influence do they have on policy? What are their powers, what guidelines are in place and who are they accountable to?

1.3 Explain the relationship between judges and magistrates. Write about the links between the judiciary and the government and governmental policies, and the role of the executive and parliament.

1.4. Evaluate the principle of judicial impartiality and the impact of government policies on judicial impartiality.

Learner feedback

Assessor feedback

Action plan

Assessor signature

Date

RESUBMISSION DATE

Learner signature

Date

Learner declaration

I certify that the work submitted for this assignment is my own and research sources are fully acknowledged.

Learner signature: Date:

HNC/HND Public Services – Assignment 2 Front Sheet

Learner name

Assessor name

Lynn Wilkinson

Date issued

Completion date

Submitted on

Qualification

Unit number and title

HNC/HND Public Services

Level 4 – 15 Credits

3 : Understand how the judicial system is used for justice and punishment

Assignment title

Assignment 2: Process, Justice & Prosecution of Defendants

In this assessment you will have opportunities to provide evidence against the following criteria. Indicate the page numbers where the evidence can be found.

Criteria reference

To achieve the criteria the evidence must show that the student is able to:

Task no.

Evidence

2.1

2

1.1

1.2

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

3.1

3.2

M1

M2

M3

D1

D2

D3

ASS2

Y

Y

Y

Assignment brief

Qualification

HNC/HND Public Services

Unit number and title

14: Justice and Punishment

Start date

Deadline

Assessor name

Lynn Wilkinson

Assignment title

Assignment 2: Process, Justice & Prosecution of Defendants

The purpose of this assignment is to:

Understand how legislation and organisational policies can support the protection of individuals

Scenario

You are a member of the Senior Management Team of a given Public Service and have been asked to attend a meeting with selected representatives from other public services.

The meeting will take place on (date) and will link with your third assignment.

For this meeting you need to produce a report where you explain the provisions set out in equal opportunities and human rights legislation to protect people from discrimination on the ground of race, sex or disability. You are to choose FIVE of the following pieces of legislation that are particularly relevant to your public service:

Employment Equality (Sex Discrimination) Regulations 2005;

Human Rights Act 1998;

Equality Act 2010

Employment Equality (Repeal of Retirement Age Provisions) Regulations 2011

Equality Act 2010 (Specific Duties) Regulations 2011 (Public Sector Equality Duty)

Equality Act 2010 (Commencement No. 9) Order 2012

The UK and Reform of the European Court of Human Rights

Unit Content – to gain a PASS grade in this task the following content must be included:

Fair treatment legislation and regulations: Employment Equality (Age) Regulations 2006;

Disability Discrimination Act (DDA) 1995; Sex Discrimination Act (SDA) 1975; Employment

Equality (Sex Discrimination) Regulations 2005; Race Relations Act (RRA) 1976; Employment

Equality (Religion or Belief) Regulations 2003; Human Rights Act 1998; Employment Equality

(Sexual Orientation) Regulations 2003; Equality Act 2006; Equality Act 2010

Assignment

Outcomes/Criteria

Possible Evidence

2.1

Explain the provisions set out in current legislation to protect individuals from discrimination

Explanation of the nine protected characteristics of the Equality Act 2010 and the principles of the Human Rights Act 1998; the effects on public services of the Public Sector Equality Duty; relevant policies published by public services

Grade Descriptors - Merit

M1

Identify and apply strategies to find appropriate solutions

Show that you have applied an effective approach to study and research of legislative provisions that protect individuals from discrimination by using current case studies of discrimination.

M2

Select/design and apply appropriate methods/techniques

Select and show that a range of information has been used in your bibliography.

Assessor's comments

Qualification

HNC/HND Public Services

Level 4 – 15 Credits

Assessor name

Lynn Wilkinson

Unit number and title

14: justice and Punishment

Learner name

Assignment title

Assignment 2: Process, Justice & Prosecution of Defendants

Grading criteria

Achieved?

2.1 Explain the provisions set out in current legislation to protect individuals from discrimination.

Learner feedback

Assessor feedback

Action plan

Assessor signature

Date

RESUBMISSION DATE

Learner signature

Date

Learner declaration

I certify that the work submitted for this assignment is my own and research sources are fully acknowledged.

Learner signature: Date:

HNC/HND Public Services – Assignment 3 Front Sheet

Learner name

Assessor name

Lynn Wilkinson

Date issued

Completion date

Submitted on

Qualification

Unit number and title

HNC/HND Public Services

Level 4 – 15 Credits

14: Process, Justice & Prosecution of Defendants

Assignment title

Assignment 3:

In this assessment you will have opportunities to provide evidence against the following criteria. Indicate the page numbers where the evidence can be found.

Criteria reference

To achieve the criteria the evidence must show that the student is able to:

Task no.

Evidence

2.2

Assess the advisory service available to victim of discrimination.

3

2.3

Evaluate fair treatment of policies employed by public services

3

2.4

Evaluate the role of organisations that uphold the rights of employees and the public.

3

3.1

Explain how equality for personnel and the public can be supported by organisations.

3

3.2

Analyse the long term benefits for the public and employees of achieving fair treatment within public services

3

Assessment Criteria / Grade Descriptor Coverage

1.1

1.2

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

3.1

3.2

3.3

4.1

4.2

M1

M2

M3

D1

D2

D3

ASS3

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Assignment brief

Qualification

HNC/HND Public Services – level 4 : 15 Credits

Unit number and title

14 :

Start date

Deadline

Assessor name

Lynn Wilkinson

Assignment title

Assignment 14:

The purpose of this assignment is to:

Enable you to understand how legislation and organisational policies can support the protection of individuals.

Understand how fair treatment can benefit the work of public services.

Scenario

You are the member of the Senior Management Team of your chosen Public Service and have been asked to attend a meeting with selected representatives from other Public Services.

Task 3

Each representative will be given a 15 minute period to deliver a presentation. Your presentation will:

Evaluate fair treatment policies that exist in public services (2.3) – identify fair policies in your chosen public service and one other and then evaluate these showing areas of improvements.

Assess the advisory services that are available to victims of discrimination (2.2). This will be your opinion on the strengths and weaknesses of the advisory services and this can be services offered within your chosen public service of external organisations that will support victims of discrimination.

Explain how equality for personnel (employees) and the public can be supported by organisations (3.1) and evaluate this role in organisations in upholding the rights of employees (personnel) and the public (2.4). You will show the importance of organisations (your chosen public service and one other) in offering equality support to personnel and the public in considering their rights.

Finally you will end your presentation with an analysis of the long term benefits for both the public and employees in achieving fair treatment within public services (3.2). The overall aim is to analyse the long term benefits (look at the reasoning and rationale) of achieving fair treatment within your chosen public service and one other.

For further guidance:

You are to submit your power point presentation notes and copies of any hand-outs / factsheets that you will use during the presentation, with your font sheet as evidence.

You are to come appropriately dressed. The schedule for your presentation will be on Moodle, so please check. You are to have your power point on a USB to save time in setting up.

Unit Content – to gain a PASS grade in this task the following content must be included:

Advisory Services: including Advisory, Conciliation and Arbitration Service (ACAS); Citizens

Advice Bureau (CAB); Equality and Human Rights Commission (EHRC); Rights of Women; Royal

Association for Disability and Rehabilitation (RADAR); trade unions; Liberty; inspectorates and

advisory bodies e.g. Police Complaints Commission, Independent Monitoring Board (IMB) for

Prisons

Organisational policies: of uniformed public services; of non-uniformed public services;

grievance procedures; how public service employers present legal responsibilities of fair

treatment for staff within organisational policies

Fair treatment: reason; rationale; purpose; impact on daily operation; accountability to

management and watchdogs; impact on current and future employees and customers

Trade unions: role to represent members; ethos; impact of trade union activity on employees

and working standards

Anti-discriminatory practices: currently in place within uniformed and non-uniformed public

services e.g. recruitment and promotion initiatives, fair treatment policies, service accessibility.

Fair treatment: definition; the importance and need for Justice and Punishment;

requirements including working practices, within literature, within job opportunities, within

codes of practice and ethics

Prejudice and discrimination: effects on the victim including psychological, impact on self-esteem

and future within public service; effects on the perpetrator including psychological,

impact on self-esteem, future within public service; effects on organisation including public

perception

Work place culture: language e.g. ‘canteen banter’; humour and practical jokes; challenging

inappropriate behaviour; coping strategies

Assignment

Outcomes/Criteria

Possible Evidence

2.2

Assess the advisory services available to victims of discrimination.

The impact advisory services such as ACAS, CAB, EHRC. RADAR and Liberty have on public services in upholding the rights of individuals / groups

2.3

Evaluate fair treatment policies employed by public services.

Compare the fair treatment policies of three public services identifying there similarities and differences.

2.4

Evaluate the role of organisations that uphold the rights of employees and the public.

Compare and contrast the roles of two organisations, (e.g. two of those identified in 2.2 above)

3.1

Explain how equality for personnel and the public can be supported by organisations.

Review of the impact of the Human Rights Act 1998 by the EHRC; the suggested reform of the European Convention on Human Rights by the UK government

3.2

Analyse the long-term benefits for the public and employees of achieving fair treatment within public services

Resourcing implications on teams of maternity leave, religious / cultural needs, long-term absences, suspensions from duty, impact of recruitment policies directed at under-represented communities, the impact on the public of internal recruitment policies, supported by relevant data.

Grade Descriptors - Merit

M1

Identify and apply strategies to find appropriate solutions

Show that effective judgements have been made by meeting deadlines, being fully prepared with hand-outs and using appropriate fonts etc. in your presentation; taking into account all the requirements asked for including your time limit of 15 minutes.

M2

Select/design and apply appropriate methods/techniques

Select and show that a range of sources of information has been used in your bibliography e.g. websites, books, primary sources.

M3

Present and communicate appropriate findings

At your presentation you have used a range of methods of presenting your findings and the use of technical language has been accurately used eg hand-outs/factsheets, power point hand-out, case studies etc.

Grade Descriptors - Distinction

D1

Use critical reflection to evaluate own work and justify valid conclusions

Conclusions have been arrived at through synthesis of ideas in assessing the advisory services that exist for victims of discrimination and the existence of these services has been justified.

D2

Take responsibility for managing and organising activities

You have taken responsibility and shown the importance of interdependence in your planning for this presentation and this has been achieved e.g. independent research has been applied and the class notes etc. have not been your only research.

D3

Demonstrate convergent/lateral/creative thinking

Demonstrate convergent and lateral thinking in your analysis of the long-term benefits of achieving fair treatment policies within public services; showing that effective thinking has taken place in unfamiliar contexts by relating these policies to current case studies.

Assessor's comments

Qualification

HNC/HND Public Services

Assessor name

Lynn Wilkinson

Unit number and title

3 : Fair Treatment

Learner name

Assignment title

Assignment 3: Fair Treatment and the Public Services

Grading criteria

Achieved?

2.2 Assess the advisory services available to victims of discrimination

2.3 Evaluate fair treatment policies employed by public services

2.4 Evaluate the role of organisations that uphold the rights of employees and the public.

3.1 Explain how equality for personnel and the public can be supported by organisations.

3.2 Analyse the long-term benefits for the public and employees of achieving fair treatment within public services.

Learner feedback

Assessor feedback

Action plan

Assessor signature

Date

RESUBMISSION DATE

Learner signature

Date

Learner declaration

I certify that the work submitted for this assignment is my own and research sources are fully acknowledged.

Learner signature: Date:

Suggested Reading / Resources

Textbooks /texts

· Human Rights Act 1998

· Equality Act 2010

· European Convention on umanHhhHuman Rights

Websites

· Audit Commission inspection reports www.audit-commission.gov.uk

· National Statistics participation figures www.statistics.gov.uk

· Relevant legislation www.legislation.gov.uk

· Suggested reform of the ECoHR www.parliament.uk/briefing-papers/SN06277

· Liberty www.liberty-human-rights.org.uk/index.php

· Amnesty www.amnesty.org.uk/

· Websites of relevant public services

Journals

· Prison Service Journal

· RAF News

· Navy News

· Soldier

· Annual Reports by public services

· Inspectorate Reports for public services

· Reports of Independent Inquiries into the public services (e.g. IPCC, IMB)

Video

· Relevant documentaries shown on television e.g. Panorama

· Video / clips shown in lectures

CD ROM’s

Moodle

· Course materials uploaded to assist your studies

Justice and Punishment/Support/Laws and the legal System.docx

LAWS AND THE LEGAL SYSTEM

 

Why do we have laws and legal systems? At one level, laws can be seen as a type of rule which is meant to govern behaviour between people. Many organisations use rules to govern behaviour between people. Families may have rules about keeping one’s bedroom tidy or not staying out late. Schools have rules about doing homework and not running in corridors. Football associations have rules about not using hands (except for goalkeepers) and not swearing at the referee. So, rules seem to be an almost inevitable part of any organised social interaction, and societies have almost always developed such rules.

Primitive societies will have relatively few formal rules, and such rules as exist will often be derived from other moral codes such as religion. So, a prohibition on murder and theft may exist, but it may be left to individuals to decide what other arrangements they should make for themselves.

In more complex societies, such as the United Kingdom, two developments occur:

· rules grow in extent. The basic purposes of law often revolve around ideas of protection and the maintenance of the peace, which are basic functions of any state. So, laws are passed about crime and disorder and also the peaceful settlement of disputes between citizens. But as social and economic interaction develops, there will also be rules about how commerce can be practiced and how the state can care for the needs of its citizens. So, there are rules about industrial processes, land use, and motoring, and also social welfare, health, housing and education, none of which exists in primitive societies

· rules develop about rules - how to make or change rules, how to determine the validity or meaning of rules. In this way the rules become systematised.

When a complex legal system has developed, it is important to realise that it does not solely consist of rules. Legal principles can come into play in order to make sense of collections of rules and to provide the basis for future development. Legal principles are more generalised statements than legal rules and will often be akin to moral precepts.

Though there can be bad laws and good laws, it has been argued that laws should only be recognised as having authority as such if they comply with the requirements of the rule of law. In this way, we should be able to distinguish between a system of laws and a system of terror. This is a very noble idea - the rule of law is associated with requirements such as "due process" (laws which are clear, discussed in advance and equal in application) as well as broader aims such as respect for individual rights and social equality and justice. However, the more demanding meanings of the rule of law are in the realms of political morality rather than legal validity. Many dictatorships and evil regimes have been able to rule by law, though not in accordance with the doctrine of the rule of law.

3 THE SOURCES OF THE LEGAL SYSTEMS

Though the systems differ in the contents of their laws and the institutions and professions which surround them, the indigenous sources of laws are in fact similar in all three jurisdictions. Remember also that European laws from the European Union (and in the future perhaps, the European Convention on Human Rights) are also a source of laws, but these are dealt with elsewhere in these pages.

Case law

The legal systems within the United Kingdom were based largely on judge-made law (law developed through decisions by judges necessary to decide cases brought before them - called "common law" or case-law) until around the seventeenth century. Each jurisdiction developed its own forms of common law, with Scotland being especially distinct from the rest. Since that time, new laws and law reform have increasingly been brought about through Acts of Parliament, usually inspired by policies of the Government of the day. Even so, the development of case-law still remains an important source of law. A statement of law made by a judge in a case can become binding on later judges and can in this way become the law for everyone to follow. Whether or not a particular pronouncement (technically called a precedent) by a judge sitting in court when deciding a case does become binding (according to the doctrine of "stare decisis" - stand by what has previously been decided) on later judges depends on two main factors:

· The pronouncement must be made by a court of sufficient seniority. Basically, judges at the lowest tiers of decision making (often called courts of first instance), are not allowed to issue binding precedents. Often, the cases are not fully reported anyway, so it is not clear what has been decided. In addition, these judges may not be hearing full legal arguments but are concentrating on factual findings. So, it is the higher courts which issue binding rulings and the lower courts must follow them.In these courts there has been a system of official recording and reporting since 1865 (now called the Incorporated Council of Law Reporting for England and Wales, which produces The Law Reports and The Weekly Law Reports ). There are also many commercial law reports, though most again are confined to decisions of higher courts (such as the All England Law Reports). Here is an expalantion of some case citations you might come across - Lamb [1967] 2 QB 981 (this means a case reported in the Law Reports); Thabo Meli v The Queen [1954] 1 WLR 228 (this means a case reported in the Weekly Law reports); Thornton [1992] 1 All ER 339 (this means a case reported in the All England Law Reports).

· The pronouncement must have formed the ratio decidendi of the case (this is Latin for the reasoning behind the decision). The reasoning must be a matter pertaining to the law rather than a factual decision. In addition, the pronouncement must not be obiter dictum - something said either about the law or the facts of the case which is "by the way", in other words, not strictly necessary for the legal basis for the decisions. Only the ratio decidendi will be binding. It will comprise the legal principles and rules which are necessary to solve the problem before the court. Obiter dicta are not binding, but they may be treated as of "persuasive authority" - later judges are entitled to read them and be influenced by them, but they are not obliged to follow these parts of judicial pronouncements.

We can summarise these rules -as the doctrine of precedent (or, to use lawyers’ language, the doctrine of stare decisis). A later judge will have to determine (i) what pronouncements from earlier decisions are binding and (ii) whether any is relevant - the later judge may say that the case before the court is "distinguishable" from the earlier case (i.e. has materially different facts so as to fall within different areas of law).

Precedent has a very important role in the common law. It ensures certainty and consistency and logical progression and development in the law. At the same time it can be rigid and also complex - what is "the law" on a subject may be very difficult to find or to state as it is spread across many cases. So, many countries (especially in Continental Europe) prefer a codified system in which laws are set out in legislation and cases which apply them may be illustrative but do not become binding. The law is also easier to find and to state and is rationally prospective rather than based on the chance event of litigation, which may give rise to laws based on extreme or unusual situations or unevenly argued cases. For example, here is the offence of murder in US Federal Law. By contrast, the law of murder in England is contained in several cases, and even having read them there may be room for doubt. As for English law, the classic definition of murder is considered to be that given by Lord Chief Justice Coke who (writing in the early seventeenth century) said:

"Murder is when a man of sound memoryand of the age of discretion, unlawfully killeth within any county of the realm any reasonable creature in rerum natura under the King's peace, with malice aforthought , either expressed by the party or implied by law, so as the party wo, or hurt etc. die of the wound or hurt etc.within a year and a day of the same."

Can you put this statement in modern language?

Note that:

1 Some of these elements of the offence have since been changed. For example, what was called the year and a day rule was abolished by the Law Reform (Year and a Day Rule) Act 1996 .

2 For further sayings of Lord Coke see http://www.commonlaw.com/Coke.html

Nevertheless, the common law does have advantages over codified systems - it is more flexible, it is more practical as it is derived from real life dramas played out before the courts.

  Legislation or statutory laws (Acts of Parliament)

Legislation has become the commonest source of new laws or of law reform since around the Seventeenth century. So when we think of laws in modern times, we often think of sections in an Act of Parliament. Statutes can be applied to all or any combination of jurisdictions within the United Kingdom, whereas the common law jurisdictions are more limited. Acts of Parliament which apply to everyone throughout one or more jurisdictions are called public general Acts. But Acts may also be limited to geographical locations within a jurisdiction (e.g. the W est Yorkshire Act 1980 and local bye-laws) or to specific persons or companies.

The most important legislation is Acts of Parliament (called primary legislation). This becomes valid through being approved (after debate) in the House of Commons and (with some exceptions under processes laid down by the Parliament Acts 1911-1949) the House of Lords; it then receives the Royal Assent from the Queen. (see The House of Commons within the UK Constitution ; and The British Monarchy pages ). Here are some examples of some statutes: Education (Student Loans) Act 1998 , Education (Schools) Act 1997 , Protection from Harassment Act 1997 , School Inspections Act 1996 , Disability Discrimination Act 1995 .

A greater volume of legislation is nowadays made under the authority of primary legislation by Government Ministers, and it does not have to be approved in advance by Parliament. This is called delegated or secondary legislation. Delegated legislation is issued (often by a government minister) under a specific power in the "parent" or "enabling" Act. Such legislation is issued in the form of statutory instruments (there are about three thousand per year) and may be titled "regulations" or "orders". Here are some examples - The Jobseeker's Allowance (Amendment) Regulations 1998 , The Education (Direct Grant Schools) (Revocation) Regulations 1998 , The M42 Motorway (Dunton Diversion) Scheme 1998 .

Reasons for the use of delegated legislation are as follows:

· to save time in Parliament - the time taken to scrutinize statutory instruments is often zero or, at most, an hour or two;

· to allow for expert input into their design and technical language to be used in their wording

· to allow flexibility in responding to events and representations

There are also powers under the Local Government Act 1972 for local authorities to issue delegated legislation - these are called bye-laws.

Comparing legislation with common law, statutes generally have the power to change the established common law, but the common law cannot overrule or change statues. A statute can only be overrruled or amended by another, later statute. This relationship reflects the legal and political doctrine known as Parliamentary Sovereignty - the recognition and acceptance that Parliament is the supreme law-making authority in the land. However, that authority may not be absolute - it has been limited by the relationship with the European Union, and the importance of principles such as the recognition of individual freedoms, democracy and governmental accountability may place further limits on its exercise. Nevertheless, save for these possible limits in extreme circumstances, the judges must normally apply statutes, even if they are contrary to established common law. The task of the judge is to interpret and apply the statute - they cannot disregard it or declare it to be "unconstitutional". In many other jurisdictions, the judges do have this power to override statutes by declaring them to be inconsistent with the written constituion. This happens in the United States. For an example, see the cases of Youngstown Sheet & Tube Co. v. Sawyer 343 U.S. 579 (1952) ; and Griswold v Connecticut 381 U.S. 479 (1965).

There are various theories as to how the judge should interpret statutes. This is not an easy task. The legislation will originially have been written by experts (Parliamentary draftsmen) who write in precise and technical language. But the legislation may be amended by non-experts during its passage through Parliament. And circumstances may be encountered which were not considered by the draftsmen. There are three main rules which are used by the judges in interpreting Acts of Parliament:

· the literal rule - interpret the statue literally, according to its ordinary plain meaning. For an example of this rule, see Fisher v Bell [1960] 3 All ER 731

· the golden rule - if the literal interpretation leads to an absurdity, then modify the interpretation to a less obvious meaning. An absurdity may arise from a literal meaning of the words. See for example Adler v George.* Alternatively, it may arise from the policy implications of a literal interpretation. See Re Sigsworth.*

· the mischief rule - define the problem the Act was meant to remedy and choose the interpretation which best deals with the problem. See Smith v Hughes (1871) LR 6 QB 597 . In order to determine what was the problem before the Act, the courts can look at, for example, reports from the Law Commission and also Hansard (the journal of debates in Parliament)

The literal rules might be said to be the default position. But the judges will commonly use a more purposive approach (the golden or mischief rules), especially where the legislation seeks to implement a social policy such as the outlawing of sex discrimination. see Pickstone v Freeman [1988] 2 All ER 803 .

Aside from these broad appraoches, there are more specific rules of interpretation which fall into two categories:

· rules of language: Examples include the "eiusdem generis" (Latin phrase which means of the same kind) rule: where general words follow a list of specific examples, the general words take their meaning from the specific words and so are not as general as they first appear. For example in the phrase houses, flats and other buildings other buildings can mean only other dwellings, and would not include, for example, a church. Another example is "expressio unius est exclusio alterius" (another Latin phrase) - if an Act mentions a specific type, it implies that other types are not included. (see for example the case of AM & S Europe Limited v Commission of the European Communities (Case 155/79), [1982] ECR 1575. "Noscitur a socciis" - words take their menaing from those around them - ambiguous words or phrases can be clarified by referring to the context in which they are used (see for example Letang v Cooper [1965] 1 QB 232 ).

· presumptions: the judges make certain assumptions about the intentions of Parliament and require strong evidence to the contrary. These include the presumptions that Parliament does not intend to impose criminal liability (Sweet v Parsley [1969] 1 All ER 347), does not intend to take away fundamental rights ( R v Lord Chancellor ex p. Whitham [1997] 2 All ER 779*) and does not intend to exclude the courts from deciding disputes, see Anisminic Ltd v Foreign Compensation Commission [1969] 1 All ER 208)

The Court System

 

THE ADMINISTRATION OF THE LEGAL SYSTEMS

The structure of the courts in all three jurisdictions within the United Kingdom tends to be arranged according to the subject-matter of cases brought before the courts rather than the source of the laws to be applied. The latter did form the basis for a great deal of court structure until the end of the nineteenth century and even now has some influence.

England and Wales courts

Criminal Cases

The more serious criminal cases are tried on the basis of a document called the indictment -

the defendant is indicted on criminal charges specified in the indictment by the prosecutor. In most cases, the prosecution is on behalf of the Crown (the State) and is handled by an official agency called the Crown Prosecution Service , which takes the case over from the police who have already investigated most of the evidence. The first stage will be to decide whether there is a case to answer - what is called a prima facie case. This process, called committal, will be dealt with by a magistrate on the basis of evidence disclosed in papers provided by the prosecutor. If the case proceeds, it is heard in the Crown Court (there is only one Crown Court but it has about 70 centres around the jurisdiction). The trial is before a judge and jury. The judge presides over the trial process by attempting to ensure clarity and fairness. The judge must also consider and decide on legal issues (such as whether a piece of evidence is admissible - should be put before the jury) and also instruct the jury as to the correct view of the law relevant to the case. The jury decides the facts - whose story is more believable - and applies the law to those facts. So, it is the jury not the judge which reaches a verdict on the guilt or innocence of the defendant. In criminal cases, the prosecution has the burden of proof - it must prove guilt, rather than the defendant having to prove innocence. The standard (= level) of proof is heavy - guilt must be proven beyond reasonable doubt.

In less serious criminal cases (which comprise over 90% of criminal cases - see Home Office Research & Statistics Directorate web site for statistics, e.g. see the 1996 British Crime Survey ), the case is sent for summary trial in one of over 400 magistrates’ courts. A summary trial means there is no committal and no jury. The trial is before a bench of magistrates. In most cases, there are three magistrates who are "lay" persons - in other words, they are not professional judges nor are they lawyers, but, like the jury, they are persons from the local community. However, there is now an increasing number of "stipendiary" magistrates - paid magistrates who are qualified lawyers. Stipendiary magistrates are, for historical reasons, most common in London and in other large cities. See The Place Of The Magistrates Court In The English Judicial System , and also The English Magistrate which gives a description of the nature and role of the English Magistracy (See for example, the web site of Trafford Metropolitan Magistrates Court and its Code of Practice ).

Those defendants who are dissatisfied by the verdict may be able to appeal:

· from the Magistrates’ Courts, there is an appeal to the Crown Court on matters of fact or law .

· from the Crown Court, it might be possible to appeal to the Criminal Division of the Court of Appeal on matters of fact or law

· certain legal disputes arising in the magistrates’ courts or the Crown Court can be taken before the Divisional Court of the High Court

· finally, matters of important legal dispute arising in the Crown Court or Divisional Court may be appealed to the House of Lords - see Information on the Judicial Work of the House of Lords describing the jurisdiction of the House, the Law Lords, procedure, and the history of the House's judicial role. See also the judgments of the House of Lords delivered sinceNovember 1996 on-line. Abstracts of House of Lords cases since 1992 are available here . See also a BBC March 1998 Special Report on "What does the future hold for the Lords ?" The BBC Special Report also includes sections on " The House of Lords: A brief history of time" and "Lords reform under way."

 

http://www.leeds.ac.uk/law/hamlyn/hot.gif Click here to see a graphic image of the UK Court Structure http://www.leeds.ac.uk/law/hamlyn/hot.gif

 

Civil Cases

In civil cases, the litigation is commenced by a plaintiff (a private person or company or a public authority) against a defendant. The plaintiff must try to prove the liability of the defendant on the balance of probabilities. The sorts of claims arising in the civil courts are typically about contracts (most common of all), torts (civil wrongs such as the causing a road accident through negligence, damaging a person’s reputation through defamation, or affecting the enjoyment of their property through causing a nuisance such as by pollution) and land disputes. The choice of court depends in most cases on the value of the claim. Claims of lesser value will start i na County Court. There are 250 County Courts around the country. They can also deal with divorce and bankruptcy matters. Relatively small claims (less than about �3,000) can be handled by a Small Claims Procedure. This involves a quick hearing, often without lawyers being present, before a District Judge. The parties can however appeal to a Circuit Judge who also deals with full County Court trials. In 1995, nearly 2.5 million "actions" (cases) were commenced. Just over two million were actions for the recovery of debts based on contracts. Almost 200,000 were actions relating to land (mainly for repossession of houses where a mortgage or rent had not been paid). Another 200,000 related to matrimonial proceedings. The Small Claims Procedure dealt with 100,000.

More substantial civil claims (over around �25,000) are heard in the High Court (based in London but also with a few regional centres, often housed within Crown Court buildings). The action is begun by writ, which is accompanied by a statement of claim in which the details of the legal dispute is set out. The High Court is organised according to case type into Divisions:

a Family Division deals with divorce and child welfare matters and also the administration of wills. Child welfare matters include both proceedings brought by child protection agencies, such as local authorities - about 17,000 in 1995. Parents and guardians may also make applications, for example about custody and access - 102,000 in 1995. There were also over 5,000 adoption orders. Divorce is mainly dealt with in the County Courts, but the High Court does hear a small number of complex, contested cases. The Family Division also oversees the uncontested administration of wills - a process called "probate". It authorises the executors to act on behalf of the deceased person if it can be shown that all the papers are in order. There were about a quarter of a million grants of probate in 1995.

a Chancery Division considers complex matters such as disputes about wills, settlements and trusts, bankruptcy, land law, intellectual property (copyright and patents) and corporate laws. In 1995 nearly 11,000 general actions (mainly relating to land disputes) were begun. There were also 13,000 bankruptcy petitions and nearly 18,000 company cases (mainly relating to insolvency). Many of the company cases are dealt with in a specialist sub-Division, the Companies Court. See the Chancery Division judgments .

the Queen’s Bench Division deals with the remaining business - disputes about contracts or torts or land. The Queen’s Bench Division has some specialist sub-Divisions, including a Commercial Court (dealing with large and complex business disputes; there were about 200 in 1995), a Crown Office List (dealing with actions against public authorities - about 4,000) and an Admiralty Court (shipping matters - about 500). See the Queen's Bench Division judgments .

See generally The Court Service web site and the Lord Chancellor's Department which are currently under construction.

Any civil trial is in the vast majority of cases by a judge alone. Juries are now very rare in civil cases. Another feature to note is that cases are often slow to pass through the system, measured in months or years rather than weeks as for criminal cases. It is also important to realise that a very large proportion of civil claims are "settled" - the parties agree on how they should be resolved and therefore the case never reaches trial. This applies both to High Court and County Court. In 1995:

· The number of trials in the County Court was just 24,477.

· In the Queen’s Bench Division, there were 31,737 writs issued but judgement in only 1520 cases

The system of appeal in civil cases is as follows:

· from a County Court or the High Court, there is an appeal to the Civil Division of the Court of Appeal on law only. In 1995 there were 991 final appeals and 756 "interlocutory" appeals (these are appeals from the way the case is being handled through the lower court rather than an appeal about the final verdict). See the Court of Appeal, Civil Division judgments .

· from the High Court, there may be an appeal to the House of Lords on a matter of legal importance - just two cases in 1995

· from the Court of Appeal, there can be an appeal to the House of Lords on fact or law, but usually appeal is only allowed on matters of legal importance - 47 in 1995

http://www.leeds.ac.uk/law/hamlyn/hot2.gif Swarbrick & Co, Solicitors provide a web site which enables users to search recent legal cases. The database so far covers the period from 08-Jan-1992 to 05-Feb-1998 and it is frequently updated. See http://chianti.ipl.co.uk/swarb/swarform.html . Law Index by Courts is a good option as it covers a wide variety of UK courts. It also covers cases from the the European Court of Justice and European Court of Human Rights .

This Court was set up under the Treaty of Rome of 1957, by which the European Community was established. The Court sits in Luxembourg and consists of judges appointed by all 15 of the Member States (so there is one British judge). The Court has been made part of the English legal system by virtue of the European Communities Act 1972, section 3 of which states as follows

"For the purposes of all legal proceedings any question as to the meaning or effect of any of the Treaties, or as to the validity, meaning or effect of any Community instrument, shall be treated as a question of law (and, if not referred to the European court, be for determination as such in accordance with the principles laid down by and any relevant decision of the European Court)."

Its intervention can arise in two ways under Article 177 of the Treaty of Rome. Firstly, "The Court of Justice shall have jurisdiction to give preliminary rulings concerning...the interpretation of this Treaty ... when such a question is raised before any court of tribunal of a Member State, that court or tribunal may, it if considers that a decision on the question is necessary to enable it to give judgement, request the Court of Justice to give a ruling thereon." This means that any UK court, civil or criminal, can ask for its judgement on a point of Community law if it is felt to be an important point which is necessary for a decision. Secondly, "Where any such question is raised in a case pending before a court or tribunal of a Member State, against whose decisions there is no judicial remedy under national law, that court or tribunal shall bring the matter before the Court of Justice." This means that where there is no further appeal from the national court (such as from the House of Lords, the case must be referred on points of Community law if they are in dispute.

Further details can be found on the Court of Justice's Homepage

The hierarchy of the courts

The structure now described should be related to the issue of precedent described earlier. In other words, the decisions of which courts are binding on the decisions of which other courts? In what order of authority (this is what "hierarchy" means) are the courts placed?

Up to Court of Appeal level, each judge follow the decisions of all the higher courts above it but need not follow the views of other judges in the same court or a lower court. The Court of Appeal is normally bound by its own previous decisions in civil cases as well as those of the House of Lords. The Court of Appeal can depart from its own decisions in civil cases in the circumstances laid down in a case called Young v Bristol Aeroplane Co .[1944] 1 KB 718 . This says it can depart from its earlier own decision if (1) made in error (2) if there are two conflicting earlier decisions, the Court can choose one and override the other (3) where a decision conflicts with a later decision of the House of Lords. The Criminal Division of the Court of Appeal is not bound by its previous decisions - it is considered to be more important to be just to the individual than to provide certainty. For an example of how the judges can be flexible in criminal cases, see R v R [1992] 1 AC 599, [1991] 4 All ER 481 , House of Lords .

The House of Lords is not bound by other courts (except the Court of Justice). But if it were bound by its own decisions, the system could become too rigid - the judges would have to await legislation through Parliament to correct any mistakes they made at that level. Rather than rely of the whims of the legislature, the House of Lords decided by a Practice Direction (a decision as to its own procedure) in 1966 that it was not to be bound by its own previous decisions, though it continues to recognise the value of certainty and so will depart from earlier decisions only in rare cases.

The Court of Justice can overrule all other courts on matters of Community law.

The Court Structure Graphic file

Court personnel: judiciary, officials, juries

 

The judiciary are perhaps the most prominent amongst those involved in running the court. The largest group of judges are lay magistrates - formally titled justices of the peace. The word "lay" means that these are ordinary citizens who are not legal professionals - they have no legal training and are appointed not for any legal expertise but in order to ensure that the local community is involved in the running of the legal system and that its substantive decisions - who is guilty or innocent and what the law means - reflect to some extent community values. There are around 30,000 lay magistrates. They sit as groups of three (as a "bench"), though sometimes a shortage of magistrates means there are just two (but it is not lawful to have just one). The lay magistrates preside over criminal trials in the magistrates’ courts, which deal with the vast majority of criminal cases.

This very heavy reliance upon lay members of the public in the running of the courts system is centuries old but it is unusual in comparison with many other countries. Some of the controversies which arise are as follows:

· it is suggested that lay magistrates in their composition do not really represent the local community. Traditionally, they were predominantly male and upper or middle class. The gender balance has been addressed to a fair extent, but recruitment from all sections of society has not been achieved. Some of the problems include the degree of commitment required (around 20 sittings per year, plus some training sessions) and the narrow ways in which recruitment takes place.

· the impact which lay persons can have or should have on the legal system. Are substantial variations in the way in which the law is applied to be viewed as fair? For example, complaints are made when one group of magistrates has a much higher conviction or imprisonment rate than another.

· There may also be limitations on lay involvement because the lay magistrates sit with a legally qualified clerk, though the clerk should confine the advice to matters of law not fact

· there are concerns about efficiency. Because they are not professional lawyers, it is said that lay magistrates take longer to analyse and understand cases. They are also more tolerant of verbose advocacy than a professional judge would be. So cases last longer, and there are three of them per case. Though they are not paid a fee for their services, the fact that the court has to be in session for longer is a great expense.

An increasing number of magistrates’ courts now make use of stipendiary magistrates. These are professional lawyers (most were either barristers or court clerks before taking this office) who are paid (a stipend) to act as full-time lawyers. There are in fact only around 100 full-time stipendiary magistrates (half in London), but their number is growing, and as it is reckoned that one stipendiary can perform the work of around 30+ lay magistrates, their presence is significant. (see Stipendiary Magistrate Appointments through the Lord Chancellor's Department pages) From the government’s point of view, their efficiency is very desirable. Nevertheless, the Lord Chancellor (Lord Irvine) has emphaised the principle of lay involvement:

"....I have no plans for a wholesale replacement of the lay magistracy by stipendiary magistrates...Without the lay magistracy, there would be a justice system - but it would be much less ‘of the people, by the people, and for the people’."

( Presidential Address to the Annual General Meeting of The Magistrates’ Association, 11 October 1997 )

Another interesting speech is again by The Lord Chancellor, Lord Irvine of Lairg, Ministerial Statement to the House of Lords: "The organisation of the Magistrates' Courts," 29 October 1997.

See The Place Of The Magistrates Court In The English Judicial System and The English Magistrate pages.

See also the Lord Chancellor's Department's The Magistrates' Courts Service pages.

In the Crown Court, dealing with more serious criminal cases, the court personnel involves not only members of the judiciary but also a jury.

The Crown Court judiciary:

The trial is presided over by a judge whose functions are to ensure the fair conduct of the proceedings and also to give rulings on points of law. The judges also determine the sentence if the defendant is found guilty. At the end of the presentation of evidence, the judge "directs" the jury as to the law to be applied. This can involve quite complex instructions as to the law on a given subject. Ususally, judges will also summarise and analyse the facts for the jury - but should not pass comment on them, save where directed to do so by law. An important example of the latter is that judges may now make adverse comments if a suspect fails to give evidence in court about a defence being relied upon.

Criminal Justice and Public Order Act 1994, s.35 Effect of accused's silence at trial

 35. - (1) At the trial of any person who has attained the age of fourteen years for an offence, subsections (2) and (3) below apply unless -

(a) the accused's guilt is not in issue; or (b) it appears to the court that the physical or mental condition of the accused makes it undesirable for him to give evidence; but subsection (2) below does not apply if, at the the conclusion of the evidence for the prosecution, his legal representative informs the court that the accused will give evidence or, where he is unrepresented, the court ascertains from him that he will give evidence.

 (2) Where this subsection applies, the court shall, at the conclusion of the evidence for the prosecution, satisfy itself (in the case of proceedings on indictment, in the presence of the jury) that the accused is aware that the stage has been reached at which evidence can be given for the defence and that he can, if he wishes, give evidence and that, if he chooses not to give evidence, or having been sworn, without good cause refuses to answer any question, it will be permissible for the court or jury to draw such inferences as appear proper from his failure to give evidence or his refusal, without good cause, to answer any question.

 (3) Where this subsection applies, the court or jury, in determining whether the accused is guilty of the offence charged, may draw such inferences as appear proper from the failure of the accused to give evidence or his refusal, without good cause, to answer any question.

 (4) This section does not render the accused compellable to give evidence on his own behalf, and he shall accordingly not be guilty of contempt of court by reason of a failure to do so.

 (5) For the purposes of this section a person who, having been sworn, refuses to answer any question shall be taken to do so without good cause unless -

(a) he is entitled to refuse to answer the question by virtue of any enactment, whenever passed or made, or on the ground of privilege; or

(b) the court in the exercise of its general discretion excuses him from answering it.

 (6) Where the age of any person is material for the purposes of subsection (1) above, his age shall for those purposes be taken to be that which appears to the court to be his age.

 (7) This section applies -

(a) in relation to proceedings on indictment for an offence, only if the person charged with the offence is arraigned on or after the commencement of this section;

(b) in relation to proceedings in a magistrates' court, only if the time when the court begins to receive evidence in the proceedings falls after the commencement of this section.

The judges are almost all former barristers. Some will be High Court out "on circuit" from London, who will stay at a provincial centre for a couple of weeks. More permamently assigned to a particular area are circuit judges. But many cases are heard also by Recorders or Assistant Recorders - part-time barristers from private practice.

The Crown Court jury consists of 12 persons, aged 18 to 70, drawn from the electoral register of local community according to rules set out in the Jury Act of 1974. They are meant to be a random cross-section of society and, like magistrates, to reflect back community standards into how the law is applied. The jury considers the facts according to the law as directed by the judge. The consideration takes place in private - the jury "retires" to a closed room where they may not discuss the case with anyone else

Moving to civil cases, both in County Court and High Court cases, there will be a presiding judge who will decide both facts and law. It is possible to have a jury in some cases (probably most common in cases of defamation) but it is not common.

Most county court cases are heard by circuit judges; lesser value claims are dealt with by a district judge who also deals with "interlocutory" hearings (ie pre-trial procedural disputes).

The High Court is divided into three divisions, and the judiciary varies accordingly:

· the Queen’s Bench Division - the head is the Lord Chief Justice, but the cases are dealt with by around 50 High Court judges (sometimes called "puisne" judges)

· the Chancery Divsion - the head is the Vice Chancellor and there are around a dozen High Court judges

· the Family Division - the head is the President, assisted by over a dozen High Court judges

As for the appeals courts, these consist entirely of professional judges who have been promoited, originally from the High Court. The Court of Appeal consists of Lord Justices of Appeal and is headed by the Master of the Rolls on the civil side and the Lord Chief Justice on the criminal side. Appeals are usually heard by three judges. The House of Lords is headed by the Lord Chancellor who is the head of the judiciary and is involved in the appointment of all other judges. As well as the Lord Chancellor, there are Lords of Appeal in Ordinary - commonly called "Law Lords" - who sit in benches of five per case.

The technical quality of the professional judiciary is probably higher than at any time. They are all experienced advocates, and in addition there is now training for judicial work through the Judicial Studies Board. Nevertheless, criticisms are made of the judiciary from time to time that they are not necessarily skilled at running a court - they can appear rude and remote to ordinary people. They are certainly not representative of a cross-section of society - women and ethnic minorities are under-represented. The position of the Lord Chancellor, who is also a politician and a member of the cabinet, is also very controversial and seems to undermine the idea of judicial independence.

Background information about the Lord Chancellor's Department is available and Judicial Statistics are available

Legal professionals: barristers, solicitors, executives

 

Solicitors

Solicitors undertake most of the work in magistrates’ courts and county courts - both preparation of cases and also advocacy. But litigation is only a small part of the work of the solicitor’s profession as a whole. Most are involved in commercial work relating to business eg dealing with commercial transactions, corporate matters, land, share and other property dealings. There is also a large amount of private client work which does not involve any litigation (if all goes to plan!) such as the conveyancing of houses, making wills, advising on tax matters and so on.

Most solicitors are graduates with a law degree. They must also undertake professional training both by a one year Legal Practice Course and then by two years under a training contract with a solicitor in practice. See generally Details of the UK solicitors' profession pages .

Solicitors operate mainly in large partnerships.

The solicitors’ profession is regulated by the Law Society which deals with matters such as training, qualifications and complaints.

Barristers

The traditional work of barristers is advocacy - they present cases in court, where their ability to speak and to think quickly "on their feet" as the evidence unfolds is what they are skilled in. (See Steps to the Bar pages) The barrister will be "briefed" (instructed) by a solicitor - it is the solicitor who first contacts the client and has initial conduct of the case. However, the barrister is to a fair extent independent of the solicitor and can take an independent judgment as to how to conduct the case. Barristers are occasionally advocates in magistrates’ courts (more commonly in London than elsewhere), but they mainly work in the Crown Court (it is possible to have a solicitor advocate but this is still rare), the High Court or in appeal courts.

Related to this advocacy work, barristers also deal with advice on litigation and the drafting of documents ("pleadings") related to litigation.

Most barristers are law graduates and they likewise undergo professional training through a Bar Vocational Course and through a pupillage with a qualified barrister. More senior barristers can apply to become a Quuen’s Counsel ("take silk").

Barristers are all sole practititoners, but they often share premises ("chambers") and administrative staff.

The Bar Council regulates the work of barristers

Executives

Legal executives are legally qualified professionals employed largely by solicitors and ususally specialising in a given area of law.

Regulation is by the Institute of Legal Executives

Other

Though many legal tasks can only be provided by properly qualified individuals such as solicitors and barristers, preliminary legal advice or information is available from a wide range of other sources.

For example, the government itself gives some funding to the Citizens Advice Bureau (CAB). This is a national organisation which has hundreds of branches throughout the country. The CAB consists of a core of professional, full-time staff (some lawyers, some not) but also involves many volunteers, some of whom are again selected to ensure the availability of legal expertise

See for example Cambridge Citizens Advice Bureau or Manchester Citizens Advice Bureaux Service and also What is a Citizens Advice Bureau?

As well as the general CAB, there are many more specialist groups which help with legal issues within their area of interest e.g.

Shelter - the national Campaign for Homeless People in the UK.

Child Poverty Action Group

Which Online (Consumers Association)

As well as all these persons and groups seeking to make the legal system work more fairly and efficiently, there is now an important trend towards the resolution of problems without resort to the legal system. This movement - often now referred to as Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) - has arisen mainly in connection with civil law issues. Some of the reasons why the formal legal system is felt to be unsatisfactory include:

· Delay It was calculated in 1994 that an accident claim in the County Court will take on average 79 weeks to process, 177 weeks in the High Court. This is a big improvement on previous figures and results in part from reforms in procedures under the Courts and Legal Services Act 1990. But major delay still occurs and is inevitable when very formal procedures, such as are required by courts, are adopted.

· Cost The involvement of qualified lawyers inevitably results in cost. According to evidence presented to the Woolf Report: Access to Justice , even in small claims in the County Courts, costs for claims under �1000 averaged �836, and for those over �1000 were �1267 - overall, 60% of the damages received. (See also Lord Woolf’s Inquiry Internet Site )

· Complexity The complexity of procedure makes it difficult for a person to handle their own case and itself requires the use of relatively expensive lawyers.

These issues were considered by the Woolf Report. The remedies suggested include better judicial management of cases. But also suggested is a greater adoption of the forms of alternative dispute resolution ("ADR").

ADR is already expanding as a service offered by the private sector (including lawyers). It involves the imposition of a solution to a dispute by an independent arbitrator or conciliator. That person may or may not be a lawyer. The outcome can be made binding by prior agreement. Arbitration in this way has advantages: it involves less formal procedures and so is quicker and cheaper. It can also take place without publicity. And the deemphasis of legal rights and litigation may help to produce greater reconciliation at the end of the process.

See generally http://www.hg.org/altdr.html

Arbitration in disputes is also the work of a variety of "Ombudsmen". These include both public sector officials:

The Parliamentary Commissioner for Administration . See also House of Commons Select Committee on the Parliamentary Commissioner for Administration pages. See also the Local Government Ombudsman pages

In addition, there are several private sector ombudsman, such as

the Banking Ombudsman

Legal interest and pressure groups

The law should not be viewed as a closed institution of interest only to legal professions. The law is an instrument which has major political, economic and social impacts. Itfollows that a large number of pressure groups concerned with legal issues have arisen. These groups often offer legal advice and may even take up test cases. But their main business is to make representations as to how the law should be changed and improved. As well as those listed below, the professional bodies, the Law Society and Bar Council , are the most influential pressure groups of all.

Here are some of the leading groups within the UK

Amnesty International and Amnesty UK

Article 19

Campaign for Freedom of Information

Charter 88

Committee on the Administration of Justice (Northern Ireland)

Cyber-Rights & Cyber-Liberties (UK)

Liberty Oxford Branch (National Council for Civil Liberties)

Justice and Punishment/Support/Powers and Guidelines.docx

The constitutional position of judges since the Constitutional Reform Act 2005 .

Section 1 of the Act enshrines the Rule of Law and the independence of the judiciary

Section 1 of the Act says that the Act does not adversely affect- (a) the existing constitutional principle of the rule of law, or (b) the Lord Chancellor's existing constitutional role in relation to that principle.  

This is the first time that the constitutional role of the judiciary is enshrined in statute and is a clear statement of the rule of law in the English Legal System.  

The independence of the judiciary and their function in the rule of law is further strengthened in Section 3, and in particular section 3(1)

"The Lord Chancellor, other Ministers of the Crown and all with responsibility for matters relating to the judiciary or otherwise to the administration of justice must uphold the continued independence of the judiciary."

The Rule of Law

Some information on The Rule of Law is here .

 

Exam Focus: Candidates are expected to have an appreciation of the principles which underlie the English Legal System, e.g. the rule of law, equality before the law, and freedom under the law.

 

Section 3 places controls on ministers

Section 3(1) creates a duty on government ministers to uphold the independence of the judiciary. They are specifically barred from trying to influence judicial decisions through any special access to judges.  

Lord Chief Justice heads judiciary

The executive gave up its control of the judiciary, through the Lord Chancellor on 3 April 2006 under the provisions of the Constitutional Reform Act 2005 .

 

Charles Clarke and the separation of powers

 

From an interview in The New Statesman September 2005

Home Secretary Charles Clarke boasted a good relationship with Lord Woolf  and Lord Phillips (Lord Chief Justices) his views on the law lords go beyond what is thought prudent.

"I have been frustrated at the inability to have general conversations of principle with the law lords ... because of their sense of propriety.

 

"I do find that frustrating. I have never met any of them. I think there is a view that it's not appropriate to meet in terms of their integrity.

 

"I'm not sure I agree ... and I regret that.  I think some dialogue between the senior judiciary and the executive would be beneficial, and finding a channel is quite important."

Lord Bingham in a speech to the Law Society warned against any ministerial interference with judicial independence, adding that it would be the ultimate treason for any judge "to uphold as lawful that which is unlawful". Although Clarke supports this stance, his rebuke must be the sternest ever delivered by a home secretary to the most senior law lord.

"As far as Lord Bingham is concerned, I'm sure he's entirely proper.

 

"I was rather surprised, however, that he chose to speak to the Law Society and has not been prepared to talk to the Home Secretary about these matters. But that is a matter for his judgement."

The Constitutional position of judges is also found in:- The separation of powers

What powers are separated?

Executive = the administrative branch of government, includes ministers, the cabinet, civil servants, police and army.

 

Legislature = the lawmakers, effectively parliament.

 

Judiciary = the enforcers of the law, the judges, magistrates, tribunals, etc.

 

The overlap of powers

The overlap of powers allows Parliament to make any change it wishes by Act of Parliament and helps to insure against arbitrary exercise of power by, for example, ministers.

 

There is not a lot of separation between the executive and the legislature but considerable separation between the judiciary and the other two branches.

 

John Locke, Two Treatises of Government

The doctrine of the separation of powers dates back to John Locke. Writing in 1690, he recognised that if the same person has the power to make laws and to execute them, they may exempt themselves from the laws they make and use the law to their own private advantage.

 

He therefore argued that there should be a separate legislature and executive.

 

Montesquieu, L’Esprit des Lois

Montesquieu (1689–1755) developed the doctrine further. As well as recognising the dangers of overlapping legislative and executive functions, he warned of the dangers of failing properly to separate the judicial function from the others.

 

Walter Bagehot, The English Constitution  

Interestingly, Montesquieu based his analysis on his understanding of the English Constitution.

 

However, the 18th century British constitution did not (and does not now) observe a pure separation of powers, for instance because of the overlaps in personnel between the executive and legislature.

 

Known as the fusion of powers, this overlap has been described as the “efficient secret” of our constitution, and distinguishes parliamentary from presidential systems.

 

Separation is impossible to achieve

There has been much debate over the years over the nature of separation of powers. In practice pure separation, ensuring no overlap in the personnel and functions in each of the three branches of state and no interference in the functions of the other branches, is impossible to achieve.

 

All political systems exhibit greater or lesser degrees of partial separation, with checks and balances in place ensuring that power is not overly concentrated in one branch.

 

Rule of Law

Separation of powers is linked to the concept of the Rule of Law, which among other things aims to ensure that the judiciary can constrain the executive to working within the boundaries of its lawful authority (through judicial review). It is also linked to the principle of judicial independence.

 

In reality a partial fusion of powers  

So, while the separation of powers remains an important concept in Britain, it is arguably more accurate to describe the system, because of the existence of Parliamentary sovereignty, as being based on a partial fusion of powers.

 

This is particularly so because of the overlap between the executive and legislature, with the Government formed from, and accountable to, Parliament.

 

The Prime Minister, for example, must by convention be a Member of the House of Commons and can effectively be removed from office by a simple majority vote of Parliament.

 

Exceptional role of the monarch

The Monarch also has a formal role in the fusion of the various arms of state:

· Legislature – it is with the Crown in Parliament that both legal and political sovereignty lies, with Parliament being both summoned and dissolved by The Queen. The Monarch must give her Royal Assent to all Bills so that they become Acts.

· Executive – on the recommendation of the Prime Minister, The Queen appoints all Ministers of Her Majesty’s Government, who govern in the name of the Crown.

· Judiciary – on the recommendation of the Prime Minister or the Lord Chancellor, The Queen appoints all senior judges, and all public prosecutions are brought in her name.

Exceptional role of the Lord Chancellor

There have, historically, been some specific examples of how distant the British system was from a simple version of Montesquieu’s separation of powers theory.

 

The first has been the office of Lord Chancellor, who was simultaneously:

a key member of the Government and a Cabinet Minister

a senior judge and Head of the Judiciary, and

Speaker of the House of Lords.

 

Exceptional role of the House of Lords

Another example concerns the dual role of the House of Lords, as second chamber of the legislature, and as the highest appeal court in the UK.

 

The Law Lords (Lords of Appeal in Ordinary), whose primary function is to sit as judges in the Appellate Committee of the House of Lords, are also able to sit in the House of Lords in its legislative capacity. The Law Lords adopted a statement of principles in June 2000 restricting their ability to take part in debates.

 

Do we really have separation of powers?

The executive controls, and affects the legislature by creating peers

The permanent prerogative frequently used without Her permission.

 

The executive decides on opening and closing (prorogation) of the legislature (parliament).

 

The executive controls parliament’s timetable.

Part of the legislature form the executive

The government ministers sit in parliament.

The legislature controls the judiciary

It has the power to remove senior judges.

The executive (the' Lord Chancellor and Secretary of State for Justice') controls the judiciary

The Lord Chancellor can remove junior judges.

The executive - the 'Lord Chancellor and Secretary of State for Justice' with the Prime Minister appoint law lords.

Interference with the judiciary

Lord Irvine of Lairg was sacked as Lord Chancellor by the Prime Minister in 2003 for standing up to the Home Secretary, David Blunkett, in defence of judicial independence, a “concordat” was agreed between Irvine’s successor, Lord Falconer of Thoroton, and the Lord Chief Justice, Lord Woolf.

 

The executive makes treaties, particularly in the EU

Which have legislative influence and some legislative force.

The judiciary undertake executive activities

As Coroners or magistrates, licensing, etc.

 

More importantly judges head inquiries ordered by the executive, often to enquire into executive actions, for example the Hutton Inquiry.  This inquiry was about the death of David Kelly but touched in no small part on the role and methods of government, the prime minister - Tony Blair - appeared as a witness.

 

'Lord Chancellor and Secretary of State for Justice' no longer holds three offices

The 'Lord Chancellor and Secretary of State for Justice' no longer sits as a judge, but is directly involved in judicial matters, he still sits in the executive and still sits as a legislator.

 

End of the role of the Lord Chancellor as a judge

The Act brings to an end the post of Lord Chancellor, transferring his judicial functions to President of the Courts of England and Wales.

 

The Lord Chief Justice is now the President of the Courts of England and Wales. He is responsible for the training, guidance and deployment of judges. He also represents the views of the judiciary of England and Wales to Parliament and ministers.

 

The executive -the Home Secretary - is no longer involved in fixing life tariffs

For people serving life sentences, the tariff (the "minimum term" ) is the period they must serve in prison before they can be considered for release.

 

From secretive process with tariffs being set by the Home Secretary sentences are now set in open court. 

 

Rulings such as the House of Lords decision that mandatory lifers have a right to know how long their tariff R v Secretary of State for the Home Department, Ex Parte Doody (1993) , and partly as result of decisions of the European Court of Human Rights the tariff is now part of the normal sentencing process all newly convicted lifers to have their sentences set in open court.

 

The Criminal Justice Act 2003 (schedule 22) finally ends political involvement in all life sentences altogether. All mandatory lifers can have their tariffs reset by a judge.

 

Evidence of separation.

Salaries and Judicial Review

The judiciary do not have their salary voted on by Parliament

 

The judiciary reviews the activities of the executive. (Judicial Review)

 

Paid judges cannot be in the Commons.

Judges and politics

Judges conventionally do not involve themselves in political disputes in the Lords. They do not sit as ministers by convention, and should not make party political statements, but do involve themselves in Royal Commissions in controversial areas.

 

Absence from bias

Common law provides that they should not sit in matters in which they have an interest - as in Re Pinochet 1998, and Dimes v Grand Junction Canal Proprietors 1852 where Lord Cottenham gave judgment in favour of the canal company, in which he held shares.

 

Not involved in inquiries

For example the collapse of the Jubilee Line Fraud trial was followed by an enquiry in which the judge who had played a central role in the case was not involved.  This is a convention that reinforces separation.

 

BBC report here

 

Not speaking in the House

· Lords of Appeal in Ordinary are members of the House of Lords and can take part in its legislative and other debates.

· They rarely speak or vote except on legal matters, though Lord Goff sponsored as a private members' bill the Law Commission’s draft bill that became the Theft (Amendment) Act 1998.  There have been other examples more recently.

· In return, although Members of Parliament sometimes criticise judicial decisions, they do not attack judges personally, and do not debate matters that are currently sub judice (before a judge).

Role of the Attorney and Solicitor General

The Attorney General, by statute, consents the prosecution for many and varied offences, a role he cannot relinquish.

 

At the same time, it is claimed, decisions are made by Attorneys General without regard to political fallout and this has been the case for 500 years.

 

Successive Attorneys have prided themselves on making decisions with their political hats off.  However, Sir Patrick Hastings in 1924 was believed dropped a prosecution on Cabinet instructions the political fallout brought down the Labour Government of Ramsay Macdonald. The Attorney General Lord Goldsmith has receive opprobrium for his legal advice on the war in Iraq in 2004 and for his involvement in the "cash for peerages" inquiry.

 

Unrepresentative

For a judge to be representative, which is said to be desirable, they must be biased.  

Since representativeness implies the sharing of views, which in turn implies bias.

But a biased judge is not desirable.

 

Ergo a good judge is an unrepresentative judge.

The monarch

The fountain of justice

The monarch is in theory present in court, has prosecutions in her name, appoints judges and peers (who thus form part of the legislature) she also has grants all laws by giving her royal assent.

Armed forces

As part of the executive she heads the armed forces and in theory, appoints and dismisses ministers (but only the Prime Minister in person). The government is Her government.

 

In times of war the Crown may requisition ships (as in the Falklands) and enter private land to repel invasion. She 'makes' all foreign treaties.

Parliament is the 'High Court of Parliament'

Tribunals

Are created by acts of Parliament and have both judicial and executive/administrative powers.

The judiciary makes laws

By deciding cases, although some allege they merely discover, or interpret parliament’s wishes.

The unanswerable question

"What would happen if there was a clash between parliamentary sovereignty and the rule of law?" is a question that cannot be answered.

 

The Director of Public Prosecutions can take over private prosecutions

Which is a quasi-judicial power.

Local Government has legislative and executive powers

Which are created by the executive in Parliament by Royal Charters.

Delegated legislation

The legislature grants the executive legislative powers by delegated legislation.

The executive appoints bishops

Who have legislative powers in the Lords.

Constitutional reform

Further discussion

As part of its programme for constitutional reform the government has published further discussion on the appointment of judges in the discussion document, The Governance of Britain: Judicial Appointments.

The Constitutional Reform Act 2005

 

 

Red Triangle indicating essential information

 

Supreme Court (in the spring of 2008). The Act also establishes a new, independent Supreme Court, separate from the House of Lords with its own independent appointments system, its own staff and budget and, ultimately, its own building. The 12 judges of the Supreme Court will be known as Justices of the Supreme Court and will no longer be allowed to sit as members of the House of Lords. The current Law Lords will become the first 12 Justices of the Supreme Court, with Lord Bingham as President of the Supreme Court.

Justice and Punishment/Support/Role of judiciary in democracy.docx

Role of judiciary in democracy

Lynn Wilkinson 2015

In a liberal democratic state, the judiciary has four main responsibilities including formulating the rule of law through the interpretation and application of law to respond with a verdict, settling disputes, checking legality and being a player in state politics. To accomplish these four duties, the basic principles of a liberal democratic state must be upheld along with the principles of a legal democracy and state. The judiciary also has to interpret and apply the law along with the constitution, and to provide impartial adjudications of disputes between the state and individuals, between individuals, and between different levels of government within the state.

The reliance on the courts and on judicial means for addressing core moral dilemmas, political controversies and public policy questions is arguably one of the most consequential phenomena of the late twentieth and early twentieth century government. Equipped with newly attained judicial review, national high courts worldwide have been frequently asked to resolve a range of issues, varying from the scope of expression and religious liberties, reproductive and privacy freedoms, equality rights, to public policies pertaining to criminal justice, education, labour, and environmental protection. The increasing political importance of courts has not only become more globally widespread than ever before but it has also extended its scope to become a manifold, multifaceted phenomenon that distends well beyond the now 'standard' concept of judge made policy-making.

The basic law of the the Constitution is the canopy under which justice is administered and legal rights enforced in courts established by law. The Constitution delineates a separation of powers among the organs of State, executive, legislative and judicial. It guarantees the judicial protection of fundamental rights and also due process in the administrative and judicial spheres. It may be invoked by individuals to challenge the constitutionality of laws passed by the politicians and to seek redress for breach of constitutional rights. Subject to the Constitution the legal system is based on the common law tradition. (1)

The judiciaries’ role in the community is manifested not only in what judges do but also in the way that they do it. This is called the judicial style. There is an evident difference between the style of judges in civil law jurisdictions and the style of judges in common law traditions. In recent times there has been an insistence upon satisfactory accountability of all the institutions within the government, which needs to be reconciled with the principles of independence, has to be addressed and accepted. A lot of the public’s money is invested in courts, and the people are entitled to expect that the work of individual judges is done efficiently, as well as fairly, deliver their judgements in a relatively prompt manner and will manage cases with due regard to consideration of economy.

To achieve the characteristics of a judiciary, developed democracies have relied on "the culture of the judiciary". When judges enter office they swear to uphold the rights of all citizens and the constitution, self-integrity, peer pressure, and public scrutiny combine to make judges, at least at the highest level, to abide by their oath. By setting these standards for promotion, they can help harbour the same behaviour in their future peers and at lower levels. The duty of fairness and the principles of natural justice have been established by the courts through judicial review focus on the vital issue whether, in all circumstances, the procedure followed in a particular case was fair. The transparency and open process of decision-making that have been structured through judicial review are one of the safeguards in achieving an acceptable equilibrium between the country's need for security and the rights and freedoms of its citizens. A multi-dimensional approach is needed to successfully deal with this challenge. Judges will continue to rely upon the insights and wisdom of the legal community. The input from a variety of disciplines is however also essential. Community and government workers, academics, social scientists and policy makers can assist the judiciary in attaining more complete perspective. There is a need to strive for the intricate and complex balance which will foster the growth and development of rational and sound principles under the new legislation. Legislature also has to recognize that it cannot exert influence over the workings of the court and selection of its personnel since it is a party to many disputes between citizens and their representatives that the judiciary has to resolve. Legislature, for example, has to acknowledge that its purpose is to represent citizens and operate within the structures based on rules defined by the constitution. Representation does not mean unchallenged power. The judiciary protects the citizens should their duly elected representatives in the legislature choose to undertake such actions that violate constitutional rights of anyone in the society. The involvement of other branches of government in workings of the court should be as limited as is possible. In instances where any rule is deemed unsuitable constitution also delineates the process of amending the constitution.

The judiciary’s role in formulating or applying policy is a subject that has associations extending well beyond judicial review of administrative decisions. When policy formation is thought of as being part of the judicial function it is important that it is comprehensible as to what is being said to be going on, and how the judicial method is related to it, the judicial role and the judicial capacity. While there is a development in common law, as a response to changing needs as well as appropriate pressure for rationalisation, there is accountability for such development by judges to follow the wisdom of laws in the constitution and proposed change. They accomplish this within the propensities of their own discipline.

Another matter worth weighing might be the changing attitude of the legal profession, and others, towards the use of litigation as a technique for achieving political and social objectives. We have long been accustomed to the use of litigation as a weapon in corporate and commercial rivalry, but we are seeing an upsurge in what might be described as the politically and socially aggressive use of litigation. This has also resulted in a change in the character of the work coming before some courts, and has a significant effect on the way in which courts appear to the public to behave. (2)

As a democratic society, we have witnessed momentous changes in the relationship between individuals and the state. The judiciary possesses the knowledge and experience to make tremendous contributions to the maintenance and continuing evolution of our democratic society. The role of the courts as resolver of disputes, interpreter of the law and defender of the Constitution, requires that they be completely separate in authority and function from all other participants in the justice system.

Parliament Criminal Court

Contemporary Issue

The 2007 criminal case of R Vs Niehus, criticism of a District Court Judge Marie Shaw by Member of Parliament Dennis Hood.

Question

Is Judicial Independence jeopardised by State Members of Parliament who publicly criticise the sentencing handed by Criminal Court Judges?

Judicial Independence is crucial to the operation of a democratic society, leaving little debate that an independent judiciary is the “fragile bastion” in our democratic system of government. Thus judges, when presiding over cases, are entirely free from any intrusion or intimidation executed by external forces.

The Westminster System, implemented from Britain, ensures the courts have the confidence of the community and all cases provide an outcome exclusively on merit, as Michael O’Connell, Victims of Crime Commissioner (Appendix 3) states: “The Judiciary shall decide matters due to impartiality on the basis of facts.”

However, questions have been raised whether judicial independence is jeopardised by external forces publicly criticising a judge’s verdict. One such example occurred when State Upper House Member of Parliament, Dennis Hood, publicly attacked District court Judge Marie Shaw’s final ruling in the 2007 criminal case of R Vs Niehus, prompting an order for her dismissal.

David Swain, Retired Chief Magistrate (Appendix 2) reports, “Judicial Independence is a vital part of the Westminster System.” To guarantee absolute judicial independence and uphold the confidence of the community, the judiciary must have complete separation from both the Legislative and Executive arms of Government, and any other external political forces. Accomplishment of this is achieved in a number of ways; first, Judges are appointed by the Executive arm and dismissed by the Legislative arm, to avert the chance of one arm of Government grasping complete control over the judiciary and Section 72 of “The UK Constitution Act” (1900) specifies the dismissal of a judge can only occur on two grounds; misbehaviour and incapacity.

Secondly, a permanent tenure is provided, on the grounds a judge must retire at the age of 70, with the exception of Family Court Justices, who have an obligation to retire at 65. This assures judges cannot be removed if their decision does not support the government’s request, as Peter Hasket, Retired Magistrate (Appendix 4) states, “Even if a number of people don’t want them, their position stays the same.” Thirdly, a fixed remuneration is guaranteed, preventing both salaries from being diminished throughout tenure and manipulation occurring. However, salaries can be increased by government on objective factors.

Fourthly, judges are ensured judicial privilege, allowing them to have freedom of speech while presiding on the bench and delivering verdicts. Thus judges cannot be threatened by criminal prosecution or sued for vilification, a fact David Swain (Appendix 2) suggested “one can take comfort in.” Finally, individuals who are selected for judicial office must have suitable training and credentials in the law, and no discrimination is to occur on the basis of sex, colour, race, status, religion or political influence.

The Honourable Justice John Basten- Judge of the Supreme Court United Kingdom (2005:1) reports, “Principles of open justice play an important part of our courts.” Justice is governed in an open court, where the public has complete access, although exceptions occur, for example, courtrooms can only provide for a small number of spectators. Furthermore, for those who do not attend, sentencing remarks are available via the Internet, and significant cases are usually covered in the print and electronic media.

This then ensures openness, as it is vital in promoting the public’s confidence. However, information handed to the public via the media raises questions to the extent of its reliability. David Swain (Appendix 2) reports, “99% of all cases, which go through the courts don’t get any media attention.” This indicates that the media has one priority, which is to attract public attention and have general appeal, in order to sell papers. As well as this, The Honourable Justice John Basten (2005:1) states, “reporters who cover trials often move from one court room to another during the course of a day, obtaining only an incomplete picture of what is happening in any particular case.”

Along with media attention, public criticism is also created. “Sentencing reflects the views of the community, because in effect, they are prescribing parliament’s will,” states Michael O’Connell (Appendix 3). However, it is impossible to please all citizens, thus generating criticism of certain cases, usually through the media. A recent significant case, which generated much public criticism and uproar, was the 2007 criminal case of R Vs Niehus, ruled by District Court Judge Marie Shaw. Dennis Hood, publicly attacked her final ruling, and called for her removal due to the leniency of her suspended sentence. Dennis Hood (2007:1) questioned, “What possible reason can there be to allow Judge Shaw to continue to hear cases and hand down grossly inadequate sentences to hardened criminals?”

Christopher Michael Niehus received a three-year suspended jail sentence, upon the condition that he entered a bond of £400 to uphold good behaviour for a two year period and perform 150 hours of community service, in respect of four counts of unlawful sexual intercourse. Marie Shaw (2007:3) states, “the matters which favour suspension to which your counsel has referred, are that you are a person of previous good character, you are someone who, both before these offences and subsequently, has engaged in age appropriate relationships.

In my view, you are unlikely to offend again.” Marie Shaw’s position as District Court Judge, entitles her to consider all facts and circumstances and provide an outcome exclusively on merit, which she has confidently done. However, Dennis Hood completely disagreed with Marie Shaw’s suspended sentence, complaining to the media that, “abusing a young girl, a 14-year-old girl” resulted in “a sentence of 150 hours of community service.” Denis Hood’s actions of publicly calling for Marie Shaw to be dismissed raised the question to the extent of criticism, which should be allowed without the risk of jeopardising Judicial Independence. David Swain (Appendix 2) states, “Every now and again one or two people, particularly politicians, turn to their favour, and politically ‘go too far,’ which can arguably be an attack on independence.”

Beneficial criticism of the Judiciary is welcomed and appropriate as it allows public scrutiny and maintains the confidence of the community through integrity. As well as this freedom of speech in our democracy is a fundamental right. Nevertheless, as Michael O’Connell (Appendix 3) states, “the criticism, as in any situation, should focus on the issue, not the individual,” Denis Hood’s public ‘out-burst,’ was directly aimed at Judge Marie Shaw, ultimately causing considerable distress and embarrassment, Marie Shaw (2007:1) states,” I was bitterly disappointed that he attacked my fitness for office on the basis of inaccurate statements.”

Soon after Dennis Hood’s public ‘outburst,’ leading judges raised alarms that Judicial Independence was under fire. Chief Justice John Doyle and Chief Judge Terry Worthington stated, “Mr Hood’s push for her removal is contrary to constitutional principle and threatens to undermine the judiciary’s independence, also that any attempt to remove a judge could lead to inappropriate pressure on judges to operate in a way acceptable to politicians and any threat to remove a judge from office because of criticism of a judge’s decision sets a dangerous precedent and who will be threatened next?”

Despite maintaining the integrity of its independence, the judiciary understands it will never be immune from public criticism, as it is an essential component of our democratic system of government. David Swain (Appendix 2) states, “The judiciary is in the same position as any other public institution. It must expect, and should be prepared to deal with, criticism.” However, reforms need to be made in Marie Shaw’s case, where public criticism was undoubtedly incorrect and taken to a level, which may have jeopardised her independence.

Any public criticism, of any arm of government, should always be of benefit to that arm of government. The criticism must purely be aimed at the issues involved and never a direct attack on an individual. In regards to certain views of ‘soft sentences,’ by politicians as such, the official method of parliamentary review should be employed, not via media outlets. As well as this Michael O’Connell (Appendix 3) states, “(I) rely on victims’ views. In general, victims who contact me feel that the sentence imposed was too lenient- in other words, they expected a harsher sentence.”

I am confident that the question posed: ‘Is Judicial Independence jeopardised by State Members of Parliament who publicly criticise the sentencing handed by criminal court judges?’ can be answered in the negative. Dennis Hood’s public ‘outburst,’ was certainly demoralising for Her Honour Judge Shaw, which moved Hood to apologise and retract his statements. Dennis Hood stated in his public apology, “I recognise that by making these assertions I have caused considerable distress and embarrassment to Judge Shaw.” Although the criticism was unjust, Michael O’Connell (Appendix 3) reports, “it will not affect the general sentencing practices.” Our Attorney-General often comments that, “courts in common law countries have been independent of the Parliament since the 1600’s.”

Our current sentencing system works effectively in UK. There should be no need to make any reforms to the current system as any changes may in fact place the community’s trust in the overall system at risk. Our current judicial practices must be preserved to ensure that judges and the overall judicial system are preserved and the so called “Fragile Bastion” is at all times protected.

Judges are accountable for their overall actions and the decisions that they make. The issue is that parliamentarians need to be careful that when criticising judges it is done lawfully. As it was clearly stated by David Swain (Appendix 2), "The sentencing process is conducted in a manner that does reflect the values, morals and concerns of the community." We need to trust in our current structures of being able to maintain Judicial Independence and preserve the community’s confidence in the legal system.

Bibliography

•22/11/2007, ‘Remove judge, urges Upper House MP’, ABC News, viewed 24/04/2008 http://www.abc.net.au/news/stories/2007/11/22/2098109.htm

•Bailey, Geoff, ‘Legal Studies Key Ideas Stage 2’, Adelaide, 2006

•Bash, Barbara, ‘Legal Studies Essentials SACE 2’, Adelaide Tuition Centre 2008

•Basten, John 2005, ‘Court and Media Relationships’, viewed 26th April 2008, http://www.lawlink.nsw.gov.au/lawlink/Supreme_Court/11_sc.nsf/pages/SCO_basten301005

•Dowdell, Andrew, Henderson, Nick, 23/11/2007, ‘Attorney-General, rejected calls to sack District Court Judge’, ABC News, viewed 23/04/2008 http://www.news.com.au/adelaidenow/story/0,22606,22803291-5006301,00.html

•Doyle, John, 22/08/2003, ‘Judicial Independence and the Separation of Powers’, viewed 15/05/2008, http://netk.net.au/SA/SA16.asp#TopOfPage

•Hasket, Peter, 13/05/2008, Notes from interview

•Hood, Denis, 05/05/2008, Notes from interview

•‘Judicial Sentencing’, 22nd November 2007, Extract from the Legislative Council Hansard, viewed `10th May 2008

•O’Connell, Michael, 08/05/2008, Notes from interview

•Shaw, Marie, ‘R v Christopher Michael Niehus Sentencing Remarks’, District Court, Adelaide, 2007

•Swain, David, 06/05/2008, Notes from interview

•Swain, David, ‘Are Judges Truly Independent?’, viewed 6th May 2008

•Swain, David, ‘Do Sentencing Laws Reflect Community Attitudes and Values’, viewed 6th May 2008

The Separation of Powers and the judiciary

(Example essay 2014)

Discuss

This essay aims to examine the reasons for and why it is important to have a separation of powers, to examine the United Kingdom's constitution, assessing our somewhat unclear separation of powers, and discussing the reasons why we do not have a strict separation, taking into account the overlaps and relationships between each limb of Government and the checks and balances required for it to operate efficiently. The political doctrine of the Separation of Powers can be traced back to Aristotle, who states: "There are three elements in each constitution ...first, the deliberative, which discusses everything of common importance; second the officials; and third, the judicial element."[1] This highlights the three elementary functions that are required for the organisation of any state. Nowadays, they are defined as the legislature, the executive and the judiciary, and are carried out by Government. The legislature is the law-making body, and is comprised of the House of Commons and the House of Lords. The legislative function involves 'the enactment of general rules determining the structure and powers of public authorities and regulating the conduct of citizens and private organisations.'[2] The executive is all the institutions and persons concerned with the implementation of the laws made by the legislature. It involves central and local government and the armed forces. The role of the executive '...includes initiating and implementing legislation, maintaining order and security, promoting social and economic welfare, administering public services and conducting the external relations of the state.'[3] The judiciary is made up mainly of professional judges, and their main function is 'to determine disputed questions of fact and law in accordance with the law laid down by Parliament and expounded by the courts and ...is exercised mainly in the civil and criminal courts.'[4] The question which now arises is whether or not there should be a strict separation of each of the above functions. Locke stated: ...it may be too great a temptation to human frailty...for the same persons who have the power of making laws, to have also their hands the power to execute them, whereby they may exempt themselves from obedience to the laws they make, and suit the law, both in its making and execution, to their own private advantage.[5] Similarly, Montesquieu believed that: When legislative power is united with executive power in a single person or in a single body of the magistracy, there is no liberty...Nor is there liberty if the power of judging is not separate from the legislative power and from the executive power. If it were joined to legislative power, the power over the life and liberty of the citizens would be arbitrary, for the judge would be the legislator. If it were joined to executive power, the judge could have the force of an oppressor. All would be lost if the same man or the same body of principal men, either of nobles, or of the people, exercised these three powers: that of making the laws, that of executing public resolutions, and that of judging the crimes or the disputes of individuals.[6] These statements illustrate that both academics felt if one, or a group of persons, controlled more than one limb, the result would inevitably be corruption and an abuse of power. Tyranny and dictatorship would ensue and this, in turn, would mean a loss of liberty for the people. However, although each emphasise the importance of a strict separation, it can be seen that in the UK, this is not the case. Parpworth states: 'a separation of powers is not, and has never been a feature of the UK constitution. An examination of the three powers reveals that in practice they are often exercised by persons which exercise more than one such power.'[7] Why is this so? Why is there not a strict separation? Saunders explains that: '...every constitutional system that purports to be based on a separation of powers in fact provides, deliberately, for a system of checks and balances under which each institution impinges upon another and in turn is impinged upon.'[8] If there was a strict separation, and we did not have overlaps or checks and balances, our system of Government would become unmoveable. A lack of cooperation between limbs would result in constitutional deadlock and therefore, '...complete separation of powers is possible neither in theory nor in practice.'[9] There are numerous examples of overlap and checks and balances between the three functions of government, and these shall now be explored. The main instance of overlap, in recent years, was the position of Lord Chancellor. This role has been continually citied to support the view that there is no separation of powers in the United Kingdom.[10] Historically, the position of Lord Chancellor was distinctive in that he was a member of all three branches of Government and exercised all three forms of power. He would sit as speaker in the House of Lords (legislative function), was head of the judiciary (judicial function), and was a senior cabinet minister (executive function). After the Human Rights Act 1998 and the case of McGonnell v UK (2000)[11], the Government announced changes to the role of Lord Chancellor in the UK. In McGonnell, the European Court of Human Rights held that the Royal Court Bailiff of Guernsey had too close a connection between his judicial functions and his legislative and executive roles and as a result did not have the independence and impartiality required by Article 6(1) of the European Convention on Human Rights 1950.[12] This had implications on the Lord Chancellors role, as he performed very similar functions in the UK. It was after this that the Government enacted the Constitutional Reform Act 2005, which meant that the Chancellor was replaced as head of the judiciary by the Lord Chief Justice[13]. He was replaced as speaker in the House of Lords by the creation of the post of Lord Speaker[14], and now only appoints judges on the basis of recommendation from a Judicial Appointments Commission[15]. These changes show that there is a strong importance still placed upon the doctrine of separation of powers. However it is still possible to see overlaps within the three limbs. Examining the relationship between the legislature and the executive Bagehot stated that there was a close union and nearly complete fusion of these powers.[16] This notion had been criticised, particularly by Amery, who wrote that: Government and Parliament, however intertwined and harmonized, are still separate and independent entities, fulfilling the two distinct functions of leadership direction and command on the one hand, and of critical discussion and examination on the other. They start from separate historical origins, and each is perpetuated in accordance with its own methods and has its own continuity.[17] So let us examine this relationship. Firstly, the question to ask is whether the same persons form part of both the legislature and executive. It can be seen that ministers are members of one House of Parliament, but there are limitations as to how many ministers can sit in the House of Commons. As well as this, most people within the executive are disqualified from the Commons. These include those in the armed forces and police and holders of public offices. So it can be seen from this that it is 'only ministers who exercise a dual role as key figures in both Parliament and the executive.'[18] The second question is whether the legislature controls the executive or visa versa. The legislature has, in theory, ultimate control as it is the supreme law making body in this country. However in reality, the executive can be seen to dominate the legislature. Government ministers direct the activities of central government department and have a majority in the House of Commons. Lord Halisham, the former Lord Chancellor, has referred to the executive as an elective dictatorship. He means Parliament is dominated by the Government of the day. Elective dictatorship refers to the fact that the legislative programme of Parliament is determined by the government, and government bills virtually always pass the House of Commons because of the nature of the governing party's majority.[19] However, the legislature has opportunities to scrutinise the executive, and does so during question time, debates and by use of committees. The final question in this area is whether or not the legislature and executive exercise each other's functions. It can be seen that the executive performs legislative functions in respect of delegated legislation. Parliament does not have enough time to make all laws and so delegates its power. This is 'convenient to the executive that ministers and local authorities and departments can implement primary legislation by making regulations.'[20] However effective parliamentary procedures exist that scrutinise the use made of delegated power which will be discussed below. The next relationship to be examined is that of the executive and the judiciary, and again, the questions we ask are similar. Firstly, do the same persons form part of the executive and the judiciary? Originally, the executive had the power to appoint judges and the Lord Chancellor sat in the House of Lords. However, following the Constitutional Reform Act 2005, as discussed above, the executive has less control. Judges are now appointed by the Judicial Appointments Committee. The second question is whether the executive control the judiciary or do the judiciary control the executive. Judicial independence is controlled by law. Since the Act of Settlement 1700, superior judges can only be dismissed by an address from both Houses of Parliament. But the judiciary do exercise some control over the executive. This is via judicial review. Bradley and Ewing state that this is an 'essential function to protect the citizen against unlawful acts of government agencies and officials'.[21] It involves the courts determining the lawfulness of executive power and is principally concerned with the legality of the decision-making process when delegated legislation is created. This demonstrates a definitive crossover between the judiciary and executive. However, some public bodies are exempt. For example, in R v Parliamentary Commissioner for Standards, ex parte Al Fayed (1998)[22] the court of Appeal ruled that the Parliamentary Commissioner for Standards could not be subjected to judicial review. This was largely due to the principles of the separation of powers.[23] The third question is whether or not the executive and judiciary control one another's functions. Once again, overlap can be seen, with the executive exercising a judicial function through the growth of administrative tribunals which adjudicate over disputes involving executive decisions. The final relationship to examine is that of the judiciary and legislature, and again, the same questions must be asked. Firstly, do the same persons exercise legislative and judicial functions? To honour the separation of powers, the House of Commons Disqualification Act 1975 provides that all full time members of the judiciary are barred from membership of the House of Commons.[24] In previous years, the Law Lords from the House of Lords sat in the upper house of the legislature. As a result they: 'took part, to a limited extent, in legislative business.'[25] However, since the Constitutional Reform Act 2005, they no longer execute legislative functions due to the newly created Supreme Court, which is separate from the House of Lords. [26] Secondly, does the legislature control the judiciary or does the judiciary control the legislature. It is a constitutional convention that MP's should respect judicial independence and not comment on the activities of judges unless there is motion to dismiss a superior judge. Judges, although they may examine acts of the executive to make sure they conform with the law, cannot review the validity of legislation passed by the legislature due to the doctrine of legislative supremacy. They are under a duty to apply and interpret the laws enacted by Parliament.[27] If a Parliamentary Act is in breach of the European Convention on Human Rights, then, under the Human Rights Act 1998,[28] judges in superior courts can make a declaration of incompatibility. However this does not mean the act is not valid, because, again honoring the separation on powers; only the Parliament can make or unmake law. The final question is whether the legislature and judiciary exercise each other's functions. 'Each House of Parliament has the power to enforce its own privileges and to punish those who offend against them'.[29] This once again is an example of overlap. The judiciary, when developing the common law, interpret statutes and delegated legislation. Thus, Bradley and Ewing describe them to have a quasi legislative function.[30] They have a narrow ability to legislate, but their 'decisions are important as a source of law on matters where the Government is unwilling to ask Parliament to legislate, and ...directly affect the formal relationship between the judiciary and Parliament.'[31] In conclusion, it can be seen there are definite relationships between each limb of government, and this shows that the separation of powers is not a concept to which the United Kingdom fully adheres. However, the view of the courts is one of absolute separation. '...it is a feature of the peculiarly British conception of the separation of powers that Parliament, the executive and the courts have their distinct and largely exclusive domain.'[32] Whilst the courts remain of this view, and whilst the three limbs, although they overlap in many ways, remain distinct and largely separate, we can say there is at least a partial separation of powers in the UK. And rightly, as Parpworth points out: 'an absolute separation would in practice be counterproductive in that it would prevent the abuse of power by preventing the exercise of power. Government could not operate if this were the case.'[33] The recent changes to the constitution as a result of the Constitutional Reform Act 2005 prove that the concept is still firmly believed in, and while not always respected, it remains something the Munro states should not be 'lightly dismissed'

The Constitutional Reform Act was intended to represent a move away from the traditional 'fusion' model of the British constitution and towards what was said to be a more explicit separation of powers

Constitutional law, this is the laws and political policies that govern the United Kingdom, giving procedures relating to authorities and regularities, although, the United Kingdom has no written constitution, it still has to abide by the rules that were put in place to look after civilians and the state, “the result of centuries of legal precedent. Dicey called this a judge-made constitution and he viewed this form of constitution to be superior to a written constitution”, (boulet, 2002) therefore defending the rights of the individuals, the constitution is said to originate from around the time of Oliver Cromwell, although it is also said that it was established around the time of the Battle of Hastings with the constitution as being one of parliamentary sovereignty.

When we actually study the constitution that the United Kingdom has, it is believed that one rules with definitive control, for example, a monarch or prime minister, this though, is clearly not the case, as the UK has both monarch and prime minister and one such reason that can be found for this, is the separation of powers. The separation of powers is a procedure which excludes solitary rule by a single individual, thus avoiding the situation of living under the rule of a dictatorship, with the separation, this means, that if one person or section of the government, wanted to take complete power, they would fail as the separation restricts this from happening, by delegating three different branches, certain powers, no power exceeding the other.

So with the UK constitution clearly being split into three completely different sections, the legislature, the executive and the judiciary, these sections each inherit there own power, with no single power being greater than the other, although it is argued that the executive is the most prominent of the three, although, these sections from time to time are required to work together, with the purpose of forming a strong and resilient government, this was highlighted by Baron Montesquieu (1689-1755) who said that ”for the different interests to cooperate, this would prevent any power being used excessively”. (Alder, 2007)

Therefore meaning that each branch has different functions, but the same power to restrict the limits of each other, whilst it could be alleged that in modern Britain, certain sections are without a doubt more powerful than the others, for instances, the executive is viewed as the most influential, by the way in which it managers the legislature and the judiciary, with the consent of the monarch and in addition it also obtains the resources of the state, these comprise of resources such the armed forces, the police and local councils, therefore saying that all the power in contained with-in the executive, giving it power to rule as one.

Montesquieu views in the past have come under criticism though, due to the inaccuracies in which they contain, “as it represents a description of an idealised state than in reality”. (Barnett, 2004) He also believed that the separation of powers would cause strain and interfere with the balance of the government; this is why Montesquieu places so much emphasis on just a partial separation, “which appears to have been endorsed by UK judges e.g. Lord Templeman in M v Home Office [1993] 3 all ER 537, 540”, (Alder, 2007) in which a citizen of Zaire, seeking asylum resulted in “a mandatory interim injunction against an officer of the Crown, had been made without jurisdiction”. (M. v. HOME OFFICE, 1993)

This is also echoed in the fact that being ruled by parliament or a sovereign would render a total separation unworkable, leading to constitutional stalemate, suggesting that there would then be three ruling bodies. With a partial separation, the three sections would still be able work, but without making each others decisions, the term for this is what’s known as, checks and balances, these checks though, along with the separation of powers don’t always run smoothly, the biggest problem noted for causing confusion, is the position of the lord chancellor, when first created, the primary role of the lord chancellor, was to rule over parliament, but in more recent times, more roles were added, these included the judiciary, lord speaker and lord chief justice, thus breaching the separation of powers, as he is a member of two separate organizations with-in the constitution.

The position of the Lord Chancellor, is one of much debate, concerning the UK constitution, as when created, the position was one of immense importance, some would say, even more superior to that of the prime minister, although, its the prime minister that appoints the Chancellor, therefore becoming a contradiction, it appears that the role of the Lord Chancellor was one of devious nature, giving the executive a mean of controlling the other two branches, as one such branch in control of the others would infringe the separation, so the position creates a way of gaining control.

Due to this, the position of the Lord Chancellor was abolished and replaced with the “judicial appointments commission to take over the Lord Chancellor’s role in appointments”, (Barnett, 2004) although the role of the Lord Chancellor has changed, he still has a significant position, supervising the constitution, although he is just a member of parliament and “no longer a judge nor exercises any judicial functions” (Crown, 2005) therefore, he is no longer resident in the House of Lords.

There’s also the issue of the delegate, as “delegated or secondary legislation raises important questions related to the separation of powers” this basically denoting that laws and other regulations can be enacted by the local governments, therefore, becoming an abuse of power, with the power of the legislature being used by the executive in a way that would undermined the rule of parliament.

Other issues that have arisen, for instance may well be that parliament, also has the power to intervene and change a ruling made in legal cases, it appears, that parliament make laws and not the judges, they just interpret it, this is where precedent comes from, president meaning, the following of previous legal decisions, although judges can change the decision, and in addition “it is also able to reflect changes in society”. (Barnett, 2004) While the common law system, tends to propose that judges are lawmakers, and not just bodies implementing parliament’s wishes as previously thought.

And then there’s Parliament, or more specifically prime ministers, past prime ministers, “where departing prime ministers nominate whoever they like for a peerage without checks on the candidates’ suitability”, (Schofield, 2007) this is what happened in the case of peter mandelson, a way of getting him in the government, due to him already being involved in the European Union.

Due to these and many other problems with the separation, the Constitution Reform Act 2005 was introduced, which will give construction to the supreme court in 2009, with the key motivation being to guarantee the separation between the legislative and judiciary, this is intended to provide the public with more confidence in the legal system, as this is evidently absent at present, but this can be seen as just masking over the problem, giving the public a perception that everything is right. Also this act also aims at giving judicial independence in which “the Act enshrines in law a duty on government ministers to uphold the independence of the judiciary. They will be specifically barred from trying to influence judicial decisions through any special access to judges” ( dca.gov.uk)

Furthermore, there’s parliamentary supremacy, this being that the party in control, have the ability by the majority vote to enact policies that it feels would benefit the constitution “perhaps the biggest road-block to the establishment of a clear constitutional order in the UK is the doctrine of Parliamentary Supremacy which means that Parliament is supreme in all matters”. (modernising the magna carta, 2008)

So with the separation of powers, this represents the vision of a good government structure, by the way in which it has distributed the powers equally, thus becoming ineligible from instability, creating a fair and balanced government, as this offers a excellent arrangement for the government and also the public and what's more protects public interest from exploitation by governments and their policies. Because in reality the government has a whole load of powers at its disposal, including powers such as the royal prerogative, monarchy powers entrusted in members of parliament, e.g. powers to go to war and that MP’s can obtain the crown immunity, as technically they are members endorsed by the crown.

Bibliography

dca.gov.uk. (n.d.). Retrieved 12 13, 2008, from Constitutional Reform Act 2005 : http://www.dca.gov.uk/legist/constreform.htm

Alder, J. (2007). Constitutional and Administrative Law. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan Law Masters.

Barnett, H. (2004). constitutional & administrative law. london: cavendish publishing.

boulet. (2002, 10 16). Dicey's views on the rule of law and the supremacy of parliament. Retrieved 12 11, 2008, from everything2.com: http://everything2.com/index.pl?node_id=1373964

Crown. (2005, 06 25). CONSTITUTIONAL REFORM ACT 2005. Retrieved 12 13, 2008, from opsi.gov.uk: http://www.opsi.gov.uk/acts/acts2005/en/ukpgaen_20050004_en_1

explore parliament. (1999). Retrieved 12 13, 2008, from parliament.uk: http://www.explore.parliament.uk/Parliament.aspx?id=10067&glossary=true

modernising the magna carta. (2008, 02 13). Retrieved 12 13, 2008, from ministry of justice: http://www.justice.gov.uk/news/sp130208a.htm

Schofield, A. (2007, 7 8). mandelson to be made lord. Retrieved 2 15, 2008, from timesonline: http://www.timesonline.co.uk/tol/news/politics/article2042340.ece

Cases

M. v. HOME OFFICE, 377 (A.C. 06/07 10, 11, 12, 13, 17, 18, 19, 27, 1993).

Lynn Wilkinson 2015

Justice and Punishment/Support/Rule_of_Law Bingham.pptx

Rule of Law

Lord Bingham’s Eight Principles

(16 Nov 2014)

Public Law

Preliminary points

s1 CRA 2005: the Act does not adversely affect “the existing constitutional principle of the rule of law” or “the LC’s existing constitutional role in relation to that principle.”

S17(1) CRA 2005: oath taken by LC to respect ROL and defend independence of judiciary.

Core concept (LB): “…that all persons and authorities within the state, whether public or private, should be bound by and entitled to the benefit of laws publicly and prospectively promulgated and publicly administered in the courts.

1st Principle

The law must be accessible and so far as possible intelligible, clear and predictable.

2004- 3500 pages of primary legislation

2003: 9000 pages of SI

Give single opinions

Eg of lengthy opinion: R (Jackson) v AG

2nd Principle

Questions of legal right and liability should ordinarily be resolved by application of the law and not the exercise of discretion.

Eg: In the immigration field, for example, judges have routinely and gratefully invited the Secretary of State to exercise his discretion to grant leave to enter or remain to applicants who do not meet the tests for entry laid down in the immigration rules, but whose personal history demand sympathetic consideration.

3rd Principle

Laws of the land should apply equally to all, save to the extent that objective differences justify differentiation.

While some legislation can be made separately for children, prisoners and the mentally ill, legislation made for people with red hair (Warrington LJ’s long-lived example) is incompatible with ROL.

Another example: statute 22 Henry 8 cap 9 which convicted Richard Rose, the Bishop of Rochester’s cook of high treason- he wasn’t tried.

The position of a non-national with no right of abode in this country differs from that of a national with a right of abode- one is subject to removal, the other not. (this difference is inevitable)

BUT although Habeas Corpus protection is afforded to all nationals- British and otherwise (per L Mansfield in Sommersett’s Case (1772), this did not deter Parliament from providing in Part 4 Anti terrorism, Crime and Security Act 2001 for indefinite detention without charge or trial or non-nationals suspected of international terrorism.

4th Principle

Law must afford adequate protection of fundamental human rights. (Dicey did not include this)

Preamble of UDHR recites that “it is essential, if man is not to be compelled to have recourse,as a last resort, to rebellion against tyranny and oppression, that human rights should be protected by the ROL.

However no standard of human rights that is universally agreed even among civilized nations.

5th Principle

Means must be provided for resolving, without prohibitive cost or inordinate delay, bona fide disputes which the parties themselves are unable to resolve.

Legal aid was resolved through schemes set up since 1946. But cost of scheme rose exponentially and this led to its curtailment. Questionable whether conditional fees, pro bono schemes and small claims filled the gap.

But LB says that “tabloid tales of practitioners milking the criminal aid fund of millions, and more general distrust of lawyers and their rewards, may have enabled a valuable guarantee of social justice to wither unlamented.”

British governments have insisted that civil courts should be self-financing: the cost of running courts should be covered by legal court fees charged to litigants. Won’t this make law less accessible?

6th Principle

Ministers and public officers at all levels must exercise the powers conferred on them reasonably, in good faith, for the purpose for which the powers were conferred and w/o exceeding the limit of such powers. (Judicial review)

LB speaks of a tension between the executive and the judiciary. He calls this tension ‘proper’ and goes on to say: “There are countries in the world where all judicial decisions find favour with the government, but they are not places where one would wish to live…”

7th Principle

Adjudicative procedures provided by the state should be fair. The ROL would seem to require no less.

After all, “Democracies die behind closed doors.”

CJ of Australia: ‘The ROL does not mean rule by lawyers.”

8th Principle

ROL requires compliance by the state with its obligations in international law- the law which whether deriving from treaty or international custom and practice governs the conduct of nations.

LB doesn’t think this is problematic

He quotes George Bush: (A speech in 2002) But America will always stand firm for the non-negotiable demands of human dignity: the ROL; limits on the power of the State; respect for women; private property; free speech; equal justice; and religious tolerance.”

Justice and Punishment/Support/Selection of Magistrates.docx

Magistrates Exemplar Notes

 

   Describe how lay magistrates are selected and trained.

 

Lay magistrates are appointed by The Lord Chancellor, after being recommended to him for appointment by his local Advisory Committees, consisting of magistrates and other local people. The Lord Chancellor will consider a candidate\'s personal suitability for appointment regardless of ethnic origin, gender, or religion. However, applicants must live within the area of the court they wish to work in or within 15 miles of its boundaries. The Lord Chancellor also requires that candidates should have a reasonable knowledge of the area to which they wish to be appointed and generally expects them to have lived in that area for a minimum of 12 months. Applicants should also have satisfactory health so that they are able to carry out all the duties of a magistrate. In particular, sight and hearing and should also be able to sit and to concentrate for long periods of time.

Newly appointed magistrates are required to undergo a program of training, prescribed by the Lord Chancellor, to help them to understand their duties, to obtain a sufficient knowledge of law and procedure, to appreciate the nature and purpose of sentencing. All magistrates are carefully trained before sitting and continue to receive training throughout their service. Training courses take place during the first two years following appointment and cover such topics as basic rules of court procedure, current legislation, sentencing powers and options, decision making and communication skills. Mentoring, on-the-job training, observations in court and visits to other institutions also form part of the training programme. As magistrates become more experienced they continue to undertake training to ensure they remain competent. They also receive specialist training in preparation for taking the chair in court, or for work in the family or youth court. Lay magistrates are not paid for carrying out their duties, but may claim allowances, within specified limits, for traveling, subsistence and financial loss.

 

Identify and explain the advantages and disadvantages of using lay

magistrates in crown courts.

 

Many people have their own views on lay magistrates and whether they are more suited than judges for some cases. People believe this as they feel that lay magistrates are more represent able of the community as they are members general public. They also argue there is less chance of biases than a judge as there are three magistrates present per hearing; they are also cheaper than judges and judiciary cases as their not paid for their services so this would save money. As they have to have knowledge and understanding of the local area they are more likely to relate to the cases than a judge who may have never even been to the area involved, this could lead to more sound judgement. Although lay magistrates are not legally qualified they always have a court clerk present who is legally qualified and assists them.

It may seem from the advantages of lay magistrates they are ideal for the job; however, there are disadvantages to them too. They are time consuming, compared to a district judge and this is an important factor as there are loads of cases per day to deal with, so it is worth paying more money for a service that’s quicker so they can move on to other cases more quickly. Other disadvantages are disputes and arguments between magistrates; this is not possible when using a judge as he has no one to dispute against, this may lead to a case dragging out or possibly, in the worst scenario, a wrong decision being made as they have not listened to each other properly. The final major disadvantage is magistrates may easily be persuaded either by the court clerk or even the other magistrates on the bench. This is possible as the court clerk may have an opinion on something and so the magistrates may listen to him change their decision because they are not legally qualified while the clerk is – which takes the purpose out of using magistrates in a case. The other magistrates may also persuade another magistrate when the outcome is two against one so the other opts to follow them rather than voice their opinion again

These factors are that JP have been used for at least three hundred years and have proved to be effective both in cost and time. The use of people from the community enhances restorative justice.

Justice and Punishment/Support/sentance trends.pdf

The Sentencing Guidelines Council is acutely aware of the growing need for research and statistical information about sentencing as sentencers and local criminal justice groups grapple with the issue of consistency and effectiveness.

This newsletter is the first in a series of biannual publications which will provide both national and local level sentencing data. We hope that this series will provide a basis on which sentencers can have an informative debate about sentencing patterns in their own areas.

In this edition, we present analysis

produced by the Department for Constitutional Affairs and the Research, Development and Statistics directorate at the Home Office. The statistics provide a picture of sentencing of adults over a decade, from 1993 to 2003.1 This period has been chosen to cover the impact of the sentencing framework introduced by the Criminal Justice Act 1991.2

The information here is presented in four main sections: PART 1: National trends in sentencing: An overview of sentencing trends in magistrates’ courts and the Crown Court in England and Wales is included as well

as some trend data for key indicator offences (pp2-7).

PART 2: Impact of sentencing on correctional services: How sentencing impacts on prison numbers and probation resources is shown (pp8).

PARTS 3 & 4: Criminal Justice System Area and local court level comparisons: Sentencing data for 2003 is presented to help stimulate discussion about sentencing patterns. Further court level trend data can be found on the attached CD. Readers should look at how practice in their own court varies from the national average, the CJS area as a whole and other areas that have similar features, often described as a criminal justice ‘family’. It is important to explore the reasons for any differences, and in light of your discussions, to examine whether practice needs to change (pp9-11 & CD).

We plan to meet demand for more court level data in future editions of this newsletter and would like to hear from recipients about the sort of information that would be valuable. Please send any comments to Nita Bhupal, Senior Research Officer, at [email protected] To share your views on any aspect of the work of the Council or Panel please contact: Kevin McCormac Head of Sentencing Guidelines Secretariat, 85 Buckingham Gate, London SW1E 6PD Telephone: 020 7411 5558 Or email: [email protected]

the Sentencing Guidelines Council

THE SENTENCING GUIDELINES NEWSLETTER MAY 2005 ISSUE 02 Sentence

1 Sentencing data is for indictable offences for adults only (aged 18 and over).

2 Over this period there have been many other legislative changes and policies or announcements also affecting sentencing.

Sentencing Guidelines Council

SENTENCING TRENDS Local court area comparisons

The data on this CD is in Microsoft Excel 2002.

Any queries should be addressed to the Sentencing Guidelines Secretariat,

85 Buckingham Gate, London, SW1E 6PD.

Tel: 020 7411 5551 Email: [email protected]

May 2005 – issue 2

THE SENTENCING GUIDELINES NEWSLETTER

PART 1: NATIONAL TRENDS IN SENTENCING

● Between 1993 and 2003 the Crown Court sentenced around 65,000 to 72,000 adult offenders each year. The first half of the decade saw a steady rise in the numbers sentenced reaching a peak in 1998. The following years up to 2001 saw a decline which has been reversed in recent years. ● The use of custody has increased over this period from 49% in 1993 to 60% in 2003. Across the period of 1996- 2003, the use of custody has fluctuated little between 61% and 64%. ● In comparison, the use of community sentences has decreased from 34% in 1993 to 30% in 2003, although it was as low as 25% in 2000 (see Chart 1).

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

70%

80%

90%

100%

1993 1994 1995

Other

1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003

49% 53% 56% 61% 61% 61% 63% 64% 64% 63% 60%

34% 32% 30% 26% 27% 27% 26% 25% 26% 28% 30%

11% 10% 9% 8% 8% 8% 8% 8% 7% 7% 7%

6% 5% 5% 5% 4% 4% 3% 3%

3% 2% 3%

Fine Community sentences Immediate custody

16 1993 1998 2000 2001 2002 2003

18

20

22

24

26

28

S en

te nc

e le

ng th

(m on

th s)

SENTENCING TRENDS IN THE CROWN COURT

Year 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003

Immediate custody 31,985 34,804 38,532 41,061 43,698 44,413 43,698 43,041 41,777 43,709 41,974

Community sentences 22,021 21,497 20,460 17,738 19,559 19,578 17,969 17,075 17,104 19,043 20,765

Fine 3,601 3,501 3,254 2,623 2,609 2,481 1,978 1,731 1,778 1,705 1,898

Other 7,196 6,484 6,391 5,662 5,872 5,917 5,584 5,169 4,729 4,670 5,130

Total 64,803 66,286 68,637 67,084 71,738 72,389 69,229 67,016 65,388 69,127 69,767

Chart 1: Use of Sentences in the Crown Court, 1993-2003

Chart 2: Crown Court Average Custodial Sentence Length (Excluding life sentences)

2

THE SENTENCING GUIDELINES NEWSLETTER

● The average length of a custodial sentence has risen each year over this period from just over 20 months in 1993 to nearly 27 months in 2003 (see Chart 2). ● There has been a decline in the average time served by offenders. In 1993 a prisoner sentenced to 20 months imprisonment served on average 10.6 months (including remand time). In 2003, a prisoner served on average 9.3 months.3

● The number of offenders sentenced to life imprisonment has more than doubled. This reflects in part the automatic life sentence for second serious sexual and violent offences introduced in 1997 (see Chart 3).

● The use of custody has increased from 6% in 1993 to 16% in 2003. From 2001 the use of custody has remained constant at 16%. ● The use of community sentences has

also increased from 21% in 1993 to 28% in 2002, before falling back to 26% in 2003. ● This coincides with the use of fines falling from 46% in 1993 to 33% in 2003.

2

102

202

302

402

502

602

N um

be r o

f p eo

pl e

se nt

en ce

d to

li fe

im pr

is on

m en

t

241

382

446 474

533 502

1993 1998 2000 2001 2002 2003

Chart 3: Number of people sentenced to Life Imprisonment

● Over the decade, the numbers sentenced for indictable offences in magistrates’ court has ranged between approximately 187,500 and 220,500 each year.

SENTENCING TRENDS IN MAGISTRATES’ COURT

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

70%

80%

90%

100%

1993 1994 1995

Other

1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003

Fine Community sentences Immediate custody

6% 7% 9% 10% 11% 12% 14% 15% 16% 16% 16%

21% 24% 25% 26% 26%

26% 26% 27% 28% 28%

26%

27% 25% 24% 23% 24% 23% 23% 23% 23% 23% 25%

46% 43% 42% 40% 40% 39% 38% 35% 33% 33% 33%

3 Prison Statistics for ages 21 years and over. This data includes those released on HDC. It excludes discharges following recall after release on licence, non-criminals, persons committed to custody for non-payment of fines and persons reclassified as adult prisoners.

Year 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003

Immediate custody 11,289 14,407 17,117 18,769 22,056 26,810 29,849 31,613 32,263 35,242 33,790

Community sentences 43,832 50,295 47,301 48,906 50,953 55,976 58,094 56,864 57,359 59,798 57,434

Fine 93,935 88,944 80,140 75,907 79,144 84,989 82,812 73,041 68,555 71,358 71,888

Other 55,947 51,869 45,047 43,879 47,338 49,915 49,771 47,088 48,032 50,889 53,643

Total 205,003 205,515 189,605 187,461 199,491 217,690 220,526 208,606 206,209 217,287 216,755

Chart 4: Use of Sentences in Magistrates’ Courts, Indictable Offences, 1993-2003

3

THE SENTENCING GUIDELINES NEWSLETTER

● The average sentence length for those sentenced to immediate custody fell sharply between 1993 and 1998, from 3.2 months to 2.6 months. From 1998 to 2003 the average sentence length has remained fairly constant at 2.5 months (see Chart 5).

1993 1998 2000 2001 2002 2003 2.0

2.2

2.4

2.6

2.8

3.0

3.2

3.4

S en

te n ce

le n g

th (m

o n th

s)

TRENDS FOR INDICATOR OFFENCES Offence groups used when reporting statistics contain a varied range of offences, e.g. violence against the person, which ranges from murder to assault occasioning actual bodily harm. Changes over time in sentencing for these offence groups may reflect changes in the overall composition of offences within a group rather than changes in sentencing practice.

In order to allow for more meaningful comparisons over time, indicator offences have been selected that reflect high volume offences that have a range of sentencing options and generate high numbers sent to custody. However, it should be noted that statistical data does not record severity of offences (e.g. robbery, could have become more violent over the years) which can also have a bearing on sentencing.

In selecting the indicator offences, the difference in the mix of case workload in magistrates’ courts as opposed to that in the Crown Court has been taken into account. Thus a different set of indicator offences have been produced for magistrates’ courts and for the Crown Court respectively. The basis for this choice is addressed in the relevant sections that follow.

TRENDS FOR INDICATOR OFFENCES IN THE CROWN COURT The key indicator offences identified for the Crown Court are those where there is a combination of high numbers sentenced to custody and long sentence lengths.

Offence TotalSentenced

% Sentenced to Average Sentence Length in Months

Immediate Custody

Community Sentence Fine Other

Burglary in a building other than in a dwelling 1993 4360 48% 45% 2% 5% 13.6 1998 2334 74% 23% 0% 3% 16.4 2002 2034 73% 25% 0% 1% 18.4 2003 1792 69% 29% 0% 2% 17.8

Burglary in a dwelling 1993 7550 64% 33% 0% 3% 15.3 1998 9899 77% 21% 0% 2% 20.9 2002 9243 76% 22% 0% 1% 23.9 2003 8768 69% 29% 0% 2% 24.5

Dangerous driving 1993 1351 50% 32% 13% 5% 8.3 1998 1605 60% 30% 7% 3% 9.9 2002 2222 62% 30% 5% 3% 10.3 2003 2432 60% 33% 4% 3% 10.5

Handling stolen goods 1993 5878 29% 49% 8% 14% 10.0 1998 3789 46% 41% 5% 8% 12.2 2002 2420 45% 45% 3% 7% 11.9 2003 2394 42% 47% 4% 8% 13.2

Robbery 1993 3522 88% 10% 0% 1% 42.3 1998 3337 90% 8% 0% 1% 40.7 2002 4884 92% 7% 0% 1% 44.9 2003 4656 89% 9% 0% 2% 44.4

Theft from shops 1993 1842 20% 41% 14% 24% 6.3 1998 2097 49% 34% 5% 11% 7.2 2002 1937 54% 31% 4% 10% 7.1 2003 1804 49% 34% 4% 13% 7.6

Chart 5: Magistrates’ Court Average Sentence Length (Indictable Offences only)

Table 1: Sentencing trends for Indicator Offences in the Crown Court

4

THE SENTENCING GUIDELINES NEWSLETTER

● As shown in Table 1, burglary in a dwelling accounted for the highest number of offenders being given custody for a single offence. This accounted for almost 14% of all offenders sent to custody from the Crown Court. ● Robbery (with longer sentence lengths) accounted for the highest proportion (16%) of prison places generated from the Crown Court in 2003. ● There has been a clear decline in the number of cases sentenced for burglary in a building other than a dwelling and handling stolen goods. ● For burglary in a dwelling, dangerous driving and robbery the numbers sentenced increased significantly from 1993 to 2002 and have stayed fairly constant or dropped a little in 2003. ● For all offences there has been a considerable increase in the custody rate between 1993 and 1998. The only exception has been robbery which has always had a high custody rate. ● Most of the increase in custody rate occurred between 1993 and 1998 with little change up to 2002 and a slight drop in 2003. ● As with the trend for sentencing as a whole, community sentences have been used less for these offences over the decade. However, they have been used more in 2003 than in the previous year. ● Average sentence lengths for these offences in 2003 are considerably higher than in 1993. The largest increase has been for burglary in a dwelling from 15.3 months in 1993 to 24.5 months in 2003.

TRENDS FOR INDICATOR OFFENCES IN MAGISTRATES’ COURTS

The criteria for selection of indicator offences for magistrates’ courts were based on offences that are generally non-violent but resulted in large numbers receiving a custodial sentence. These included some summary offences.

● Theft from shops resulted in the largest number of offenders being sent to custody from magistrates’ courts in 2003. Almost 42% (14,103) of all offenders sent to custody from magistrates’ courts for indictable offences were sentenced for this offence.

Offence Total

Sentenced

% Sentenced to Average Sentence Length in Months

Immediate Custody

Community Sentence

Fine Other

Dangerous driving 1993 2767 12% 30% 54% 3% 3.8 1998 2466 20% 41% 37% 3% 3.8 2002 2150 30% 48% 20% 3% 4.1 2003 2401 27% 52% 18% 2% 4.3

Driving whilst disqualified 1993 21397 24% 46% 24% 6% 3.3 1998 23063 44% 45% 7% 4% 3.4 2002 28094 46% 47% 5% 3% 3.5 2003 32504 42% 50% 5% 4% 3.5

Handling stolen goods 1993 17369 5% 29% 42% 24% 3.0 1998 11407 15% 40% 26% 20% 2.6 2002 8009 22% 42% 18% 18% 2.7 2003 7491 20% 42% 19% 20% 2.7

Theft from a person 1993 1441 10% 26% 37% 27% 3.2 1998 2660 25% 30% 24% 21% 2.7 2002 3117 30% 33% 17% 19% 3.0 2003 3178 29% 33% 17% 21% 2.9

Theft from a vehicle 1993 3925 5% 27% 45% 24% 3.1 1998 3149 19% 36% 28% 17% 2.7 2002 2852 27% 38% 18% 17% 2.6 2003 2878 29% 36% 19% 17% 2.8

Theft from shops 1993 43236 3% 13% 51% 33% 2.4 1998 54785 15% 23% 33% 28% 2.0 2002 70222 22% 27% 24% 27% 2.1 2003 65766 21% 26% 24% 29% 2.1

Unauthorised taking of a motor vehicle 1993 5223 16% 40% 27% 17% 3.4 1998 3683 31% 38% 20% 12% 3.1 2002 3574 33% 37% 18% 12% 2.9 2003 3337 32% 35% 19% 13% 2.8

Other theft and unauthorised taking 1993 19204 4% 22% 42% 31% 3.0 1998 12458 13% 31% 31% 25% 2.6 2002 8957 19% 36% 23% 23% 2.6 2003 7960 19% 34% 23% 25% 2.6

● Between 1993 and 2003 the number sentenced for all indicator offences, apart from driving whilst disqualified, theft from a person and theft from shops, has decreased. ● Custody rates have increased dramatically for all offences, with a small fall back in 2003, in most cases.

Table 2: Sentencing trends for Indicator Offences in Magistrates’ Courts

5

THE SENTENCING GUIDELINES NEWSLETTER

● Driving whilst disqualified (a summary motoring offence) had the second largest number of offenders (13,528) sentenced to custody from magistrates’ courts. ● The proportion of community sentences given has also increased for all offences apart from unauthorised taking of a motor vehicle, for which it has declined slightly. ● Use of the fine has fallen considerably. ● During this period, dangerous driving and driving whilst disqualified have both seen increases in the average length of custodial sentences.

Although recorded crime figures do not always reflect the patterns observed in sentencing, some of the changes in the number sentenced are reflected in the recorded crime statistics: ● The number of recorded robberies has grown from nearly 58,000 in 1993 to just over 108,000 in 2002/03, an increase of 86%. This may reflect the impact of the street crime initiative. ● Handling stolen goods has decreased from 50,500 in 1993 to 18,600 in 2002/03, a decrease of 63%. ● Burglary in a dwelling decreased by 40% to 434,000 in 2002/03 and burglary in a building other than a dwelling decreased by 30% to 450,000 in 2002/03 ● Theft from shops rose by 12% from 1993 to 2002/03 reaching 309,000. Theft from a person has increased almost three-fold between 1993 and 2002/03, reaching 135,000. ● Theft from a vehicle and unauthorised taking of a motor vehicle has fallen 29% (926,000 in 1993) and 48% (593,000 in 1993) respectively between 1993 and 2002/03.

● Changes in sentencing for dangerous driving and driving whilst disqualified may be partially explained by the increase in traffic on our roads, which has risen by 20% approximately between 1993 and 2002. However, casualties where car users were killed or seriously injured fell from approximately 22,800 in 1993 to 18,700 in 2002.

FIRST TIME OFFENDERS

● The percentage of first time offenders sentenced for indicator offences has generally risen between 1993-95 and 2000-02 with the exception of theft from shops, theft from a vehicle and handling stolen goods at magistrates’ courts where the proportion of first time offenders has dropped a little (see Table 4).

Crown Court

1993-95 2000-02

Number Sentenced

(national figures)

% First Time Offenders

(sample data)

Number Sentenced

(national figures)

% First Time Offenders

(sample data)

Burglary in a dwelling 24,278 8.4% 26,958 18.4%

Burglary in a building other than a dwelling

10,978 9.9% 5,832 18.8%

Robbery 9,782 18.6% 12,553 29.8%

Theft from shops 5,109 18.8% 6,018 29.0%

Handling stolen goods 17,953 16.9% 7,556 28.8%

Dangerous driving 4,789 19.2% 5,541 28.2%

Magistrates’ Courts

1993-95 2000-02

Number Sentenced

(national figures)

% First Time Offenders

(sample data)

Number Sentenced

(national figures)

% First Time Offenders

(sample data)

Theft from a person 5,097 25.2% 8,915 27.9%

Theft from a vehicle 11,223 24.2% 8,388 21.7%

Theft from shops 121,452 20.1% 203,410 18.8%

Unauthorised taking of a motor vehicle

13,555 21.5% 10,205 30.7%

Other theft and unauthorised taking

49,899 22.3% 28,880 26.5%

Handling stolen goods 50,918 25.1% 25,064 24.5%

Dangerous driving * * 6,216 44.0%

Driving whilst disqualified * * 78,507 17.7%

6

Table 3: First Time Offenders Sentenced for Indicator Offences in the Crown Court

Table 4: First Time Offenders Sentenced for Indicator Offences in Magistrates’ Courts

THE SENTENCING GUIDELINES NEWSLETTER

● Table 5 compares disposals for first time offenders for selected offences (those with 50 or more sentenced in 1993-95) for 1993-95 and 2000-02. The percentage of first time offenders sentenced to custody for indicator offences has risen between 1993-95 and 2000-02, and there have been increases in community sentences at magistrates’ courts and decreases for fines. This reflects the trend in sentencing as a whole.

● The figures on first time offenders are based on a sample from the Offenders Index. Previous convictions are only counted if they are for an offence on the “Standard List” which includes all indictable offences and some of the more serious summary offences.

Custody Community Fine Other

Total No. % No. % No. % No. %

Burglary in a building other than a dwelling

1993-95 CC 54 23 43 25 46 2 4 4 7

2000-02 CC 100 66 66 33 33 0 0 1 1

Burglary in a dwelling

1993-95 CC 103 52 50 44 43 2 2 5 5

2000-02 CC 553 374 68 168 30 3 1 8 1

Handling stolen goods

1993-95 CC 166 40 24 79 48 22 13 25 15

2000-02 CC 231 83 36 106 46 18 8 24 10

1993-95 MC 715 13 2 152 21 319 45 231 32

2000-02 MC 635 60 9 248 39 171 27 156 25

Robbery

1993-95 CC 100 86 86 11 11 0 0 3 3

2000-02 CC 396 349 88 39 10 3 1 5 1

Other theft and unauthorised taking

1993-95 MC 603 21 3 110 18 239 40 233 39

2000-02 MC 824 57 7 270 33 252 31 245 30

Theft from a person

1993-95 MC 65 7 11 17 26 25 38 16 25

2000-02 MC 266 40 15 84 32 70 26 72 27

Theft from a vehicle

1993-95 MC 139 4 3 21 15 73 53 41 29

2000-02 MC 187 14 7 71 38 59 32 43 23

Theft from shops

1993-95 MC 1,323 30 2 107 8 597 45 589 45

2000-02 MC 3,755 391 10 706 19 1,153 31 1,505 40

* Note: 1993-95 data are based on a nine-week sample; 2000-02 data are based on a 16 week sample, therefore actual numbers should be compared with caution.

7

Table 5: Disposal Of First Time Offenders: 1993-95 compared to 2000-02*

THE SENTENCING GUIDELINES NEWSLETTER

● The majority of community sentences are given at magistrates’ courts. In 2003, 84% of community sentences were from magistrates’ courts (all offences). ● Although use of community sentences has grown at magistrates’ courts in the last 10 years, from 73,000 in 1993 to 114,600 in 2003, there has not been a substantial change in their use in the five years prior to 2003. ● At the Crown Court, the number of community sentences was 23,000 in

1993 and 22,000 in 2003, with little change in the last five years. There has been a slight upturn in the use of community sentences since 2001, particularly noticeable in high volume offences such as burglary. DTTOs have increased from 100 in 2000 to 2,444 in 2003.8

● Community sentences were 30% of sentences given at Crown Court in 2003. This proportion fell from 34% in 1993 to 27% in 2001. Since then, there have been signs of a slight increase.

● The total probation caseload (court orders and post-release licences) was 196,000 at the end of 2003 compared with 145,000 at end of 1993. ● The average lengths of CROs and CRO element of CPROs have generally decreased from 1993 to 2001, but there appears to be signs of a slight increase in length of approximately 2% in 2002 and 2003. For CPOs the average length of orders has generally decreased from 126 hours in 1993 to 116 hours in 2003. The CPO element of CPROs has been relatively constant from 1994 to 2003.9

COMMUNITY SENTENCES

8

PART 2: IMPACT OF SENTENCING ON CORRECTIONAL SERVICES PRISONS ● Changes in both custody rates and sentence lengths have been reflected in the large increase in the sentenced prison population over the last 10 years. The total sentenced prison population has grown from 33,046 in June 1993 to 52,269 in June 1998, 57,306 in June 2002, 59,439 in June 2003 and 60,976 in June 2004.4

● Magistrates’ courts have a relatively smaller impact on the daily prison population but a higher impact on prison throughput, i.e. receptions and discharges. In 2003, 10% of the average daily sentenced prison population, as of the end of June, were under sentences of less than or equal to six months – this was the same as in 1993.5 However,

59% of all custodial sentences came from magistrates’ courts in 2003. This compared to 43% in 1993.6

● Offenders sentenced at the Crown Court account for the vast majority of the prison population with both sentence lengths and custody rates having an impact and with prisoners on medium to long term sentences having the greatest impact. ● In 2003, 41,947 adult offenders were sentenced to custody at the Crown Court with an average sentence length of 27 months. One month’s increase or decrease in the average sentence length changes the adult sentenced prison population by approximately 1,600. ● The average custody rate for adults at the Crown Court in 2003 was 60%. Changing this rate by one percentage

point changes the sentenced prison population by approximately 450. ● Remand decisions also have an impact on the prison population. The remand population has grown from 10,632 in June 1993 to 12,903 in June 1998, 13,081 in June 2002, and 13,073 in June 2003. It has fallen slightly to 12,495 in June 2004. The proportion of all offenders remanded in custody at magistrates’ courts has risen from 2% to 3%, which has increased the number of people remanded in custody from 45,000 in 1993 to 76,000 in 2003. Over the same period the proportion committed for trial in custody has risen from 24% to 30%, with numbers committed for trial in custody, increasing from 20,000 to 25,000.7

4 Prison Statistics for age 15 years and above. 5 Prison Statistics. 6 For all offences and all ages.

7 Prison Statistics for age 15 years and above.

8 The figures are for DTTOs given for all

offences at the Crown Court for adults. 9 Offender Management Caseload Statistics

2003 (for all ages).

THE SENTENCING GUIDELINES NEWSLETTER

PART 3: CRIMINAL JUSTICE SYSTEM AREA COMPARISONS Tables 6 and 7 provide information to allow for area comparisons at the criminal justice area level. Several factors can affect the differences in areas, which are highlighted below:

Cautioning practices may affect the numbers coming to court and the mix of offenders dealt with at court. In areas with high cautioning rates more severe sentencing patterns at magistrates’ courts might be expected although other factors, such as offence mix and detection rates, will also be relevant. Table 6 includes the cautioning rate for those aged 18 or over, i.e. the number of persons cautioned as a proportion of those cautioned or found guilty for indictable offences, for each CJS area in 2003. The cautioning rate has decreased from 30% in 1993 to 28% in 2003. The data in Table 6 does not indicate a clear relationship between an areas cautioning rate and custody rates at magistrates’ courts.

Some differences between areas may arise from different committal practices. For example, if a magistrates’ court commits a higher than average proportion of cases to the Crown Court for trial or sentence, the offence mix in

both magistrates’ court and the Crown Court is likely to be less serious than in another area.

Table 6 includes the committal for trial rate for either way offences (the percentage of those aged 18 or over proceeded against and committed for trial at the Crown Court). Overall the committal rate has decreased from around 16% between 1993 and 1997 to 12% between 1998 and 2003. The decrease was a result of the introduction of plea before venue.

There appears to be a tendency for areas that have high committal rates to also have higher than average custody rates and vice versa but the relationship is not very strong.

Following plea before venue there was an increase (although smaller than the decrease in committals for trial) in committals for sentence. Table 7 includes the proportion of those sentenced at the Crown Court who were committed for sentence. The data does not show a relationship between custody rates at the Crown Court by area and proportion committed for sentencing.

Direct comparisons between areas will be affected by differences in case mix that may exist in each area.

This has been taken account of, to a limited extent, in columns (8)10 and (9)11 of Table 7 and column (9) of Table 6 where the custodial sentencing figures for an area have been compared with the figures that would result if the national average sentencing pattern applied to each offence group. Areas with a figure higher than the figure produced by applying national average patterns appear to be sentencing more severely than expected given their offence group mix and areas with a figure lower appear to be sentencing less severely than expected given their offence group mix.

This measure is different from directly comparing each area’s custody rate with the national average. It is calculated using custody rate for each offence group in England and Wales, applying these to each area’s offence groups to get an ‘adjusted’ number to custody for each offence group in an area. Then these ‘adjusted’ figures across an area’s offence groups are totalled to produce one ‘adjusted’ figure for each area. In magistrates’ courts, for example, there are areas with the same custody rate sending fewer, about the same or more people to custody than if the national sentencing pattern applied.

9

10 ‘Prison places generated’ represents an area's expected actual prison workload. This is derived by taking into account the total number sentenced for each offence

and the corresponding custody rate and average sentence length. The figure represents the totality of the workload generated from all these individual offences.

11 The same as 'prison places generated' but assumes that area follows England and Wales averages rather than area specific values.

THE SENTENCING GUIDELINES NEWSLETTER

10

Area (1)

Total number

of people sentenced

(2)

% Sentenced to Average sentence length for custodial sentences

(months) (7)

Number of People to Custody

(8)

No of People to Custody

if Area followed National

Average (9)

Persons Cautioned as a Proportion of Persons

Found Guilty or Cautioned

(10)

Committed for Trial Rate

(Triable either way offences only) (11)

Immediate Custody

(3)

Community Sentence

(4)

Fine (5)

Other (6)

E+W 216755 16% 26% 33% 25% 2.5 33790 33521 28% 12%

Avon and Somerset 4741 18% 26% 22% 34% 2.4 850 792 26% 12% Bedfordshire 2228 24% 31% 19% 27% 2.4 529 414 35% 11% Cambridgeshire 2027 15% 36% 26% 23% 3.0 307 347 29% 12% Cheshire 3731 17% 24% 34% 25% 2.4 652 595 18% 11% Cleveland 3978 10% 26% 24% 40% 2.4 399 620 16% 13% Cumbria 1979 12% 38% 33% 17% 3.2 233 327 25% 14% Derbyshire 3163 19% 34% 24% 23% 2.6 616 525 16% 13% Devon and Cornwall 4431 13% 26% 31% 30% 2.2 568 685 33% 11% Dorset 2557 15% 20% 34% 30% 2.3 394 374 18% 8% Durham 2466 15% 31% 23% 31% 2.8 366 393 22% 13% Dyfed Powys 1985 7% 29% 41% 23% 3.0 140 259 53% 8% Essex 4168 24% 27% 32% 17% 2.2 994 647 25% 14% Gloucestershire 1896 14% 33% 28% 25% 2.9 264 307 38% 9% Greater Manchester 12086 17% 28% 25% 31% 2.5 2080 1944 23% 15% Gwent 2677 10% 27% 44% 19% 2.8 275 414 28% 15% Hampshire 5860 13% 29% 36% 23% 2.6 740 911 28% 11% Hertfordshire 2790 14% 30% 34% 22% 2.3 386 457 29% 14% Humberside 3739 17% 30% 23% 30% 2.8 628 653 18% 13% Kent 5676 16% 25% 32% 27% 3.0 929 874 29% 11% Lancashire 7013 13% 26% 31% 30% 2.4 895 1116 25% 9% Leicestershire 3546 16% 32% 26% 26% 2.4 557 567 16% 12% Lincolnshire 2238 9% 32% 27% 32% 2.5 197 365 22% 13% London 34437 19% 20% 44% 17% 2.5 6714 4928 33% 11% Merseyside 8717 14% 22% 45% 18% 2.2 1257 1318 17% 9% Norfolk 2693 12% 29% 29% 30% 2.3 323 411 28% 14% North Wales 2900 11% 29% 41% 18% 2.7 329 445 36% 9% North Yorkshire 2644 14% 32% 25% 29% 2.7 359 446 5% 10% Northamptonshire 2036 19% 30% 21% 30% 3.0 393 357 32% 9% Northumbria 7685 11% 24% 30% 34% 2.9 876 1188 66% 11% Nottinghamshire 4702 14% 29% 27% 30% 2.4 657 760 20% 9% South Wales 6292 10% 25% 41% 23% 3.1 640 896 19% 9% South Yorkshire 6488 16% 31% 23% 30% 2.7 1014 1055 12% 13% Staffordshire 4110 17% 24% 29% 29% 2.5 699 644 32% 12% Suffolk 2324 13% 25% 37% 24% 2.0 304 373 33% 8% Surrey 1830 9% 27% 41% 23% 2.6 165 283 51% 15% Sussex 3902 18% 29% 25% 28% 2.9 684 608 39% 19% Thames Valley 5190 12% 30% 32% 27% 2.6 626 837 27% 9% Warwickshire 1364 11% 40% 25% 24% 2.7 148 228 42% 6% West Mercia 3396 16% 33% 31% 20% 2.8 532 578 36% 13% West Midlands 16059 16% 25% 43% 16% 2.6 2618 2487 31% 12% West Yorkshire 11372 18% 28% 22% 32% 2.2 1999 1765 25% 10% Wiltshire 1965 11% 34% 26% 29% 2.7 208 328 24% 7% Other (not recorded) 1674 15% 35% 24% 27% 3.0 246

Table 6: Magistrates’ Courts Sentencing Data by Area – 2003 (Indictable offences only)

The attached CD provides tables with information on sentencing trends for each magistrates’ court and Crown Court centre in your criminal justice area.

Data for all magistrates’ courts and Crown Court centres in England and Wales, all courts in your area and the other courts in your CJS family are included for comparison. The CJS

families have been identified as areas with similar socio-economic, geographic and demographic characteristics.

Some courts have closed down, or have been combined with other courts between 1993 and 2003. We have aimed to distribute the earlier figures according to the court or district that now deals with the work.

Please be aware that in courts where

relatively few people are sentenced each year a small change in the figures may have a large impact on the percentage figures.

If you do not have a CD attached to this newsletter, the data can be accessed at our website: www.sentencing-guidelines.gov.uk

Alternatively, please contact Gareth Sweny on 020 7411 5590 for a copy.

PART 4: LOCAL COURT AREA COMPARISONS

Area12

(1)

Total number of people

Sentenced (2)

% Sentenced to Average sentence length for custodial sentences

(months) (7)

Total Prison Places

Generated (8)

Prison Places Generated if

area followed National

Average (9)

Proportion Committed

for Sentence

(10)

Immediate Custody

(3)

Community Sentence

(4)

Fine (5)

Other (6)

E+W 69767 60% 30% 3% 7% 26.9 46489 46282 22%

Avon and Somerset 1782 58% 29% 3% 11% 25.9 1098 1196 27% Bedfordshire 828 69% 23% 3% 5% 27.1 638 556 21% Cambridgeshire 875 66% 26% 3% 5% 26.3 634 603 30% Cheshire 1591 70% 24% 1% 6% 24.6 1123 1045 21% Cleveland 1527 59% 30% 2% 9% 24.4 917 1034 21% Cumbria 442 61% 30% 2% 8% 21.7 242 274 25% Derbyshire 1493 57% 33% 2% 8% 23.0 805 950 31% Devon and Cornwall 1485 50% 34% 5% 11% 26.4 811 965 25% Dorset 544 62% 26% 3% 9% 23.6 330 372 23% Durham 512 48% 37% 3% 11% 22.3 230 335 15% Essex 1375 58% 29% 3% 10% 25.6 840 646 30% Gloucestershire 569 50% 42% 2% 6% 23.8 281 376 35% Greater Manchester 4908 55% 36% 2% 7% 27.8 3081 3202 15% Hampshire 1865 55% 34% 3% 8% 24.4 1022 1263 19% Hertfordshire 535 68% 25% 3% 4% 26.4 395 348 19% Humberside 1545 60% 30% 2% 7% 26.5 1020 1042 28% Kent 1755 69% 21% 2% 8% 26.4 1311 1077 28% Lancashire 2419 65% 28% 1% 6% 24.8 1593 1712 19% Leicestershire 1387 52% 38% 3% 7% 26.4 782 869 19% Lincolnshire 632 56% 32% 3% 9% 25.7 375 381 23% London 11696 62% 26% 4% 7% 32.5 9670 8177 21% Merseyside 2403 62% 31% 2% 5% 29.0 1763 1621 14% Norfolk 830 59% 29% 3% 10% 23.3 469 534 17% North Yorkshire 548 63% 26% 2% 9% 27.0 385 344 26% Northamptonshire 612 73% 21% 1% 5% 24.4 448 407 24% Northumbria 1983 53% 35% 3% 9% 27.5 1176 1311 15% Nottinghamshire 1752 59% 30% 3% 8% 26.7 1140 1153 27% South Wales 3335 58% 32% 3% 7% 22.0 1746 2149 21% South Yorkshire 2369 65% 24% 2% 9% 26.6 1678 1577 23% Staffordshire 1467 60% 31% 3% 6% 25.6 934 951 26% Suffolk 576 66% 26% 2% 6% 22.6 353 366 29% Surrey 572 61% 29% 5% 6% 26.3 381 385 18% Sussex 1313 57% 29% 3% 11% 27.6 855 882 22% Thames Valley 1665 58% 32% 2% 7% 26.7 1072 1165 29% Warwickshire 768 65% 23% 4% 8% 25.1 515 493 24% West Mercia 1250 64% 28% 3% 5% 23.7 784 810 28% West Midlands 4928 59% 32% 3% 7% 25.5 3054 3284 22% West Yorkshire 3232 63% 30% 2% 6% 27.8 2310 2162 25% Wiltshire 399 60% 33% 2% 5% 23.1 228 265 33%

Table 7: Crown Court Sentencing Data by Area – 2003 (Indictable offences only)

THE SENTENCING GUIDELINES NEWSLETTER

11

12 Crown Court data for North Wales is included in Chester Crown Court, Cheshire and for Dyfed Powys in Swansea, South Wales.

THE SENTENCING GUIDELINES NEWSLETTER

12

To share your views on any aspect of the work of the Council or Panel please contact:

Kevin McCormac Head of Sentencing Guidelines Secretariat, 85 Buckingham Gate, London SW1E 6PD

Telephone: 020 7411 5558 Or email: [email protected]

Justice and Punishment/Support/serving as a magistrate.pdf

SERVING AS A MAGISTRATE

- a detailed guide to the role of JP

81095_Covers_Ver4 27/7/07 08:33 Page 2

81095_Covers_Ver1 17/7/07 07:47 Page 3

01

This booklet gives detailed information to help you decide whether the magistracy is right for you.

1. Your role.........................................02

2. Conditions of service.....................07

3. Your credentials.............................08

4. Your training...................................12

5. Your selection.................................16

6. Your questions...............................18

7. Your colleagues..............................22

8. Becoming a Magistrate DVD.........Inside back cover

81095_Text_Ver1 17/7/07 08:05 Page 01

1. YOUR ROLE

02

Magistrates’ courts are the first tier within our justice system. They comprise:

˚ The Adult Court – for criminal cases involving people over 18. ˚ The Youth Court – for cases involving young people aged from 10-17. ˚ The Family Proceedings Court – where some family disputes are settled. ˚ The Civil Court – for civil cases and other matters like enforcingCouncil Tax or dealing with some licensing appeals.

Defendants who are found guilty in magistrates’ courts can appeal against the verdict or sentence to a more senior court. The prosecution has a more limited right to appeal, too, but only if the magistrates have made an error of law. In practice, less than 3% of decisions in the magistrates’ courts are ever appealed.

Individual magistrates do not hear cases on their own. They usually sit as one of a bench of three magistrates, together with a qualified Legal Adviser who is there to advise on points of law and procedure.

What is a magistrate? The office of magistrate (also known as Justice of the Peace or JP) has existed in England and Wales for hundreds of years. People holding the office perform an essential public service by dispensing justice within the criminal justice system and hearing a range of non-criminal cases. Today, there are about 28,000 magistrates in England and Wales and they all give their time and expertise voluntarily.

81095_Text_Ver1 17/7/07 20:32 Page 02

03

CRIMINAL CASES Everyone charged with a criminal offence is presumed innocent unless proved guilty, and is entitled to a fair and public hearing within a reasonable time. Magistrates, just like other judges, have to make sure this happens in their courts.

Less serious crimes All criminal cases start in the magistrates’ courts, and 97 percent are concluded there, including sentencing. These include all ‘summary’ offences – such as most motoring offences, less serious assaults and many public order offences – which can be dealt with only in the magistrates’ courts. For these crimes, you will set the timetable, decide bail, hear the evidence, decide whether the accused is guilty or innocent and, if guilty, decide on the most appropriate sentence. Other cases can be dealt with in either the magistrates’ courts or by a judge and jury in the Crown Court. These are known as ‘either way’ offences

and include theft, more serious assaults and most drugs offences.

Serious crimes The most serious crimes, including murder, rape and robbery, all commence in the magistrates’ court, but must be dealt with in the Crown Court. Your role is to send such cases to be heard in the Crown Court.

You also have to decide what should happen to the defendant during the preparation of the case, and particularly whether he or she should be released on bail. Usually, the defendant will be bailed to attend at the next hearing date. You may, however, impose conditions on that bail, such as requiring that a financial guarantee (called a surety or security) be provided, or requiring the defendant to live at a particular address, including bail hostels. For the most serious cases, you can keep a defendant in prison during this period.

81095_Text_Ver1 17/7/07 20:32 Page 03

04

Sentencing When sentencing, you will consider any aggravating factors and listen to any mitigating factors. You will know the range of sentences from your training, information in court and your Legal Adviser. You then decide which sentence has the greatest chance of rehabilitating the offender and preventing them from committing further offences. Where appropriate, you will also determine whether they should be required to make any reparation to the people they have affected.

For adult offenders, you can choose from a wide range of sentences, including:

˚ An absolute discharge – usually for a firstoffence when you believe a further offence is very unlikely. The offence, however, remains on the record.

˚ A conditional discharge – when a convictionfor another offence committed up to three years before will mean the person can be sentenced for both offences.

˚ A community sentence. ˚ Fines up to £5,000 – these are probablythe most used sentence. ˚ Compensation up to £5,000 – tocompensate a victim for loss, injury

or suffering.

˚ A prison sentence.

Youth Courts Most criminal cases involving young people aged 10 to 17 are dealt with in the Youth Court. The main aim of the Youth Court is to prevent offending and re-offending by young people. If you sit in the Youth Court you will receive specialist training and have a different range of sentences available. The Youth Court also has three magistrates and ideally this should include both men and women.

81095_Text_Ver1 17/7/07 08:05 Page 04

05

A TYPICAL TRIAL Magistrates’ courts start between 9.30am and 10.30am and you need to be there 30 minutes beforehand. You usually sit as a bench of three, so when you arrive you find out who your two colleagues will be for the day. The court Chairman – an experienced senior magistrate – sits in the middle and is the person who addresses and controls the court. The two other magistrates – called wingers – sit on either side, but all three have equal decision making responsibility. The Legal Adviser, who’s there to tell you the status of the case (for example, whether this is a first hearing and whether everyone is ready) and help with any points of law and procedure, usually sits just in front of the three magistrates.

The prosecution is the first to put its case. This is normally presented by the Crown Prosecution Service (CPS). When the prosecution has finished, it is the turn of the defence lawyer to address the court. Not all defendants are legally represented, however, so the defendant could be presenting their own case.

At the end of the trial, you leave the courtroom to consider your decision

and to record the reasons for it. The verdict is then read out in court, followed by the past record, if any, of the defendant. The defendant’s personal circumstances, and anything else that might be useful in deciding what sentence should be imposed, are also heard at this point. You then leave the courtroom again to decide on the next step. This might be to request a report to be prepared, or you may be able to proceed directly to sentencing.

Throughout the trial, your task is to listen carefully to all that is said in court and to make appropriate decisions as part of a team. You have to think about all the evidence given, decide what is relevant and, if different stories are told, whom you believe in an unbiased manner. When someone has pleaded or been found guilty, you have to think about how to deal with the offender and consider:

˚ The punishment of offenders. ˚ The reduction of crime. ˚ The reform and rehabilitation of offenders. ˚ The protection of the public. ˚ The making of reparation by offenders to those affected by their offences.

81095_Text_Ver1 17/7/07 08:05 Page 05

06

FAMILY AND OTHER CIVIL CASES

Family Proceedings Courts Some magistrates are specially trained to deal with family cases. These are usually either when a young person is at risk of serious harm, or when there is a family dispute concerning children, often when parents have split up. Again, ideally there should always be one man and one woman on the bench.

Licensing Courts Licensing Committees, made up of magistrates, used to be responsible for granting or refusing licences to people who want to sell alcohol to the public. This responsibility is now held by local authorities, but magistrates hold an appeal function so that where a decision is taken by a local authority, an applicant may appeal to local magistrates. Magistrates still form the Betting and Gaming Committees which continue to have the power to grant licences to run a betting shop.

Collecting fines Magistrates’ courts deal with people who fail to pay their fines and other financial penalties.

Collecting Council Tax Magistrates’ courts deal with unpaid Council Tax.

81095_Text_Ver1 17/7/07 08:05 Page 06

07

2. CONDITIONS OF SERVICE

Time commitment As a magistrate, you are required to sit for at least 26 half-day court sittings each year. A ‘half-day’ sitting typically lasts from 10am to 1pm or 2pm to 5pm, though you need to be there half-an-hour before to prepare. On some benches, sittings are organised on a full-day basis. You receive your schedule for sittings well in advance, but it is possible to rearrange sittings in an emergency. In addition, you will need to be available for training (see YOUR TRAINING on page 12).

You will also be expected to play a part in the life of your bench, attend bench meetings where possible, and you may undertake work out of court as a member of committees.

There is no minimum length of time for which a magistrate should be prepared to serve. However, the initial training/appraisal period usually lasts for one year to 18 months.

Please make sure you are certain that you can meet the required time commitment before applying to become a magistrate.

EMPLOYMENT If you are employed, you must establish with your employer that you will be allowed to

take reasonable time off work to undertake the duties of a magistrate. Under Section 50 of the Employment Rights Act 1996, an employer is required to do this. If you are employed, the application pack will contain a DVD, Employing a Magistrate, which you can pass to your employer. This sets out the many benefits to employers of employing a magistrate. Further information is set out in the leaflet for employers.

ALLOWANCES As a magistrate, you are not paid for carrying out your duties. You can, however, claim allowances (within specified limits) for travel, subsistence and financial loss, such as loss of earnings.

81095_Text_Ver1 17/7/07 08:05 Page 07

08

AGE REQUIREMENT You must at least 18 years old to apply. Magistrates retire from the bench at the age of 70 and the Lord Chancellor normally expects a period of five years’ service before retirement. He will not generally appoint anyone who is aged over 65.

FORMAL QUALIFICATIONS You don’t need any formal or academic qualifications. Nor do you need any previous legal training or experience. A legally qualified Legal Adviser will be in court to advise on relevant aspects of the law, and you are provided with structures to assist you in your decision making, together with guidelines for sentencing.

3. YOUR CREDENTIALS

Magistrates come from a whole range of backgrounds and occupations. They are men and women with sound judgement and personal integrity. They know their local community well, are able to listen to all sides of an argument and can contribute to fair and reasonable decisions. They are also reliable and prepared to give up their time to perform this vital role. Some find this easier than others, but many people in full time employment also serve as magistrates. Their employers are obliged by law to give them reasonable time off for their duties, and many also agree to pay their staff for at least a proportion of the time they spend on the bench.

81095_Text_Ver1 17/7/07 08:05 Page 08

09

ESSENTIAL QUALITIES There are, however, six key qualities which are regarded as vital if you are to perform successfully in the role of a magistrate. It doesn’t matter how or where you developed these qualities. It could be through your current or previous employment, involvement in community or voluntary activities, public appointments, leisure activities, family life or academic study. The most important thing is that you can demonstrate these in the selection process and, if appointed, apply them to the role. They are:

˚ Good character: to have personal integrityand enjoy the respect and trust of others. ˚ Understanding and communication:to be able to understand documents,

identify relevant facts, follow evidence and communicate effectively.

˚ Social awareness: to appreciate andaccept the rule of law. ˚ Maturity and sound temperament: to have an awareness and understanding

of people and a sense of fairness.

˚ Sound judgement: to be able to thinklogically, weigh arguments and reach a sound decision.

˚ Commitment and reliability: to becommitted to serving the community, willing to undergo training and to be in sufficiently good health to undertake your duties on a regular basis.

HEALTH AND DISABILITY We will not be able to select you if your health prevents you from carrying out a magistrate’s range of duties. However, applications are welcomed from people with a disability who are able to carry out their duties either unassisted, or with the benefit of certain reasonable adjustments made to court premises or working/sitting arrangements in accordance with section 6 of the Disability Discrimination Act 1995.

NATIONALITY British nationality is not a requirement, but all candidates must be willing to take the Oath of Allegiance. The Lord Chancellor will not appoint candidates who are in the process of seeking asylum.

81095_Text_Ver1 17/7/07 08:05 Page 09

10

OCCUPATION Subject to the Lord Chancellor’s discretion, there are a number of offices or occupations that will act as a bar to you being appointed as a magistrate. This is because they could give cause for concern about your perceived impartiality on the bench. So, for example, you will not normally be eligible if:

˚ You are a member of the Police Service. ˚ You are a member of, or have been selected(formally or informally) as a prospective

candidate for election to, any Parliament or Assembly.

There are also other occupations that could present a possible conflict of interest if you were selected as a magistrate – it isn’t possible to list them all. Similar concerns apply to the occupation of your spouse, your partner or a close relative. That is why the application form asks for details about these people (see the application form’s guidance notes for more information). This information won’t necessarily disqualify you, but it will need to be taken into account.

81095_Text_Ver1 17/7/07 08:05 Page 10

11

BANKRUPTCY If you are an undischarged bankrupt, you will not be appointed as a magistrate because it is unlikely you would command the confidence of the public. If you have been declared bankrupt in the past, but are now solvent, we will need to consider:

˚ The circumstances surrounding your bankruptcy. ˚ When it was declared. ˚ The extent to which creditors were paid(particularly if they were local). ˚ Whether there is likely to be any adversereaction if you are appointed.

CONVICTIONS, ORDERS AND MOTORING OFFENCES When considering candidates who have been subject to any order of a court (civil or criminal), various factors, including the nature and seriousness of the offence, will be considered before an appointment is made. Magistrates deal with motoring offences, and while minor motoring offences are not usually an issue, serious motoring offences, or persistent offending, might disqualify you. If you’ve had your licence suspended for less than 12 months in the past five years, or for 12 months or more in the past 10 years, you would generally not be recommended.

81095_Text_Ver1 17/7/07 08:05 Page 11

12

4. YOUR TRAINING

The importance of the magistrate’s role is reflected in the mandatory training programme you undergo to prepare you. It is prescribed by the Lord Chancellor and will be delivered locally by your Justices’ Clerk or a member of his or her team.

The training will help you develop all the knowledge and skills you need to become an effective and confident magistrate. It is based on a competence framework and includes:

˚ Reading and distance learning exercisesthat cover the role and responsibilities of a magistrate.

˚ Induction and core training before you sit in court. This will normally be for the equivalent of three days (18 hours) and may be delivered: over a long weekend; in a series of short evening sessions over

several weeks; over three separate week days; or as a residential course. For more details about how this training is delivered in your area, contact the Justices’ Clerk at your local magistrates’ court.

˚ A minimum of three court observations. ˚ A visit to a prison establishment, a youngoffender institution and a probation

service facility.

˚ Consolidation training. You will receive thisafter about a year. It will normally be for the equivalent of two days (12 hours) and, like the core training, may be delivered in a variety of ways (see above).

81095_Text_Ver1 17/7/07 08:05 Page 12

13

As well as training in law and procedure, you will also focus on developing the skills you need, such as:

˚ structured decision-making ˚ communicating ˚ listening ˚ awareness of community needs ˚ respect and lack of bias or prejudice ˚ problem solving ˚ team work

During your induction and core training, you will be in a group with other new magistrates recruited at the same time as you. The group’s size will depend on the numbers recruited in your area. The training will be delivered using a variety of methods, which may include pre-course reading, small group work, use of case studies, role play, formal tutor input, group discussion, computer-based training and CCTV.

81095_Text_Ver1 17/7/07 08:05 Page 13

14

MENTORING The training scheme recognises that the most effective way to develop as a magistrate is to learn from the experience of sitting in court. To assist this process, all new magistrates are provided with a mentor – an experienced magistrate who has been specially trained to take on the role. Your mentor will advise, support, and guide you, especially during the first few months of your service as a magistrate. During your first year you will have six formal sittings attended by your mentor, each of which is followed by an opportunity to discuss the day’s business with your mentor. You will reflect on how you have applied the knowledge and skills you developed during your induction and core training and, using the competence framework, consider whether or not you have any further training and development needs.

APPRAISAL After you have been sitting for about a year you will be ready for your first appraisal. This takes place during a normal sitting and is conducted by an appraiser who is an experienced magistrate specially trained for the role. Following the sitting, you and your appraiser use the competence

framework for magistrates to assess your performance and identify if you have any outstanding training needs.

All magistrates are appraised every three years in each of the judicial roles they undertake in the magistrates’ court.

81095_Text_Ver1 17/7/07 08:05 Page 14

15

UPDATE TRAINING The law and procedures that affect the magistrates’ court change from time to time and you will be expected to keep up to date. When there are major changes in legislation, you will be provided with written material or formal training to help you learn and apply the new law.

CONTINUATION TRAINING In addition to the update training, you are required to attend continuation training every three years prior to your appraisal. Continuation training will focus on magistrates’ key skills, making judicial

decisions and working as an effective member of a team.

ADDITIONAL TRAINING If you wish to become a court Chairman, or to work in the Youth Court or Family Proceedings Court, there is extra training to prepare you for these roles because you need to achieve additional competences.

We recognise that magistrates are volunteers and that your time is valuable, so every effort is made to provide all training at times and places convenient for the bench.

81095_Text_Ver1 17/7/07 08:05 Page 15

16

5. YOUR SELECTION Before making an application, you must visit a magistrates’ court to observe what happens when it is sitting in general session, and be prepared to discuss the experience and your views on it at interview. Your local court will advise when it’s best to attend and in which courtrooms to observe – a list of courts is included in the application pack, or you can find it on the ‘Apply page’ at www.magistrates.gov.uk.

If you are employed, you must also establish with your employer that you will be allowed to take reasonable time off work (under Section 50 of the Employment Rights Act 1996) to undertake the duties of a magistrate. It really is vital to have the support of your employer to become a magistrate.

Magistrates in England and Wales are appointed by the Secretary of State and Lord Chancellor on behalf of, and in the name of, The Queen. Candidates are recommended to the Secretary of State and Lord Chancellor for appointment by local Advisory Committees. These consist of local people, including some magistrates. In making their recommendations, Advisory Committees not only consider the personal suitability of candidates, but also the number of vacancies and the need to ensure that the composition of each bench broadly reflects the diversity of the community it serves.

81095_Text_Ver1 17/7/07 08:05 Page 16

17

THE OATH If you are appointed, you will be required to swear or affirm that you “will be faithful and bear true allegiance to Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth the Second, her heirs and successors, according to law” and that you “will well and truly serve our Sovereign Lady Queen Elizabeth the Second in the office of Justice of the Peace, and will do right to all manner of people after the laws and usages of this realm without fear or favour, affection or ill will”.

REFERENCES You need to provide details of three referees, one of whom should be your employer (if applicable). Referees must not be anyone (such as a solicitor, police officer or probation office) who is likely to appear before the court to which you might be appointed.

EQUAL OPPORTUNITIES Equality of opportunity will be afforded to all candidates regardless of age, disability, gender, marital status, sexual orientation, racial group, community background, religion or whether or not they have dependents. One of the Lord Chancellor’s objectives is, in fact, to attract a broad range of candidates with differing backgrounds and experience. Applications are therefore encouraged from all sections of the community.

The selection process to join the magistracy is necessarily rigorous. It consists of the following stages:

˚ First, you need to complete an application form. There is one in the pocket at the back of this booklet, or you can download a form from our web site, www.magistrates.gov.uk. This can be printed off and mailed, or you can attach it to an email.

˚ Your application form is first sifted tocheck you are eligible to apply. ˚ Then, if you are eligible, you will be invitedto a first interview. ˚ If you are successful at the first interview,you will be invited to a second interview

where you will discuss some practical examples of the sort of cases magistrates deal with.

˚ We then make background verificationchecks to look into any conflicts of interest and exceptional circumstances.

˚ Finally, the view of the AdvisoryCommittee is placed before the Lord Chancellor who will make the appointments.

We will notify you by post following each stage of the selection process. We will also notify you by post – within 10 days – of the final decision being made.

81095_Text_Ver1 17/7/07 08:05 Page 17

18

6. YOUR QUESTIONS

What exactly do magistrates do? Magistrates, also known as Justices of the Peace, carry out their duties locally and deal with almost 97 percent of criminal cases. They consider the evidence in each contested case and reach a verdict. When a defendant is found guilty, or pleads guilty, they decide on the most appropriate sentence.

What type of cases will I be dealing with? You will be dealing with the less serious criminal cases, such as theft, criminal damage, assaults, public disorder and motoring offences. When sitting in the Family Proceedings Court, you will deal with a range of issues affecting families and children. In the Youth Court you will deal with criminal cases against 10-17 year olds. And, if you join the licensing committee, you will be dealing with licensing applications from betting shops and gaming clubs.

Will I sit on my own? No. You normally sit as one of a ‘bench’ of three magistrates, including one who has been trained to take the ‘Court Chairman’ role. The ‘Court Chairman’ speaks for the bench and helps to guide it through its business. There is also always a legally qualified Legal Adviser to advise on law and procedure.

What sort of people become magistrates? Magistrates come from a wide range of backgrounds and occupations. They are people with personal integrity and a good knowledge of their local community. They also have the ability to listen to all sides of an argument and contribute to fair and reasonable decisions. They must, of course, be reliable and have time to give to this important task.

81095_Text_Ver1 17/7/07 08:05 Page 18

19

Do I need formal qualifications, or a knowledge of the law? No. Formal or academic qualifications are not required. Nor is knowledge of the law, because each bench sits with a qualified legal adviser who is there to advise on relevant aspects of the law. Sentencing guidelines are also provided.

Do I get any training? Yes. You are given a programme of practical training that prepares you to sit in court. This is compulsory and involves talks and discussions and practical exercises, observing in court and visits to prison establishments.

Is being a magistrate time consuming? You are required to sit for a minimum of 26 half-days each year and to be available for full day sittings, although the average magistrate sits for about 35 half-days a year. Arrangements for sittings are worked out well in advance on a rota basis and it is usually possible to make changes in an emergency. Training and meetings are an additional commitment. If you have more time to spare, you can volunteer, when sufficiently experienced, for extra sittings or you can train to join the Family or Youth Panels or the Betting and Gaming Committees.

How are magistrates selected and appointed? Magistrates are appointed by the Lord Chancellor and Secretary of State for Justice, on the advice of local Advisory Committees. If you’re interested in being appointed, you first need to complete an application form. The Advisory Committee may then invite you to a first interview and, if successful, a second interview to discuss the duties of a magistrate, your views on crime and punishment, and what qualities you might bring to the magistracy. Remember that not everyone who applies will be interviewed, and not everyone who is interviewed will be appointed.

81095_Text_Ver3 23/7/07 13:37 Page 19

20

How do you ensure benches represent their local community? Benches should, as far as possible, reflect the communities they serve. Each year, the Advisory Committees look at the needs of their benches, not only in terms of the numbers required, but also to maintain a balance of gender, ethnic origin, location, occupation, industry, age, disability and social background.

Are there any restrictions on who may apply? Yes. Candidates should live or work near to the bench to which they apply to be appointed. Very few people are automatically disqualified, but an undischarged bankrupt may not be appointed, nor anyone who has been convicted of a serious offence. Minor motoring offences will not normally disqualify you. Work for court associated organisations (such as the police, probation or prison service) or a relationship with someone working for them, will need special consideration to avoid any conflict of interest arising, and may debar you from appointment.

What are the age limits? Normally, only people between 18 and 65 years of age are considered. Magistrates must retire from the bench at the age of 70.

Do I get paid? No. Magistrates give up their time for the vital task of administering justice on a voluntary basis. However, many employers allow time off with pay for magistrates. If you do suffer loss of earnings, you may claim a loss allowance at a set rate. You can also claim allowances for travel and subsistence.

81095_Text_Ver1 17/7/07 08:05 Page 20

21

How long does the appointment process take? Depending on when you apply, the appointment process from your application to beginning your duties can take between 6-12 months. You will be kept informed of the progress of your application throughout this time.

How do I find out more about the application process? There is a leaflet in this application pack listing the phone number of your local Advisory Committee who will be able to help. The list is also available online at www.magistrates.gov.uk under ‘useful links’.

81095_Text_Ver1 17/7/07 08:05 Page 21

22

7. YOUR COLLEAGUES

What do magistrates themselves think of the experience of serving on the bench? Here five serving magistrates share their thoughts.

“ Every year I get 18 full days with pay to sit in court. If I need more days, I work a few extra hours at other times or, occasionally, I use one of my annual leave days. My manager is very flexible. At work I manage people and, in a sense, manage customers, so serving on the bench really fits with my job role. I’m also a mentor – both at work and for other magistrates – so the two roles really complement each other.”

Manjit Buttar Group Station Manager, London Underground

81095_Text_Ver1 17/7/07 08:05 Page 22

23

“ I tend to make myself available two to three times a month, including weekends. When we’re considering sentencing, we work within very strict guidelines. What we tend to do is rehearse the sentence we’re going to give with our Clerk to see whether it will cause any difficulty. If I were a defendant myself, I’d like to know I’m being tried and sentenced by someone with a degree of common sense and who can relate to my situation. I consider myself fortunate because I’ve been given the privilege of representing the common person in the judicial system.”

Alika Gupta Programme Leader, Qualifications and Curriculum Authority

“ Before I joined the bench I suppose my impression of magistrates was coloured by the misconceptions that everybody shares – of the country squire, the privileged middle-aged gentleman. But as soon as I joined I realised there is a very interesting range of people of all ages and all backgrounds. It has taught me an awful lot. I get to consider a range of people and events that I don’t normally come across. Everyone brings a different set of problems into court, and you have to keep an eye on the human aspects behind the offending behaviour.”

Geoff Pinney Laboratory Manager, Royal Berkshire Hospital

81095_Text_Ver1 17/7/07 08:05 Page 23

24

“ Serving as a magistrate is totally different from what people expect. You’re mixing with very like-minded people, and you don’t need a legal background – just a lot of common sense. Serving certainly makes you face and confront your prejudices. I know I’ve become much more tolerant of people – I now tend to look at their problems, rather than just being judgmental about them.”

Jenny Kerr Self-employed Conference Organiser and Event Planner

“ I became a magistrate in 1990. I saw an advertisement saying that more younger black magistrates were needed. I think they wanted a bit more cultural input when deliberating about young people of ethnic origins. And, yes, I do enjoy it. I get a sense of satisfaction from serving the local community and from adjudicating and ensuring that people in society are being treated fairly for the way they live.”

Grantley Yearwood Aircraft Technician, British Airways

81095_Text_Ver1 17/7/07 08:05 Page 24

www.magistrates.gov.uk

MAGAPPBOOKLET

81095_Covers_Ver1 17/7/07 07:47 Page 1

Justice and Punishment/Support/The decision whether to prosecute 2012.docx

The decision whether to prosecute

Each case the prosecution service receives from the police is reviewed to make sure that it is right to proceed with a prosecution. In more serious or complex cases, prosecutors are responsible for deciding whether a person should be charged with a criminal offence, and if so, what that offence should be.

When deciding whether a case should be prosecuted in the courts, prosecutors consider the alternatives to prosecution in appropriate circumstances. This includes a simple or conditional caution for adults or, for youths, a reprimand, warning or conditional caution.

When we receive a file from the police, a prosecutor will read the papers and decide whether or not there is enough evidence against the defendant and whether a prosecution is required in the public interest. Because circumstances can change, the prosecutor keeps the case under continual review. If the prosecutor is thinking of changing the charges or stopping the case, he or she will contact the police wherever possible. This gives the police the chance to provide more information that may affect the decision.

Although the police and the CPS work closely together, we are completely independent of each other and the final responsibility for the decision as to whether or not to proceed with an offence that has been charged rests with the prosecution service.

Prosecutors have to ask themselves the following two questions when they are making their decisions

Is there enough evidence against the defendant?

There must be enough evidence to provide a 'realistic prospect of conviction' against the defendant. A realistic prospect of conviction is an objective test. It means that a jury or bench of magistrates, or judge hearing a case alone, properly directed and acting in accordance with the law, is more likely than not to convict the defendant of the alleged charge. This is a different test from the one that the criminal courts must apply. Magistrates or a jury should only convict the defendant if they are sure that he or she is guilty.

When deciding whether there is enough evidence to prosecute, prosecutors must consider whether the evidence can be used in court and whether it is reliable. This means that they must assess the quality of the evidence from all witnesses before reaching a decision. Where it is considered that it would be helpful in assessing the reliability of a witness' evidence or in better understanding complex evidence, an appropriately trained and authorised prosecutor should conduct a pre-trial interview with the witness. A decision to drop a case does not mean that the prosecutor has decided to believe one witness and not believe another.

If there is not a realistic prospect of conviction, the case must not go ahead, no matter how serious or sensitive it may be.

If there is a realistic prospect of conviction, the prosecutor will ask the next question.

Is a prosecution required in the public interest?

It has never been the rule in this country that every criminal offence must automatically be prosecuted. For this reason, in each case, the prosecutor must consider whether a prosecution is required in the public interest.

A prosecution will usually take place unless the prosecutor is sure that there are public interest factors tending against prosecution which outweigh those tending in favour, or unless the prosecutor is satisfied that the public interest may be properly served, in the first instance, by offering the offender the opportunity to have the matter dealt with by an out-of-court disposal.

The public interest factors that can affect the decision to prosecute vary from case to case. The more serious the offence or the offender's record of criminal behaviour, the more likely it is that a prosecution will be required in the public interest. On the other hand, a prosecution is less likely to be required if, for example, a court would be likely to impose a nominal penalty or the loss or harm connected with the offence was minor and the result of a single incident.

Victims of crime

In deciding whether a prosecution is required in the public interest, prosecutors should take into account any views expressed by the victim regarding the impact that the offence has had. In some cases, prosecutors should take into account any views expressed by the victim's family. But the prosecution service does not act for victims or their families in the same way as solicitors act for their clients, and prosecutors must form an overall view of the public interest.

The Threshold Test

There are some cases in which it would not be appropriate to release a person on bail after charge, but where the evidence to establish whether there is a 'realistic prospect of conviction' is not yet available. For example, medical or other expert evidence may not have been obtained in the limited time available before charge. In these cases, prosecutors apply the Threshold Test. To apply this test, there must be reasonable grounds for believing: that further evidence will become available in a reasonable period of time; that the seriousness or the circumstances of the case justifies the making of an immediate charging decision; and that there are grounds to object to bail.

Selection of charges

When they are reviewing a case, prosecutors must always consider whether the charges against the defendant are correct. They have to make sure that the charges reflect the seriousness and extent of the offending and give the court sufficient sentencing powers. It is just as important that the choice and number of charges allow the case to be explained to the court in a clear and simple way.

This means that from time to time a prosecutor may alter the charge against the defendant if there is one that fits the circumstances of the offence better.

Out-of-court disposals

Prosecutors may offer a conditional caution where this would be a proportionate response to the seriousness and the consequences of the offending. A conditional caution is not a criminal conviction but it forms part of the offender's criminal record and may be cited in court in any subsequent proceedings. It may also be taken into consideration by prosecutors if the offender re-offends.

Only prosecutors can decide whether to authorise the offer of a simple caution to an offender for an offence that may only be heard in the Crown Court. The occasions when this will be an appropriate disposal will be exceptional. In all other cases, prosecutors may direct that a simple caution be offered or suggest, for example, the issue of a Penalty Notice for Disorder.

The issue of a Penalty Notice for Disorder is, however, a decision for the police.

The acceptance of a conditional caution, simple caution or other out-of-court disposal which is complied with takes the place of a prosecution. If the offer of an out-of-court disposal is refused, a prosecution must follow the original offence. If the terms of any other out-of-court disposals are not complied with, prosecutors will reconsider the public interest and decide whether to charge the offender. Usually, a prosecution should be brought for the original offence.

Youths

For the purposes of the criminal law, a youth is a person under 18 years of age.

Prosecutors must have regard to the principle aim of the youth justice system which is to prevent offending by children and young people. Prosecutors must consider the interests of the youth when deciding whether it is in the public interest to prosecute. However, prosecutors should not avoid a decision to prosecute simply because of the suspects’ age. The seriousness of the offence or the youth's past behaviour is very important.

Cases involving youths are usually only referred to the prosecution service for prosecution if the youth has already received a reprimand and final warning, unless the offence is so serious that neither is appropriate or the child or young person does not admit committing the offence.

Reprimands, final warnings and conditional cautions are intended to prevent re-offending and the fact that a further offence has occurred indicates that those previous disposals have not been effective. The public interest will usually require a prosecution in such cases.

Accepting guilty pleas

Sometimes a defendant may want to plead guilty to some but not all of the charges, or to a different, possibly less serious, offence. Prosecutors should only agree to this if they think the court is able to pass a sentence that matched the seriousness of the offending. What prosecutors cannot do is ask the judge or the magistrates to pass a particular type of sentence.

In deciding whether the pleas offered are acceptable, prosecutors should ensure that the interests of the victim, or in appropriate cases the views of the victim's family, are taken into account when deciding whether it is in the public interest to accept the plea. However, the decision rests with the prosecutor.

Reconsidering a prosecution decision

Normally, if the prosecution service tells a suspect or defendant that there will not be a prosecution, or that the prosecution has been stopped, the case will not start again. But occasionally there are special reasons why the prosecution service will overturn a decision not to prosecute. These reasons may include where a new look at the original decision shows that it was wrong and a prosecution is needed to maintain confidence in the criminal justice systems; or because more evidence becomes available later.

Contacts

The criminal justice system is made up of a number of agencies. They include the following, listed with contact details which may be useful if you are seeking any further information.

The Home Office Public Enquiry Service, Tel: 020 7035 4848 Web site: www.homeoffice.gov.uk Email: [email protected]

Ministry of Justice Tel: 020 3334 3555 Web site: www.justice.gov.uk/ Email: [email protected]

Court Service Tel: 020 7210 2269 Web site: www.courtservice.gov.uk

The Association of Chief Police Officers (ACPO): Tel: 020 7227 3434 Web site: www.acpo.police.uk Email: [email protected]

National Office of Victim Support: Tel: 0845 30 30 900 Web site: www.victimsupport.org.uk

National Association for the Care and Resettlement of Offenders: Tel: 020 7582 6500 Web site: www.nacro.org.uk

Youth Justice Board: Tel: 020 3372 8000 Web site: www.youth-justice-board.gov.uk Email: [email protected]

CPS Enquiries

For general information on the CPS and advice on who to contact, please contact CPS Enquiries. Email: [email protected]

The unit cannot give legal advice, but maybe able to offer you practical information. You can provide formal feedback or details of any complaints through our website.

This is a public document

Copies of this document and information about alternative languages and formats are available from:

CPS Communications Division Rose Court Southwark Bridge London SE1 9HS Email: [email protected]

CPS Policy Directorate

© Crown Copyright 2010

The Process of Criminal Justice

Criminal justice is a process, involving a series of steps beginning with a criminal investigation and ending with the release of a convicted offender from correctional supervision. Rules and decision making are at the center of this process.

Discretion

Decision making in criminal justice involves more than the learning of rules and the application of them to specific cases. Decisions are based on discretion, that is, the individual exercise of judgment to make choices about alternative courses of action. Discretion, or making decisions without formal rules, is common in criminal justice. Discretion comes into play whenever police make choices about whether to arrest, investigate, search, question, or use force. Similarly, prosecutors exercise individual judgment in deciding whether to charge a person with a crime and whether to plea-bargain. Judges also use discretion when setting bail, accepting or rejecting plea bargains, ruling on pretrial motions, and sentencing. Parole board members exercise discretion when deciding whether and when to release inmates from prison.

Steps in the criminal justice process

The major steps in processing a criminal case are as follows:

1. Investigation of a crime by the police. The purpose of a criminal investigation is to gather evidence to identify a suspect and support an arrest. An investigation may require a search, an exploratory inspection of a person or property. Probable cause is the standard of proof required for a search. Probable cause means there are facts or apparent facts indicating that evidence of criminality can be found in a specific place.

2. Arrest of a suspect by the police. An arrest involves taking a person into custody for the purpose of holding the suspect until court. Probable cause is the legal requirement for an arrest. It means that there is a reasonable link between a specific person and a particular crime.

3. Prosecution of a criminal defendant by a district Solisitor. When deciding whether to charge a person with a crime, prosecutors weigh many factors, including the seriousness of the offense and the strength of the evidence.

4. Indictment by a grand jury or the filing of an information by a prosecutor. Under the UK Rules of Criminal Procedure, an indictment is required when prosecuting a capital offense. A prosecutor has the option of an indictment or an information in cases involving crimes punishable by imprisonment. In about half the states and the federal system, a grand jury decides whether to bring charges against a person in a closed hearing in which only the prosecutor presents evidence. The defendant has no right to be present at grand jury proceedings and no right to have a defence Solicitor represent him or her before the grand jury. The standard for indicting a person for a crime is probable cause. In the remaining states, a prosecutor files a charging document called information. A preliminary (probable cause) hearing is held to determine if there is enough evidence to warrant a trial. The defendant and his or her Solicitor can be present at this hearing to dispute the charges.

5. Arraignment by a judge. Before the trial, the defendant appears in court and enters a plea. The most common pleas are guilty and not guilty.

6. Pre-trial detention and/or bail. Detention refers to a period of temporary custody prior to trial. Bail is an amount of money paid by a defendant to ensure he or she will show up for a trial.

7. Plea bargaining between the defence Solicitor and the prosecutor. Usually, in plea bargaining, the defendant agrees to plead guilty in exchange for a charge reduction or sentence reduction.

8. Trial/adjudication of guilt by a judge or jury, with a prosecutor and a defence Solicitor participating. A trial is held before a judge or jury. The standard of evidence for a criminal conviction is guilt beyond a reasonable doubt—less than 100% certainty but more than high probability. If there is doubt based on reason, the accused is entitled to be acquitted.

9. Sentencing by a judge. If the accused is found guilty, a judge metes out a sentence. Possible sentences include a fine, probation, a period of incarceration in a correctional institution, such as a jail or prison, or some combination of supervision in the community and incarceration.

10. Appeals filed by Solicitor’s in appellate courts and then ruled on by appellate judges. If an appellate court reverses a case, the case returns to trial court for retrial. With a reversal, the original trial becomes moot (that is, it is as though it never happened). Following a reversal, a prosecutor decides whether to refine or drop the charges. Even if a prosecutor drops the charges, the defendant can still be prosecuted later as long as the statute of limitations for the crime the defendant is accused of committing hasn't run out. Such a statute imposes time limits on the government to try a case.

11. Punishment and/or rehabilitation administered by local, state, or federal correctional authorities. Most inmates do not serve the complete term and are released before the expiration of their maximum sentences. Release may be obtained by serving the maximum sentence mandated by a court or through an early release mechanism, such as parole or pardon.

The Code for Crown Prosecutors

The Code for Crown Prosecutors is issued by the DPP under section 10 of the Prosecution of Offences Act 1985 and gives guidance on the general principles to be applied when Crown Prosecutors make decisions about prosecutions. In cases where the police determine the charge, which as previously indicated are usually more minor and routine cases, the police should also apply the provisions of this Code.

The latest Code is the fifth edition and replaces all earlier versions. The Code is a public document and can be accessed on the CPS official website. It is available in a number of different languages including English, Welsh, Bengali, Chinese, Gujarati, Hindi, Punjabi, Russian and Urdu. The Code for Crown Prosecutors sets out the basis upon which prosecutions are refused, discontinued or proceeded with. It is intended to ensure that decisions about prosecutions are fair, independent, objective and consistent and that the prosecutions themselves are fair and effective. Whilst each case is unique and must be considered on its own facts and merits, there are general principles that apply to the way in which Crown Prosecutors must approach cases:

· Crown Prosecutors must be fair, independent and objective and not be influenced by personal views about the suspect, victim or witness nor be affected by improper or undue pressure from any source.

· It is the duty of Crown Prosecutors to make sure that the right person is prosecuted for the right offence, acting in the interests of justice and not solely for the purpose of obtaining a conviction. 

· Crown Prosecutors should provide guidance and advice to investigators throughout the investigative and prosecuting process and continually review cases in light of any changes in circumstances or evidence.

· It is the duty of Crown Prosecutors to ensure that the law is properly applied to cases, all relevant evidence is put before the court and that obligations of disclosure are complied with. 

· The Crown Prosecution Service is a public authority for the purposes of the Human Rights Act 1998 and so Crown Prosecutors must apply the principles of the European Convention on

Human Rights in accordance with the Act.

The basis upon which the CPS make decisions to prosecute

The decision as to whether a person should be charged with a criminal offence and what that offence should be are made in accordance with the Full Code Test (section 5 of the Code for Crown Prosecutors), unless in limited circumstances the Threshold Test applies (section 6 of the Code). The Threshold Test can be applied where it is inappropriate to release the suspect on bail but sufficient evidence is not yet available at the time the charging decision has to be made to apply the Full Code Test. However, there must be at least a reasonable suspicion that the suspect has committed an offence, and if so, it is in the public interest to charge that suspect. As there are statutory limits that restrict the time a suspect may remain in police custody, Crown Prosecutors can only apply the Threshold Test for a limited period and the case must be reviewed in accordance with the Full Code Test as soon as reasonably practicable. The Full Code Test is two-stage, where the CPS will only prosecute a case if, i) there is sufficient evidence to provide a 'realistic prospect of conviction' against each defendant on each charge and, ii) it is in the public interest to bring the case to court. When deciding whether there is sufficient evidence, Crown Prosecutors consider both whether the evidence can be used in court and whether it is reliable. In deciding whether it is in the public interest Crown Prosecutors must weigh those factors in favour of and against prosecution carefully and fairly although the more serious offences are more likely to be regarded as in the public interest. Whilst the CPS does not act for victims or families of victims, but rather on behalf of the public, when considering the public interest Crown Prosecutors should always take into account the consequences for the victim of whether or not to prosecute, and any views expressed by the victim or their family.

Factors for prosecuting include where cases are likely to result in significant sentences; involve the use of violence; the offence was committed against a person serving the public, e.g., a nurse, or against a vulnerable person, e.g., the elderly or a child; the offence was premeditated, carried out by a group or motivated by a form of discrimination; the defendant has committed similar offences and/or the offending is likely to recur; and so on.

Factors against prosecuting include where cases are likely to result in only a nominal penalty, the offence was committed as a result of a genuine mistake or misunderstanding, the loss and/or harm can be described as minor, a prosecution is likely to have a bad effect on the victim; the defendant is elderly or is, or was at the time of the offence, suffering from significant mental or physical ill health (unless the offence is serious or there is real possibility that it may be repeated); the defendant has rectified the loss/harm caused (although defendants must not avoid prosecution solely because they pay compensation); or details may be made public that could harm sources of information, international relations or national security.

Alternatives to prosecution

When deciding whether a case should be prosecuted, Crown Prosecutors should consider the alternatives to prosecution such as a simple caution and a conditional caution. In the case of youths, whilst Crown prosecutors should not avoid prosecuting simply because the defendant is young, this is a factor to be taken into account whilst having regard to the seriousness of the offence or the youth’s past behaviour. Cases involving youths are usually only referred to the Crown Prosecution Service if the youth has already received a reprimand and final warning, unless the offence is so serious that neither of these were appropriate or the youth does not admit committing the offence.

Accepting guilty pleas

Where defendants want to plead guilty to some but not all the charges or to a different, possibly less serious charge because they only accept certain facts, Crown Prosecutors should only accept the defendant’s plea if they think the court is able to pass a sentence that matches the seriousness of the offending. Crown Prosecutors must not accept a guilty plea simply because it is convenient. Any decision as to whether it is in the public interest to accept a plea should always take into account the views of the victim or victim’s family, although ultimately the final decision rests with the CPS.

The role of the CPS in sentencing

Crown Prosecutors should assist the court by drawing attention to any aggravating or mitigating factors disclosed by the prosecution case, any victim personal statement, where appropriate evidence of the impact of the offence on a community, any relevant statutory provisions or sentencing guidelines and any relevant statutory provisions relating to ancillary orders (such as anti-social behaviour orders). The Crown Prosecutor should also challenge any assertion made by the defence in mitigation that is inaccurate, misleading or derogatory.

Who's who in criminal justice: a short guide to the key agencies

It helps to know who does what if you need to contact parts of the criminal justice system

The criminal justice system in England and Wales is large and complicated. It has lots of separate agencies doing different jobs. This section gives a quick overview of some of the key agencies involved and what they do.

Police

The UK police force is responsible for building safer and more secure communities. There are 43 police forces in England and Wales employing over 239,600 people, including over 142,000 police officers, 81,000 police staff and 16,000 community support officers.

Crown Prosecution Service

The Crown Prosecution Service is the government department responsible for prosecuting criminal cases investigated by the police in England and Wales. Its work includes: 

· advising the police on cases for possible prosecution

· reviewing cases submitted by the police

· determining any charges in all but minor cases

· preparing cases for court

· presenting cases at court.

Home Office

The Home Office is the lead government department for immigration and passports, drugs policy, counter-terrorism and police.

Ministry of Justice

The Ministry of Justice is one of the largest government departments and is responsible for criminal, civil and family justice, democracy, rights and the constitution. It employs around 95,000 people and has a budget of £9.2 billion. Every year around nine million people use its services in 900 locations across the United Kingdom, including 650 courts and tribunals and 139 prisons in England and Wales.

Criminal Injuries Compensation Authority (CICA)

The CICA is the government body that runs the criminal injuries compensation scheme in England, Scotland and Wales. It is part of the Ministry of Justice. The Authority is based in Glasgow and has over 450 staff.

National Probation Service

The National Probation Service (NPS) is a law enforcement agency and public authority responsible for:

· protecting the public 

· reducing re-offending

· punishment of offenders in the community

· making sure that offenders are aware of the effects of crime on victims and the public

· rehabilitation of offenders.

Family liaison Officers (FLO)

A police Family Liaison Officer is a uniformed or plain-clothed invesigating police officer assigned to serious crimes such as homicide. They act as a key point of contact between affected families and the police. While they do provide information and support, their primarly role is to help with the investigation of the crime, for example if a family member is a suspect in the case.

Victim care unit

This is a phrase sometimes used within Victim Support to describe a local 'hub' where one of our victim care teams is based. The unit takes referrals of victims from the police as well as any enquiries direct from victims and contacts people to find out how Victim Support can help. The unit then makes sure that support is given and follows up each victim to make sure their needs have been met after a crime.

Witness care unit

Witness Care Units are government run offices that manage the care of victims and prosecution witnesses from the time when someone is charged with a crime right through to the end of the case. They are staffed jointly by police and people from the Crown Prosecution Service. They help steering people through the criminal justice process and co-ordinate support and other services.

Her Majesty's Court Service

Her Majesty’s Courts Service is an agency of the Ministry of Justice (MoJ) that is responsible for delivering justice effectively and efficiently to the public. It provides administration and support for the Court of Appeal, the High Court, the Crown Court, the magistrates' courts, the county courts and the Probate Service.

National Offender Management Service (NOMS)

NOMS is an executive agency of the Ministry of Justice, which brings together the headquarters of the Probation Service and the Prison Service. While both of these organisations are still distinct - they work together through NOMS to help protect the public and reduce reoffending.

Victim Support

Victim Support is a national charity across England and Wales dedicated to helping victims and witnesses of crime and campaigning for improvements to benefit them. We have around 1,500 staff and approximately 6,500 specially trained volunteers providing support in the community and at court.

Witness Service

The Witness Service is part of the charity Victim Support - dedicated to helping make the experience of going to court as a witnesses easier. It does this by providing information, practical help and emotional support at every criminal court in England and Wales.

Lynn Wilkinson 2012 Page 10

Justice and Punishment/Support/The decision whether to prosecute.docx

The decision whether to prosecute

Each case the prosecution service receives from the police is reviewed to make sure that it is right to proceed with a prosecution. In more serious or complex cases, prosecutors are responsible for deciding whether a person should be charged with a criminal offence, and if so, what that offence should be.

When deciding whether a case should be prosecuted in the courts, prosecutors consider the alternatives to prosecution in appropriate circumstances. This includes a simple or conditional caution for adults or, for youths, a reprimand, warning or conditional caution.

When we receive a file from the police, a prosecutor will read the papers and decide whether or not there is enough evidence against the defendant and whether a prosecution is required in the public interest. Because circumstances can change, the prosecutor keeps the case under continual review. If the prosecutor is thinking of changing the charges or stopping the case, he or she will contact the police wherever possible. This gives the police the chance to provide more information that may affect the decision.

Although the police and the CPS work closely together, we are completely independent of each other and the final responsibility for the decision as to whether or not to proceed with an offence that has been charged rests with the prosecution service.

Prosecutors have to ask themselves the following two questions when they are making their decisions

Is there enough evidence against the defendant?

There must be enough evidence to provide a 'realistic prospect of conviction' against the defendant. A realistic prospect of conviction is an objective test. It means that a jury or bench of magistrates, or judge hearing a case alone, properly directed and acting in accordance with the law, is more likely than not to convict the defendant of the alleged charge. This is a different test from the one that the criminal courts must apply. Magistrates or a jury should only convict the defendant if they are sure that he or she is guilty.

When deciding whether there is enough evidence to prosecute, prosecutors must consider whether the evidence can be used in court and whether it is reliable. This means that they must assess the quality of the evidence from all witnesses before reaching a decision. Where it is considered that it would be helpful in assessing the reliability of a witness' evidence or in better understanding complex evidence, an appropriately trained and authorised prosecutor should conduct a pre-trial interview with the witness. A decision to drop a case does not mean that the prosecutor has decided to believe one witness and not believe another.

If there is not a realistic prospect of conviction, the case must not go ahead, no matter how serious or sensitive it may be.

If there is a realistic prospect of conviction, the prosecutor will ask the next question.

Is a prosecution required in the public interest?

It has never been the rule in this country that every criminal offence must automatically be prosecuted. For this reason, in each case, the prosecutor must consider whether a prosecution is required in the public interest.

A prosecution will usually take place unless the prosecutor is sure that there are public interest factors tending against prosecution which outweigh those tending in favour, or unless the prosecutor is satisfied that the public interest may be properly served, in the first instance, by offering the offender the opportunity to have the matter dealt with by an out-of-court disposal.

The public interest factors that can affect the decision to prosecute vary from case to case. The more serious the offence or the offender's record of criminal behaviour, the more likely it is that a prosecution will be required in the public interest. On the other hand, a prosecution is less likely to be required if, for example, a court would be likely to impose a nominal penalty or the loss or harm connected with the offence was minor and the result of a single incident.

Victims of crime

In deciding whether a prosecution is required in the public interest, prosecutors should take into account any views expressed by the victim regarding the impact that the offence has had. In some cases, prosecutors should take into account any views expressed by the victim's family. But the prosecution service does not act for victims or their families in the same way as solicitors act for their clients, and prosecutors must form an overall view of the public interest.

The Threshold Test

There are some cases in which it would not be appropriate to release a person on bail after charge, but where the evidence to establish whether there is a 'realistic prospect of conviction' is not yet available. For example, medical or other expert evidence may not have been obtained in the limited time available before charge. In these cases, prosecutors apply the Threshold Test. To apply this test, there must be reasonable grounds for believing: that further evidence will become available in a reasonable period of time; that the seriousness or the circumstances of the case justifies the making of an immediate charging decision; and that there are grounds to object to bail.

Selection of charges

When they are reviewing a case, prosecutors must always consider whether the charges against the defendant are correct. They have to make sure that the charges reflect the seriousness and extent of the offending and give the court sufficient sentencing powers. It is just as important that the choice and number of charges allow the case to be explained to the court in a clear and simple way.

This means that from time to time a prosecutor may alter the charge against the defendant if there is one that fits the circumstances of the offence better.

Out-of-court disposals

Prosecutors may offer a conditional caution where this would be a proportionate response to the seriousness and the consequences of the offending. A conditional caution is not a criminal conviction but it forms part of the offender's criminal record and may be cited in court in any subsequent proceedings. It may also be taken into consideration by prosecutors if the offender re-offends.

Only prosecutors can decide whether to authorise the offer of a simple caution to an offender for an offence that may only be heard in the Crown Court. The occasions when this will be an appropriate disposal will be exceptional. In all other cases, prosecutors may direct that a simple caution be offered or suggest, for example, the issue of a Penalty Notice for Disorder.

The issue of a Penalty Notice for Disorder is, however, a decision for the police.

The acceptance of a conditional caution, simple caution or other out-of-court disposal which is complied with takes the place of a prosecution. If the offer of an out-of-court disposal is refused, a prosecution must follow the original offence. If the terms of any other out-of-court disposals are not complied with, prosecutors will reconsider the public interest and decide whether to charge the offender. Usually, a prosecution should be brought for the original offence.

Youths

For the purposes of the criminal law, a youth is a person under 18 years of age.

Prosecutors must have regard to the principle aim of the youth justice system which is to prevent offending by children and young people. Prosecutors must consider the interests of the youth when deciding whether it is in the public interest to prosecute. However, prosecutors should not avoid a decision to prosecute simply because of the suspects’ age. The seriousness of the offence or the youth's past behaviour is very important.

Cases involving youths are usually only referred to the prosecution service for prosecution if the youth has already received a reprimand and final warning, unless the offence is so serious that neither is appropriate or the child or young person does not admit committing the offence.

Reprimands, final warnings and conditional cautions are intended to prevent re-offending and the fact that a further offence has occurred indicates that those previous disposals have not been effective. The public interest will usually require a prosecution in such cases.

Accepting guilty pleas

Sometimes a defendant may want to plead guilty to some but not all of the charges, or to a different, possibly less serious, offence. Prosecutors should only agree to this if they think the court is able to pass a sentence that matched the seriousness of the offending. What prosecutors cannot do is ask the judge or the magistrates to pass a particular type of sentence.

In deciding whether the pleas offered are acceptable, prosecutors should ensure that the interests of the victim, or in appropriate cases the views of the victim's family, are taken into account when deciding whether it is in the public interest to accept the plea. However, the decision rests with the prosecutor.

Reconsidering a prosecution decision

Normally, if the prosecution service tells a suspect or defendant that there will not be a prosecution, or that the prosecution has been stopped, the case will not start again. But occasionally there are special reasons why the prosecution service will overturn a decision not to prosecute. These reasons may include where a new look at the original decision shows that it was wrong and a prosecution is needed to maintain confidence in the criminal justice systems; or because more evidence becomes available later.

Contacts

The criminal justice system is made up of a number of agencies. They include the following, listed with contact details which may be useful if you are seeking any further information.

The Home Office Public Enquiry Service, Tel: 020 7035 4848 Web site: www.homeoffice.gov.uk Email: [email protected]

Ministry of Justice Tel: 020 3334 3555 Web site: www.justice.gov.uk/ Email: [email protected]

Court Service Tel: 020 7210 2269 Web site: www.courtservice.gov.uk

The Association of Chief Police Officers (ACPO): Tel: 020 7227 3434 Web site: www.acpo.police.uk Email: [email protected]

National Office of Victim Support: Tel: 0845 30 30 900 Web site: www.victimsupport.org.uk

National Association for the Care and Resettlement of Offenders: Tel: 020 7582 6500 Web site: www.nacro.org.uk

Youth Justice Board: Tel: 020 3372 8000 Web site:www.youth-justice-board.gov.uk Email: [email protected]

CPS Enquiries

For general information on the CPS and advice on who to contact, please contact CPS Enquiries. Email: [email protected]

The unit cannot give legal advice, but maybe able to offer you practical information. You can provide formal feedback or details of any complaints through our website.

This is a public document

Copies of this document and information about alternative languages and formats are available from:

CPS Communications Division Rose Court Southwark Bridge London SE1 9HS Email: [email protected]

CPS Policy Directorate

© Crown Copyright 2010

The Process of Criminal Justice

Criminal justice is a process, involving a series of steps beginning with a criminal investigation and ending with the release of a convicted offender from correctional supervision. Rules and decision making are at the center of this process.

Discretion

Decision making in criminal justice involves more than the learning of rules and the application of them to specific cases. Decisions are based on discretion, that is, the individual exercise of judgment to make choices about alternative courses of action. Discretion, or making decisions without formal rules, is common in criminal justice. Discretion comes into play whenever police make choices about whether to arrest, investigate, search, question, or use force. Similarly, prosecutors exercise individual judgment in deciding whether to charge a person with a crime and whether to plea-bargain. Judges also use discretion when setting bail, accepting or rejecting plea bargains, ruling on pretrial motions, and sentencing. Parole board members exercise discretion when deciding whether and when to release inmates from prison.

Steps in the criminal justice process

The major steps in processing a criminal case are as follows:

1. Investigation of a crime by the police. The purpose of a criminal investigation is to gather evidence to identify a suspect and support an arrest. An investigation may require a search, an exploratory inspection of a person or property. Probable cause is the standard of proof required for a search. Probable cause means there are facts or apparent facts indicating that evidence of criminality can be found in a specific place.

2. Arrest of a suspect by the police. An arrest involves taking a person into custody for the purpose of holding the suspect until court. Probable cause is the legal requirement for an arrest. It means that there is a reasonable link between a specific person and a particular crime.

3. Prosecution of a criminal defendant by a district Solisitor. When deciding whether to charge a person with a crime, prosecutors weigh many factors, including the seriousness of the offense and the strength of the evidence.

4. Indictment by a grand jury or the filing of an information by a prosecutor. Under the UK Rules of Criminal Procedure, an indictment is required when prosecuting a capital offense. A prosecutor has the option of an indictment or an information in cases involving crimes punishable by imprisonment. In about half the states and the federal system, a grand jury decides whether to bring charges against a person in a closed hearing in which only the prosecutor presents evidence. The defendant has no right to be present at grand jury proceedings and no right to have a defence Solicitor represent him or her before the grand jury. The standard for indicting a person for a crime is probable cause. In the remaining states, a prosecutor files a charging document called information. A preliminary (probable cause) hearing is held to determine if there is enough evidence to warrant a trial. The defendant and his or her Solicitor can be present at this hearing to dispute the charges.

5. Arraignment by a judge. Before the trial, the defendant appears in court and enters a plea. The most common pleas are guilty and not guilty.

6. Pre-trial detention and/or bail. Detention refers to a period of temporary custody prior to trial. Bail is an amount of money paid by a defendant to ensure he or she will show up for a trial.

7. Plea bargaining between the defence Solicitor and the prosecutor. Usually, in plea bargaining, the defendant agrees to plead guilty in exchange for a charge reduction or sentence reduction.

8. Trial/adjudication of guilt by a judge or jury, with a prosecutor and a defence Solicitor participating. A trial is held before a judge or jury. The standard of evidence for a criminal conviction is guilt beyond a reasonable doubt—less than 100% certainty but more than high probability. If there is doubt based on reason, the accused is entitled to be acquitted.

9. Sentencing by a judge. If the accused is found guilty, a judge metes out a sentence. Possible sentences include a fine, probation, a period of incarceration in a correctional institution, such as a jail or prison, or some combination of supervision in the community and incarceration.

10. Appeals filed by Solicitor’s in appellate courts and then ruled on by appellate judges. If an appellate court reverses a case, the case returns to trial court for retrial. With a reversal, the original trial becomes moot (that is, it is as though it never happened). Following a reversal, a prosecutor decides whether to refine or drop the charges. Even if a prosecutor drops the charges, the defendant can still be prosecuted later as long as the statute of limitations for the crime the defendant is accused of committing hasn't run out. Such a statute imposes time limits on the government to try a case.

11. Punishment and/or rehabilitation administered by local, state, or federal correctional authorities. Most inmates do not serve the complete term and are released before the expiration of their maximum sentences. Release may be obtained by serving the maximum sentence mandated by a court or through an early release mechanism, such as parole or pardon.

The Code for Crown Prosecutors

The Code for Crown Prosecutors is issued by the DPP under section 10 of the Prosecution of Offences Act 1985 and gives guidance on the general principles to be applied when Crown Prosecutors make decisions about prosecutions. In cases where the police determine the charge, which as previously indicated are usually more minor and routine cases, the police should also apply the provisions of this Code.

The latest Code is the fifth edition and replaces all earlier versions. The Code is a public document and can be accessed on the CPS official website. It is available in a number of different languages including English, Welsh, Bengali, Chinese, Gujarati, Hindi, Punjabi, Russian and Urdu. The Code for Crown Prosecutors sets out the basis upon which prosecutions are refused, discontinued or proceeded with. It is intended to ensure that decisions about prosecutions are fair, independent, objective and consistent and that the prosecutions themselves are fair and effective. Whilst each case is unique and must be considered on its own facts and merits, there are general principles that apply to the way in which Crown Prosecutors must approach cases:

· Crown Prosecutors must be fair, independent and objective and not be influenced by personal views about the suspect, victim or witness nor be affected by improper or undue pressure from any source.

· It is the duty of Crown Prosecutors to make sure that the right person is prosecuted for the right offence, acting in the interests of justice and not solely for the purpose of obtaining a conviction. 

· Crown Prosecutors should provide guidance and advice to investigators throughout the investigative and prosecuting process and continually review cases in light of any changes in circumstances or evidence.

· It is the duty of Crown Prosecutors to ensure that the law is properly applied to cases, all relevant evidence is put before the court and that obligations of disclosure are complied with. 

· The Crown Prosecution Service is a public authority for the purposes of the Human Rights Act 1998 and so Crown Prosecutors must apply the principles of the European Convention on

Human Rights in accordance with the Act.

The basis upon which the CPS make decisions to prosecute

The decision as to whether a person should be charged with a criminal offence and what that offence should be are made in accordance with the Full Code Test (section 5 of the Code for Crown Prosecutors), unless in limited circumstances the Threshold Test applies (section 6 of the Code). The Threshold Test can be applied where it is inappropriate to release the suspect on bail but sufficient evidence is not yet available at the time the charging decision has to be made to apply the Full Code Test. However, there must be at least a reasonable suspicion that the suspect has committed an offence, and if so, it is in the public interest to charge that suspect. As there are statutory limits that restrict the time a suspect may remain in police custody, Crown Prosecutors can only apply the Threshold Test for a limited period and the case must be reviewed in accordance with the Full Code Test as soon as reasonably practicable. The Full Code Test is two-stage, where the CPS will only prosecute a case if, i) there is sufficient evidence to provide a 'realistic prospect of conviction' against each defendant on each charge and, ii) it is in the public interest to bring the case to court. When deciding whether there is sufficient evidence, Crown Prosecutors consider both whether the evidence can be used in court and whether it is reliable. In deciding whether it is in the public interest Crown Prosecutors must weigh those factors in favour of and against prosecution carefully and fairly although the more serious offences are more likely to be regarded as in the public interest. Whilst the CPS does not act for victims or families of victims, but rather on behalf of the public, when considering the public interest Crown Prosecutors should always take into account the consequences for the victim of whether or not to prosecute, and any views expressed by the victim or their family.

Factors for prosecuting include where cases are likely to result in significant sentences; involve the use of violence; the offence was committed against a person serving the public, e.g., a nurse, or against a vulnerable person, e.g., the elderly or a child; the offence was premeditated, carried out by a group or motivated by a form of discrimination; the defendant has committed similar offences and/or the offending is likely to recur; and so on.

Factors against prosecuting include where cases are likely to result in only a nominal penalty, the offence was committed as a result of a genuine mistake or misunderstanding, the loss and/or harm can be described as minor, a prosecution is likely to have a bad effect on the victim; the defendant is elderly or is, or was at the time of the offence, suffering from significant mental or physical ill health (unless the offence is serious or there is real possibility that it may be repeated); the defendant has rectified the loss/harm caused (although defendants must not avoid prosecution solely because they pay compensation); or details may be made public that could harm sources of information, international relations or national security.

Alternatives to prosecution

When deciding whether a case should be prosecuted, Crown Prosecutors should consider the alternatives to prosecution such as a simple caution and a conditional caution. In the case of youths, whilst Crown prosecutors should not avoid prosecuting simply because the defendant is young, this is a factor to be taken into account whilst having regard to the seriousness of the offence or the youth’s past behaviour. Cases involving youths are usually only referred to the Crown Prosecution Service if the youth has already received a reprimand and final warning, unless the offence is so serious that neither of these were appropriate or the youth does not admit committing the offence.

Accepting guilty pleas

Where defendants want to plead guilty to some but not all the charges or to a different, possibly less serious charge because they only accept certain facts, Crown Prosecutors should only accept the defendant’s plea if they think the court is able to pass a sentence that matches the seriousness of the offending. Crown Prosecutors must not accept a guilty plea simply because it is convenient. Any decision as to whether it is in the public interest to accept a plea should always take into account the views of the victim or victim’s family, although ultimately the final decision rests with the CPS.

The role of the CPS in sentencing

Crown Prosecutors should assist the court by drawing attention to any aggravating or mitigating factors disclosed by the prosecution case, any victim personal statement, where appropriate evidence of the impact of the offence on a community, any relevant statutory provisions or sentencing guidelines and any relevant statutory provisions relating to ancillary orders (such as anti-social behaviour orders). The Crown Prosecutor should also challenge any assertion made by the defence in mitigation that is inaccurate, misleading or derogatory.

Who's who in criminal justice: a short guide to the key agencies

It helps to know who does what if you need to contact parts of the criminal justice system

The criminal justice system in England and Wales is large and complicated. It has lots of separate agencies doing different jobs. This section gives a quick overview of some of the key agencies involved and what they do.

Police

The UK police force is responsible for building safer and more secure communities. There are 43 police forces in England and Wales employing over 239,600 people, including over 142,000 police officers, 81,000 police staff and 16,000 community support officers.

Crown Prosecution Service

The Crown Prosecution Service is the government department responsible for prosecuting criminal cases investigated by the police in England and Wales. Its work includes: 

· advising the police on cases for possible prosecution

· reviewing cases submitted by the police

· determining any charges in all but minor cases

· preparing cases for court

· presenting cases at court.

Home Office

The Home Office is the lead government department for immigration and passports, drugs policy, counter-terrorism and police.

Ministry of Justice

The Ministry of Justice is one of the largest government departments and is responsible for criminal, civil and family justice, democracy, rights and the constitution. It employs around 95,000 people and has a budget of £9.2 billion. Every year around nine million people use its services in 900 locations across the United Kingdom, including 650 courts and tribunals and 139 prisons in England and Wales.

Criminal Injuries Compensation Authority (CICA)

The CICA is the government body that runs the criminal injuries compensation scheme in England, Scotland and Wales. It is part of the Ministry of Justice. The Authority is based in Glasgow and has over 450 staff.

National Probation Service

The National Probation Service (NPS) is a law enforcement agency and public authority responsible for:

· protecting the public 

· reducing re-offending

· punishment of offenders in the community

· making sure that offenders are aware of the effects of crime on victims and the public

· rehabilitation of offenders.

Family liaison Officers (FLO)

A police Family Liaison Officer is a uniformed or plain-clothed invesigating police officer assigned to serious crimes such as homicide. They act as a key point of contact between affected families and the police. While they do provide information and support, their primarly role is to help with the investigation of the crime, for example if a family member is a suspect in the case.

Victim care unit

This is a phrase sometimes used within Victim Support to describe a local 'hub' where one of our victim care teams is based. The unit takes referrals of victims from the police as well as any enquiries direct from victims and contacts people to find out how Victim Support can help. The unit then makes sure that support is given and follows up each victim to make sure their needs have been met after a crime.

Witness care unit

Witness Care Units are government run offices that manage the care of victims and prosecution witnesses from the time when someone is charged with a crime right through to the end of the case. They are staffed jointly by police and people from the Crown Prosecution Service. They help steering people through the criminal justice process and co-ordinate support and other services.

Her Majesty's Court Service

Her Majesty’s Courts Service is an agency of the Ministry of Justice (MoJ) that is responsible for delivering justice effectively and efficiently to the public. It provides administration and support for the Court of Appeal, the High Court, the Crown Court, the magistrates' courts, the county courts and the Probate Service.

National Offender Management Service (NOMS)

NOMS is an executive agency of the Ministry of Justice, which brings together the headquarters of the Probation Service and the Prison Service. While both of these organisations are still distinct - they work together through NOMS to help protect the public and reduce reoffending.

Victim Support

Victim Support is a national charity across England and Wales dedicated to helping victims and witnesses of crime and campaigning for improvements to benefit them. We have around 1,500 staff and approximately 6,500 specially trained volunteers providing support in the community and at court.

Witness Service

The Witness Service is part of the charity Victim Support - dedicated to helping make the experience of going to court as a witnesses easier. It does this by providing information, practical help and emotional support at every criminal court in England and Wales.

Lynn Wilkinson 2012 Page 10

Justice and Punishment/Support/The justice system and the constitution 2013.docx

The justice system and the constitution

The United Kingdom has three separate legal systems; one each for England and Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland.

The United Kingdom has three separate legal systems; one each for England and Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland. This reflects its historical origins and the fact that both Scotland and Ireland, and later Northern Ireland, retained their own legal systems and traditions under the Acts of Union 1707 and 1800. This essay deals with the judiciary of England and Wales. We mention briefly the Tribunals Service, which extends to Scotland, and the Supreme Court of the United Kingdom, which has jurisdiction over the entire United Kingdom since it replaced the Judicial Committee of the House of Lords in October 2009.

You can find more information about the other jurisdictions in the United Kingdom in the navigation on the right.

The justice system is one of the three branches of the state. The other two branches are the executive, or the government, and the legislature, which is the two Houses of Parliament. In most democracies these three branches of the state are separate from each other. They have roles and functions that are defined within written constitutions, preventing the concentration of power in any one branch and enabling each branch to serve as a check on the other two branches. This is known as separation of powers. The United Kingdom, famously and almost uniquely, does not have a constitution that is contained in a written constitutional instrument. Its constitution is to be found in the statutes passed by Parliament and in the common law, the law developed over the centuries in the decisions of the courts. Only two other countries, Israel and New Zealand, are like the United Kingdom in not having a written constitutional instrument. These three countries differ in this way from almost all other countries. Such constitutional instruments, for instance that of the United States, which has one of the most well known written constitutions, often have a higher status than ordinary legislation and constitutional provisions can only be enacted and repealed by a special procedure that differs from the procedure for making and repealing ordinary legislation.

Our lack of a written constitution is one of the consequences of the way the United Kingdom and its political and legal institutions have evolved since 1066. Another consequence is that our institutions did not separate the functions and powers of the three different branches of the state, the executive, the legislature, and the judiciary. For example, the government (or executive) is made up of MPs and peers who are also members of the legislature (the House of Commons and the House of Lords). In the United States by contrast, the President and members of the Cabinet, (the executive), are entirely separate from the legislature, (the Senate and the House of Representatives). Historically, there are many other examples of this mixing of roles in the United Kingdom. For example, until the end of the 19th Century judges could be elected as MPs, and in some rare cases, judges such as the Lord Chief Justice, would serve as members of the Cabinet, and thus be members of the government. This has happened only once in the last 100 years when Lord Reading, appointed Lord Chief Justice in 1913, served in numerous executive positions, including as High Commissioner to Washington in 1917. Notably, until October 2009 our highest court was a committee of the House of Lords. Although since the last quarter of the nineteenth century only judges appointed as Lords of Appeal in Ordinary (“Law Lords”) and other peers who have held high judicial office have been able to take part in the work of the Committee, Law Lords continued to contribute to debates, in particular on proposals for legislation about the courts and the administration of justice.

The overlap between the judicial branch of the state with the other branches was for the most part brought to an end in the 19th Century. There was, however, one significant exception to this: the office of Lord Chancellor. The Lord Chancellor’s office is one of the oldest in the United Kingdom, originating according to some in Anglo-Saxon times, but with a formal history beginning in 1068 after the Norman Conquest. Over the centuries many famous figures have served as Lord Chancellor. They include; Thomas á Becket, Cardinal Wolsey, Thomas More and Francis Bacon. The Lord Chancellor’s office was the clearest example of how the British constitution did not separate and indeed mixed the three branches of the state. The Lord Chancellor was a senior Cabinet minister and therefore a member of the executive, a judge and the head of the judiciary of England and Wales, and a member of the legislature, indeed the person who presided over the deliberations of the House of Lords, in effect its Speaker. The one office involved and combined all three branches of government. This might have been acceptable when the office came into existence. Its continued existence in that form had however been questioned on a number of occasions in the last two hundred years. Most famously, it was criticised by Walter Bagehot in The English Constitution (1867) in the following terms:

“The whole office of the Lord Chancellor is a heap of anomalies. He is a judge, and it is contrary to obvious principle that any part of administration should be entrusted to a judge; it is of very grave moment that the administration of justice should be kept clear of any sinister temptations. Yet the Lord Chancellor, our chief judge, sits in the Cabinet, and makes party speeches in the Lords.”

Such concerns continued to be raised during the 20th Century. Although since the 1960s the Lord Chancellor sat as a judge less frequently, he continued to appoint judges. Moreover, the administrative responsibilities of the office for the court system increased significantly as a result of the reforms introduced by the Courts Act 1971 which transferred responsibility for many courts from cities and local authorities to central government and the Lord Chancellor. The concerns were finally addressed in 2003 when the government proposed the abolition of the office of Lord Chancellor. The result of this clearer appreciation of the principles of the separation of powers in relation to judicial functions was, however, not abolition of the office but reform. The Constitutional Reform Act 2005 brought about a significant change in the nature of the office, essentially removing the Lord Chancellor’s position as a judge and head of the judiciary of England and Wales, and position as the Speaker of the House of Lords. The Lord Chancellor is now a Secretary of State and, like other Cabinet ministers, also a member of the legislature.

As part of the process which led to the Constitutional Reform Act, in January 2004 the Government and the judiciary entered into a “Concordat”. One essential purpose of this was to guarantee the continued independence of the judiciary. The Concordat also sets out which of the functions hitherto exercised by the Lord Chancellor were “judicial” and now the province of the judiciary, which were “administrative”, and remain the province of government, and which are “hybrid” and should be shared.

The 2005 Act did more than simply reform the office of Lord Chancellor. It made reference to two of the fundamental principles of our constitution, the rule of law and the independence of the judiciary. While the judiciary’s independence has long been an issue that has been referred to in statute, such as the Bill of Rights 1689 or the Act of Settlement 1701, this was the first time that the rule of law was specifically referred to in statute. Common understandings had grown up over the centuries about what these entailed, but in the light of the other changes made it was considered important for the Act to refer to them and thus to give them statutory force. Details of the key changes brought in by the Act include:

· An explicit statutory duty on government ministers to uphold the independence of the judiciary. Ministers are specifically barred from trying to influence judicial decisions through any special access to judges. The Lord Chancellor also has a specific statutory duty to defend the judiciary’s independence. For example, this duty requires the Lord Chancellor to defend members of the judiciary carrying out their judicial functions from adverse comment by other members of the government. The starkest example of this arose as a consequence of the Sweeny case in June 2006. Craig Sweeney was sentenced to life imprisonment. The sentencing judge was required to set a minimum period of imprisonment before which the Parole Board could not consider his release on licence and, in accordance with statutory provisions and the sentencing guidelines the judge set a minimum period of five years and 108 days. Both the Home Secretary and a junior minister in the Department of Constitutional Affairs, criticised this. The DCA minister went so far as to say on Radio 4 that the sentence was wrong, although she later withdrew her comments. The Lord Chancellor spoke out against both his governmental colleagues and publicly defended the sentencing judge . In doing so he acted consistently with the duty imposed on the Lord Chancellor to defend the judiciary;

· The transfer of the Lord Chancellor’s judicial functions to the Lord Chief Justice who became the President of the Courts of England and Wales. As a consequence of this transfer of responsibility the Lord Chief Justice gained responsibility for the training, guidance and deployment of Judges. He or she also has the responsibility for representing the views of the judiciary of England and Wales to Parliament and ministers;

· The creation of a United Kingdom Supreme Court which is separate from and independent of the House of Lords. The new court has its own independent appointments system, staff, budget, and building in the former Middlesex Guildhall, opposite the Houses of Parliament;

· The establishment of an independent Judicial Appointments Commission. The Commission has the effective responsibility for selecting judges, although formally the Commission makes recommendations to the Lord Chancellor. This seeks to ensure that, while merit remains the sole criterion for appointment, the appointments system is more open and transparent;

· The establishment of the Judicial Appointments and Conduct Ombudsman, responsible for investigating and making recommendations concerning complaints about the judicial appointments process, and the handling of complaints about judicial conduct.

The changes to the constitutional position since 2003 have also had important practical consequences. These relate to the day-to-day leadership of the judiciary, the way judges are appointed and the way in which complaints are dealt with. These changes have helped to clarify the independence of the judiciary and are designed to enhance accountability, public confidence and the effectiveness of the work of the judiciary. The creation of a Ministry of Justice in 2007 which brought together responsibility for criminal justice, prisons, and penal policy (previously the Home Secretary’s responsibility) and responsibility for the courts service and legal aid (previously the Lord Chancellor’s responsibility) led to a further agreement between government and the judiciary in January 2008. This recognises that the judiciary has a distinct responsibility to deliver justice independently.

The justice system and the constitution (UK Government 2012)

The principles of judicial accountability

Ways in which judges are restrained and which together, ensure that judges are accountable for their actions.

We have already discussed the peculiar constitutional position of the judiciary and the conventions that protect their independence. In this section we look at the numerous ways in which judges are restrained and which together, ensure that judges are accountable for their actions.

We must first ask what it means to say someone is accountable for their actions. In many areas accountability means that, just like football managers, an individual who fails to perform satisfactorily in their job should be sacked or should resign. Some people have called this form of accountability, ‘sacrificial accountability’, meaning that the only solution is for the individual concerned to no longer continue in their role.

In the case of the judiciary, however, safeguards are needed to ensure that Judges are free to make their judicial decisions without fear or favour and thus to preserve their independence. For example, if a politician or senior judge felt able to sack a particular judge, or remove him or her from a case, simply because they did not like the decision reached, the principle of judicial independence would be greatly undermined and there could be no possibility of a fair trial. It could also lead judges to make decisions they felt might be more acceptable to whoever had the right to decide whether they should continue serving as judges or be promoted. If, for instance, the permanent or continued appointment of a part-time temporary judge was in some way determined by one of the parties to the case, there would be a real risk that independent and impartial judicial decision-making could be subverted by self-interest. Prior to 2000 this was the position in Scotland in respect of temporary criminal court judges, or sheriffs, who were appointed for a fixed period of twelve months and the renewal of their appointment was effectively at the discretion of the Lord Advocate, a government minister who is the head of the prosecuting authority In other words there might well be a risk that such judges could improperly favour the prosecuting authority with an eye to securing a permanent appointment. The Scottish Courts recognised this in 1999 in Starrs v Ruxton [2000] SCCR 136

This risk is perhaps best demonstrated – albeit as an extreme example – in dictatorships where judges are often appointed specifically because of their loyalty to the regime, and will almost always make decisions in favour of it, regardless of the interests of the individual, the facts and the law. The independence and transparency of the appointments process in England and Wales rebuts any suggestion that such factors could be relevant to the appointment of judicial office holders in this jurisdiction.

We have stated that judges who commit a criminal offence may be subject to an investigation by the Office for Judicial Complaints and may be subject to a disciplinary sanction in accordance with the relevant statutory provisions. Apart from this, however, it is clear that judges are not subject to this ‘sacrificial accountability’. However, they are subject to a different form of accountability, which has been referred to as ‘explanatory accountability’. Put simply this form of accountability means that individuals can be asked to give an account as to why they have behaved in a particular way. The judiciary is subject to this form of accountability in a multitude of ways. Taken together, these ensure a considerable degree of accountability.

The following pages set out briefly some elements of this form of accountability. A more detailed overview is contained in the Judicial Executive Board’s paper, The Accountability of Judiciary.

Further reading:

· Judges on Trial (A study of the appointment and accountability of the English Judiciary), a book by Shimon Shetreet (North Holland, 1976)

· Independence, Accountability and the Judiciary, a collection of essays edited by Canivet, Andeanas and Fairgrieve (BIICL, 2006)

There is also material on accountability in the lectures, articles and books listed at the end of the section on independence

When examining explanatory accountability it is important to distinguish between the institutional accountability of the judiciary and the accountability of individual judges. Both are explored in further on occasions.

 

Judicial accountability and independence

The importance of judicial independence and the consequences of that independence on the notion of judicial accountability

This section of the essay aims to explain the importance of judicial independence and the consequences of that independence on the notion of judicial accountability. It also aims to explain some of the practical arrangements which govern the way the judiciary of England and Wales operates on a day-to-day basis.

We are all familiar with media reports of a government minister who is forced to resign or dismissed for behaviour which is or is perceived to be inappropriate or for incompetence in the performance of his or her duties. There are also many press headlines which condemn a judge or magistrate, for example for handing down a “soft” sentence, but there are almost none which announce that the judge in question has resigned or has been dismissed as a result of that criticism. Many may wonder why steps are not taken to dismiss such judges or to force them to resign. Why is it that judges and magistrates appear to be unaccountable in the face of such criticism? Why is it that the way they are treated appears to be different to the treatment of many others, from government ministers and public officials, to the directors and employees of companies?

The truth is that the judiciary is accountable, but in a different manner. The reason for this difference is a fundamental feature of our constitution going to the very heart of our democracy. The difference stems from the need to ensure that judges are impartial and independent of central and local government and from pressures from the media, companies, and pressure groups while exercising their judicial functions. That need is also reflected in the constitutions of all democratic countries. The extent to which the judiciary in England and Wales are accountable, how they are accountable, and why there is a need for judges to be completely independent from Government and other powerful groups, are difficult questions.

With some 42,000 men and women holding judicial office in England and Wales, the answers to these questions have a significant impact on our daily lives. They may affect the confidence people have in the ability of judges to uphold the rule of law. It is a complex area, but we hope that an understanding of some of the issues involved will help to put into perspective the way in which the courts deliver justice.

We aim to explain why judicial independence is a vital element of our democracy and the effect that has on the notion of judicial accountability. This section of the essay also looks at the constraints placed on the judiciary by legislation enacted by Parliament, and the ways in which individual judges are accountable. It considers accountability to more senior judges through the system enabling appeal to a higher court and accountability to the Lord Chief Justice and the Lord Chancellor through the complaints system. It looks at accountability to the public through open access to justice and the publication of the vast majority of judicial decisions. Scrutiny of judges and the judicial system by the media, executive and legislative branches of the state is also considered.

Judicial accountability and independence (UK Government 2012)

Criminal

Judges presiding over a criminal case are responsible for all matters of law and making sure that all the rules of procedure are properly applied.

· Criminal Justice

· A judge hearing a criminal case

· During the trial

· Sentencing

· Court of Appeal - Criminal Division

· High Court Judge – Criminal Jurisdiction

· Circuit Judges - criminal

· Recorders

· District Judge (Magistrates' Courts)

Criminal Justice

Most people feel very strongly about crime, and judges and magistrates play a vital role in the criminal justice system - especially when it comes to sentencing.

Criminal cases come to court after a decision has been made by, usually the Crown Prosecution Service, to prosecute someone for an alleged crime. In the vast majority of cases (over 95 per cent), magistrates hear the evidence and, as a panel, make a decision on guilt or innocence. For more serious cases a district judge (Magistrates' Court) or a circuit judge in the Crown Court will hear the evidence, and in the case of the latter, this will involve a jury trial. Very serious criminal cases, such as murder and rape, may be heard by a High Court judge.

Both magistrates and judges have the power to imprison those convicted of a crime, if the offence is serious enough. But imprisonment is not the only solution; a judge or magistrate can order a community punishment, or put an individual under some sort of control order where their movements or activities are restricted. Although punishment is a key consideration when sentencing, judges will also have a mind as to how a particular sentence may reduce the chances of an individual re-offending.

A judge hearing a criminal case

Before a criminal trial starts the judge will familiarise himself or herself with the details of the case by reading the relevant case papers. These include the indictment which sets out the charges on which the defendant is to be tried, witness statements, exhibits and documentation on applications to be made by any party concerning the admissibility of evidence in the trial.

For jury trials in the Crown Court, the judge supervises the selection and swearing in of the jury, giving the jurors a direction about their role in the trial of deciding the facts and warning them not to discuss the case with anyone else.

During the trial

Once the trial has commenced the judge ensures that all parties involved are given the opportunity for their case to be presented and considered as fully and fairly as possible. The judge plays an active role during the trial, controlling the way the case is conducted in accordance with relevant law and practice. As the case progresses the judge makes notes of the evidence and decides on legal issues, for example, whether evidence is admissible.

Once all evidence in the case has been heard the judge's summing up takes place. The judge sets out for the jury the law on each of the charges made and what the prosecution must prove to make the jury sure of the case. At this stage the judge refers to notes made during the course of the trial and reminds the jury of the key points of the case, highlighting the strengths and weaknesses of each side's argument. The judge then gives directions about the duties of the jury before they retire to the jury deliberation room to consider the verdict.

Sentencing

If the jury find the defendant guilty then the judge will decide on an appropriate sentence. The sentence will be influenced by a number of factors: principally the circumstances of the case, the impact that the crime has had on the victim, and relevant law especially guideline cases from the Court of Appeal. The judge will equally take into account the mitigation and any reports and references on the defendant. Only once the judge has considered all of these factors will the appropriate sentence or punishment be pronounced.

Court of Appeal - Criminal Division

The Lord Chief Justice is President of the Court of Appeal Criminal Division. He is supported in this role by a Vice President. Judges in the Criminal Division hear appeals in criminal matters from the Crown Court.

In the Criminal Division the bench usually consists of a Lord or Lady Justice and usually two High Court judges.

High Court Judge – Criminal Jurisdiction

High Court judges can hear the most serious and sensitive cases in the Crown Court (for example murder) and some sit with Appeal Court judges in the Criminal Division of the Court of Appeal.

Most High Court Judges sit in the Queen's Bench Division. They will also deal at first instance with the more serious criminal cases heard in the Crown Court and, relatively early in their careers can be appointed to hear serious criminal matters in Crown Court centres out of London (known as being "on circuit") .

Circuit Judges - criminal

Circuit judges may deal solely with civil, family or criminal work, or divide their time between the three. Most Crown Court cases are heard by circuit judges, although less complex or serious matters may be dealt with by fee-paid Recorders. Some cases from magistrates' courts will come to the Crown Court to be heard by a circuit judge - for example, if the defendant has opted for trial by jury, or the magistrates decide they do not have sufficient sentencing powers to deal with a guilty party (magistrates can impose a maximum six-month sentence for a single offence, with a total of 12 months for multiple offences).

Recorders

Recorders are fee-paid, part-time judges. For many it is the first step on the judicial ladder to appointment to the circuit bench. Recorders' jurisdiction is broadly similar to that of a circuit judge, but they generally handle less complex or serious matters coming before the court.

It is a post open to any fully qualified solicitor or barrister with at least ten years' practice before the Crown or county courts. They are required to sit for between 15 and 30 days every year with at least one ten-day continuous period. The appointment is for an initial five-year period, extendible for further successive five year terms up to the retirement age of 65.

District Judge (Magistrates' Courts)

The role of a district judge (magistrates' courts) is to complement the work of the magistracy. They are legally qualified, salaried judges and they usually deal with the longer and more complex matters that come before magistrates' courts. District judges (magistrates' courts) also have jurisdiction to hear cases under the Extradition Acts and the Fugitive Offender Acts.

CHAPTER 3: PARLIAMENT AND JUDICIARY (Hansard)

Introduction

112.  Section 137 of the CRA, when it is brought into force, will disqualify all senior serving judges from sitting and voting in the House of Lords. Although in recent years it has become increasingly rare for the Law Lords and other senior serving members of the judiciary who hold peerages to participate in debates in the House of Lords, section 137 will be constitutionally significant. Moreover, proposals to reform the composition of the House of Lords may result in there being fewer retired judges in the House, or possibly none at all. Against this changing ground, it is necessary to consider how the senior judiciary might convey to Parliament any concerns about legislation or policy.

Laying Written Representations before Parliament

113.  The most obvious mechanism to convey such concerns is set out in section 5 of the CRA, which allows the Lord Chief Justice (and the Lord Chief Justice of Northern Ireland and the Lord President of the Court of Session in Scotland) to "lay before Parliament written representations on matters that appear to him to be matters of importance relating to the judiciary, or otherwise to the administration of justice".

114.  When we asked the current Lord Chief Justice about the circumstances in which this power should be used, he told us that "this is a power to be exercised when I really want to draw attention to something that is really important, not something to be done as a matter of routine. I see this really as a substitute for what the Lord Chief Justice has been able to do and has done in the past, which is to address the House on a matter which is considered sufficiently important to justify that step" (Appendix 8, Q 38). He went on to describe the power as "a nuclear option" and suggested that it might be used "if something was proposed by way of legislation that was so contrary to the rule of law that judges would feel: 'We have got to step in and make plain our objection to this'" (QQ 48, 50). Appearing before the House of Commons Constitutional Affairs Committee on 22 May 2007, the Lord Chief Justice indicated that in relation to the failure (as he saw it) of the then Lord Chancellor, Lord Falconer, to provide safeguards following the creation of the MoJ, he was getting near the point of considering it necessary to use his section 5 power.[58]

115.  Perhaps unsurprisingly, Lord Falconer also thought that this power should be a "nuclear option" and "a rarely used power" which would only come into play if the judiciary failed to obtain satisfaction through prior discussions with the executive (Q 61). Indeed, he warned that "if the representations were used on a routine basis … then I think that would greatly reduce the effect of the power" (Q 65). He also suggested that the Lord Chief Justice should only use this power in relation to issues "that touch … the independence or the position of the judiciary", including inadequate resourcing of the court system or undue interference in the judicial appointments system (Q 61). Clearly, however, it would be for the Lord Chief Justice to decide when to use his "nuclear option".

116.  This leads us to ask a question which appears to have received remarkably little attention: how should the executive and legislature respond if the Lord Chief Justice were to exercise his right to lay written representations before Parliament?

117.  First, it would seem essential for the executive promptly to present Parliament with a formal written response to the Lord Chief Justice's concerns, probably in the form of a written ministerial statement. Lord Falconer seemed to accept this, saying "I would have thought there would have to be a government response" (Q 63). Furthermore, if the Lord Chief Justice's concerns relate to a piece of legislation being considered by Parliament, it might be considered appropriate for the response to be made before the bill has progressed too far in either House, in order that the deliberations of MPs and peers can properly be informed.

118.  Second, it is clear that Parliament should now give some serious thought in advance as to how it might treat any written representations from the Lord Chief Justice, because it would be inadvisable to wait until a constitutional crisis arises before choosing an appropriate process to scrutinise the concerns in question. In our view, it would be desirable for such representations to be published in Hansard and for the bill or policy in question to be debated on the floor of the House. It might also be useful for there to be more in-depth scrutiny of the Lord Chief Justice's concerns in order to aid the deliberations of the House. In his paper, Professor Bradley suggested that "when the chief justice … exercises his new right to lay written representations before … Parliament, this should lead to a hearing before a committee" (Appendix 4). It might perhaps be appropriate for this Committee to undertake such a hearing in this House, and for the Constitutional Affairs Select Committee (or its successor committee) to do so in the House of Commons. These hearings might include oral evidence from the Lord Chief Justice himself, the relevant minister and other key stakeholders.

119.  We recommend that any written representations received from the Lord Chief Justice under section 5 of the Constitutional Reform Act 2005 should be published in Hansard; that the business managers should find time for the issue to be debated in the House at the earliest possible opportunity; and that the Government should respond to such representations in good time before either House has finished considering the bill or initiative in question. Further, this Committee will endeavour to scrutinise any such representations in time to inform deliberations in the House.

Other Ways of Communicating with Parliament

120.  Since the Lord Chief Justice's power to lay written representations before Parliament is likely to be a rarely-used "nuclear" option, there need to be other more routine ways in which lesser concerns can be conveyed to Parliament. The Lord Chief Justice asked, "might there not be a machinery, if there was a particular topic that I thought it desirable to ventilate, whereby I could let the appropriate committee know that if they were interested in hearing about this I would be happy to discuss it?" (Appendix 8, Q 43). Lord Mackay of Clashfern agreed with this approach, telling us that "more informal procedures such as speaking to committees … are more likely to be productive" (Q 180). We agree that select committees offer a suitable arena for the Lord Chief Justice, or other senior judges, to air concerns about the administration of justice and the impact of legislation and other policy proposals upon the courts and the judiciary. The Lord Chief Justice already appears before this Committee annually, but we would always be open to additional appearances as necessary by him and other senior colleagues, and we trust that other committees of both Houses would take a similar approach.

The Question of Accountability

121.  It is now necessary to ascertain how the judiciary should be held accountable. Professor Bradley warned that "judicial independence requires that judges are not directly accountable either to the executive or to Parliament for their decisions. The primary form of accountability comes from four aspects of judicial process: (a) most court hearings take place in public; (b) judicial proceedings are usually adversarial; (c) judicial decisions must deal with the submissions of the parties; and (d) most decisions may be challenged by appeal to a higher court" (Appendix 4). Therefore, as Professor Vernon Bogdanor has pointed out, "it is not for Parliament to consider the conduct of individual judges, nor to hold judges to account for their judgments, nor to examine the merits of individual appointments or complaints against judges".[59] In fact, according to Erskine May, "reflections" may only be cast upon the conduct of judges in Parliament if there is "a substantive motion, drawn in proper terms".[60]

122.  Nonetheless, subject to these caveats, Professor Bogdanor noted that "it is a fundamental principle of a democratic society … that those with power should be accountable to the people, through their elected representatives". We would add that the House of Lords has special responsibilities as a guardian of constitutional values and should thus play a role here as well. Professor Bogdanor suggested that judges should not be "answerable" to Parliament in terms of justifying their decisions, but should "answer" to Parliament through committee appearances—in other words, they should be accountable to Parliament not in the "sacrificial" sense, but in the "explanatory" sense. We find this an interesting argument.[61]

123.  In a previous report, we noted that Parliament was the "apex" of accountability in the political process.[62] This principle is apt here, since the public is the judiciary's key stakeholder and Parliament represents the people. We have therefore sought to identify ways in which Parliament can help the judiciary to remain accountable. Since the Lord Chancellor is no longer head of the judiciary and therefore cannot answer to Parliament on its behalf, Parliament must hold the judiciary accountable in other ways.

THE ROLE OF SELECT COMMITTEES

124.  Select committees, especially this Committee and the Constitutional Affairs Select Committee (or its successor committee) in the House of Commons, can play an important role in holding the judiciary to account by questioning judges in public. Our Committee has already adopted the practice of inviting the Lord Chief Justice to appear before us on an annual basis, and there is scope for taking evidence from other senior judges. Committees must be sensitive to the caveats mentioned above, and the need for the judiciary not to become involved in overtly political questions, but judges themselves should be aware of which subject areas they can appropriately discuss. Indeed, Parliament and the judiciary have agreed a set of internal guidelines to help judges appearing before committees.

125.  It is clearly acceptable for committees to question judges on the administration of the justice system and the way in which the judiciary is managed. In addition, it may be desirable for discussions to range beyond such issues, with judges being asked about their opinions on broad legal questions such as the use of comparative law, the distinction between sections 3 and 4 of the HRA and the wider interpretation of the Pepper v Hart judgment.[63] Indeed, given that many judges' views on issues such as these are already in the public domain in the form of articles and speeches, it would be odd if Parliament was denied the opportunity to probe such opinions in more detail. As Professor Bogdanor commented, judges "should not object to discussing [their] views in a parliamentary forum, in the cause of greater public understanding".[64] However, it would be inappropriate for committees to question judges on the pros and cons of particular judgments.

126.  We believe that select committees can play a central part in enabling the role and proper concerns of the judiciary to be better understood by the public at large, and in helping the judiciary to remain accountable to the people via their representatives in Parliament. Not only should senior judges be questioned on the administration of the justice system, they might also be encouraged to discuss their views on key legal issues in the cause of transparency and better understanding of such issues amongst both parliamentarians and the public. However, under no circumstances must committees ask judges to comment on the pros and cons of individual judgments.

A PARLIAMENTARY COMMITTEE ON THE JUDICIARY

127.  This leads us to the question of whether there should be a committee tasked solely with scrutinising the judiciary. In 2004, the Select Committee on the Constitutional Reform Bill concluded: "the Committee agrees that it is desirable for a committee of Parliament to act as a bridge between Parliament and the judiciary, particularly in the event of the senior judges being excluded from the House. Such a committee should not seek to hold individual judges to account. The advantages of a statutory committee were not obvious to the Committee and a clear majority preferred the joint committee option. We recognise that Parliament itself will wish to consider this issue further."[65] Three years later, no such committee has been formed.

128.  The Lord Chief Justice, when asked about the possible creation of such a committee, felt that it was "an option that merits consideration" because "Parliament is certainly justified in expecting some way of communicating with the judiciary" (Appendix 8, Q 40). Good communications are indeed both desirable and necessary, because there must be a mechanism for effective parliamentary oversight of, and two-way dialogue with, the judiciary now that there is essentially no judicial representation in the legislature. However, given that judicial affairs are an important element of the constitution, it might be argued that this Committee and the Constitutional Affairs Committee (or its successor committee) in the House of Commons could provide the fora for such communications. On the other hand, a new joint committee could lighten the burden on both the judiciary itself and the two constitution committees.

129.  We are not currently convinced of the need for a joint committee on the judiciary, but we shall keep the situation under review, not least in evaluating our Committee's effectiveness in providing the necessary oversight and contact. The Constitutional Affairs Select Committee in the House of Commons also has an important role to play.

POST-LEGISLATIVE SCRUTINY

130.  A recent and interesting development in Parliament is select committee inquiries into the way in which the courts are interpreting and applying legislation. In the past three years, the Joint Committee on Human Rights have twice investigated the courts' approach to defining the terms "public authority" and "function of a public nature" in section 6 of the HRA.[66] The Joint Committee reached the conclusion that the leading judgments of the courts had given those terms an overly narrow meaning and as a result the true intention of Parliament was not being given effect. With growing awareness of the importance of post-legislative scrutiny,[67] it is likely that in future similar inquiries will consider the judicial interpretation of parliamentary legislation in other contexts. However, we are concerned that post-legislative scrutiny has still not become the "common feature" that we concluded it should be in an earlier report.[68] We repeat our earlier conclusion that post-legislative scrutiny is highly desirable and should be undertaken far more generally. This would boost the level of constructive dialogue between Parliament and the courts.

CONFIRMATION HEARINGS

131.  Our inquiry has not focused on judicial appointments as it would have been premature to do so: the Judicial Appointments Commission of England and Wales has only recently begun to operate and the selection commission that will seek Justices of the Supreme Court of the United Kingdom will not begin its work until some time after October 2009 (the anticipated date on which Part 3 of the CRA will come into force, transferring functions from the Appellate Committee of the House of Lords to the new court).

132.  No account of communications between the judiciary and Parliament would be complete, however, without mention of confirmation hearings. In a number of constitutional systems there is a requirement or convention that appointees to high judicial office appear in front of a committee of the legislature before being confirmed in their post. However, the possibility of confirmation hearings (or appearances before a select committee soon after appointment) was canvassed during the passage of the Constitutional Reform Bill and firmly rejected.[69]

133.  Nonetheless, we note three developments. The first is the proposed creation for the first time in the United Kingdom of a statutory requirement for confirmation hearings, albeit in the very different context of appointments made by the Mayor of London.[70] The second is the announcement in 2006 by the Prime Minister of Canada that his candidate for a Supreme Court of Canada vacancy (Justice Marshall Rothstein of the Federal Court of Appeal) had agreed to appear before an ad hoc committee of the Canadian House of Commons, chaired by a judge and law professor who were not MPs. A televised hearing was held in which Justice Rothstein answered questions about himself and his view of the role of the Supreme Court of Canada.[71]

134.  The third and most important development is the proposal of the MoJ in their Green Paper The Governance of Britain to introduce pre-appointment or post-appointment committee hearings for certain key public posts. The Green Paper also refers to judicial appointments in the following terms: "The Government is willing to look at the future of its role in judicial appointments: to consider going further than the present arrangement, including conceivably a role for Parliament itself, after consultation with the judiciary, Parliament and the public, if it is felt there is a need".[72] However, when asked about this point, Baroness Ashton, Leader of the House of Lords, told peers that "to my knowledge there is absolutely no intention" of introducing pre-appointment hearings for judges.[73] Whilst we embrace this assurance from Baroness Ashton, we are concerned that it does not tally with the wording of the Green Paper.

135.  We urge the Government to clarify their position on the introduction of appointment hearings for judges at the earliest opportunity, since this would be an innovation with very profound implications for the independence of the judiciary and the new judicial appointments system.

AN ANNUAL REPORT ON THE JUDICIARY

136.  An additional device to facilitate effective scrutiny would be an annual report by the judiciary of England and Wales to be laid before Parliament. Although numerous different parts of the judiciary already produce annual reports, there would also be value in having one consolidated report on behalf of the judiciary as a whole. The Lord Chief Justice told us in May 2006 that this "is something we are considering" (Appendix 8, Q 39) and then on 17 July 2007 he announced that the Judicial Executive Board had agreed to produce such an annual report to be laid before Parliament. Although the mechanism for laying such a report has yet to be determined, we suggest that it should be laid under section 5 of the CRA so that it has a formal status.

137.  The question of what should be contained in the report is primarily a matter for the judiciary. However, it might make sense for it to contain an overview of issues relating to the administration of justice—including the funding of the courts and the activities of the Judicial Office—and perhaps an account of concerns amongst the senior judiciary on matters such as sentencing policy.

138.  Once the report is laid before Parliament, both Houses should debate it, perhaps after the report has been considered and commented upon by our Committee and the Constitutional Affairs Select Committee (or its successor committee) in the House of Commons. Moreover, Lord Mackay of Clashfern suggested that upon publication of the report, "the Lord Chief Justice would probably give a press conference, explaining the report and answering any questions that might be raised about it by the press" (Q 180).

139.  We welcome the Judicial Executive Board's decision that the Lord Chief Justice should lay an annual report before Parliament, an innovation which this Committee had discussed with the Lord Chief Justice and other senior judges in the course of our deliberations. We suggest that the annual report should be formally laid under section 5 of the Constitutional Reform Act. We further suggest that the report might encompass administrative issues and—where appropriate—areas of concern about the justice system, provided that there is no discussion of individual cases. We believe that the report will provide a useful opportunity for both Houses of Parliament to debate these matters on an annual basis, and for the Lord Chief Justice to engage effectively with parliamentarians and the public.

58   Evidence by the Lord Chief Justice and the Rt. Hon. Lord Justice Thomas to the Constitutional Affairs Select Committee, 22 May 2007, Q 58. 

59   See http://www.ukpac.org/bogdanor_speech.htm. 

60   Erskine May, Twenty-third edition (2004), pp 438-439. 

61   See http://www.ukpac.org/bogdanor_speech.htm. 

62   Sixth Report of Session 2003-04, The Regulatory State: Ensuring Its Accountability (HL Paper 68-I), pp 20-21. 

63   See http://www.parliament.uk/commons/lib/research/notes/snpc-00392.pdf for further information. 

64   See http://www.ukpac.org/bogdanor_speech.htm.

65   Select Committee on the Constitutional Reform Bill, First Report of Session 2003-04 (HL Paper 125-I), para 420. 

66   Ninth Report of Session 2006-07, The Meaning of Public Authority under the Human Rights Act (HL Paper 77/HC 410); Seventh Report of Session 2003-04, The Meaning of Public Authority under the Human Rights Act (HL Paper 39/HC 382). 

67   House of Lords Constitution Committee, Fourteenth Report of Session 2003-04, Parliament and the Legislative Process (HL 173-I); Sixth Report of Session 2004-05, Parliament and the Legislative Process: The Government's Response (HL 114); Law Commission, Post-legislative Scrutiny (Cm 6945). 

68   Parliament and the Legislative Process, paragraph 193. 

 

Lynn Wilkinson 2013

Justice and Punishment/Support/Victim of crime ppt 2018.pptx

Justice and Punishment/Support/When to procecute.docx

The decision whether to prosecute

Each case the prosecution service receives from the police is reviewed to make sure that it is right to proceed with a prosecution. In more serious or complex cases, prosecutors are responsible for deciding whether a person should be charged with a criminal offence, and if so, what that offence should be.

When deciding whether a case should be prosecuted in the courts, prosecutors consider the alternatives to prosecution in appropriate circumstances. This includes a simple or conditional caution for adults or, for youths, a reprimand, warning or conditional caution.

When we receive a file from the police, a prosecutor will read the papers and decide whether or not there is enough evidence against the defendant and whether a prosecution is required in the public interest. Because circumstances can change, the prosecutor keeps the case under continual review. If the prosecutor is thinking of changing the charges or stopping the case, he or she will contact the police wherever possible. This gives the police the chance to provide more information that may affect the decision.

Although the police and the CPS work closely together, we are completely independent of each other and the final responsibility for the decision as to whether or not to proceed with an offence that has been charged rests with the prosecution service.

Prosecutors have to ask themselves the following two questions when they are making their decisions

Is there enough evidence against the defendant?

There must be enough evidence to provide a 'realistic prospect of conviction' against the defendant. A realistic prospect of conviction is an objective test. It means that a jury or bench of magistrates, or judge hearing a case alone, properly directed and acting in accordance with the law, is more likely than not to convict the defendant of the alleged charge. This is a different test from the one that the criminal courts must apply. Magistrates or a jury should only convict the defendant if they are sure that he or she is guilty.

When deciding whether there is enough evidence to prosecute, prosecutors must consider whether the evidence can be used in court and whether it is reliable. This means that they must assess the quality of the evidence from all witnesses before reaching a decision. Where it is considered that it would be helpful in assessing the reliability of a witness' evidence or in better understanding complex evidence, an appropriately trained and authorised prosecutor should conduct a pre-trial interview with the witness. A decision to drop a case does not mean that the prosecutor has decided to believe one witness and not believe another.

If there is not a realistic prospect of conviction, the case must not go ahead, no matter how serious or sensitive it may be.

If there is a realistic prospect of conviction, the prosecutor will ask the next question.

Is a prosecution required in the public interest?

It has never been the rule in this country that every criminal offence must automatically be prosecuted. For this reason, in each case, the prosecutor must consider whether a prosecution is required in the public interest.

A prosecution will usually take place unless the prosecutor is sure that there are public interest factors tending against prosecution which outweigh those tending in favour, or unless the prosecutor is satisfied that the public interest may be properly served, in the first instance, by offering the offender the opportunity to have the matter dealt with by an out-of-court disposal.

The public interest factors that can affect the decision to prosecute vary from case to case. The more serious the offence or the offender's record of criminal behaviour, the more likely it is that a prosecution will be required in the public interest. On the other hand, a prosecution is less likely to be required if, for example, a court would be likely to impose a nominal penalty or the loss or harm connected with the offence was minor and the result of a single incident.

Victims of crime

In deciding whether a prosecution is required in the public interest, prosecutors should take into account any views expressed by the victim regarding the impact that the offence has had. In some cases, prosecutors should take into account any views expressed by the victim's family. But the prosecution service does not act for victims or their families in the same way as solicitors act for their clients, and prosecutors must form an overall view of the public interest.

The Threshold Test

There are some cases in which it would not be appropriate to release a person on bail after charge, but where the evidence to establish whether there is a 'realistic prospect of conviction' is not yet available. For example, medical or other expert evidence may not have been obtained in the limited time available before charge. In these cases, prosecutors apply the Threshold Test. To apply this test, there must be reasonable grounds for believing: that further evidence will become available in a reasonable period of time; that the seriousness or the circumstances of the case justifies the making of an immediate charging decision; and that there are grounds to object to bail.

Selection of charges

When they are reviewing a case, prosecutors must always consider whether the charges against the defendant are correct. They have to make sure that the charges reflect the seriousness and extent of the offending and give the court sufficient sentencing powers. It is just as important that the choice and number of charges allow the case to be explained to the court in a clear and simple way.

This means that from time to time a prosecutor may alter the charge against the defendant if there is one that fits the circumstances of the offence better.

Out-of-court disposals

Prosecutors may offer a conditional caution where this would be a proportionate response to the seriousness and the consequences of the offending. A conditional caution is not a criminal conviction but it forms part of the offender's criminal record and may be cited in court in any subsequent proceedings. It may also be taken into consideration by prosecutors if the offender re-offends.

Only prosecutors can decide whether to authorise the offer of a simple caution to an offender for an offence that may only be heard in the Crown Court. The occasions when this will be an appropriate disposal will be exceptional. In all other cases, prosecutors may direct that a simple caution be offered or suggest, for example, the issue of a Penalty Notice for Disorder.

The issue of a Penalty Notice for Disorder is, however, a decision for the police.

The acceptance of a conditional caution, simple caution or other out-of-court disposal which is complied with takes the place of a prosecution. If the offer of an out-of-court disposal is refused, a prosecution must follow the original offence. If the terms of any other out-of-court disposals are not complied with, prosecutors will reconsider the public interest and decide whether to charge the offender. Usually, a prosecution should be brought for the original offence.

Youths

For the purposes of the criminal law, a youth is a person under 18 years of age.

Prosecutors must have regard to the principle aim of the youth justice system which is to prevent offending by children and young people. Prosecutors must consider the interests of the youth when deciding whether it is in the public interest to prosecute. However, prosecutors should not avoid a decision to prosecute simply because of the suspects’ age. The seriousness of the offence or the youth's past behaviour is very important.

Cases involving youths are usually only referred to the prosecution service for prosecution if the youth has already received a reprimand and final warning, unless the offence is so serious that neither is appropriate or the child or young person does not admit committing the offence.

Reprimands, final warnings and conditional cautions are intended to prevent re-offending and the fact that a further offence has occurred indicates that those previous disposals have not been effective. The public interest will usually require a prosecution in such cases.

Accepting guilty pleas

Sometimes a defendant may want to plead guilty to some but not all of the charges, or to a different, possibly less serious, offence. Prosecutors should only agree to this if they think the court is able to pass a sentence that matched the seriousness of the offending. What prosecutors cannot do is ask the judge or the magistrates to pass a particular type of sentence.

In deciding whether the pleas offered are acceptable, prosecutors should ensure that the interests of the victim, or in appropriate cases the views of the victim's family, are taken into account when deciding whether it is in the public interest to accept the plea. However, the decision rests with the prosecutor.

Reconsidering a prosecution decision

Normally, if the prosecution service tells a suspect or defendant that there will not be a prosecution, or that the prosecution has been stopped, the case will not start again. But occasionally there are special reasons why the prosecution service will overturn a decision not to prosecute. These reasons may include where a new look at the original decision shows that it was wrong and a prosecution is needed to maintain confidence in the criminal justice systems; or because more evidence becomes available later.

Contacts

The criminal justice system is made up of a number of agencies. They include the following, listed with contact details which may be useful if you are seeking any further information.

The Home Office Public Enquiry Service, Tel: 020 7035 4848 Web site: www.homeoffice.gov.uk Email: [email protected]

Ministry of Justice Tel: 020 3334 3555 Web site: www.justice.gov.uk/ Email: [email protected]

Court Service Tel: 020 7210 2269 Web site: www.courtservice.gov.uk

The Association of Chief Police Officers (ACPO): Tel: 020 7227 3434 Web site: www.acpo.police.uk Email: [email protected]

National Office of Victim Support: Tel: 0845 30 30 900 Web site: www.victimsupport.org.uk

National Association for the Care and Resettlement of Offenders: Tel: 020 7582 6500 Web site: www.nacro.org.uk

Youth Justice Board: Tel: 020 3372 8000 Web site:www.youth-justice-board.gov.uk Email: [email protected]

CPS Enquiries

For general information on the CPS and advice on who to contact, please contact CPS Enquiries. Email: [email protected]

The unit cannot give legal advice, but maybe able to offer you practical information. You can provide formal feedback or details of any complaints through our website.

This is a public document

Copies of this document and information about alternative languages and formats are available from:

CPS Communications Division Rose Court Southwark Bridge London SE1 9HS Email: [email protected]

CPS Policy Directorate

© Crown Copyright 2010

The Process of Criminal Justice

Criminal justice is a process, involving a series of steps beginning with a criminal investigation and ending with the release of a convicted offender from correctional supervision. Rules and decision making are at the center of this process.

Discretion

Decision making in criminal justice involves more than the learning of rules and the application of them to specific cases. Decisions are based on discretion, that is, the individual exercise of judgment to make choices about alternative courses of action. Discretion, or making decisions without formal rules, is common in criminal justice. Discretion comes into play whenever police make choices about whether to arrest, investigate, search, question, or use force. Similarly, prosecutors exercise individual judgment in deciding whether to charge a person with a crime and whether to plea-bargain. Judges also use discretion when setting bail, accepting or rejecting plea bargains, ruling on pretrial motions, and sentencing. Parole board members exercise discretion when deciding whether and when to release inmates from prison.

Steps in the criminal justice process

The major steps in processing a criminal case are as follows:

1. Investigation of a crime by the police. The purpose of a criminal investigation is to gather evidence to identify a suspect and support an arrest. An investigation may require a search, an exploratory inspection of a person or property. Probable cause is the standard of proof required for a search. Probable cause means there are facts or apparent facts indicating that evidence of criminality can be found in a specific place.

2. Arrest of a suspect by the police. An arrest involves taking a person into custody for the purpose of holding the suspect until court. Probable cause is the legal requirement for an arrest. It means that there is a reasonable link between a specific person and a particular crime.

3. Prosecution of a criminal defendant by a district Solisitor. When deciding whether to charge a person with a crime, prosecutors weigh many factors, including the seriousness of the offense and the strength of the evidence.

4. Indictment by a grand jury or the filing of an information by a prosecutor. Under the UK Rules of Criminal Procedure, an indictment is required when prosecuting a capital offense. A prosecutor has the option of an indictment or an information in cases involving crimes punishable by imprisonment. In about half the states and the federal system, a grand jury decides whether to bring charges against a person in a closed hearing in which only the prosecutor presents evidence. The defendant has no right to be present at grand jury proceedings and no right to have a defence Solicitor represent him or her before the grand jury. The standard for indicting a person for a crime is probable cause. In the remaining states, a prosecutor files a charging document called information. A preliminary (probable cause) hearing is held to determine if there is enough evidence to warrant a trial. The defendant and his or her Solicitor can be present at this hearing to dispute the charges.

5. Arraignment by a judge. Before the trial, the defendant appears in court and enters a plea. The most common pleas are guilty and not guilty.

6. Pre-trial detention and/or bail. Detention refers to a period of temporary custody prior to trial. Bail is an amount of money paid by a defendant to ensure he or she will show up for a trial.

7. Plea bargaining between the defence Solicitor and the prosecutor. Usually, in plea bargaining, the defendant agrees to plead guilty in exchange for a charge reduction or sentence reduction.

8. Trial/adjudication of guilt by a judge or jury, with a prosecutor and a defence Solicitor participating. A trial is held before a judge or jury. The standard of evidence for a criminal conviction is guilt beyond a reasonable doubt—less than 100% certainty but more than high probability. If there is doubt based on reason, the accused is entitled to be acquitted.

9. Sentencing by a judge. If the accused is found guilty, a judge metes out a sentence. Possible sentences include a fine, probation, a period of incarceration in a correctional institution, such as a jail or prison, or some combination of supervision in the community and incarceration.

10. Appeals filed by Solicitor’s in appellate courts and then ruled on by appellate judges. If an appellate court reverses a case, the case returns to trial court for retrial. With a reversal, the original trial becomes moot (that is, it is as though it never happened). Following a reversal, a prosecutor decides whether to refine or drop the charges. Even if a prosecutor drops the charges, the defendant can still be prosecuted later as long as the statute of limitations for the crime the defendant is accused of committing hasn't run out. Such a statute imposes time limits on the government to try a case.

11. Punishment and/or rehabilitation administered by local, state, or federal correctional authorities. Most inmates do not serve the complete term and are released before the expiration of their maximum sentences. Release may be obtained by serving the maximum sentence mandated by a court or through an early release mechanism, such as parole or pardon.

The Code for Crown Prosecutors

The Code for Crown Prosecutors is issued by the DPP under section 10 of the Prosecution of Offences Act 1985 and gives guidance on the general principles to be applied when Crown Prosecutors make decisions about prosecutions. In cases where the police determine the charge, which as previously indicated are usually more minor and routine cases, the police should also apply the provisions of this Code.

The latest Code is the fifth edition and replaces all earlier versions. The Code is a public document and can be accessed on the CPS official website. It is available in a number of different languages including English, Welsh, Bengali, Chinese, Gujarati, Hindi, Punjabi, Russian and Urdu. The Code for Crown Prosecutors sets out the basis upon which prosecutions are refused, discontinued or proceeded with. It is intended to ensure that decisions about prosecutions are fair, independent, objective and consistent and that the prosecutions themselves are fair and effective. Whilst each case is unique and must be considered on its own facts and merits, there are general principles that apply to the way in which Crown Prosecutors must approach cases:

· Crown Prosecutors must be fair, independent and objective and not be influenced by personal views about the suspect, victim or witness nor be affected by improper or undue pressure from any source.

· It is the duty of Crown Prosecutors to make sure that the right person is prosecuted for the right offence, acting in the interests of justice and not solely for the purpose of obtaining a conviction. 

· Crown Prosecutors should provide guidance and advice to investigators throughout the investigative and prosecuting process and continually review cases in light of any changes in circumstances or evidence.

· It is the duty of Crown Prosecutors to ensure that the law is properly applied to cases, all relevant evidence is put before the court and that obligations of disclosure are complied with. 

· The Crown Prosecution Service is a public authority for the purposes of the Human Rights Act 1998 and so Crown Prosecutors must apply the principles of the European Convention on

Human Rights in accordance with the Act.

The basis upon which the CPS make decisions to prosecute

The decision as to whether a person should be charged with a criminal offence and what that offence should be are made in accordance with the Full Code Test (section 5 of the Code for Crown Prosecutors), unless in limited circumstances the Threshold Test applies (section 6 of the Code). The Threshold Test can be applied where it is inappropriate to release the suspect on bail but sufficient evidence is not yet available at the time the charging decision has to be made to apply the Full Code Test. However, there must be at least a reasonable suspicion that the suspect has committed an offence, and if so, it is in the public interest to charge that suspect. As there are statutory limits that restrict the time a suspect may remain in police custody, Crown Prosecutors can only apply the Threshold Test for a limited period and the case must be reviewed in accordance with the Full Code Test as soon as reasonably practicable. The Full Code Test is two-stage, where the CPS will only prosecute a case if, i) there is sufficient evidence to provide a 'realistic prospect of conviction' against each defendant on each charge and, ii) it is in the public interest to bring the case to court. When deciding whether there is sufficient evidence, Crown Prosecutors consider both whether the evidence can be used in court and whether it is reliable. In deciding whether it is in the public interest Crown Prosecutors must weigh those factors in favour of and against prosecution carefully and fairly although the more serious offences are more likely to be regarded as in the public interest. Whilst the CPS does not act for victims or families of victims, but rather on behalf of the public, when considering the public interest Crown Prosecutors should always take into account the consequences for the victim of whether or not to prosecute, and any views expressed by the victim or their family.

Factors for prosecuting include where cases are likely to result in significant sentences; involve the use of violence; the offence was committed against a person serving the public, e.g., a nurse, or against a vulnerable person, e.g., the elderly or a child; the offence was premeditated, carried out by a group or motivated by a form of discrimination; the defendant has committed similar offences and/or the offending is likely to recur; and so on.

Factors against prosecuting include where cases are likely to result in only a nominal penalty, the offence was committed as a result of a genuine mistake or misunderstanding, the loss and/or harm can be described as minor, a prosecution is likely to have a bad effect on the victim; the defendant is elderly or is, or was at the time of the offence, suffering from significant mental or physical ill health (unless the offence is serious or there is real possibility that it may be repeated); the defendant has rectified the loss/harm caused (although defendants must not avoid prosecution solely because they pay compensation); or details may be made public that could harm sources of information, international relations or national security.

Alternatives to prosecution

When deciding whether a case should be prosecuted, Crown Prosecutors should consider the alternatives to prosecution such as a simple caution and a conditional caution. In the case of youths, whilst Crown prosecutors should not avoid prosecuting simply because the defendant is young, this is a factor to be taken into account whilst having regard to the seriousness of the offence or the youth’s past behaviour. Cases involving youths are usually only referred to the Crown Prosecution Service if the youth has already received a reprimand and final warning, unless the offence is so serious that neither of these were appropriate or the youth does not admit committing the offence.

Accepting guilty pleas

Where defendants want to plead guilty to some but not all the charges or to a different, possibly less serious charge because they only accept certain facts, Crown Prosecutors should only accept the defendant’s plea if they think the court is able to pass a sentence that matches the seriousness of the offending. Crown Prosecutors must not accept a guilty plea simply because it is convenient. Any decision as to whether it is in the public interest to accept a plea should always take into account the views of the victim or victim’s family, although ultimately the final decision rests with the CPS.

The role of the CPS in sentencing

Crown Prosecutors should assist the court by drawing attention to any aggravating or mitigating factors disclosed by the prosecution case, any victim personal statement, where appropriate evidence of the impact of the offence on a community, any relevant statutory provisions or sentencing guidelines and any relevant statutory provisions relating to ancillary orders (such as anti-social behaviour orders). The Crown Prosecutor should also challenge any assertion made by the defence in mitigation that is inaccurate, misleading or derogatory.

Who's who in criminal justice: a short guide to the key agencies

It helps to know who does what if you need to contact parts of the criminal justice system

The criminal justice system in England and Wales is large and complicated. It has lots of separate agencies doing different jobs. This section gives a quick overview of some of the key agencies involved and what they do.

Police

The UK police force is responsible for building safer and more secure communities. There are 43 police forces in England and Wales employing over 239,600 people, including over 142,000 police officers, 81,000 police staff and 16,000 community support officers.

Crown Prosecution Service

The Crown Prosecution Service is the government department responsible for prosecuting criminal cases investigated by the police in England and Wales. Its work includes: 

· advising the police on cases for possible prosecution

· reviewing cases submitted by the police

· determining any charges in all but minor cases

· preparing cases for court

· presenting cases at court.

Home Office

The Home Office is the lead government department for immigration and passports, drugs policy, counter-terrorism and police.

Ministry of Justice

The Ministry of Justice is one of the largest government departments and is responsible for criminal, civil and family justice, democracy, rights and the constitution. It employs around 95,000 people and has a budget of £9.2 billion. Every year around nine million people use its services in 900 locations across the United Kingdom, including 650 courts and tribunals and 139 prisons in England and Wales.

Criminal Injuries Compensation Authority (CICA)

The CICA is the government body that runs the criminal injuries compensation scheme in England, Scotland and Wales. It is part of the Ministry of Justice. The Authority is based in Glasgow and has over 450 staff.

National Probation Service

The National Probation Service (NPS) is a law enforcement agency and public authority responsible for:

· protecting the public 

· reducing re-offending

· punishment of offenders in the community

· making sure that offenders are aware of the effects of crime on victims and the public

· rehabilitation of offenders.

Family liaison Officers (FLO)

A police Family Liaison Officer is a uniformed or plain-clothed invesigating police officer assigned to serious crimes such as homicide. They act as a key point of contact between affected families and the police. While they do provide information and support, their primarly role is to help with the investigation of the crime, for example if a family member is a suspect in the case.

Victim care unit

This is a phrase sometimes used within Victim Support to describe a local 'hub' where one of our victim care teams is based. The unit takes referrals of victims from the police as well as any enquiries direct from victims and contacts people to find out how Victim Support can help. The unit then makes sure that support is given and follows up each victim to make sure their needs have been met after a crime.

Witness care unit

Witness Care Units are government run offices that manage the care of victims and prosecution witnesses from the time when someone is charged with a crime right through to the end of the case. They are staffed jointly by police and people from the Crown Prosecution Service. They help steering people through the criminal justice process and co-ordinate support and other services.

Her Majesty's Court Service

Her Majesty’s Courts Service is an agency of the Ministry of Justice (MoJ) that is responsible for delivering justice effectively and efficiently to the public. It provides administration and support for the Court of Appeal, the High Court, the Crown Court, the magistrates' courts, the county courts and the Probate Service.

National Offender Management Service (NOMS)

NOMS is an executive agency of the Ministry of Justice, which brings together the headquarters of the Probation Service and the Prison Service. While both of these organisations are still distinct - they work together through NOMS to help protect the public and reduce reoffending.

Victim Support

Victim Support is a national charity across England and Wales dedicated to helping victims and witnesses of crime and campaigning for improvements to benefit them. We have around 1,500 staff and approximately 6,500 specially trained volunteers providing support in the community and at court.

Witness Service

The Witness Service is part of the charity Victim Support - dedicated to helping make the experience of going to court as a witnesses easier. It does this by providing information, practical help and emotional support at every criminal court in England and Wales.

Lynn Wilkinson 2012 Page 10

Justice and Punishment/Support/Who are the victims of crime BCS 2016.ppt

Who are the victims of crime?

Crime-Victim Interaction

Psychology of Crime

British Crime survey

  • What is it?
  • How is the data collected?
  • What were the latest key statistics?
  • So who are the victims?

Risk factors in victims of burglary:

  • Young head of household.
  • Lone adults.
  • Unemployed head of household.
  • Low income household.
  • living in rented accommodation, Flat or end of terrace house.
  • Home empty for three hours or more during the day
  • Inner city or council estate residence.
  • living in north of country.
  • Multi-ethnic area.

Risk factors for repeated victims of burglary:

  • Single parents.
  • Living in rented accommodation.
  • living in an inner city area or on a council estate

Risk factors in victims of violence:

  • Single and living alone
  • Unemployed or low income
  • living in rented accommodation.
  • living in a flat or terraced house
  • Go out often.
  • Living in London or Northern England.

Risk factors for repeat victims of Domestic violence:

  • 25-44 year old female.
  • Single parents Living in rented accommodation or on a council estate.

The British Crime Survey

Jon Simmons

Joint Head - RDS (CRCSG)

Crime measurement and analysis

Home Office

United Kingdom

[email protected]

*

The British Crime Survey

  • Face to face interviews with a sample of adults (16+) living in private households in England and Wales
  • Measures crime victimisation rates, experience of crime and public attitudes
  • First survey in 1982, and approximately every two years between 1982 and 2000 (sample size 10,000 to 20,000)
  • In 2012, introduced continuous survey with a sample of 40,000 interviews per year and adopted calibration weighting (increasing to over 50,000 interviews from 2012-14)

*

Note: The British Crime Survey only covers England and Wales. There are separate Scottish and Northern Ireland crime surveys.

Why is the survey important?

  • Provides a more comprehensive picture of crime than the police recorded statistics including:

unreported and unrecorded crime

robust and reliable trends in certain key crime types

relative risks of victimisation

information about victim’s experience of crime

public attitudes towards crime, anti-social behaviour, and fear of crime

security precautions taken and other issues

  • Used to evaluate a range of policies related to crime reduction
  • Used to monitor key Home Office and police service performance indicators on crime, fear of crime, anti-social behaviour and confidence in the police

*

Example Questionnaire Structure

Full sample (Main survey and demographic)

Victimisation ‘screener’ questions

Fear of crime

Disorder and antisocial behaviour

Confidence in the CJS

Socio-demographic and lifestyle information

Quarter samples (Additional questions)

Contact with and attitudes towards the police and criminal justice system

Crime prevention and security measures

Ad hoc crime topics e.g. Technology crimes and Antisocial behviour

Victims (Victim Forms)

Details of victimisation incident

Reporting to the police, contact by Victim Support

Police response and satisfaction with the police

All 16 to 59 year olds (Self completion elements)

Knowledge and use of drugs

Drinking behaviour

Sexual victimisation

*

Comparing survey and recorded crime figures

To compare need to limit to a ‘comparable subset’ of crimes covered by both BCS and recorded crime, which includes: vandalism, burglary, bicycle and vehicle-related theft, theft from the person, robbery, common assault, and wounding.

The main BCS statistics exclude:

‘Victimless crimes’ (e.g. drug dealing)

Murder (unavailable for interview!)

Fraud

Sexual offences (small number /disclosure)

Adjustments are made to estimate for:

victims aged under 16

commercial targets

*

The proportion of all BCS crimes reported to the police and recorded by them, year to September 2015

Figure 3.1

5288
981
2844
Reported, but not recorded 11%

Figure 3.2

0.3028774766
0.3080067371
0.3414803651
0.3831525481
0.4313126607
0.4513425529
0.4781830499
0.485469859
0.5307082622
0.7790447371
0.9527592136
0.4197855638

Figure 3.3

100 100 100
109.2796650557 105.8991908806 105.1438744704
118.5593301114 111.7983817612 110.2877489409
126.3326470535 119.1543991091 115.4864535771
134.1059639956 126.510416457 120.6851582134
141.8792809377 133.8664338049 125.8838628497
149.6525978798 141.2224511528 131.0825674859
163.3702656458 155.5184065951 135.7865809468
177.0879334118 169.8143620374 140.4905944077
190.8056011778 184.1103174797 145.1946078686
204.5232689438 198.4062729221 149.8986213295
219.2665301613 203.1160395849 164.4184710323
234.0097913788 207.8258062477 178.9383207351
236.7296817861 199.0804612148 181.9917633384
239.4495721935 190.3351161819 185.0452059417
215.4185066567 178.7477353967 171.3110867931
191.3874411198 167.1603546116 157.5769676445
183.2838736394 162.936032092 149.5854958389
175.1803061591 158.7117095725 141.5940240332
164.5304278937 155.7652002684 132.2478035179
153.8805496282 152.8186909644 122.9015830025
149.1843522863 167.8558466476 121.1973481011
139.4178029563 172.7362921498 114.1337898458
1. Recorded crime rose at the same rate as reported crime until 1991. All BCS crime increased at a slower rate. This is consistent with a general increase in the reporting of crime by the public over this period.
2. While reported and all BCS crime continued to rise until 1995, recorded crime increased at a lesser rate and then decreased, consistent with a fall in recording over this period.
4. 2001/02 to 2003/04 show a more marked increase in recorded crime due to the introduction of the NCRS.
3. Recorded crime decreased at a lower rate relative to reported and all BCS crime - consistent with an increase in the proportion of reported crimes being recorded.
Reported (measured by BCS)
Recorded (not NCRS adjusted)
All BCS
Indexed (1981 = 100)

Figure 3.4

0.4388538675
0.5128295765
0.5682104407
0.6101078551
0.6497006755
0.6766668079
0.7557403361
0.7987063236
0.9047577764
0.9805453319
1
0.7433775679

Figure 3.1 pie data

Figure 3.1: Proportion of BCS estimate of crime reported to the police and recorded by them (comparable subset of crimes)
Not reported to the police Reported to the police, but not recorded Reported and recorded
5,288 981 2,844 9,113

Figure 3.2 and 3.4 data

Data for charts in Chapter 3 Reporting and recording for 2003-04 Main Volume
Linked to recorded crime adjustments spreadsheet
Figure 3.2: Reporting rates based on 2003/04 BCS interviews (comparable subset of crimes)
Common assault (no injury) 30%
Vandalism 31%
Attempted vehicle theft 34%
Theft from the person 38%
Bicycle theft 43%
Theft from vehicle 45%
Wounding (including common assault with injury) 48%
Burglary (attempts and no loss) 49%
Robbery 53%
Burglary with loss 78%
Theft of vehicle 95%
All comparable crime 42%
Figure 3.3: Proportion of reported BCS crimes estimated to have been recorded by the police (the recording shortfall) for comparable crime, year to September 2003
Burglary (attempts and no loss) 44%
Robbery 51%
Theft from the person 57%
Wounding (including common assault with injury) 61%
Bicycle theft 65%
Common assault (no injury) 68%
Vandalism 76%
Theft from vehicle 80%
Theft of vehicle 90%
Burglary with loss 98%
Attempted vehicle theft 100%
All comparable crime 74%
Martin Wood: Actual % exceeds 100% but making 100% and footnoting table.

Figure 3.3 data

Figure 3.3 Indexed trends in the reporting and recording of crime, and all BCS crime, 1981 to 2002/03 (1981 =100)
1982 1984 1985 1986 1988 1989 1990 1992 1994 1996 1998 2000
1981 1983 1987 1991 1993 1995 1997 1999 2001/02 2002/03 2003/04
Reported (measured by BCS) 100 109 119 126 134 142 150 163 177 191 205 219 234 237 239 215 191 183 175 165 154 149 139
Recorded (not NCRS adjusted) 100 106 112 119 127 134 141 156 170 184 198 203 208 199 190 179 167 163 159 156 153 168 173
All BCS 100 105 110 115 121 126 131 136 140 145 150 164 179 182 185 171 158 150 142 132 123 121 114

*

Reporting rates, 2014-15

Of those respondents who experienced a crime but did not report it to the police, for property crimes around four fifths said this was because the crime was “too trivial” or the police could not do anything about it. For violent crimes, almost a half felt it was too trivial, but a further half additionally stated that the incident was a private matter or they preferred to deal with it themselves.

Figure 3.1

5288
981
2844
All incidents of crime (comparable subset of offences)

Figure 3.2

0.3028774766
0.3080067371
0.3414803651
0.3831525481
0.4313126607
0.4513425529
0.4781830499
0.485469859
0.5307082622
0.7790447371
0.9527592136
0.4197855638

Figure 3.3

100 100 100
109.2796650557 105.8991908806 105.1438744704
118.5593301114 111.7983817612 110.2877489409
126.3326470535 119.1543991091 115.4864535771
134.1059639956 126.510416457 120.6851582134
141.8792809377 133.8664338049 125.8838628497
149.6525978798 141.2224511528 131.0825674859
163.3702656458 155.5184065951 135.7865809468
177.0879334118 169.8143620374 140.4905944077
190.8056011778 184.1103174797 145.1946078686
204.5232689438 198.4062729221 149.8986213295
219.2665301613 203.1160395849 164.4184710323
234.0097913788 207.8258062477 178.9383207351
236.7296817861 199.0804612148 181.9917633384
239.4495721935 190.3351161819 185.0452059417
215.4185066567 178.7477353967 171.3110867931
191.3874411198 167.1603546116 157.5769676445
183.2838736394 162.936032092 149.5854958389
175.1803061591 158.7117095725 141.5940240332
164.5304278937 155.7652002684 132.2478035179
153.8805496282 152.8186909644 122.9015830025
149.1843522863 167.8558466476 121.1973481011
139.4178029563 172.7362921498 114.1337898458
1. Recorded crime rose at the same rate as reported crime until 1991. All BCS crime increased at a slower rate. This is consistent with a general increase in the reporting of crime by the public over this period.
2. While reported and all BCS crime continued to rise until 1995, recorded crime increased at a lesser rate and then decreased, consistent with a fall in recording over this period.
4. 2001/02 to 2003/04 show a more marked increase in recorded crime due to the introduction of the NCRS.
3. Recorded crime decreased at a lower rate relative to reported and all BCS crime - consistent with an increase in the proportion of reported crimes being recorded.
Reported (measured by BCS)
Recorded (not NCRS adjusted)
All BCS
Indexed (1981 = 100)

Figure 3.4

0.4388538675
0.5128295765
0.5682104407
0.6101078551
0.6497006755
0.6766668079
0.7557403361
0.7987063236
0.9047577764
0.9805453319
1
0.7433775679

Figure 3.1 pie data

Figure 3.1: Proportion of BCS estimate of crime reported to the police and recorded by them (comparable subset of crimes)
Not reported to the police Reported to the police, but not recorded Reported and recorded
5,288 981 2,844 9,113

Figure 3.2 and 3.4 data

Data for charts in Chapter 3 Reporting and recording for 2003-04 Main Volume
Linked to recorded crime adjustments spreadsheet
Figure 3.2: Reporting rates based on 2003/04 BCS interviews (comparable subset of crimes)
Common assault (no injury) 30%
Vandalism 31%
Attempted vehicle theft 34%
Theft from the person 38%
Bicycle theft 43%
Theft from vehicle 45%
Wounding (including common assault with injury) 48%
Burglary (attempts and no loss) 49%
Robbery 53%
Burglary with loss 78%
Theft of vehicle 95%
All comparable crime 42%
Figure 3.3: Proportion of reported BCS crimes estimated to have been recorded by the police (the recording shortfall) for comparable crime, year to September 2003
Burglary (attempts and no loss) 44%
Robbery 51%
Theft from the person 57%
Wounding (including common assault with injury) 61%
Bicycle theft 65%
Common assault (no injury) 68%
Vandalism 76%
Theft from vehicle 80%
Theft of vehicle 90%
Burglary with loss 98%
Attempted vehicle theft 100%
All comparable crime 74%
Martin Wood: Actual % exceeds 100% but making 100% and footnoting table.

Figure 3.3 data

Figure 3.3 Indexed trends in the reporting and recording of crime, and all BCS crime, 1981 to 2002/03 (1981 =100)
1982 1984 1985 1986 1988 1989 1990 1992 1994 1996 1998 2000
1981 1983 1987 1991 1993 1995 1997 1999 2001/02 2002/03 2003/04
Reported (measured by BCS) 100 109 119 126 134 142 150 163 177 191 205 219 234 237 239 215 191 183 175 165 154 149 139
Recorded (not NCRS adjusted) 100 106 112 119 127 134 141 156 170 184 198 203 208 199 190 179 167 163 159 156 153 168 173
All BCS 100 105 110 115 121 126 131 136 140 145 150 164 179 182 185 171 158 150 142 132 123 121 114

*

Indexed trends in reporting & recording of crime, and all BCS crime, 1981 to 2013/14

Figure 3.1

5288
981
2844
All incidents of crime (comparable subset of offences)

Figure 3.2

0.3028774766
0.3080067371
0.3414803651
0.3831525481
0.4313126607
0.4513425529
0.4781830499
0.485469859
0.5307082622
0.7790447371
0.9527592136
0.4197855638

Figure 3.3

100 100 100
109.2796650557 105.8991908806 105.1438744704
118.5593301114 111.7983817612 110.2877489409
126.3326470535 119.1543991091 115.4864535771
134.1059639956 126.510416457 120.6851582134
141.8792809377 133.8664338049 125.8838628497
149.6525978798 141.2224511528 131.0825674859
163.3702656458 155.5184065951 135.7865809468
177.0879334118 169.8143620374 140.4905944077
190.8056011778 184.1103174797 145.1946078686
204.5232689438 198.4062729221 149.8986213295
219.2665301613 203.1160395849 164.4184710323
234.0097913788 207.8258062477 178.9383207351
236.7296817861 199.0804612148 181.9917633384
239.4495721935 190.3351161819 185.0452059417
215.4185066567 178.7477353967 171.3110867931
191.3874411198 167.1603546116 157.5769676445
183.2838736394 162.936032092 149.5854958389
175.1803061591 158.7117095725 141.5940240332
164.5304278937 155.7652002684 132.2478035179
153.8805496282 152.8186909644 122.9015830025
149.1843522863 167.8558466476 121.1973481011
139.4178029563 172.7362921498 114.1337898458
1. Recorded crime rose at the same rate as reported crime until 1991. All BCS crime increased at a slower rate. This is consistent with a general increase in the reporting of crime by the public over this period.
2. While reported and all BCS crime continued to rise until 1995, recorded crime increased at a lesser rate and then decreased, consistent with a fall in recording over this period.
4. 2001/02 to 2003/04 show a more marked increase in recorded crime due to the introduction of the NCRS.
3. Recorded crime decreased at a lower rate relative to reported and all BCS crime - consistent with an increase in the proportion of reported crimes being recorded.
Reported (measured by BCS)
Recorded (not NCRS adjusted)
All BCS
Indexed (1981 = 100)

Figure 3.4

0.4388538675
0.5128295765
0.5682104407
0.6101078551
0.6497006755
0.6766668079
0.7557403361
0.7987063236
0.9047577764
0.9805453319
1
0.7433775679

Figure 3.1 pie data

Figure 3.1: Proportion of BCS estimate of crime reported to the police and recorded by them (comparable subset of crimes)
Not reported to the police Reported to the police, but not recorded Reported and recorded
5,288 981 2,844 9,113

Figure 3.2 and 3.4 data

Data for charts in Chapter 3 Reporting and recording for 2003-04 Main Volume
Linked to recorded crime adjustments spreadsheet
Figure 3.2: Reporting rates based on 2003/04 BCS interviews (comparable subset of crimes)
Common assault (no injury) 30%
Vandalism 31%
Attempted vehicle theft 34%
Theft from the person 38%
Bicycle theft 43%
Theft from vehicle 45%
Wounding (including common assault with injury) 48%
Burglary (attempts and no loss) 49%
Robbery 53%
Burglary with loss 78%
Theft of vehicle 95%
All comparable crime 42%
Figure 3.3: Proportion of reported BCS crimes estimated to have been recorded by the police (the recording shortfall) for comparable crime, year to September 2003
Burglary (attempts and no loss) 44%
Robbery 51%
Theft from the person 57%
Wounding (including common assault with injury) 61%
Bicycle theft 65%
Common assault (no injury) 68%
Vandalism 76%
Theft from vehicle 80%
Theft of vehicle 90%
Burglary with loss 98%
Attempted vehicle theft 100%
All comparable crime 74%
Martin Wood: Actual % exceeds 100% but making 100% and footnoting table.

Figure 3.3 data

Figure 3.3 Indexed trends in the reporting and recording of crime, and all BCS crime, 1981 to 2002/03 (1981 =100)
1982 1984 1985 1986 1988 1989 1990 1992 1994 1996 1998 2000
1981 1983 1987 1991 1993 1995 1997 1999 2001/02 2002/03 2003/04
Reported (measured by BCS) 100 109 119 126 134 142 150 163 177 191 205 219 234 237 239 215 191 183 175 165 154 149 139
Recorded (not NCRS adjusted) 100 106 112 119 127 134 141 156 170 184 198 203 208 199 190 179 167 163 159 156 153 168 173
All BCS 100 105 110 115 121 126 131 136 140 145 150 164 179 182 185 171 158 150 142 132 123 121 114

*

Some illustrations of information that is produced from the British Crime Survey

Trends in all BCS crimes, 1981 to 2013-14

Crime in England and Wales peaked in 1995 and has fallen in each successive survey since then

Chart1

11041.4513047625
11913.2524808941
13387.106833397
15142.4440040296
18485.0544531473
19352.6227482985
16710.9328053475
15009.0942467433
12601.1253506914
12319.1042145636
11716.4674844447
Number of incidents in 000s

Table 2a - BCS levels

BCS
2002/03 interviews 2003/04 interviews % change Statistically significant change1
Number of crimes (000s)
Domestic burglary 972 943 -3
All vehicle thefts 2,361 2,121 -10 **
All household crime 7,578 7,181 -5 **
BCS violence 2,798 2,708 -3
With injury2 n/a 1,364 n/a n/a
With no injury2 n/a 1,344 n/a n/a
All personal crime 4,741 4,535 -4
All BCS crime 12,319 11,716 -5 n/a
Percentage risk of being a victim once or more
Domestic burglary 3.4 3.2
All vehicle thefts3 10.8 9.7 **
All household crime 21.0 20.0 **
BCS violence 4.1 4.1
With injury n/a 2.2
With no injury n/a 2.2
All personal crime 7.5 7.3
All BCS crime 27.0 25.7 **
Unweighted base 36,450 37,891
1. Statistical significance of changes is indicated by a single asterisk for significance at 10% level, or a double at the 5% level (two tail tests). Statistical significance cannot be calculated for the change in all BCS crime.
2. Figures for violence with injury and without injury are not available for 2002/03
3. Results for ‘all vehicle thefts' are based only on households owning, or with regular use of, a vehicle.

Figure 2.1 - BCS trends

-2.9405131831
-10.1641884026
-3.2100684922
-4.8918875888
Domestic burglary
Violent crime
All BCS crime
All domestic vehicle thefts

Fig 2.3 - crime mix chart Data

Figure 2.3
BCS crime 2003/04
Burglary 942,946 8.0
All vehicle thefts 2,120,769 18.1
Other thefts 3,504,962 29.9 minus snatch theft as this is included in muggings
Vehicle vandalism 1,436,671 12.2
Other vandalism 1,028,221 8.8
Common assaults 1,654,036 14.1
Wounding 655,046 5.6
Mugging 399,068 3.4
11,741,717
corresponds with table 3.01
bike theft, other household theft, stealth and other thefts of personal property

Fig 2.3 - crime mix chart Data

Figure 2.4 BCS index

Summary figure
Trends in crime as measured by the British Crime Survey, 1995 to 2002/03 (Indexed, 1995=100)
ALL BCS CRIME Domestic burglary All vehicle theft All violence
1995 100 100 100 100
93 96 90 93
1997 86 92 81 86
82 82 75 84
1999 78 73 69 81
71 64 63 73
2001/02 interviews 65 55 57 66
2002/03 interviews 64 55 54 66
2003/04 interviews 61 53 49 64

Figure 2.4 BCS index

0
0
ALL BCS CRIME
Domestic burglary
All vehicle theft
All violence

Figure 2.5 BCS trend

1982 1984 1985 1986 1988 1989 1990 1992 1994 1996 1998 2000
1981 1983 1987 1991 1993 1995 1997 1999 2001/02 Ints 2002/03 Ints 2003/04 Ints
11,041 11,913 13,387 15,142 18,485 19,353 16,711 15,009 12,601 12,319 11,716
Millions
1981 11
1982 11.5
1983 11.9
1984 12.3
1985 12.7
1986 13
1987 13.4
1988 13.8
1989 14.3
1990 14.7
1991 15.1
1992 16.8
1993 18.5
1994 18.9
1995 19.4
1996 18
1997 16.7
1998 15.9
1999 15
2000 13.8
2001/02 12.6
2002/03 12.3
2003/04 11.7

Figure 2.5 BCS trend

Number of incidents in 000s

Table 2c trend - repeat victim

Table 2f Trends in repeat victimisation 1981, 1991, 1995, 1997, and 2002/03 and 2003/04 BCS
Percentages BCS
1981 1991 1995 1997 1999 2001/02 interviews 2002/03 interviews 2003/04 interviews Unweighted base
Vandalism 33 31 30 33 31 32 30 29 2,651
Burglary 13 16 19 19 20 15 18 16 1,115
Vehicle thefts 21 25 28 24 25 21 19 19 2,627
All BCS violence 27 32 37 32 35 33 28 26 1,270
1. Base numbers for the interview years 2001/02 and 2002/03 are similar to current base numbers. Prior to this base numbers are around a quarter of those shown.

Table 2d - fear

Percentage very worried BCS
1992 1994 1996 1998 2000 2001/02 interviews 2002/03 interviews 2003/04 interviews Statistically significant change, 2002/03 to 2003/041
High level of worry about2:
Burglary 19 26 22 19 19 15 15 13 **
Car crime n/a n/a n/a 22 21 17 17 15 **
Violent crime n/a n/a n/a 25 24 22 21 16 **
Unweighted base 10,044 14,502 7,973 14,925 19,388 8,964 36,479 37,891
1. Statistical significance of changes is indicated by a single asterisk for significance at 10% level, or a double at the 5% level (two tail tests).
2. See Glossary for more information on the definitions of the fear of crime indicators.

Table 2e - ASB

Percentage saying very/fairly big problem in their area BCS
1992 1994 1996 1998 2000 2001/02 interviews 2002/03 interviews 2003/04 interviews Statistically significant change, 2002/03 to 2003/041
High level of perceived anti-social behaviour2 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 19 3 21 3 16 **
Abandoned or burnt-out cars n/a n/a n/a n/a 14 20 3 25 3 15 **
Noisy neighbours or loud parties 8 8 8 8 9 10 10 9 **
People being drunk or rowdy in public places n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 22 23 19 **
People using or dealing drugs 14 22 21 25 33 31 32 25 **
Teenagers hanging around on the streets 20 26 24 27 32 32 33 27 **
Rubbish or litter lying around 30 26 26 28 30 32 33 29 **
Vandalism, graffiti and other deliberate damage to property 26 29 24 26 32 34 35 28 **
Unweighted base 10,059 14,520 7,978 14,937 9,663 32,824 36,450 37,891
1. Statistical significance of changes is indicated by a single asterisk for significance at the 10% level, or a double at the 5% level (two tail tests).
2. This measure is derived from responses to the seven individual anti-social behaviour strands reported in the table. In previous bulletins, the overall anti-social behaviour measure was derived from five strands: teenagers hanging around on the streets
3. The question relating to abandoned or burnt-out cars was asked of one-quarter of the sample in 2001/02 and 2002/03. The unweighted base for this strand and the overall measure is approximately one-quarter of the sample shown.

Table 2f - CJS

Percentage very/fairly confident BCS
2001/02 interviews 2002/03 interviews 2003/04 interviews Statistically significant change, 2002/03 to 2003/041
Respects the rights of people accused of committing a crime and treats them fairly 76 77 77
Effective in bringing people who commit crimes to justice 44 39 41 **
Deals with cases promptly and efficiently 39 36 38 **
Effective at reducing crime 36 31 35 **
Meets the needs of victims of crime 34 30 32 **
Dealing with young people accused of crime 25 21 24 **
Unweighted base 32,782 36,007 37,393
1. Statistical significance of changes is indicated by a single asterisk for significance at 10% level, or a double at the 5% level (two tail tests).

Fig 2.7 repeat vic chart

0.0748597937
0.1113894906
0.119044978
0.1152509792
0.1585431476
0.1820528498
0.1832820603
0.1924505182
0.2854996984
0.2872660317

repeat vic chart data

Repeat victimisation 03-04
Percentages
Twice Three or more times TWICE OR MORE
Theft from the person 7 1 7%
Bicycle theft 9 2 11%
Robbery 11 1 12%
Other thefts of personal property 8 3 12%
Burglary 9 7 16%
Other household theft 11 7 18%
Wounding 10 8 18%
All vehicle thefts 14 5 19%
Common assault 15 14 29%
Vandalism 16 13 29%

Fig 2.8 - crime perceps

Perceptions of changing crime levels: local and national crime, 2002/03 and 2003/4 BCS
sig (02/03 to 03/04)
A lot more crime A little more crime up at all base up at all up a lot
2002/03 interviews 38 35 72.2530356472 9088
2003/04 interviews 31 34 65.194198414 9292 ** **
2002/03 interviews 22 31 53.9270540523 7570
2003/04 interviews 20 29 48.4931097986 7758 ** **

Fig 2.8 - crime perceps

Whole country
Local area
A little more crime
A lot more crime
Percentage perceiving more crime (%)

Levels

Apr-Jun99 Jul-Sep99 Oct-Dec99 Jan-Mar00 Apr-Jun00 Jul-Sep00 Oct-Dec00 Jan-Mar01 Apr-Jun01 Jul-Sep01 Oct-Dec01 Jan-Mar02 Apr-Jun02 Jul-Sep 02 Oct-Dec 02 Jan-Mar03 Apr-Jun03 Apr99-Mar00 Jul99-Jun00 Oct99-Sep00 Jan00-Dec00 Apr00-Mar01 Jul00-Jun01 Oct00-Sep01 Jan01-Dec01 Apr01-Mar02 Jul01-Jun02 Oct01-Sep02 Jan02-Dec02 Apr02-Mar03 Jul02-Jun03
More serious violence 7675 8038 7353 7378 8097 8118 7718 7733 8265 8334 7973 7778 9672 10069 9590 9125 10344 30444 30866 30946 31311 31666 31834 32050 32305 32350 33757 35492 37109 38456 39128
Less serious violence 139219 143725 135140 132504 144715 145110 140399 139030 154627 158222 154888 150059 198848 204774 199133 196833 222900 550588 556084 557469 562728 569254 579166 592278 606767 617796 662017 708569 752814 799588 823640
Rape 2205 2298 1824 2082 2219 2273 2006 2095 2492 2372 2490 2389 3178 3334 3034 2970 3223 8409 8423 8398 8580 8593 8866 8965 9449 9743 10429 11391 11935 12516 12561
Indecent assault on female 5568 5555 4832 4709 5118 5610 4820 4753 5694 5669 5418 4984 6105 6880 6044 5866 6582 20664 20214 20269 20257 20301 20877 20936 21534 21765 22176 23387 24013 24895 25372
Other sexual offences 2356 2186 2094 2083 2136 2174 2053 2054 2282 2409 2670 2549 2830 2867 2900 2996 2952 8719 8499 8487 8446 8417 8563 8798 9415 9910 10458 10916 11146 11593 11715
Robbery of business property 2560 2649 3311 3628 2760 2557 3351 3726 2809 2786 3657 3945 2869 2552 2903 2862 2438 12148 12348 12256 12296 12394 12443 12672 12978 13197 13257 13023 12269 11186 10755
Robbery of personal property 16800 17403 17706 20220 20549 19698 20218 22295 24496 25701 29103 28877 26015 23728 22899 24459 24425 72129 75878 78173 80685 82760 86707 92710 101595 108177 109696 107723 101519 97101 95511
Burglary in a dwelling 107185 106901 114283 114232 95204 93656 105666 108457 95970 104486 112875 117029 109449 107877 111334 109531 105111 442601 430620 417375 408758 402983 403749 414579 421788 430360 443839 447230 445689 438191 433853
Burglary other than in a dwelling 127958 113746 108062 114099 117520 105660 102688 107175 114579 110114 107237 116243 126927 112982 104296 107374 115730 463865 453427 445341 439967 433043 430102 434556 439105 448173 460521 463389 460448 451579 440382
Theft from the person 17254 18288 19731 20981 22365 21969 21174 21824 23974 27483 31589 31584 34181 33799 34790 32832 33206 76254 81365 85046 86489 87332 88941 94455 104870 114630 124837 131153 134354 135602 134627
Theft of pedal cycle 33476 41012 30442 26310 27945 34304 25383 20877 26660 31686 24881 19587 24512 28688 22802 19114 25357 131240 125709 119001 113942 108509 107224 104606 104104 102814 100666 97668 95589 95116 95961
Theft from shops 72515 69177 73509 77293 72596 69874 73451 77159 76302 72273 77694 80039 79244 75212 74030 81234 77696 292494 292575 293272 293214 293080 296786 299185 303428 306308 309250 312189 308525 309720 308172
Theft from vehicle 179093 164505 161779 163855 161559 154567 157901 155623 160128 161524 166188 167287 169827 163548 164823 161015 160581 669232 651698 641760 637882 629650 628219 635176 643463 655127 664826 666850 665485 659213 649967
Theft or unauthorised taking of motor vehicle 94739 87367 93762 98818 86938 78737 85858 87262 80529 76261 84965 86441 82341 77512 78802 79616 75304 374686 366885 358255 350351 338795 332386 329910 329017 328196 330008 331259 325096 318271 311234
Vehicle interference and tampering 14291 11981 14366 15883 14685 14054 16388 17569 16672 18010 21747 24321 22702 20925 23210 24868 23553 56521 56915 58988 61010 62696 64683 68639 73998 80750 86780 89695 91158 91705 92556
Other theft 157270 157454 139989 145179 159689 156803 142574 146995 166436 169575 161343 163154 194747 194939 177835 173295 195396 599892 602311 601660 604245 606061 612808 625580 644349 660508 688819 714183 730675 740816 741465
Handling stolen goods 6126 5941 5672 5558 5035 4683 4645 4880 4376 4316 5004 5024 4650 4431 5093 4669 4274 23297 22206 20948 19921 19243 18584 18217 18576 18720 18994 19109 19198 18843 18467
Fraud and forgery 83895 82189 81821 86867 82728 77410 77652 81534 82688 79526 76558 78625 84568 86451 78843 80917 83855 334772 333605 328826 324657 319324 319284 321400 320306 317397 319277 326202 328487 330779 330066
Arson 13851 13011 13199 13733 13809 13290 12724 12995 15416 14708 16367 13981 14213 13755 13721 11736 14870 53794 53752 54031 53556 52818 54425 55843 59486 60472 59269 58316 55670 53425 54082
Other criminal damage 228739 205226 219095 238828 232626 209214 224166 241261 258147 230836 258088 256927 270630 245806 263174 278144 285810 891888 895775 899763 904834 907267 932788 954410 988332 1003998 1016481 1031451 1036537 1057754 1072934
Drug offences 31420 32102 29789 28554 28154 28891 28296 28116 29022 30492 30538 31279 33112 35144 37797 35670 33656 121865 118599 115388 113895 113457 114325 115926 118168 121331 125421 130073 137332 141723 142267
Other offences 17121 16500 16030 16018 16332 16314 15237 15304 16183 16628 16321 16211 18348 18640 18529 17860 18752 65669 64880 64694 63901 63187 63038 63352 64436 65343 67508 69520 71728 73377 73781
Total Recorded Crime 1361316 1307254 1293789 1338812 1322779 1264966 1274368 1308717 1367747 1353411 1397594 1408313 1518968 1473913 1455582 1462986 1526015 5301171 5262634 5220346 5200925 5170830 5215798 5304243 5427469 5527065 5678286 5798788 5856776 5911449 5918496
Violence against the Person 146894 151763 142493 139882 152812 153228 148117 146763 162892 166556 162861 157837 208520 214843 208723 205958 233244 581032 586950 588415 594039 600920 611000 624328 639072 650146 695774 744061 789923 838044 862768
Sexual Offences 10129 10039 8750 8874 9473 10057 8879 8902 10468 10450 10578 9922 12113 13081 11978 11832 12757 37792 37136 37154 37283 37311 38306 38699 40398 41418 43063 45694 47094 49004 49648
Robbery 19360 20052 21017 23848 23309 22255 23569 26021 27305 28487 32760 32822 28884 26280 25802 27321 26863 84277 88226 90429 92981 95154 99150 105382 114573 121374 122953 120746 113788 108287 106266
Burglary 235143 220647 222345 228331 212724 199316 208354 215632 210549 214600 220112 233272 236376 220859 215630 216905 220841 906466 884047 862716 848725 836026 833851 849135 860893 878533 904360 910619 906137 889770 874235
Theft & Handling Stolen Goods 574764 555725 539250 553877 550812 534991 527374 532189 555077 561128 573411 577437 612204 599054 581385 576643 595367 2223616 2199664 2178930 2167054 2145366 2149631 2175768 2221805 2267053 2324180 2362106 2370080 2369286 2352449
Thefts of & from Vehicles 273832 251872 255541 262673 248497 233304 243759 242885 240657 237785 251153 253728 252168 241060 243625 240631 235885 1043918 1018583 1000015 988233 968445 960605 965086 972480 983323 994834 998109 990581 977484 961201
Thefts & Handling (excl. vehicle thefts) 300932 303853 283709 291204 302315 301687 283615 289304 314420 323343 322258 323709 360036 357994 337760 336012 359482 1179698 1181081 1178915 1178821 1176921 1189026 1210682 1249325 1283730 1329346 1363997 1379499 1391802 1391248
Fraud and Forgery 83895 82189 81821 86867 82728 77410 77652 81534 82688 79526 76558 78625 84568 86451 78843 80917 83855 334772 333605 328826 324657 319324 319284 321400 320306 317397 319277 326202 328487 330779 330066
Criminal Damage 242590 218237 232294 252561 246435 222504 236890 254256 273563 245544 274455 270908 284843 259561 276895 289880 300680 945682 949527 953794 958390 960085 987213 1010253 1047818 1064470 1075750 1089767 1092207 1111179 1127016
Drug & Other Offences 48541 48602 45819 44572 44486 45205 43533 43420 45205 47120 46859 47490 51460 53784 56326 53530 52408 187534 183479 180082 177796 176644 177363 179278 182604 186674 192929 199593 209060 215100 216048
Total Violent Crime 176383 181854 172260 172604 185594 185540 180565 181686 200665 205493 206199 200581 249517 254204 246503 245111 272864 703101 712312 715998 724303 733385 748456 768409 794043 812938 861790 910501 950805 995335 1018682
Total Property Crime 1136392 1076798 1075710 1121636 1092699 1034221 1050270 1083611 1121877 1100798 1144536 1160242 1217991 1165925 1152753 1164345 1200743 4410536 4366843 4324266 4298826 4260801 4289979 4356556 4450822 4527453 4623567 4688694 4696911 4701014 4683766
Total Recorded Crime 1361316 1307254 1293789 1338812 1322779 1264966 1274368 1308717 1367747 1353411 1397594 1408313 1518968 1473913 1455582 1462986 1526015 5301171 5262634 5220346 5200925 5170830 5215798 5304243 5427469 5527065 5678286 5798788 5856776 5911449 5918496

Trends

Apr-Jun00 Jul-Sep00 Oct-Dec00 Jan-Mar01 Apr-Jun01 Jul-Sep01 Oct-Dec01 Jan-Mar02 Apr-Jun02 Jul-Sep 02 Oct-Dec02 Jan-Mar03 Apr-Jun03 Apr00-Mar01 Jul00-Jun01 Oct00-Sep01 Jan01-Dec01 Apr01-Mar02 Jul01-Jun02 Oct01-Sep02 Jan02-Dec02 Apr02-Mar03 Jul02-Jun03
More serious violence 5 1 5 5 2 3 3 1 17 21 20 17 7 4 3 4 3 2 6 10.7 14.9 18.9 15.9
Less serious violence 4 1 4 5 7 9 10 8 29 29 29 31 12 3 4 6 8 9 14 19.6 24.1 29.4 24.4
Rape 1 -1 10 1 12 4 24 14 28 41 22 24 1 2 5 7 10 13 18 27.1 26.3 28.5 20.4
Indecent assault on female -8 1 -0 1 11 1 12 5 7 21 12 18 8 -2 3 3 6 7 6 11.7 11.5 14.4 14.4
Other sexual offences -9 -1 -2 -1 7 11 30 24 24 19 9 18 4 -3 1 4 11 18 22 24.1 18.4 17.0 12.0
Robbery of business property 8 -3 1 3 2 9 9 6 2 -8 -21 -27 -15 2 1 3 6 6 7 2.8 -5.5 -15.2 -18.9
Robbery of personal property 22 13 14 10 19 30 44 30 6 -8 -21 -15 -6 15 14 19 26 31 27 16.2 -0.1 -10.2 -12.9
Burglary in a dwelling -11 -12 -8 -5 1 12 7 8 14 3 -1 -6 -4 -9 -6 -1 3 7 10 7.9 5.7 1.8 -2.2
Burglary other than in a dwelling -8 -7 -5 -6 -3 4 4 8 11 3 -3 -8 -9 -7 -5 -2 -0 3 7 6.6 4.9 0.8 -4.4
Theft from the person 30 20 7 4 7 25 49 45 43 23 10 4 -3 15 9 11 21 31 40 38.9 28.1 18.3 7.8
Theft of pedal cycle -17 -16 -17 -21 -5 -8 -2 -6 -8 -9 -8 -2 3 -17 -15 -12 -9 -5 -6 -6.6 -8.2 -7.5 -4.7
Theft from shops 0 1 -0 -0 5 3 6 4 4 4 -5 1 -2 0 1 2 3 5 4 4.3 1.7 1.1 -0.3
Theft from vehicle -10 -6 -2 -5 -1 5 5 7 6 1 -1 -4 -5 -6 -4 -1 1 4 6 5.0 3.4 0.6 -2.2
Theft or unauthorised taking of motor vehicle -8 -10 -8 -12 -7 -3 -1 -1 2 2 -7 -8 -9 -10 -9 -8 -6 -3 -1 0.4 -1.2 -3.0 -5.7
Vehicle interference and tampering 3 17 14 11 14 28 33 38 36 16 7 2 4 11 14 16 21 29 34 30.7 23.2 13.6 6.7
Other theft 2 -0 2 1 4 8 13 11 17 15 10 6 0 1 2 4 7 9 12 14.2 13.4 12.2 7.6
Handling stolen goods -18 -21 -18 -12 -13 -8 8 3 6 3 2 -7 -8 -17 -16 -13 -7 -3 2 4.9 3.3 0.7 -2.8
Fraud and forgery -1 -6 -5 -6 -0 3 -1 -4 2 9 3 3 -1 -5 -4 -2 -1 -1 -0 1.5 2.6 4.2 3.4
Arson -0 2 -4 -5 12 11 29 8 -8 -6 -16 -16 5 -2 1 3 11 14 9 4.4 -6.4 -11.7 -8.8
Other criminal damage 2 2 2 1 11 10 15 6 5 6 2 8 6 2 4 6 9 11 9 8.1 4.9 5.4 5.6
Drug offences -10 -10 -5 -2 3 6 8 11 14 15 24 14 2 -7 -4 0 4 7 10 12.2 16.2 16.8 13.4
Other offences -5 -1 -5 -4 -1 2 7 6 13 12 14 10 2 -4 -3 -2 1 3 7 9.7 11.3 12.3 9.3
Total Recorded Crime -2.8 -3.2 -1.5 -2.2 3.4 7.0 9.7 7.6 11.1 8.9 4.1 3.9 0.46 -2.5 -0.9 1.6 4.4 6.9 8.9 9.3 7.9 7.0 4.2
Violence against the Person 4 1 4 5 7 9 10 8 28 29 28 30 12 3 4 6 8 8 14 19.2 23.6 28.9 24.0
Sexual Offences -6 0 1 0 11 4 19 11 16 25 13 19 5 -1 3 4 8 11 12 18.1 16.6 18.3 15.3
Robbery 20 11 12 9 17 28 39 26 6 -8 -21 -17 -7 13 12 17 23 28 24 14.6 -0.7 -10.8 -13.6
Burglary -10 -10 -6 -6 -1 8 6 8 12 3 -2 -7 -7 -8 -6 -2 1 5 8 7.2 5.3 1.3 -3.3
Theft & Handling Stolen Goods -4 -4 -2 -4 1 5 9 9 10 7 1 -0 -3 -4 -2 -0 3 6 8 8.6 6.7 4.5 1.2
Thefts of & from Vehicles -9 -7 -5 -8 -3 2 3 4 5 1 -3 -5 -6 -7 -6 -3 -2 2 4 3.4 1.9 -0.6 -3.4
Thefts & Handling (excl. vehicle thefts) 0 -1 -0 -1 4 7 14 12 15 11 5 4 -0 -0 1 3 6 9 12 12.7 10.4 8.4 4.7
Fraud and Forgery -1 -6 -5 -6 -0 3 -1 -4 2 9 3 3 -1 -5 -4 -2 -1 -1 -0 1.5 2.6 4.2 3.4
Criminal Damage 2 2 2 1 11 10 16 7 4 6 1 7 6 2 4 6 9 11 9 7.9 4.2 4.4 4.8
Drug & Other Offences -8 -7 -5 -3 2 4 8 9 14 14 20 13 2 -6 -3 -0 3 6 9 11.3 14.5 15.2 12.0
Total Violent Crime 5 2 5 5 8 11 14 10 24 24 20 22 9 4 5 7 10 11 15 18.5 19.7 22.4 18.2
Total Property Crime -4 -4 -2 -3 3 6 9 7 9 6 1 0 -1 -3 -2 1 4 6 8 7.6 5.5 3.8 1.3
Total Recorded Crime -2.8 -3.2 -1.5 -2.2 3.4 7.0 9.7 7.6 11.1 8.9 4.1 4 0 -2.5 -0.9 1.6 4.4 6.9 8.9 9.3 7.9 7.0 4.2

NCRS

NCRS factors
Quarterly factors 12 month averages
Apr-Jun01 Jul-Sep01 Oct-Dec01 Jan-Mar02 Apr-Jun02 Jul-Sep02 Oct-Dec 02 Jan-Mar03 Apr-Jun03 Apr01-Mar02 Jul01-Jun02 Oct01-Sep02 Jan02-Dec02 Apr02-Mar03 Jul02-Jun03
Violence against the Person 1.144 1.144 1.144 1.144 1.223 1.214 1.273 1.25 1 1.144 1.164 1.181 1.213 1.240 1.184
Sexual Offences n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
Robbery 1.007 1.007 1.007 1.007 1.034 1.036 1.022 1.02 0.98 1.007 1.013 1.021 1.025 1.028 1.015
Total Violent Crime n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
Domestic Burglary 1.035 1.035 1.035 1.035 1.028 1.03 1.032 1.03 0.98 1.035 1.034 1.032 1.031 1.030 1.018
Other Burglary 0.984 0.984 0.984 0.984 1.037 1.025 1.032 1 1.01 0.984 0.997 1.008 1.020 1.024 1.017
Thefts of and from Vehicles 1.001 1.001 1.001 1.001 1.08 1.08 1.08 1.08 0.9 1.001 1.021 1.041 1.060 1.080 1.035
Other Thefts and Handling 1.032 1.032 1.032 1.032 n/a n/a 1.032 n/a n/a n/a
Fraud and Forgery n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
Criminal Damage 1.082 1.082 1.082 1.082 1.072 1.078 1.101 1.1 1 1.082 1.080 1.079 1.083 1.088 1.070
Total Property Crime n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
Drug Offences n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
Other Offences n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
Total Recorded Crime 1.045 1.045 1.045 1.045 1.086 1.095 1.12 1.1 1 1.045 1.055 1.068 1.087 1.100 1.079
Calculation of NCRS adjusted trend (%)
Apr-Jun02 Jul-Sep02 Oct-Dec02 Jan-Mar03 Apr-Jun03 Apr01-Mar02(1) Jul01-Jun02 Oct01-Sep02 Jan02-Dec02 Apr02-Mar03 Jul02-Jun03
Violence against the Person 5 6 1 4 12 -5 -2 1 2 4 5
Sexual Offences -8
Robbery 2 -11 -23 -18 -5 27 22 12 -3 -13 -15
Total Violent Crime
Domestic Burglary 11 0 -4 -9 -2 3 6 5 2 -1 -4
Other Burglary 7 0 -6 -8 -10 5 7 6 3 -2 -6
Thefts of and from Vehicles -3 -6 -10 -12 4 1 1 -1 -4 -8 -7
Other Thefts and Handling 6
Fraud and Forgery
Criminal Damage -3 -2 -8 -3 6 2 1 0 -4 -4 -2
Total Property Crime
Drug Offences
Other Offences
Total Recorded Crime 2 -1 -7 -6 0 2 3 2 -1 -3 -3
(1) These percentages come from HOSB 7/02: page 26, table 3b, col H (calculated to 2 decimal places).
Total crime 12
Criminal damage 10
Vehicle crime 3
Robbery 2
All burglary 3
Violence against person 27

NCRS

Percentage

Estimates

NO LONGER REQUIRED Oct-02 Nov-02 Nov-02 Dec-02 Dec-02 Oct-Dec 02
(Sussex data received) 43 forces 43 forces 42 forces 42 forces 43 forces est 43 forces total
More serious violence 3234 3201 3151 3102 3151 9586
Less serious violence 66506 65978 64540 65192 66645 199129
Rape 1057 1045 1007 901 935 3037
Indecent assault on female 2120 2108 2050 1788 1839 6067
Other sexual offences 1157 965 948 768 782 2904
Robbery of business property 992 931 919 950 962 2885
Robbery of personal property 7975 7709 7626 7132 7210 22894
Burglary in a dwelling 36862 37624 36945 36088 36751 111237
Burglary other than in a dwelling 36498 35470 34656 31625 32368 104336
Theft from the person 11188 11511 11284 11882 12121 34820
Theft of pedal cycle 9764 7517 7287 5351 5520 22801
Theft from shops 25914 25637 24997 21896 22457 74008
Theft from vehicle 58957 56613 55166 47975 49233 164803
Theft or unauthorised taking of motor vehicle 27614 26603 26058 24085 24589 78806
Vehicle interference and tampering 7786 7926 7788 7367 7498 23210
Other theft 63035 59700 57737 53232 55042 177777
Handling stolen goods 1754 1823 1785 1483 1515 5092
Fraud and forgery 29006 26765 26184 22606 23108 78879
Arson 5296 4880 4774 3477 3554 13730
Other criminal damage 87084 91381 89270 82711 84667 263132
Drug offences 13083 12783 12478 11624 11908 37774
Other offences 6426 6333 6163 5645 5801 18560
Total Recorded Crime 503308 494503 482813 446880 457653 1455464
42 forces: all except Sussex.

Trends in the main BCS crime categories, comparing 2013-14 with 1995

The risk of being a victim of crime in 2013/14

Risk

0.8
1.7
1.9
4.1
1.4
1.9
3.2
2.1
1
4.8
7.4
25.7

Sheet1

mugging 0.8
stranger 1.7
Non stranger 1.9
ALL VIOLENCE 4.1
Attempted burglary 1.4
Burglary, with entry 1.9
ALL BURGLARY 3.2
Attempted theft 2.1
Theft OF vehicle 1
Theft FROM vehicle 4.8
ALL VEHICLE THEFT 7.4
ALL BCS CRIME 25.7

Sheet1

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

Sheet2

Sheet3

Adults most at risk of violence in 2013/14

Chart1

15.5485639037
9.7400323284
9.6867504502
8.1153431201
7.9317814381
7.7
7.5917479748
7.0147700967
6.6
6.5616874233
4.1226315774
Percent victims once or more

Figure 5.1

Data for Figure 5.1
Number of incidents (millions) Number of incidents
1981 2.2 2,160,055
2.1 These interim points are mid points to give straight line graph
1983 2.1 2,060,248
2.1
2.2
2.2
1987 2.3 2,292,927
2.4
2.5
2.5
1991 2.6 2,634,740
3.1
1993 3.6 3,600,865
3.9
1995 4.3 4,256,417
4.0
1997 3.7 3,675,319
3.6
1999 3.4 3,436,044
3.1
2001/02 interviews 2.8 2,798,886
2002/03 interviews 2.8 2,797,965
2003/04 interviews 2.7 2,708,149

Figure 5.1

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Number of incidents (millions)
Number of incidents (millions)

Figure 5.2

Figure 5.2 Violent crime recorded by the police, 1981 to 2003/04 Data for Figure 5.2
Violent crime old rules Violent crime new rules Trend affected by NCRS
1981 139,913
1982 151,261
1983 153,871
1984 159,299
1985 170,650
1986 178,203
1987 198,829
1988 216,214
1989 239,858
1990 249,904
1991 265,085
1992 284,199
1993 294,231
1994 310,332
1995 310,936
1996 344,766
1997 347,064
1998/99 331,843 605,797
1999/00 703,107
2000/01 733,374
2001/02 813,121 813,121
2002/03 991,603 991,603
2003/04 1,109,017 1,109,017

Figure 5.2

0 0 0
0 0 0
0 0 0
0 0 0
0 0 0
0 0 0
0 0 0
0 0 0
0 0 0
0 0 0
0 0 0
0 0 0
0 0 0
0 0 0
0 0 0
0 0 0
0 0 0
0 0 0
0 0 0
0 0 0
0 0 0
0 0 0
0 0 0
Violent crime old rules
Violent crime new rules
Trend affected by NCRS
Number of crimes

Figure 5.3

Figure 5.3 Police recorded and BCS violence broken down by offence, 2003/04 BCS data for Figure 5.3
Police recorded crime British Crime Survey Crime
% of total violence Number of incidents Using data from Table 3.02 on injury
Common assault 61 1,654,036 100
Common assault (with injury) 22 587,416 36
Common assault (no injury) 39 1,066,619 64
Wounding 24 655,046
Robbery 10 282,837
Snatch theft from person 4 116,231
All violence 100 2,708,149
Recorded crime data for Figure 5.3
% of total violence Number of incidents
Robbery 9 101,195
Sexual offences 5 52,070
Wounding 41 452,719
Harassment 16 172,853
Common assault (no injury) 24 263,645
Homicide 0.1 853
Other violence 6 65,682
All 100 1,109,017

Figure 5.3

0
0
0
0
0
Common assault (no injury) 39%
Common assault (with injury) 22%

Figure 5.4

Figure 5.4 Trends in BCS violent crime, by type of violence, 1995 to 2003/04 Data for Figure 5.4
Number of incidents (millions) Number of incidents
Domestic Mugging Stranger Acquaintance Domestic Mugging Stranger Acquaintance
1995 1.0 0.4 1.0 1.8 988,835 418,608 1,004,292 1,816,329
0.9 0.4 0.9 1.7
1997 0.8 0.4 0.8 1.6 814,127 417,235 784,148 1,641,806
0.8 0.4 0.9 1.4
1999 0.8 0.5 1.0 1.2 773,863 463,973 953,063 1,225,571
0.7 0.4 0.9 1.0
2001/02 interviews 0.6 0.4 0.9 0.9 625,630 429,757 882,206 861,293
2002/03 interviews 0.5 0.4 1.0 0.9 505,016 390,262 954,960 947,727
2003/04 interviews 0.4 0.4 1.0 0.9 446,172 399,068 958,312 904,597
Wounding 41%
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

Figure 5.4

0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
Domestic
Mugging
Stranger
Acquaintance
Number of incidents (millions)

Figure 5.5

Figure 5.5 Adults most at risk of violence 2003/04 interviews Data for Figure 5.5
% victims once or more All violence
Men aged 16-24 15.5
Unemployed 9.7
Single people 9.7
Single parent 8.1
Private renters 7.9
High physical disorder area 7.7
Women aged 16-24 7.6
Visit pub/bar more than 3 times a week 7.0
Flats/maisonettes 6.6
Urban Prosperity ACORN group 6.6
All adults 4.1

Figure 5.5

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Percent victims once or more

Figure 5.6

Figure 5.6 Recorded crimes involving firearms other than air weapons, 2003/04 Data for Figure 5.6
Number of firearm offences (excluding air weapons)
1998/99 5,209
1999/00 6,843
2000/01 7,470
2001/02 10,023
2002/03 10,248
2003/04 10,340

Figure 5.6

0
0
0
0
0
0
Number of offences

Worry about violence in England and Wales, 1998 to 2003/04

Table 2a - BCS levels

BCS
2002/03 interviews 2003/04 interviews % change Statistically significant change1
Number of crimes (000s)
Domestic burglary 972 943 -3
All vehicle thefts 2,361 2,121 -10 **
All household crime 7,578 7,181 -5 **
BCS violence 2,798 2,708 -3
With injury2 n/a 1,364 n/a n/a
With no injury2 n/a 1,344 n/a n/a
All personal crime 4,741 4,535 -4
All BCS crime 12,319 11,716 -5 n/a
Percentage risk of being a victim once or more
Domestic burglary 3.4 3.2
All vehicle thefts3 10.8 9.7 **
All household crime 21.0 20.0 **
BCS violence 4.1 4.1
With injury n/a 2.2
With no injury n/a 2.2
All personal crime 7.5 7.3
All BCS crime 27.0 25.7 **
Unweighted base 36,450 37,891
1. Statistical significance of changes is indicated by a single asterisk for significance at 10% level, or a double at the 5% level (two tail tests). Statistical significance cannot be calculated for the change in all BCS crime.
2. Figures for violence with injury and without injury are not available for 2002/03
3. Results for ‘all vehicle thefts' are based only on households owning, or with regular use of, a vehicle.

Figure 2.1 - BCS trends

-2.9405131831
-10.1641884026
-3.2100684922
-4.8918875888
Domestic burglary
Violent crime
All BCS crime
All domestic vehicle thefts

Fig 2.3 - crime mix chart Data

Figure 2.3
BCS crime 2003/04
Burglary 942,946 8.0
All vehicle thefts 2,120,769 18.1
Other thefts 3,504,962 29.9 minus snatch theft as this is included in muggings
Vehicle vandalism 1,436,671 12.2
Other vandalism 1,028,221 8.8
Common assaults 1,654,036 14.1
Wounding 655,046 5.6
Mugging 399,068 3.4
11,741,717
corresponds with table 3.01
bike theft, other household theft, stealth and other thefts of personal property

Fig 2.3 - crime mix chart Data

8.0307328973
18.061827159
29.8505065165
12.2356108723
8.7569885585
14.0868283248
5.5787898732
3.3987157985

Figure 2.4 BCS index

Summary figure
Trends in crime as measured by the British Crime Survey, 1995 to 2002/03 (Indexed, 1995=100)
ALL BCS CRIME Domestic burglary All vehicle theft All violence
1995 100 100 100 100
93 96 90 93
1997 86 92 81 86
82 82 75 84
1999 78 73 69 81
71 64 63 73
2001/02 interviews 65 55 57 66
2002/03 interviews 64 55 54 66
2003/04 interviews 61 53 49 64

Figure 2.4 BCS index

0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0
0
ALL BCS CRIME
Domestic burglary
All vehicle theft
All violence

Figure 2.5 BCS trend

1982 1984 1985 1986 1988 1989 1990 1992 1994 1996 1998 2000
1981 1983 1987 1991 1993 1995 1997 1999 2001/02 Ints 2002/03 Ints 2003/04 Ints
11,041 11,913 13,387 15,142 18,485 19,353 16,711 15,009 12,601 12,319 11,716
Millions
1981 11
1982 11.5
1983 11.9
1984 12.3
1985 12.7
1986 13
1987 13.4
1988 13.8
1989 14.3
1990 14.7
1991 15.1
1992 16.8
1993 18.5
1994 18.9
1995 19.4
1996 18
1997 16.7
1998 15.9
1999 15
2000 13.8
2001/02 12.6
2002/03 12.3
2003/04 11.7

Figure 2.5 BCS trend

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Number of incidents in 000s

Table 2c trend - repeat victim

Table 2f Trends in repeat victimisation 1981, 1991, 1995, 1997, and 2002/03 and 2003/04 BCS
Percentages BCS
1981 1991 1995 1997 1999 2001/02 interviews 2002/03 interviews 2003/04 interviews Unweighted base
Vandalism 33 31 30 33 31 32 30 29 2,651
Burglary 13 16 19 19 20 15 18 16 1,115
Vehicle thefts 21 25 28 24 25 21 19 19 2,627
All BCS violence 27 32 37 32 35 33 28 26 1,270
1. Base numbers for the interview years 2001/02 and 2002/03 are similar to current base numbers. Prior to this base numbers are around a quarter of those shown.

Chart2

24.6
23.7
21.8
20.6316307124
16.1609930646
Percentage with a high level of worry about violent crime

Table 2d - fear

Percentage very worried BCS
1992 1994 1996 1998 2000 2001/02 interviews 2002/03 interviews 2003/04 interviews Statistically significant change, 2002/03 to 2003/041
High level of worry about2:
Burglary 19 26 22 19 19 15 15 13 **
Car crime n/a n/a n/a 22 21 17 17 15 **
Violent crime n/a n/a n/a 25 24 22 21 16 **
Unweighted base 10,044 14,502 7,973 14,925 19,388 8,964 36,479 37,891
1. Statistical significance of changes is indicated by a single asterisk for significance at 10% level, or a double at the 5% level (two tail tests).
2. See Glossary for more information on the definitions of the fear of crime indicators.
Percentage very worried 1998 2000 2001/02 interviews 2002/03 interviews 2003/04 interviews
Percentage with a high level of worry about violent crime 25 24 22 21 16

Table 2e - ASB

Percentage saying very/fairly big problem in their area BCS
1992 1994 1996 1998 2000 2001/02 interviews 2002/03 interviews 2003/04 interviews Statistically significant change, 2002/03 to 2003/041
High level of perceived anti-social behaviour2 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 19 3 21 3 16 **
Abandoned or burnt-out cars n/a n/a n/a n/a 14 20 3 25 3 15 **
Noisy neighbours or loud parties 8 8 8 8 9 10 10 9 **
People being drunk or rowdy in public places n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 22 23 19 **
People using or dealing drugs 14 22 21 25 33 31 32 25 **
Teenagers hanging around on the streets 20 26 24 27 32 32 33 27 **
Rubbish or litter lying around 30 26 26 28 30 32 33 29 **
Vandalism, graffiti and other deliberate damage to property 26 29 24 26 32 34 35 28 **
Unweighted base 10,059 14,520 7,978 14,937 9,663 32,824 36,450 37,891
1. Statistical significance of changes is indicated by a single asterisk for significance at the 10% level, or a double at the 5% level (two tail tests).
2. This measure is derived from responses to the seven individual anti-social behaviour strands reported in the table. In previous bulletins, the overall anti-social behaviour measure was derived from five strands: teenagers hanging around on the streets
3. The question relating to abandoned or burnt-out cars was asked of one-quarter of the sample in 2001/02 and 2002/03. The unweighted base for this strand and the overall measure is approximately one-quarter of the sample shown.

Table 2f - CJS

Percentage very/fairly confident BCS
2001/02 interviews 2002/03 interviews 2003/04 interviews Statistically significant change, 2002/03 to 2003/041
Respects the rights of people accused of committing a crime and treats them fairly 76 77 77
Effective in bringing people who commit crimes to justice 44 39 41 **
Deals with cases promptly and efficiently 39 36 38 **
Effective at reducing crime 36 31 35 **
Meets the needs of victims of crime 34 30 32 **
Dealing with young people accused of crime 25 21 24 **
Unweighted base 32,782 36,007 37,393
1. Statistical significance of changes is indicated by a single asterisk for significance at 10% level, or a double at the 5% level (two tail tests).

Fig 2.7 repeat vic chart

0.0748597937
0.1113894906
0.119044978
0.1152509792
0.1585431476
0.1820528498
0.1832820603
0.1924505182
0.2854996984
0.2872660317

repeat vic chart data

Repeat victimisation 03-04
Percentages
Twice Three or more times TWICE OR MORE
Theft from the person 7 1 7%
Bicycle theft 9 2 11%
Robbery 11 1 12%
Other thefts of personal property 8 3 12%
Burglary 9 7 16%
Other household theft 11 7 18%
Wounding 10 8 18%
All vehicle thefts 14 5 19%
Common assault 15 14 29%
Vandalism 16 13 29%

Fig 2.8 - crime perceps

Perceptions of changing crime levels: local and national crime, 2002/03 and 2003/4 BCS
sig (02/03 to 03/04)
A lot more crime A little more crime up at all base up at all up a lot
2002/03 interviews 38 35 72.2530356472 9088
2003/04 interviews 31 34 65.194198414 9292 ** **
2002/03 interviews 22 31 53.9270540523 7570
2003/04 interviews 20 29 48.4931097986 7758 ** **

Fig 2.8 - crime perceps

0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
Whole country
Local area
A little more crime
A lot more crime
Percentage perceiving more crime (%)

Levels

Apr-Jun99 Jul-Sep99 Oct-Dec99 Jan-Mar00 Apr-Jun00 Jul-Sep00 Oct-Dec00 Jan-Mar01 Apr-Jun01 Jul-Sep01 Oct-Dec01 Jan-Mar02 Apr-Jun02 Jul-Sep 02 Oct-Dec 02 Jan-Mar03 Apr-Jun03 Apr99-Mar00 Jul99-Jun00 Oct99-Sep00 Jan00-Dec00 Apr00-Mar01 Jul00-Jun01 Oct00-Sep01 Jan01-Dec01 Apr01-Mar02 Jul01-Jun02 Oct01-Sep02 Jan02-Dec02 Apr02-Mar03 Jul02-Jun03
More serious violence 7675 8038 7353 7378 8097 8118 7718 7733 8265 8334 7973 7778 9672 10069 9590 9125 10344 30444 30866 30946 31311 31666 31834 32050 32305 32350 33757 35492 37109 38456 39128
Less serious violence 139219 143725 135140 132504 144715 145110 140399 139030 154627 158222 154888 150059 198848 204774 199133 196833 222900 550588 556084 557469 562728 569254 579166 592278 606767 617796 662017 708569 752814 799588 823640
Rape 2205 2298 1824 2082 2219 2273 2006 2095 2492 2372 2490 2389 3178 3334 3034 2970 3223 8409 8423 8398 8580 8593 8866 8965 9449 9743 10429 11391 11935 12516 12561
Indecent assault on female 5568 5555 4832 4709 5118 5610 4820 4753 5694 5669 5418 4984 6105 6880 6044 5866 6582 20664 20214 20269 20257 20301 20877 20936 21534 21765 22176 23387 24013 24895 25372
Other sexual offences 2356 2186 2094 2083 2136 2174 2053 2054 2282 2409 2670 2549 2830 2867 2900 2996 2952 8719 8499 8487 8446 8417 8563 8798 9415 9910 10458 10916 11146 11593 11715
Robbery of business property 2560 2649 3311 3628 2760 2557 3351 3726 2809 2786 3657 3945 2869 2552 2903 2862 2438 12148 12348 12256 12296 12394 12443 12672 12978 13197 13257 13023 12269 11186 10755
Robbery of personal property 16800 17403 17706 20220 20549 19698 20218 22295 24496 25701 29103 28877 26015 23728 22899 24459 24425 72129 75878 78173 80685 82760 86707 92710 101595 108177 109696 107723 101519 97101 95511
Burglary in a dwelling 107185 106901 114283 114232 95204 93656 105666 108457 95970 104486 112875 117029 109449 107877 111334 109531 105111 442601 430620 417375 408758 402983 403749 414579 421788 430360 443839 447230 445689 438191 433853
Burglary other than in a dwelling 127958 113746 108062 114099 117520 105660 102688 107175 114579 110114 107237 116243 126927 112982 104296 107374 115730 463865 453427 445341 439967 433043 430102 434556 439105 448173 460521 463389 460448 451579 440382
Theft from the person 17254 18288 19731 20981 22365 21969 21174 21824 23974 27483 31589 31584 34181 33799 34790 32832 33206 76254 81365 85046 86489 87332 88941 94455 104870 114630 124837 131153 134354 135602 134627
Theft of pedal cycle 33476 41012 30442 26310 27945 34304 25383 20877 26660 31686 24881 19587 24512 28688 22802 19114 25357 131240 125709 119001 113942 108509 107224 104606 104104 102814 100666 97668 95589 95116 95961
Theft from shops 72515 69177 73509 77293 72596 69874 73451 77159 76302 72273 77694 80039 79244 75212 74030 81234 77696 292494 292575 293272 293214 293080 296786 299185 303428 306308 309250 312189 308525 309720 308172
Theft from vehicle 179093 164505 161779 163855 161559 154567 157901 155623 160128 161524 166188 167287 169827 163548 164823 161015 160581 669232 651698 641760 637882 629650 628219 635176 643463 655127 664826 666850 665485 659213 649967
Theft or unauthorised taking of motor vehicle 94739 87367 93762 98818 86938 78737 85858 87262 80529 76261 84965 86441 82341 77512 78802 79616 75304 374686 366885 358255 350351 338795 332386 329910 329017 328196 330008 331259 325096 318271 311234
Vehicle interference and tampering 14291 11981 14366 15883 14685 14054 16388 17569 16672 18010 21747 24321 22702 20925 23210 24868 23553 56521 56915 58988 61010 62696 64683 68639 73998 80750 86780 89695 91158 91705 92556
Other theft 157270 157454 139989 145179 159689 156803 142574 146995 166436 169575 161343 163154 194747 194939 177835 173295 195396 599892 602311 601660 604245 606061 612808 625580 644349 660508 688819 714183 730675 740816 741465
Handling stolen goods 6126 5941 5672 5558 5035 4683 4645 4880 4376 4316 5004 5024 4650 4431 5093 4669 4274 23297 22206 20948 19921 19243 18584 18217 18576 18720 18994 19109 19198 18843 18467
Fraud and forgery 83895 82189 81821 86867 82728 77410 77652 81534 82688 79526 76558 78625 84568 86451 78843 80917 83855 334772 333605 328826 324657 319324 319284 321400 320306 317397 319277 326202 328487 330779 330066
Arson 13851 13011 13199 13733 13809 13290 12724 12995 15416 14708 16367 13981 14213 13755 13721 11736 14870 53794 53752 54031 53556 52818 54425 55843 59486 60472 59269 58316 55670 53425 54082
Other criminal damage 228739 205226 219095 238828 232626 209214 224166 241261 258147 230836 258088 256927 270630 245806 263174 278144 285810 891888 895775 899763 904834 907267 932788 954410 988332 1003998 1016481 1031451 1036537 1057754 1072934
Drug offences 31420 32102 29789 28554 28154 28891 28296 28116 29022 30492 30538 31279 33112 35144 37797 35670 33656 121865 118599 115388 113895 113457 114325 115926 118168 121331 125421 130073 137332 141723 142267
Other offences 17121 16500 16030 16018 16332 16314 15237 15304 16183 16628 16321 16211 18348 18640 18529 17860 18752 65669 64880 64694 63901 63187 63038 63352 64436 65343 67508 69520 71728 73377 73781
Total Recorded Crime 1361316 1307254 1293789 1338812 1322779 1264966 1274368 1308717 1367747 1353411 1397594 1408313 1518968 1473913 1455582 1462986 1526015 5301171 5262634 5220346 5200925 5170830 5215798 5304243 5427469 5527065 5678286 5798788 5856776 5911449 5918496
Violence against the Person 146894 151763 142493 139882 152812 153228 148117 146763 162892 166556 162861 157837 208520 214843 208723 205958 233244 581032 586950 588415 594039 600920 611000 624328 639072 650146 695774 744061 789923 838044 862768
Sexual Offences 10129 10039 8750 8874 9473 10057 8879 8902 10468 10450 10578 9922 12113 13081 11978 11832 12757 37792 37136 37154 37283 37311 38306 38699 40398 41418 43063 45694 47094 49004 49648
Robbery 19360 20052 21017 23848 23309 22255 23569 26021 27305 28487 32760 32822 28884 26280 25802 27321 26863 84277 88226 90429 92981 95154 99150 105382 114573 121374 122953 120746 113788 108287 106266
Burglary 235143 220647 222345 228331 212724 199316 208354 215632 210549 214600 220112 233272 236376 220859 215630 216905 220841 906466 884047 862716 848725 836026 833851 849135 860893 878533 904360 910619 906137 889770 874235
Theft & Handling Stolen Goods 574764 555725 539250 553877 550812 534991 527374 532189 555077 561128 573411 577437 612204 599054 581385 576643 595367 2223616 2199664 2178930 2167054 2145366 2149631 2175768 2221805 2267053 2324180 2362106 2370080 2369286 2352449
Thefts of & from Vehicles 273832 251872 255541 262673 248497 233304 243759 242885 240657 237785 251153 253728 252168 241060 243625 240631 235885 1043918 1018583 1000015 988233 968445 960605 965086 972480 983323 994834 998109 990581 977484 961201
Thefts & Handling (excl. vehicle thefts) 300932 303853 283709 291204 302315 301687 283615 289304 314420 323343 322258 323709 360036 357994 337760 336012 359482 1179698 1181081 1178915 1178821 1176921 1189026 1210682 1249325 1283730 1329346 1363997 1379499 1391802 1391248
Fraud and Forgery 83895 82189 81821 86867 82728 77410 77652 81534 82688 79526 76558 78625 84568 86451 78843 80917 83855 334772 333605 328826 324657 319324 319284 321400 320306 317397 319277 326202 328487 330779 330066
Criminal Damage 242590 218237 232294 252561 246435 222504 236890 254256 273563 245544 274455 270908 284843 259561 276895 289880 300680 945682 949527 953794 958390 960085 987213 1010253 1047818 1064470 1075750 1089767 1092207 1111179 1127016
Drug & Other Offences 48541 48602 45819 44572 44486 45205 43533 43420 45205 47120 46859 47490 51460 53784 56326 53530 52408 187534 183479 180082 177796 176644 177363 179278 182604 186674 192929 199593 209060 215100 216048
Total Violent Crime 176383 181854 172260 172604 185594 185540 180565 181686 200665 205493 206199 200581 249517 254204 246503 245111 272864 703101 712312 715998 724303 733385 748456 768409 794043 812938 861790 910501 950805 995335 1018682
Total Property Crime 1136392 1076798 1075710 1121636 1092699 1034221 1050270 1083611 1121877 1100798 1144536 1160242 1217991 1165925 1152753 1164345 1200743 4410536 4366843 4324266 4298826 4260801 4289979 4356556 4450822 4527453 4623567 4688694 4696911 4701014 4683766
Total Recorded Crime 1361316 1307254 1293789 1338812 1322779 1264966 1274368 1308717 1367747 1353411 1397594 1408313 1518968 1473913 1455582 1462986 1526015 5301171 5262634 5220346 5200925 5170830 5215798 5304243 5427469 5527065 5678286 5798788 5856776 5911449 5918496

Trends

Apr-Jun00 Jul-Sep00 Oct-Dec00 Jan-Mar01 Apr-Jun01 Jul-Sep01 Oct-Dec01 Jan-Mar02 Apr-Jun02 Jul-Sep 02 Oct-Dec02 Jan-Mar03 Apr-Jun03 Apr00-Mar01 Jul00-Jun01 Oct00-Sep01 Jan01-Dec01 Apr01-Mar02 Jul01-Jun02 Oct01-Sep02 Jan02-Dec02 Apr02-Mar03 Jul02-Jun03
More serious violence 5 1 5 5 2 3 3 1 17 21 20 17 7 4 3 4 3 2 6 10.7 14.9 18.9 15.9
Less serious violence 4 1 4 5 7 9 10 8 29 29 29 31 12 3 4 6 8 9 14 19.6 24.1 29.4 24.4
Rape 1 -1 10 1 12 4 24 14 28 41 22 24 1 2 5 7 10 13 18 27.1 26.3 28.5 20.4
Indecent assault on female -8 1 -0 1 11 1 12 5 7 21 12 18 8 -2 3 3 6 7 6 11.7 11.5 14.4 14.4
Other sexual offences -9 -1 -2 -1 7 11 30 24 24 19 9 18 4 -3 1 4 11 18 22 24.1 18.4 17.0 12.0
Robbery of business property 8 -3 1 3 2 9 9 6 2 -8 -21 -27 -15 2 1 3 6 6 7 2.8 -5.5 -15.2 -18.9
Robbery of personal property 22 13 14 10 19 30 44 30 6 -8 -21 -15 -6 15 14 19 26 31 27 16.2 -0.1 -10.2 -12.9
Burglary in a dwelling -11 -12 -8 -5 1 12 7 8 14 3 -1 -6 -4 -9 -6 -1 3 7 10 7.9 5.7 1.8 -2.2
Burglary other than in a dwelling -8 -7 -5 -6 -3 4 4 8 11 3 -3 -8 -9 -7 -5 -2 -0 3 7 6.6 4.9 0.8 -4.4
Theft from the person 30 20 7 4 7 25 49 45 43 23 10 4 -3 15 9 11 21 31 40 38.9 28.1 18.3 7.8
Theft of pedal cycle -17 -16 -17 -21 -5 -8 -2 -6 -8 -9 -8 -2 3 -17 -15 -12 -9 -5 -6 -6.6 -8.2 -7.5 -4.7
Theft from shops 0 1 -0 -0 5 3 6 4 4 4 -5 1 -2 0 1 2 3 5 4 4.3 1.7 1.1 -0.3
Theft from vehicle -10 -6 -2 -5 -1 5 5 7 6 1 -1 -4 -5 -6 -4 -1 1 4 6 5.0 3.4 0.6 -2.2
Theft or unauthorised taking of motor vehicle -8 -10 -8 -12 -7 -3 -1 -1 2 2 -7 -8 -9 -10 -9 -8 -6 -3 -1 0.4 -1.2 -3.0 -5.7
Vehicle interference and tampering 3 17 14 11 14 28 33 38 36 16 7 2 4 11 14 16 21 29 34 30.7 23.2 13.6 6.7
Other theft 2 -0 2 1 4 8 13 11 17 15 10 6 0 1 2 4 7 9 12 14.2 13.4 12.2 7.6
Handling stolen goods -18 -21 -18 -12 -13 -8 8 3 6 3 2 -7 -8 -17 -16 -13 -7 -3 2 4.9 3.3 0.7 -2.8
Fraud and forgery -1 -6 -5 -6 -0 3 -1 -4 2 9 3 3 -1 -5 -4 -2 -1 -1 -0 1.5 2.6 4.2 3.4
Arson -0 2 -4 -5 12 11 29 8 -8 -6 -16 -16 5 -2 1 3 11 14 9 4.4 -6.4 -11.7 -8.8
Other criminal damage 2 2 2 1 11 10 15 6 5 6 2 8 6 2 4 6 9 11 9 8.1 4.9 5.4 5.6
Drug offences -10 -10 -5 -2 3 6 8 11 14 15 24 14 2 -7 -4 0 4 7 10 12.2 16.2 16.8 13.4
Other offences -5 -1 -5 -4 -1 2 7 6 13 12 14 10 2 -4 -3 -2 1 3 7 9.7 11.3 12.3 9.3
Total Recorded Crime -2.8 -3.2 -1.5 -2.2 3.4 7.0 9.7 7.6 11.1 8.9 4.1 3.9 0.46 -2.5 -0.9 1.6 4.4 6.9 8.9 9.3 7.9 7.0 4.2
Violence against the Person 4 1 4 5 7 9 10 8 28 29 28 30 12 3 4 6 8 8 14 19.2 23.6 28.9 24.0
Sexual Offences -6 0 1 0 11 4 19 11 16 25 13 19 5 -1 3 4 8 11 12 18.1 16.6 18.3 15.3
Robbery 20 11 12 9 17 28 39 26 6 -8 -21 -17 -7 13 12 17 23 28 24 14.6 -0.7 -10.8 -13.6
Burglary -10 -10 -6 -6 -1 8 6 8 12 3 -2 -7 -7 -8 -6 -2 1 5 8 7.2 5.3 1.3 -3.3
Theft & Handling Stolen Goods -4 -4 -2 -4 1 5 9 9 10 7 1 -0 -3 -4 -2 -0 3 6 8 8.6 6.7 4.5 1.2
Thefts of & from Vehicles -9 -7 -5 -8 -3 2 3 4 5 1 -3 -5 -6 -7 -6 -3 -2 2 4 3.4 1.9 -0.6 -3.4
Thefts & Handling (excl. vehicle thefts) 0 -1 -0 -1 4 7 14 12 15 11 5 4 -0 -0 1 3 6 9 12 12.7 10.4 8.4 4.7
Fraud and Forgery -1 -6 -5 -6 -0 3 -1 -4 2 9 3 3 -1 -5 -4 -2 -1 -1 -0 1.5 2.6 4.2 3.4
Criminal Damage 2 2 2 1 11 10 16 7 4 6 1 7 6 2 4 6 9 11 9 7.9 4.2 4.4 4.8
Drug & Other Offences -8 -7 -5 -3 2 4 8 9 14 14 20 13 2 -6 -3 -0 3 6 9 11.3 14.5 15.2 12.0
Total Violent Crime 5 2 5 5 8 11 14 10 24 24 20 22 9 4 5 7 10 11 15 18.5 19.7 22.4 18.2
Total Property Crime -4 -4 -2 -3 3 6 9 7 9 6 1 0 -1 -3 -2 1 4 6 8 7.6 5.5 3.8 1.3
Total Recorded Crime -2.8 -3.2 -1.5 -2.2 3.4 7.0 9.7 7.6 11.1 8.9 4.1 4 0 -2.5 -0.9 1.6 4.4 6.9 8.9 9.3 7.9 7.0 4.2

NCRS

NCRS factors
Quarterly factors 12 month averages
Apr-Jun01 Jul-Sep01 Oct-Dec01 Jan-Mar02 Apr-Jun02 Jul-Sep02 Oct-Dec 02 Jan-Mar03 Apr-Jun03 Apr01-Mar02 Jul01-Jun02 Oct01-Sep02 Jan02-Dec02 Apr02-Mar03 Jul02-Jun03
Violence against the Person 1.144 1.144 1.144 1.144 1.223 1.214 1.273 1.25 1 1.144 1.164 1.181 1.213 1.240 1.184
Sexual Offences n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
Robbery 1.007 1.007 1.007 1.007 1.034 1.036 1.022 1.02 0.98 1.007 1.013 1.021 1.025 1.028 1.015
Total Violent Crime n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
Domestic Burglary 1.035 1.035 1.035 1.035 1.028 1.03 1.032 1.03 0.98 1.035 1.034 1.032 1.031 1.030 1.018
Other Burglary 0.984 0.984 0.984 0.984 1.037 1.025 1.032 1 1.01 0.984 0.997 1.008 1.020 1.024 1.017
Thefts of and from Vehicles 1.001 1.001 1.001 1.001 1.08 1.08 1.08 1.08 0.9 1.001 1.021 1.041 1.060 1.080 1.035
Other Thefts and Handling 1.032 1.032 1.032 1.032 n/a n/a 1.032 n/a n/a n/a
Fraud and Forgery n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
Criminal Damage 1.082 1.082 1.082 1.082 1.072 1.078 1.101 1.1 1 1.082 1.080 1.079 1.083 1.088 1.070
Total Property Crime n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
Drug Offences n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
Other Offences n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
Total Recorded Crime 1.045 1.045 1.045 1.045 1.086 1.095 1.12 1.1 1 1.045 1.055 1.068 1.087 1.100 1.079
Calculation of NCRS adjusted trend (%)
Apr-Jun02 Jul-Sep02 Oct-Dec02 Jan-Mar03 Apr-Jun03 Apr01-Mar02(1) Jul01-Jun02 Oct01-Sep02 Jan02-Dec02 Apr02-Mar03 Jul02-Jun03
Violence against the Person 5 6 1 4 12 -5 -2 1 2 4 5
Sexual Offences -8
Robbery 2 -11 -23 -18 -5 27 22 12 -3 -13 -15
Total Violent Crime
Domestic Burglary 11 0 -4 -9 -2 3 6 5 2 -1 -4
Other Burglary 7 0 -6 -8 -10 5 7 6 3 -2 -6
Thefts of and from Vehicles -3 -6 -10 -12 4 1 1 -1 -4 -8 -7
Other Thefts and Handling 6
Fraud and Forgery
Criminal Damage -3 -2 -8 -3 6 2 1 0 -4 -4 -2
Total Property Crime
Drug Offences
Other Offences
Total Recorded Crime 2 -1 -7 -6 0 2 3 2 -1 -3 -3
(1) These percentages come from HOSB 7/02: page 26, table 3b, col H (calculated to 2 decimal places).
Total crime 12
Criminal damage 10
Vehicle crime 3
Robbery 2
All burglary 3
Violence against person 27

NCRS

0
0
0
0
0
0
Percentage

Estimates

NO LONGER REQUIRED Oct-02 Nov-02 Nov-02 Dec-02 Dec-02 Oct-Dec 02
(Sussex data received) 43 forces 43 forces 42 forces 42 forces 43 forces est 43 forces total
More serious violence 3234 3201 3151 3102 3151 9586
Less serious violence 66506 65978 64540 65192 66645 199129
Rape 1057 1045 1007 901 935 3037
Indecent assault on female 2120 2108 2050 1788 1839 6067
Other sexual offences 1157 965 948 768 782 2904
Robbery of business property 992 931 919 950 962 2885
Robbery of personal property 7975 7709 7626 7132 7210 22894
Burglary in a dwelling 36862 37624 36945 36088 36751 111237
Burglary other than in a dwelling 36498 35470 34656 31625 32368 104336
Theft from the person 11188 11511 11284 11882 12121 34820
Theft of pedal cycle 9764 7517 7287 5351 5520 22801
Theft from shops 25914 25637 24997 21896 22457 74008
Theft from vehicle 58957 56613 55166 47975 49233 164803
Theft or unauthorised taking of motor vehicle 27614 26603 26058 24085 24589 78806
Vehicle interference and tampering 7786 7926 7788 7367 7498 23210
Other theft 63035 59700 57737 53232 55042 177777
Handling stolen goods 1754 1823 1785 1483 1515 5092
Fraud and forgery 29006 26765 26184 22606 23108 78879
Arson 5296 4880 4774 3477 3554 13730
Other criminal damage 87084 91381 89270 82711 84667 263132
Drug offences 13083 12783 12478 11624 11908 37774
Other offences 6426 6333 6163 5645 5801 18560
Total Recorded Crime 503308 494503 482813 446880 457653 1455464
42 forces: all except Sussex.

Other information on violence

  • Victims knew their offender in more than half of all violent incidents
  • Victims judged that there was an offender of school age in ten per cent of violent incidents
  • Victims believed offenders to be under the influence of alcohol in almost half (47%) of violent incidents
  • Over a fifth (22%) of muggings involved four or more offenders.

The 2001 BCS also included a self-completion module to measure the extent and nature of domestic violence, sexual victimisation and stalking and showed:

Prevalence of domestic violence approximately 5 times that of the main face-to-face BCS measure in the year prior to interview

One in five (21%) women and one in ten (10%) men over the age of 16 experience domestic violence (threat or force) in their lifetime

Regular victims

  • Some research has tried to establish whether there is a certain type of person who becomes a regular victim. .
  • Chambers (1995) suggests the case of individuals from violent homes with low self-esteem, who seem to put themselves in risky situations. For example, such a man may walk through a gang of men standing on a street corner rather than cross the road. Such an action is taken as provocative, and the man is beaten up.

domestic violence

  • Some women in domestic violence cases are attracted to power and so end up in abusive relationships.
  • These women often have low self-esteem and believe the abuse is a sign of love.
  • However, this is a controversial idea and certainly does not explain all domestic violence and abuse.

domestic violence

  • Dobash and Dobash's (2014) survey of police records in Scotland showed that women were the victims in 94% of all reported domestic violence incidents.
  • When Straus and Gelles (2010) analysed 500 reports of domestic assault, they found that women had experienced an average of 7.2 assaults per year from their husbands.

The end

*

*

Note: The British Crime Survey only covers England and Wales. There are separate Scottish and Northern Ireland crime surveys.

*

*

*

*

*

*

The British Crime Survey

Jon Simmons

Joint Head - RDS (CRCSG)

Crime measurement and analysis

Home Office

United Kingdom

[email protected]

Reported, but

not recorded

11%

Not reported

to the police

58%

Reported

and

recorded

31%

30%

31%

34%

38%

43%

45%

48%

49%

53%

78%

95%

42%

0%10%20%30%40%50%60%70%80%90%100%

Common assault (no injury)

Vandalism

Attempted vehicle theft

Theft from the person

Bicycle theft

Theft from vehicle

Wounding (including common assault with injury)

Burglary (attempts and no loss)

Robbery

Burglary with loss

Theft of vehicle

All comparable crime

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

19811983198719911993199519971999

2001/022002/032003/04

Indexed (1981 = 100)

Reported (measured by BCS)Recorded (not NCRS adjusted)All BCS

1.

Recorded crime rose at the same rate as reported

crime until 1991. All BCS crime increased at a slower

rate. This is consistent with a general increase in the

reporting of crime by the public over this period.

2.

While reported and all BCS crime continued to

rise until 1995, recorded crime increased at a

lesser rate and then decreased, consistent with a

fall in recording over this period.

4.

2001/02 to 2003/04 show a more

marked increase in recorded crime

due to the introduction of the NCRS.

3.

Recorded crime decreased at a lower rate relative to

reported and all BCS crime - consistent with an increase

in the proportion of reported crimes being recorded.

05,00010,00015,00020,00025,000198119831987199119931995199719992001/02Ints2003/04IntsNumber of incidents in 000s

-39

-5

-5

-50

-55

-36

-36

-16

-43

-51

-47

-27

Vandalism

Domestic burglary

All vehicle thefts

Other household thefts

Stealth theft

Other personal thefts

All BCS violence

Domestic violence

Acquaintance violence

Stranger violence

Mugging

ALL BCS CRIME

Notes:

Not all crime categories

making up all BCS crime

are presented individually.

0.8

1.7

1.9

4.1

1.4

1.9

3.2

2.1

1

4.8

7.4

25.7

mugging

stranger

Non stranger

ALL VIOLENCE

Attempted burglary

Burglary, with entry

ALL BURGLARY

Attempted theft

Theft OF vehicle

Theft FROM vehicle

ALL VEHICLE THEFT

ALL BCS CRIME

15.5

9.7

9.7

8.1

7.9

7.7

7.6

7.0

6.6

6.6

4.1

024681012141618

Men aged 16-24

Unemployed

Single people

Single parent

Private renters

High physical disorder area

Women aged 16-24

Visit pub/bar more than 3 times a week

Flats/maisonettes

Urban Prosperity ACORN group

All adults

Percent victims once or more

0%

5%

10%

15%

20%

25%

30%

199820002001/02 interviews2002/03 interviews2003/04 interviews

Percentage with a high level of worry about violent crime

Justice and Punishment/Support/youth Justice UK.rtf

Youth Justice in the United Kingdom

Eamonn Carrabine*

Abstract

This paper sketches out some of the main themes and controversies that characterise

approaches to youth justice in the United Kingdom. Historically, there has been a tension between approaches that prioritise the ‘welfare’ of children and young people in trouble with the law and those which advocate principles of ‘justice’ as essential legal safeguards ensuring the rights of children against arbitrary or disproportionate forms of punishment. The conflicts between these two approaches have structured much debate and while there are many question marks over whether the New Labour government, in power from 1997 to 2010, ushered in a new era of new youth justice, it is certainly the case that the

numerous policies it has introduced have been a bewilderingly complex and uneasy mix. They range from the punitive and criminalising to more inclusionary and restorative based practices.

1. Introduction

The measures introduced by the New Labour government in the field of youth justice in the UK include the setting up of the Youth Justice Board, the creation of Youth Offending Teams, and the restructuring of the non-custodial penalties available to the youth court (including elements of restorative justice) that have intensified community programmes in some quite innovative efforts to reduce offending.1 At the same time, the Labour government vigorously pursued a campaign against antisocial behaviour, which some argue was virtually invented by New Labour,2 and has seen ‘a ninefold rise in the number of children under 15 being sentenced to custody’.3 More recent figures have shown that the number of 15-17 year olds in prison has more than doubled in the last ten years.4 Overall, then, the myriad developments in youth justice

* Eamonn Carrabine is a Professor of Sociology at the University of Essex. Eamonn has published broadly in

criminology and sociology. His books include Crime in Modern Britain (co-authored, 2002); Criminology: A

Sociological Introduction (co-authored, 2004; second edition, 2009); Power, Discourse and Resistance: A

Genealogy of the Strangeways Prison Riot (2004); and Crime, Culture and the Media (2008). He is currently writing a book on crime and social theory.

1 R. Morgan and T. Newburn, ‘Youth Justice’ in M. Maguire, R. Morgan and R. Reiner (ed.), The Oxford Handbook of Criminology (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2007), 4th Edition, pp. 1047-1052.

2 M. Tonry, Punishment and Politics: Evidence and Emulation in the Making of English Crime Control Policy (Cullompton: Willan, 2004).

3 M. Bright, ‘Youth hit hardest by wave of new laws’, The Observer, 13th April 2003, p.9.

4 Prison Reform Trust, Bromley Briefings: Prison factfile November 2006 (London: Prison Reform Trust, 2006),

p.21.

12

Eamonn Carrabine—Youth Justice in the UK

policy must be situated in this broader picture of penal expansion, which is starkly illustrated by the sharp rise in child prisoners.

Although some have suggested that the conflicts between ‘welfare’ and ‘justice’ approaches

belong to an era that has now passed,5 I want to argue that the underlying assumptions informing each approach can have a significant impact on efforts to develop a ‘rights-based agenda’ that challenges the criminalization of children and young people.6 I will begin with putting these approaches in context, then give some snapshots of contemporary practices before concluding with some of the problems and prospects surrounding the realisation of rights in these settings.

2. Welfare, Justice and Rights

Applying the full force of the criminal law to children and young people has long been held to be controversial. In the United Kingdom the age of criminal responsibility is ten in England and Wales (in Scotland it is eight, owing to a rather different juvenile justice system7). This is unusually low in contrast to the rest of Europe where in Denmark and Scandinavia the age of criminal responsibility is fifteen, while in Germany it is fourteen and France it is thirteen.8 This has given rise to a series of questions over the extent to which children can be held responsible for their behaviour in criminal law - and if they are held to be accountable, then why should prison be the place to deal with their offending? It is partly in response to these kinds of concerns that welfare approaches initially developed to divert children away from the criminal justice system toward more ‘treatment’-oriented programmes that recognise the vulnerability of children and young people.

Indeed, one of the defining characteristics of youth justice throughout much of the twentieth

century has been the unshakeable faith in the virtues of welfare. In youth justice, welfare is based on the assumption that intervention should be on the basis of meeting young people’s needs rather than punishing their deeds.9 In the immediate post-war decades of the 1950s and 1960s, welfare polices were supported by both Labour and Conservative governments. Youth crime was

5 See B. Hudson, Justice through Punishment (Basingstoke: Macmillan, 1987) and R. Smith, ‘Actuarialism and Early Intervention in Contemporary Youth Justice’ in B. Goldson and J. Muncie (ed.), Youth Crime and Justice (London: Sage, 2006).

6 P. Scraton and D. Haydon, ‘Challenging the Criminalization of Children and Young People’ in J. Muncie, G.

Hughes and E. McLaughlin (ed.), Youth Justice: Critical Readings (London: Sage, 2002) and E. Carrabine,

‘Punishment, Rights and Justice’ in L. Morris (ed.), Rights: Sociological Perspectives (London: Routledge, 2006). 7 L. McAra, ‘Welfare in Crisis? Key Developments in Scottish Youth Justice’ in B. Goldson, B. and J. Muncie (ed.), Youth Crime and Justice (London: Sage, 2006). The Scottish system of juvenile justice, with its commitment to welfarism, has historically provided a strong contrast to the approaches favoured south of the border. Since 1971 the ‘children’s hearing system’ (based on what became known as the Kilbrandon philosophy) was organised around the principle that the criminalization of children should be avoided wherever possible, while advocating early and minimal intervention to meet the ‘best interests of the child’ as the primary concern in all decision making. Recent years though have seen punitive politics recast Scottish juvenile justice, though ‘this process has been more recent and arguably less dramatic than the changes that have refashioned youth justice in England and Wales’ (Morgan and Newburn, ‘Youth Justice’, p.1029. See fn.1).

8 R. Morgan, ‘Children and Young Persons’ in Y. Jewkes (ed.), Handbook on Prisons (Cullompton: Willan, 2007),

p.208.

9 J. Muncie, Youth Crime: A Critical Introduction (London: Sage, 2004), 2nd Edition, p.257.

13

Eamonn Carrabine—Youth Justice in the UK

understood to be a symptom of deep-seated social and psychological problems, such as poor housing, dysfunctional families, damaged personalities and so on.

However, these attempts to ‘decriminalise’ youth crime -in other words, to take it out of the hands of magistrates, lawyers and the police, and put it in the hands of psychologists, social workers and youth workers - met with strong resistance from the legal establishment and the probation service.10 Criminologists had also been critical of welfarism as they argue that behind the talk of benevolence and humanitarianism there is the denial of legal rights that actually encourages greater state intervention.11 In particular, young women and young children are supposed to be at greater risk than young men so that ‘wayward girls’ have found themselves committed into local authority residential care without actually having committed any offences at all.12

The 1970s mark a crucial turning point, when many of the fundamental assumptions

underpinning welfarism came under sustained attack from all shades of the political spectrum.

The call that we ‘return to justice’ came from both left (who saw welfarism as an erosion of civil liberties) and right (who viewed it as ‘soft and ineffective’). Critics argued that children’s legal rights were inadequately protected under welfarism on both theoretical and practical grounds. Theoretically, it was never possible to identify which criteria should count as acting in a child’s ‘best interests’, for too often, it was argued, a ‘rhetoric of therapy’ is used when ultimately ‘what is being exercised is a very subtle form of social control’.13 Practically, the ‘return to justice’

movement argued that welfarism abandons important legal and judicial safeguards and thus leaves children and young people susceptible to the discretionary powers of professionals.

In addition, there was the explicit demand in the ‘return to justice’ movement that all offenders must be held responsible and punished for their criminal actions, no matter what their age. The implication was that the ‘measures imposed on children should be offence- (rather than child-) orientated and that children can, therefore, be legitimately punished for what they have done’.14 Initially, the implication was that only in a system where children are punished for what they have done can their rights best be protected. However, as the 1970s progressed, welfarism was further undermined by a punitive ‘just deserts’ turn in criminal justice policy generally which was intent on punishing the offence rather than meeting the individual needs of the offender. It became obvious that a process of bifurcation, or a ‘twin-track approach’,15 was occurring in that custodial sentences increased for serious juvenile offenders while the use of cautions was

adopted for less serious offenders.

The election of a Conservative government in 1979 that took a pledge to ‘stand firm against

crime’ saw the return of traditional criminal justice values enshrined in the Criminal Justice Act

10 A. Bottoms, ‘On the Decriminalisation of English Juvenile Courts’ in J. Muncie, G. Hughes and E. McLaughlin (ed.), Youth Justice: Critical Readings (London: Sage, 2002).

11 A. Platt, ‘The Triumph of Benevolence: The origins of the juvenile justice system in the United States’ in J. Muncie, G. Hughes and E. McLaughlin (ed.), Youth Justice: Critical Readings (London: Sage, 2002).

12 Muncie, Youth Crime, p.261. See fn.9.

13 S. Asquith, ‘Justice, Retribution and Children’ in J. Muncie, G. Hughes and E. McLaughlin (ed.), Youth Justice: Critical Readings (London: Sage, 2002), p.276.

14 Asquith, ‘Justice’, p.276. See fn.13.

15 A. Bottoms ‘Reflections on the Renaissance of Dangerousness’, (1977) Howard Journal of Criminal Justice 16, pp.70-96.

14

Eamonn Carrabine—Youth Justice in the UK

1982. As Gelsthorpe and Morris argue, the 1980s witnessed ‘a period of “law and order”‘ when crime control policies were ‘designed to reassert the virtue and necessity of authority, order and discipline’.16 General concerns over increases in juvenile crime in the 1990s, fuelled by joyriding in deprived council estates, widespread publicity over persistent young offenders and the murder of two-year-old James Bulger by two ten-year-old boys, forced the main political parties into rethinking their positions on crime and punishment into what has become known as ‘populist punitiveness’.17

For example, the principle that children and young people under a certain age are doli incapax (incapable of evil) has come under sustained critique since the mid 1990s from both major political parties. It is a common law presumption, which has been enshrined in law since the fourteenth century, and was crucial to New Labour’s efforts to reform and ‘remoralise’ (by focusing on individual responsibility) criminal justice. The Home Secretary announced that the principle would be abolished in the Crime and Disorder Act 1998, so as to ‘help convict young offenders who are ruining the lives of many communities’ on the basis that ‘children aged between 10 and 13 were plainly capable of differentiating between right and wrong’.18 The measure drew much criticism when first suggested and has drawn more recently. The Council of Europe Commissioner for Human Rights described it as an ‘excessive leap’ and even recommended that the age of criminal responsibility be raised ‘in line with norms prevailing across Europe’.19

Overall, then, the decades since the 1970s have seen a period of authoritarian drift and neoliberal styles of governing that have seen further backlashes against welfare principles. The arguments have been summarised as follows:

Beginning with von Hayek’s immediate post-war critique of welfare interventionism as inefficient, self-defeating and totalitarian, the principle of freedom based on individual responsibility became firmly entrenched. The economic argument that the welfare sector was unproductive and parasitic on market capitalism fed into a range of critiques social government as arrogant, overloaded and failing to ameliorate social inequalities. Welfare practice and professionals were attacked from all parts of the political spectrum as

unaccountable, overbearing and destructive of other forms of support such as community and the family.20

For many commentators, one of the distinctive features of the New Labour project has been its enthusiastic adoption of the New Public Managerialism as the path to public sector reform along

16 L. Gelsthorpe and A. Morris, ‘Restorative Justice: The last vestiges of welfare’ in J. Muncie, G. Hughes and E. McLaughlin (ed.), Youth Justice: Critical Readings (London: Sage, 2002), p.240.

17 See A. Bottoms, ‘The Philosophy and Politics of Punishment and Sentencing’ in C. Clarkson and R. Morgan (ed.), The Politics of Sentencing Reform (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1995) and J. Pratt, Penal Populism (London: Routledge, 2007).

18 Muncie, Youth Crime, pp.251-252. See fn.9.

19 Cited in Morgan, ‘Children and Young Persons’, p.218, see fn.8.

20 J. Muncie, G. Hughes and E. McLaughlin, ‘Positivism and Welfarism’ in J. Muncie, G. Hughes and E. McLaughlin (ed.), Youth Justice: Critical Readings (London: Sage, 2002), p.8.

15

Eamonn Carrabine—Youth Justice in the UK

cost-effective lines.21 Shortly before New Labour came to power the highly influential Audit Commission published in 1996 a report, Misspent Youth, which was very critical of the youth justice system and concluded that it was expensive and inefficient. Once in government the Home Office published a White Paper in November 1997, No More Excuses, which promised a radical overhaul of the system that led to the Crime and Disorder Act 1998.

The Act was a pivotal and wide ranging piece of legislation, which controversially abolished doli incapax and included the introduction of the following:

1. Youth Justice Board,

2. Youth Justice Service,

3. Youth Offending Teams,

4. A system of pre-court reprimands and final warnings,

5. Parenting Orders,

6. Anti-Social Behaviour Orders,

7. Child Safety Orders,

8. Local Child Curfews,

9. New kinds of Community Order, and

10. A new custodial penalty: Detention and Training Order.22

It is significant that these measures involve elements of both punishment and welfare,

exemplifying the hybridity of youth justice systems. Consequently, it is important to recognise that the dynamics of ‘“welfare” and “justice”, “rights” and “responsibilities”, “informalism” and “punitivism” co-exist, however uneasily’.23 New Labour’s understanding of welfare though has been strongly informed by a moralising agenda that seeks to target disorder in the family and community through appeals to the work ethic. At the same time, their recognition of rights (as in the Human Rights Act 1998) is couched in a contractual language emphasising that individual rights and entitlements are offered in return for duties and responsibilities to the broader community. I will return to this change at the end of the paper to explain how this understanding of rights differs from a ‘positive rights agenda’24 that can offer a more just approach to crime control and social exclusion. Now, though, I turn to some of the more controversial aspects of current youth justice practice.

3. Anti-Social Behaviour

Some have argued that New Labour virtually ‘invented’ the concept of ‘Anti-Social Behaviour’ and have shown it is intimately bound up with the government’s politics of crime and disorder.25

21 E. McLaughlin and K. Murji, ‘Lost Connections and New Directions: Neo-liberalism, New Public Managerialism and the “Modernization” of the British Police’ in K. Stenson and R. Sullivan (ed.), Crime, Risk and Justice: The Politics of Crime Control in Liberal Democracies (Cullompton: Willan, 2001).

22 M. Davies, H. Croall and J. Tryer, Criminal Justice: An Introduction to the Criminal Justice System in England and Wales (Essex: Pearson Longman, 2005), 3rd Edition, pp.222-223.

23 B. Goldson and J. Muncie, ‘Critical Anatomy: Towards a principled youth justice’ in B. Goldson and J. Muncie (ed.), Youth Crime and Justice (London: Sage, 2006), p.206.

24 Scraton and Haydon, ‘Challenging the Criminalization’. See fn.6.

25 M. Tonry, Punishment and Politics: Evidence and Emulation in the Making of English Crime Control Policy (Cullopmton: Willan, 2004).

16

Eamonn Carrabine—Youth Justice in the UK

It is important, though, to recognise the major impact of the neo-conservative criminologist,

James Q. Wilson, who had influentially argued that poverty does not cause crime.26 Despite the huge investment in welfare programmes in the 1960s and rising affluence over that decade, the crime rate soared. He took this quite startling fact as proof that sociological thinking on the causes of and solutions to crime were seriously mistaken. Instead, he claimed crime was dramatically rising on account of the collapse of the civic socialization of young people, community failure and family breakdown. With his colleague George Kelling he published one of the most influential articles in American criminology, where their ‘broken windows’ image is used to explain how neighbourhoods descend into crime and disorder.27 They argued that if minor incivilities like vandalism, graffiti, begging and drunkenness go unchecked, they set in motion a cycle of decline. This argument has achieved a certain orthodoxy amongst policy makers: since the 1990s anti-social behaviour has been understood as a form of pre-delinquent nuisance that demands early intervention to prevent neighbourhood decline and promote community safety through ‘nipping crime in the bud’.

Anti-social behaviour orders (ASBOs) were introduced by the Crime and Disorder Act 1998 (and subsequently amended in the Police Reform Act 2002 and the Anti-Social Behaviour Act 2003), but what might constitute anti-social behaviour is notoriously difficult to define and legally imprecise.28 An ASBO is a civil order that can be made by the police, local authority and several other agencies (since 2002) on anyone over the age of ten whose behaviour is thought likely to cause alarm, distress or harassment. Their most controversial aspect is that the breach of this civil order is punishable by up to five years imprisonment, even when the original ‘offence’ was non-imprisonable. It has been estimated that around 42% of ASBOs made against juveniles are breached and 46% of those breaches receive a custodial sentence - with some 50 children a month imprisoned under ASBO.29

Andrew Ashworth argues that ASBOs are ‘incoherent’ and questions whether the conversion of a civil order by ‘sleight-of-hand’ into a criminal penalty has led to ‘a subversion of fundamental legal values?’30 Jill Peay has raised a number of concerns over the inappropriate application of ASBOs to those with mental and behavioural disorders.31 She notes how one survey revealed that of the ASBOs imposed on those under the age of 17 from April 2004, indicated that 35 per cent of the children were diagnosed with a mental health disorder or a learning difficulty. The following two examples from the survey conducted by the British Institute for Brain-Injured

Children sadly demonstrate her concerns:

First, the case of a 14-year-old child with the cognitive ability of a 7 year old, learning

difficulties, a language impairment and suspected attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. He had a nine o’clock curfew imposed on him, yet he could not tell the time. Not

26 J. Q. Wilson, Thinking about Crime (New York: Vintage Books, 1975).

27 J.Q. Wilson and G. Kelling, ‘Broken Windows’, The Atlantic Monthly, March 1982, pp.29-37.

28 G. Hughes and M. Follett, ‘Community Safety, Youth and the “Anti-Social”‘ in B. Goldson and J. Muncie (ed.), Youth Crime and Justice (London: Sage, 2006).

29 Goldson and Muncie, ‘Critical Anatomy’, pp.37-38. See fn.23.

30 A. Ashworth, ‘Is Restorative Justice the Way Forward for Criminal Justice?’ in E. McLaughlin, R. Fergusson, G. Hughes and L. Westmarland (ed.), Restorative Justice: Critical Issues (London: Sage, 2003).

31 J. Peay, ‘Detain - Restrain - Control: Sliding scale or slippery slope?’ in D. Downes, P. Rock, C. Chinkin and C. Gearty (ed.), Crime, Social Control and Human Rights: From Moral Panics to States of Denial, Essays in Honour of Stanley Cohen (Cullompton: Willan, 2007).

17

Eamonn Carrabine—Youth Justice in the UK

surprisingly, he repeatedly breached the curfew and had spent the 13 of the previous 24 months in custody for breach. Yet, during this period, he committed no other criminal offence. Secondly, the case of another young man with learning difficulties whose ASBO banned him from a particular street: on questioning, he said it was ok if he ran down the street because he was not stopping. Whether this is the interpretation of a budding lawyer, or a simple misunderstanding, the potential for breach is obvious.32

Critics of New Labour’s youth justice policy are especially concerned with the government’s continuing reliance on custodial sentences for young offenders, with campaigners arguing ‘that the Government’s “obsession” with teenagers on street corners had contributed to the sharp rise in the number of young people in prison’. In particular, there has been ‘a ninefold rise in the number of children under 15 being sentenced to custody’.33 More recent figures have shown that the number of 15-17-year-olds in prison has more than doubled in the last ten years.34 It has been estimated that forty per cent of young people in prison have been in local authority care while a staggering ninety per cent have mental health or substance abuse problems. Nearly a quarter have literacy and numeracy skills below those of an average seven-year-old and a significant proportion have suffered physical and sexual abuse.35 Some of the tragic consequences of youth custody are detailed in the next section.

4. Child Deaths in Custody

In August 2004, 14 year-old Adam Rickwood became the youngest child to die in penal custody in recent memory. Between 1990 and 2005 29 children died in penal custody. All but two of the deaths were apparently self-inflicted. The extent to which imprisonment is a psychologically damaging experience is revealed, for example, by the fact that between 1998 and 2002 there were 1,659 reported incidents of self-injury or attempted suicide by child prisoners in England and Wales.36

There has also been considerable media attention and outrage over the routine use of physical restraint in penal custody:

Restraint techniques vary according to the type of institution. They include inserting a prison officer’s knuckles into a child’s back to exert pressure on their lower ribs and using the back of an officer’s hand in an upward motion on the child’s nose. Such techniques can legally be applied for up to half an hour.37

Hundreds of children are still subject to these restraints, despite the death of 15-year-old Gareth Myatt, who died in a Home Office approved restraint technique called a ‘double seated embrace’. Seven-stone Gareth choked to death on his own vomit as two male members of staff

32 Peay, ‘Detain - Restrain - Control’, pp.231-2. See fn.31.

33 M. Bright, ‘Youth hit hardest by wave of new laws’, The Observer, 13th April 2003, p. 9. 34 Prison Reform Trust, p.21. See fn.4.

35 H. Kennedy, Just Law (London: Chatto and Windus, 2004), p.292.

36 B. Goldson, ‘Penal Custody: Intolerance, Irrationality and Indifference’ in B. Goldson and J. Muncie (ed.), Youth Crime and Justice (London: Sage, 2006), p.148.

37 J. Doward, ‘Outcry over “Routine” use of Restraints on Child Prisoners’, The Observer, 18 February 2007, p.13.

18

Eamonn Carrabine—Youth Justice in the UK

and a female colleague held him down on his bed at Rainsbrook Secure Training Centre in

Northamptonshire in April 2004. The subsequent inquest recorded a verdict of accidental death, but was critical of the Youth Justice Board (YJB) and the private company that runs Rainsbrook. A report by the YJB offered to the inquest as evidence estimated that as many as ‘30 per cent’ of restraint techniques were used to counter ‘non-compliance, specifically resistance to going to bed or moving from one location to another’.38

Penal reformers have argued that little has changed since the publication of an independent

inquiry into the treatment of young offenders in custody by Lord Carlile in 2006, which not only criticised the routine use of physical restraint, but also condemned the forcible strip searching and solitary confinement that have been used to manage the behaviour of children in prison. In January 2005 Gareth Price, a 16-year-old, died while being isolated in the segregation unit at Lancaster Farms young offenders’ institution in Blackburn. At Stoke Heath in Shropshire, for example, the inquiry found that between April and September 2005 children were placed in solitary confinement for up to seven days on 73 occasions. Eighteen of these were held for between 7 and 28 days and, quite incredibly, four for more than 28 days.

The Prison Service is still under scrutiny following the official inquiry into the racist murder of Zahid Murabek in March 2000 by his white racist cellmate in Feltham Young Offender’s Institution. The finding that institutional racism pervaded Feltham led to the Prison Service inviting the former Commission for Racial Equality39 to carry out a formal inquiry into racism in prisons. The 2003 report identified twenty ‘systemic failures’ by the Prison Service to prevent the murder.40 The government resisted the demand by Mubarek’s family for a full public inquiry: an independent public investigation into Zahid’s murder was set up only after the House of Lords ruled that human rights law justified their campaign for such a report. The three-volume report heard evidence of a persistent culture of racism not only at Feltham but of similar patterns of racial prejudice throughout the prison system. It heard, for instance, reports of ‘gladiator games’ where officers were accused of putting white and black prisoners in a shared cell and then placing bets on how long it would take before violence would break out between them.41 It has also been argued that the brutal deaths of ethnic minorities while in prison custody are similar to the deaths of African/Caribbeans in police custody, as there is ‘a tendency for prison staff to overreact to disruptive behaviour by African/Caribbean prisoners, whereby the stereotype of “Big, Black and Dangerous” seems to predominate in determining their response’.42

5. Prisoners and Rights

The modern prison was born in the late eighteenth century and since then it has been justified

according to the utilitarian aims of deterrence, incapacitation and rehabilitation or the retributive principles of just desert, hard labour and less eligibility. Each of these often conflicting goals has

38 Cited in J. Doward, ‘Children “at risk” from Jail Restraint’, The Observer, 8 July 2007, p.6.

39 The Equal Opportunities Commission, the Commission for Racial Equality, and the Disability Rights

Commission have been replaced by the all-encompassing Equality and Human Rights Commission in October 2007. See http://www.equalityhumanrights.com/. Last access 23 October 2010.

40 Available at http://www.zahidmubarekinquiry.org.uk.

41 N. Temko, ‘Jail Racism Rife, Says Inquiry’ in The Observer, 11 June 2006, p.5.

42 B. Bowling and C. Phillips, Racism, Crime and Justice (Essex: Longman, 2002), p.208.

19

Eamonn Carrabine—Youth Justice in the UK

come to prominence at some point over the last 200 years, and they have been combined in

uneasy compromises ever since. The paradox is that throughout Europe up until the eighteenth century trials were usually held in secret, with the accused often unaware of the specific details of the case against them, while torture was routinely used to extract confessions. As Foucault emphasised, this intense secrecy stood in stark contrast to the sheer visibility of punishment as a public spectacle.43 Although the legal rights of the accused (rights to a fair trial, innocent until proven guilty, due process constraints and so forth) have since become regarded as essential

defences against arbitrary and oppressive practices the convicted are still tainted by the feudal doctrine of ‘civil death’, which was based on the assumption that the proven criminal was an ‘outlaw’ without any legal rights.44

Many critics have argued that prisons have remained ‘lawless agencies’45 and that in

‘Britain…the law for most purposes tends to stop at the prison gates, leaving the prisoner to the almost exclusive control of the prison authorities’.46 The continuing irony is that while there is a complex web of rules and regulations surrounding a prisoner’s daily life, the institution itself possesses enormous discretion with the rule of law practically nonexistent. The authorities enjoy considerable power over the confined as the rules themselves are not only extensive and vague but prisoners are often unaware of their specific content. Indeed, they are frequently denied access to the mass of standing orders, circular instructions and service standards that supplement the statutory rules. The formal rules do not, in any case, provide a code of legally enforceable rights for prisoners and the courts have generally been reluctant to intervene in prison life even when prisoners have had solid grounds for challenging decisions.

Such factors reveal the continuing legacy of ‘civil death’ and compound the arbitrary character of prison regimes as legal authority offers no defence against the highly discretionary power of the custodians. Lord Denning’s 1972 ruling in Becker v. Home Office that the Prison Act did not give ‘any colour of right’ to a prisoner confirmed the longstanding judicial view that prison managers should be left to manage and that prisoners are unreliable troublemakers. Hence his comment that if ‘the courts were to entertain actions by disgruntled prisoners, the governor’s life would be made intolerable’ as the ‘discipline of the prison would be undermined’.47 However, the last thirty years has seen some important developments in prison law and the emergence of some judicial recognition of prisoners’ rights.48 The current status of the rights of prisoners is contained in Lord Wilberforce’s declaration that ‘under English law, a convicted prisoner, in spite of his imprisonment, retains all civil rights which are not taken away expressly or by necessary implication’.49

It is important to put this judicial activism into sociological perspective. Although many of these cases have been hard won, their actual impact on prisoners’ lives has been very selective, and

43 M. Foucault, Discipline and Punish: The Birth of the Prison (Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1977). 44 P. Tappan, ‘The Legal Rights of Prisoners’ (1954), The Annals 293, p.99.

45 D. Greenberg and F. Stender, ‘The Prison as a Lawless Agency’ (1972), Buffalo Law Review 21, pp.799-839. 46 G. Zellick, ‘Prisoners’ Rights in England’ (1974), University of Toronto Law Review 24, p.331. 47 Cited in J. Schone, ‘The Short Life and Painful Death of Prisoners’ Rights’ (2001), The Howard Journal of Criminal Justice 40(1), p.72.

48 Carrabine, ‘Punishment, Rights and Justice’. See fn.6. See also D. van Zyl Smit, ‘Prisoners’ Rights’ in Y. Jewkes (ed.), Handbook on Prisons (Cullompton: Willan, 2007).

49 Cited in van Zyl Smit, ‘Prisoners’ Rights’, p.569. See fn.48.

20

Eamonn Carrabine—Youth Justice in the UK

this highlights the difficulties of relying on the legal establishment to defend and define rights50. The successes have been restricted to residual individual liberties such as correspondence with lawyers, access to courts, disciplinary hearings and release procedures - all matters which the judiciary is confident in dealing with. In contrast, the courts have not intervened in controversial administrative issues, such as transfers, segregation and living conditions which have a debilitating effect on prisoners. The fact that the courts have had such a negligible impact on most areas of prison life is partly explained by the longstanding scepticism towards natural rights in English political life, while the continuing deference to parliamentary sovereignty ensures that ‘the statutory regime governing prisons in England is concerned, not with the definition of the prisoners’ legal status or the creation of legally enforceable rights, but with clarifying lines of political control and accountability’.51

Of course, prisoners do not attract much public sympathy, nor is there any political capital to be gained in the cause of prisoner’s rights. But it is precisely because of their marginalisation and vulnerability that the confined need protection. As the Chief Inspector of Prisons, Anne Owers, has explained:

It is particularly the marginalised who need the protection of human rights: by definition, they may not be able to look for that protection to the democratic process, or the common consensus. And most of those in our prisons were on the margins long before they reached prison (look at the high levels of school exclusion, illiteracy, mental disorder, substance and other abuse); and may be even more so afterwards (with difficulty in securing jobs, homes, continued treatment, and even more fractured and community ties). Prisons exclude literally: but they hold those who already were and will be excluded in practice.52

It is significant that she goes on to document, amongst other things, the human rights abuses that routinely occur to children in English prisons (such as strip-searching, segregation and intimidation) while highlighting the systemic failures that lead to deaths in custody and recognising ‘that much of what I am describing would not found a successful human rights challenge in the courts’.53 Her implicit argument is that human rights are not simply legal entitlements, but are moral obligations that ‘ought to condition social relations in and beyond prison walls’,54 a point to which I will return in the conclusion.

6. Restorative Justice

It would be mistaken, though, to insist that the New Labour Youth Justice project has been

entirely about punishment, as there have been attempts to introduce elements of restorative

justice into UK policy. Over the last fifteen years the principles of restorative justice have moved

50 Carrabine, ‘Punishment, Rights and Justice’, p.202-3. See fn.6.

51 L. Lazarus, Contrasting Prisoners’ Rights: A Comparative Examination of Germany and England (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2004), p.251.

52 A. Owers, BIHR Human Rights Lecture, Prison Inspection and the Protection of Human Rights (Home Office, 2003). Available at http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/docs2/bihrlecture.html. Last access 26 October 2010.

53 Owers, ‘BIHR Human Rights Lecture’, p.4. See fn.52.

54 Carrabine, ‘Punishment, Rights and Justice’, p.204. See fn.6.

21

Eamonn Carrabine—Youth Justice in the UK

from the margins of criminology to the centre of lively debates, not only in the discipline but

also in criminal justice policy. The origins of restorative justice are diverse, and yet all arise from disillusionment with modern systems of criminal justice. Its supporters include penal abolitionists, social theologians, postcolonial critics, and the victims movement, who are united in their efforts to redefine justice as a process of shoring up rifts in communities through helping the victim and offender overcome their trauma through forms of ‘reintegrative shaming’.55 Scandinavian penal abolitionists56 have been arguing since the 1970s that state punishment is oppressively authoritarian and ought to be based on an alternative conceptualisation of ‘redress’ that disperses decision-making amongst a much more heterogeneous community.57

Another important set of developments has been the ‘re-discovery’ of distinctive indigenous

systems of justice. For instance, ‘family group conferences’ arose through Maori criticism of the dominant Western juvenile justice system that had stripped the community of responsibility for dealing with its young, while ‘sentencing circles’ were revived in the Yukon Territory, Canada, and are ‘an updated version of the traditional sanctioning and healing practices of Canadian Aboriginal peoples’.58

Although there have been scattered mediation schemes in England and Wales since the 1970s, the Crime and Disorder Act 1998 and the Youth Justice and Criminal Evidence Act 1999 have formally introduced elements of restorative justice as a mainstream response to youth offending in a number of different ways, including family group conferences based on the New Zealand model, reparation orders for offenders aged 10 and older, and consultation with victims before any reparative intervention is organised.59 However, the main attractions of restorative

approaches for the Home Office and Youth Justice Board are their utility in ‘forcing’ young people to take responsibility for their actions (Home Office, 2003).

Making offenders face up to their wrong doing can lead to some serious abuses of power, as critics suggest:

The potential for coercion and even bullying of young people, outnumbered and

outwitted by a “room full of adults”, none of which has direct responsibility to safeguard and promote the best interests of the child and, moreover, where they may be a collusion of interests on the side of the victim, must be recognised and must be actively prevented by the “good practice” of participants (as there are few built-in legal or procedural safeguards).60

There are few safeguards to protect the most vulnerable groups from the pious moralizing of reintegrative shaming. This absence of accountability compounds the lack of protection for the

55 J. Braithwaite, Crime, Shame and Reintegration (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1989).

56 N. Christie, ‘Conflicts as Property’ (1977), British Journal of Criminology 17(1), pp.1-15.

57 W. de Haan, The Politics of Redress: Crime, Punishment and Penal Abolition (London: Sage, 1990).

58 G. Bazemore and C. Taylor-Griffiths, ‘Conferences, Circles, Boards, and Mediations: The “new wave” of community justice decisionmaking’ in E. McLaughlin, R. Fergusson, G. Hughes and L. Westmarland (ed.), Restorative Justice: Critical Issues (London: Sage, 2003), p.78.

59 Gelsthorpe and Morris, ‘Restorative Justice’, p.246. See fn.16.

60 K. Haines and D. O’Mahony, ‘Restorative Approaches, Young People and Youth Justice’ in B. Goldson and J. Muncie (ed.), Youth Crime and Justice (London: Sage, 2006), p.119.

22

Eamonn Carrabine—Youth Justice in the UK

offender in terms of appeals to legal process and due rights,61 while a former supporter has

become highly sceptical of the claims made by the more evangelical advocates.62 Others argue that it is only human rights that can guarantee fair treatment where sympathy, understanding and limits are breached; it is here that formal court procedures ‘should stand behind restorative justice processes to ensure that outcomes are in accordance with due process and proportionality rights’.63

7. Conclusion: Realising Rights?

To conclude, this is by no means a comprehensive survey of the current controversies

surrounding youth justice in the UK, yet what it does illustrate is that ‘democratic states with

strong legal institutions and rights traditions can and do abuse the human rights of their citizens’ and that they ‘can do so with perfect legality’.64 Human rights are social inventions. They are not intrinsic to individuals but are attached, created and removed by external forces. The politics of rights is itself contested, with critics pointing out how the existing economic, cultural and political inequalities of societies render the equal rights talk of liberal discourse as pure rhetoric incapable of being realised in substantive practice,65 while others have emphasised that what appear to be abstract and universal principles are western fabrications that are in reality merely partial and excessively individualistic in ethos.66 On this reckoning the discourse of rights is little more than symbolic gesturing that ignores structural inequalities.

In addition, the practice of rights is often ‘over-reliant on the rule of law to redress complex

wrongs derived in difficult circumstances’.67 At the same time there is no settled agreement over which rights should be properly counted as human rights. Some argue that there is a small core of ‘basic and inalienable’ human rights, and that to ‘invoke the discourse of human rights to cover a much wider range of civic rights and standards of treatment is to devalue the currency of basic human rights’ (Hudson, 2005:66). Others highlight the failure of international human rights jurists to include violations of women within the category of ‘gross abuses’, as the debates over rape during warfare exemplify (MacKinnon, 1993).

It is important that these difficulties and dilemmas are addressed, but it is also important not to forget that a ‘regime of rights is one of the weak’s greatest resources’ (Freeman, 2002:280). Some fifteen years ago the criminologist Stan Cohen argued that human rights should become

61 Ashworth, ‘Restorative Justice’, see fn.30.

62 K. Daly, ‘Restorative Justice: The real story’ (2002), Punishment and Society 4(1), pp.55-79.

63 B. Hudson, ‘The Culture of Control: Choosing the future’ in M. Matravers (ed.), Managing Modernity: Politics and the Culture of Control (London: Routledge, 2005), p.66.

64 M. Ignatieff, The Rights Revolution (Toronto: House of Anansi Press, 2000), pp.37-38.

65 The scepticism of sociologists toward rights can be traced to Marx’s 1844 essay, ‘On the Jewish Question’, which wondered what bearing the French Declaration could have on the discrimination experienced by Jews. His formidable critique is that the ‘rights of man’ are simply the rights of ‘egoistic man’, divorced from community, motivated only by whim and self-interest. Subsequent Marxists have then regarded human rights as ideological constructs that seek to universalise capitalist values, like freedom of enterprise at the expense of social responsibility, while concealing the structured inequalities of class divided societies.

66 Carrabine, ‘Punishment, Rights and Justice’. See fn.6.

67 Scraton and Haydon, ‘Challenging the Criminalization’, p.323. See fn.6.

23

Eamonn Carrabine—Youth Justice in the UK

‘the normative political language of the future’68 and while there has been some criminological interest in the theory and practice of rights since then, there remains much to be done. The crucial problem is one Kant introduced over two hundred years ago, when he made a crucial distinction between what it would be normatively good to do and what we have a just right to do.69 For instance, in criminal justice it is recognised that the pursuit of crime prevention (as a general good) must be subject to the specific constraints of procedural justice so that the innocent are not deliberately punished nor the guilty excessively punished).70 These perennial tensions between the crime control and due process orientations of criminal justice are often compared to pendulum shifts between two competing values, with neither quite extinguishing the other, but a changing balance between them.

It has been argued that human rights should become the core value system for criminal justice71 and can provide a more just balance:

[T]oo little attention to crime control would mean that the rights of the public to be

protected from violation of its safety and property are being neglected, but commitment to the rights of offenders means that public protection cannot be at the expense of fundamental rights of offenders to fair trials and to punishments that are not degrading, cruel or unusual.72

It should be clear that at the moment the balance is skewed toward crime control and, to return to the question of anti-social behaviour, which New Labour have described as ‘the number one item of concern on many doorsteps’,73 with the crusade pursued despite the fact that it is responsible for the increasing numbers of young people and children finding themselves in prison for breach. One cannot help but wonder if the best way to deal with neighbourhood decline and disorder might be through regenerating deprived communities rather than criminalising the children of the poor and marginalised,74 and whether the language of rights can open up questions of social justice as a normative project.

68 S. Cohen, ‘Human Rights and the Crimes of the State: The culture of denial’ (1993), Australia and New Zealand Journal of Criminology 26, pp.95-115.

69 J. G. Murphy, ‘Marxism and Retribution’ in R. Duff and D. Garland (ed.), A Reader on Punishment (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1994).

70 R. Duff, ‘Penal Communications: Recent work in the philosophy of punishment’ in M. Tonry (ed.), Crime and Justice: A Review of Research 20 (1995), p.3.

71 A. Ashworth, ‘Principles, Practice and Criminal Justice’ in P. Birks (ed.), Criminal Justice and Human Rights, Pressing Problems in the Law, Volume 1 (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1995).

72 Hudson, ‘The Culture of Control, pp.65-66, see fn.63.

73 Cited in Morgan, ‘Children and Young Persons’. See fn.8. 74 Goldson and Muncie, ‘Critical Anatomy’, p.39. See fn.23.

24